Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 10, 2013.

Registration No. 333-                    

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

 

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

 

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

 

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   20-8235463
(State or Other Jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)   Classification Code Number)   Identification Number)

 

Veeva Systems Inc.

4637 Chabot Drive, Suite 210

Pleasanton, California 94588

(925) 452-6500

(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Timothy S. Cabral

Chief Financial Officer

Veeva Systems Inc.

4637 Chabot Drive, Suite 210

Pleasanton, California 94588

(925) 452-6500

(Name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to:

 

Robert V. Gunderson, Jr., Esq.

Brian C. Patterson, Esq.

Richard C. Blake, Esq.

Gunderson Dettmer Stough
Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP
1200 Seaport Blvd.

Redwood City, California 94063
(650) 321-2400

 

Josh Faddis, Esq.

Vice President, General Counsel

and Corporate Secretary

Veeva Systems Inc.

4637 Chabot Drive, Suite 210

Pleasanton, California 94588

(925) 452-6500

 

Gordon K. Davidson, Esq.

Jeffrey R. Vetter, Esq.

James D. Evans, Esq.

Fenwick & West LLP

801 California Street

Mountain View, California 94041

(650) 988-8500

 

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨

    

Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer   x

 

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Class A Common Stock, $0.00001 par value

  $150,000,000   $20,460

 

 

(1)  

Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)  

Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

 

Issued September 10, 2013

 

                Shares

 

LOGO

 

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

Veeva Systems Inc. is offering                     shares of its Class A common stock and the selling stockholders are offering                     shares of Class A common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. This is our initial public offering of our Class A common stock and no public market currently exists for our shares of Class A common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

 

 

 

We have two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except voting and conversion rights. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes and is convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering, and our executive officers and directors and their affiliates will hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering.

 

 

 

We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “VEEV.”

 

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws. Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 13.

 

 

 

PRICE $         A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to
Public

    

Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions

     Proceeds  to
Veeva
    

Proceeds to

Selling

Stockholders

      

Per share

     $      $      $      $     

Total

     $              $              $              $             

 

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional                     shares of Class A common stock to cover over-allotments.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock to purchasers on            , 2013.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES
PACIFIC CREST SECURITIES   STIFEL      BMO CAPITAL MARKETS     CANACCORD GENUITY   

 

                         , 2013


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     13   

Letter from Our Chief Executive Officer

     34   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     36   

Industry and Market Data

     37   

Use of Proceeds

     38   

Dividend Policy

     38   

Capitalization

     39   

Dilution

     41   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     43   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     45   

Business

     74   
     Page  

Management

     91   

Executive Compensation

     98   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     109   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     111   

Description of Capital Stock

     113   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     119   

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Class A Common Stock

     121   

Underwriting

     125   

Legal Matters

     131   

Experts

     131   

Where You Can Find More Information

     131   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

 

Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the selling stockholders take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

Through and including                     , 2013 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information appearing in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Veeva,” the “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to Veeva Systems Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

 

Veeva is a leading global provider of industry-specific, cloud-based software solutions for the life sciences industry. Our solutions enable pharmaceutical and other life sciences companies to realize the benefits of modern cloud-based architectures and mobile applications for their most critical business functions, without compromising industry-specific functionality or regulatory compliance. Our customer relationship management solutions enable our customers to increase the productivity and compliance of their sales and marketing functions. Our regulated content management and collaboration solutions enable our customers to more efficiently manage a range of highly regulated, content-centric processes across the enterprise. Our customer master solution enables our customers to more effectively manage complex healthcare provider and healthcare organization data. We have built our company’s culture around customer success and believe that our customers consider us a strategic business partner.

 

We founded our company in 2007 on the premise that industry-specific business problems would best be addressed by industry-specific, cloud-based solutions, an approach referred to as Industry Cloud. We believe Industry Cloud solutions are particularly relevant to global, complex and heavily regulated industries, such as the life sciences industry that we serve. Although there are some basic functions within life sciences companies that horizontal cloud-based solutions have been able to address, such as payroll and expense management, the industry has largely continued to rely on legacy, on-premise information technology (IT) systems to meet industry-specific needs in critical business functions such as new drug submissions, quality management, sales and marketing. As a result, prior to Veeva, life sciences companies were largely unable to implement cloud-based solutions for many of their most critical business functions.

 

Our Industry Cloud for life sciences consists of cloud-based solutions that were designed from the ground up to address the specific business and regulatory requirements of this global industry. Veeva CRM, our customer relationship management solution for sales representatives, enables a broad range of industry-specific functions such as drug sample tracking with electronic signature capture, healthcare affiliations management, and the ability to conduct interactive, rich media demonstrations with physicians on a mobile device, with or without an internet connection. Veeva Vault, our regulated content management and collaboration solution, enables the management of complex, content-centric processes, such as the collection, management and organization of thousands of documents during clinical trials and managing the complex versioning, workflows and approvals for promotional materials, in compliance with stringent government regulations. Veeva Network, our recently announced customer master solution that will be generally available in late 2013, enables the creation and maintenance of the healthcare provider and organization master data that drives life sciences companies’ sales and marketing operations.

 

Our solutions utilize multi-tenant architectures, allowing us to rapidly deliver new functionality to all customers simultaneously and enabling our customers to benefit from our innovations and to comply with frequently changing regulations more quickly because all customers are using the same version of our solutions. A multi-tenant architecture is one that allows multiple customers to use the same hardware and software infrastructure while keeping each customer’s data logically separated. In addition, our global employee base, including our professional services team, gives us insights into industry best practices that can be quickly incorporated into our solutions, benefitting all of our customers. We believe this industry-focused approach of continual improvement has the potential to make our Industry Cloud the standard for the life sciences industry. In

addition, we believe that the data generated from our deep, industry-specific applications can provide unique insights about the industry that we can incorporate into our solutions, further increasing the value of our Industry Cloud.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

An element of our strategy has been to build a global enterprise to serve the needs of the life sciences industry worldwide. As of July 31, 2013, we had 593 employees, including approximately 190 employees located outside North America, primarily in Europe, Japan and China. Our solutions are designed to enable compliance with global regulatory requirements and are available in 27 languages. For our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013, international revenues constituted over one-third of our total revenues. We believe our global presence is a significant strategic asset, as our employees maintain strong local relationships with senior customer executives and obtain valuable feedback on both our existing and potential solutions suited to specific geographies.

 

We have achieved rapid customer growth and strong customer retention, which we believe is largely due to our acute focus on customer success. As of January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we served 51, 95 and 134 life sciences customers, respectively. As of August 31, 2013, we served approximately 170 life sciences customers, including 33 of the 50 largest global pharmaceutical companies. Our solutions have been implemented in over 75 countries, ranging from deployments within a single division or geography to major deployments at some of the largest global pharmaceutical companies, including Bayer Healthcare AG, Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH, Eli Lilly and Company, Gilead Sciences, Inc., Merck & Co., Inc. and Novartis International AG, as well as projects at smaller life sciences companies. For an explanation of how we define our current customers, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations.”

 

We have experienced significant growth in revenues and profitability in a short period of time. For our fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our total revenues were $29.1 million, $61.3 million and $129.5 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth in total revenues of 110% and 111% for our two most recent fiscal years. For the six months ended July 31, 2013, our total revenues were $92.4 million, representing period-over-period growth of 71%. For our fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our subscription services revenues were $19.6 million, $32.6 million and $73.3 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth in subscription services revenues of 67% and 125% for our two most recent fiscal years. For the six months ended July 31, 2013, our subscription services revenues were $62.0 million, representing period-over-period growth of 112%. We generate revenues from subscription fees, generally based on the number of users, and from professional services fees, for configuration, implementation and training. We generated net income of $3.9 million, $4.2 million and $18.8 million for our fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $7.4 million and $10.8 million for the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

 

Industry Background

 

The Life Sciences Industry is Large and Growing, with Specific and Complex Technology Needs

 

The life sciences industry is one of the largest industries in the world, with over 23,000 life sciences companies of record in 2012. According to MarketLine, in 2012, life sciences companies had combined global revenues of approximately $1.6 trillion, and the industry is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 6% per year through 2016. Life sciences companies face a range of strategic and regulatory opportunities and challenges, requiring substantial investment in IT applications and infrastructure. International Data Corporation (IDC) estimates that life sciences companies spent approximately $44 billion on technology in 2012.

 

The life sciences industry faces a number of regulatory, business and operational pressures that create the need for industry-specific, cloud-based solutions:

 

Stringent Regulatory Requirements. The industry is subject to compliance regimes that are complex, vary widely by regulatory body and geography, and change frequently. Furthermore, the life sciences industry is experiencing increasing levels of scrutiny and regulatory enforcement worldwide, which have led to individual fines exceeding a billion dollars.

 

Global Expansion. Life sciences companies have significantly increased their international operations across many functions including product development, manufacturing, marketing and distribution. This global expansion has increased the need to collaborate across functions and geographies, both internally and with third parties, which can necessitate new IT systems for life sciences companies.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Increasing Financial Pressures. Life sciences companies have faced increasing financial pressures in recent years. The largest impact has been from patent expirations for a number of “blockbuster” drugs that had provided companies with strong and predictable revenues and profits. In addition, governments worldwide are changing their healthcare systems in an effort to more closely manage the approval and reimbursement or payment of healthcare products and drug treatments.

 

Distinct Business Function Requirements. Life sciences companies typically have separate business functions, including research and development, manufacturing and commercial, that each must comply with specific and distinct regulatory requirements. Each of these functions has specific IT needs that are frequently addressed by separate technology and business decision makers, IT budgets, purchasing patterns and procurement departments.

 

Existing Legacy IT Systems Do Not Meet the Needs of Today’s Life Sciences Companies

 

Legacy IT systems often do not meet the evolving needs of today’s life sciences companies for a number of reasons, including:

 

Difficult and Expensive to Implement and Maintain. Legacy IT systems have generally been deployed on-premise, requiring substantial investments in infrastructure and resources in order to enhance, upgrade and maintain such systems. These highly customized systems quickly become outdated due to the accelerating changes in a company’s regulatory, business and computing environments, and require significant ongoing professional services to maintain.

 

Lack of Integration. Many legacy IT systems comprise numerous discrete applications that frequently do not integrate well with each other. In order to manage and integrate data across these applications and across broad geographies, many life sciences companies have had to engage in lengthy and expensive custom development and system integration projects.

 

Poor Usability. Many legacy IT systems do not offer intuitive user interfaces and often are incompatible with now commonly used mobile devices. These disadvantages tend to discourage widespread adoption and frequent use of these solutions across the enterprise.

 

Horizontal Cloud-Based Solutions Are Not Well Suited to Meet the Needs of Today’s Life Sciences Companies

 

Horizontal cloud-based solutions fail to meet the complex, industry-specific needs of life sciences companies for a number of reasons, including:

 

Lack of Industry-Specific Functionality. Because horizontal cloud-based solutions typically lack industry-specific functionality, life sciences companies tend to only deploy these solutions for basic business functions, such as payroll and expense management. In more business critical functions, like new drug submissions, quality management, sales and marketing, life sciences companies have specific business and regulatory requirements that make the deployment of horizontal cloud-based solutions extremely challenging without significant customization.

 

Inability to Ensure Compliance. Life sciences companies are subject to regulations that require their technology be validated to function in accordance with very specific process and documentation requirements. Horizontal cloud vendors typically do not have the deep industry and regulatory knowledge required to provide life sciences companies with validated systems to support their compliance with these regulations.

 

Lack of Offline Functionality. Horizontal cloud-based solutions and their underlying architectures were developed to maximize performance using an internet connection. Pharmaceutical sales representatives, however,

 

 

3


Table of Contents

require the ability to conduct their daily activities, such as displaying rich media product demonstrations to physicians, on a mobile device within a compressed and unpredictable window of time, without needing to rely on the availability of an internet connection.

 

The Opportunity for Industry Cloud in Life Sciences

 

The failure of legacy IT systems and horizontal cloud-based solutions to adequately address the IT needs of today’s life sciences companies creates an opportunity for companies such as ours that are focused on industry-specific, cloud-based solutions, or Industry Cloud solutions. Life sciences companies continue to invest significantly in their IT applications and infrastructure. Of the $44 billion that IDC estimates life sciences companies spent on technology in 2012, $28 billion was on software and services and $16 billion was on infrastructure. According to Gartner, Inc., of the $396 billion that businesses spent worldwide on software in 2012, the largest area of spending was Vertical Specific Software, constituting $110 billion or 28% of total software spending. In addition, the demand for cloud-based solutions continues to grow. According to IDC, the global market for public IT cloud services spending is projected to grow from $40 billion in 2012 to $98 billion in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of over 25%. For the market segments within the life sciences industry that we believe are relevant to our solutions, based on our internal analysis and industry experience, we estimate the total addressable market, including the market segments for sales and marketing automation and related solutions for life sciences sales representatives, regulated content management solutions for life sciences companies, customer master solutions for life sciences companies, and healthcare professional, organization, affiliation and reference data, to be at least $5 billion.

 

Our Industry Cloud Solutions

 

We provide Industry Cloud solutions for the life sciences industry, specifically developed for the critical business and regulatory needs of global life sciences companies, that deliver the benefits of cloud-based architectures.

 

Our Industry Cloud solutions include the following key attributes:

 

Deep, Industry-Specific Functionality. Our solutions have been designed and developed for the specific needs of the global life sciences industry.

 

Multi-Tenant Architectures. Our solutions use multi-tenant architectures and, as a result, all of our customers run the same version of our applications while securely partitioning their own data.

 

Validated Systems. Our solutions are designed, developed and maintained to enable our customers to satisfy system validation requirements mandated by regulatory organizations.

 

Modular and Integrated Solutions. Our solutions are designed to be deployed in a modular fashion and to rapidly integrate and interface with our customers’ existing applications, data and technologies, and in addition, are optimized to work with our other solutions.

 

Mobility and Offline Functionality. Certain capabilities of our Veeva CRM solutions can function offline on common mobile devices so that users have access to rich content presentations, signature capture and other needs when disconnected from the internet.

 

“Best Practices” Updates. Our solutions are regularly updated to capture best-in-class business processes from companies across the global life sciences industry.

 

User-Friendly Interface. The user interface for our cloud-based solutions is designed to be simple, flexible and intuitive. We believe the user-friendly characteristics of our solutions result in greater user adoption, higher utilization and more time spent on productive tasks.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Global Focus. Our global focus and presence allows us to incorporate new regulatory frameworks and functional requirements more quickly into our solutions.

 

Our Industry Cloud solutions provide the following key benefits for our customers:

 

Improved Sales and Marketing Productivity. Veeva CRM solutions enable sales representatives to focus more time on revenue-generating activities by enabling representatives to better prioritize, prepare for and follow up on interactions with physicians. Veeva Vault enables customers to improve the coordination between sales and marketing at life sciences companies.

 

More Efficient New Product Development. Veeva Vault applications enable research and development organizations to improve and accelerate collaboration among both internal employees and external partners that is required to manage their drug development processes, resulting in the ability to develop and submit applications for regulatory approval for new drugs more quickly and efficiently.

 

Reduced Total Cost of Ownership. Our solutions include applications, infrastructure, maintenance, monitoring, integration, storage, security, disaster recovery, customer support and upgrades, which reduce customer cost and time spent relative to legacy IT systems.

 

Improved Analytical Insights. We believe our solutions provide our customers with real-time insights into their business performance across a wide number of areas and metrics, enabling them to better manage and coordinate their operations.

 

Frequent Updates. Customers benefit from greater scalability, reliability and performance, as well as faster innovation due to our multi-tenant architecture. We deploy our upgrades rapidly to all of our customers several times per year.

 

Improved Regulatory Compliance. Our solutions enable customers to maintain or improve their global compliance levels across a wide range of regulatory requirements. As a result, we believe our customers can realize significant cost savings and improved regulatory compliance.

 

Our Growth Strategy

 

Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

Focus on Customer Success. Customer success is at the core of everything we do. We plan to continue our focused commitment to the business success of our customers, including recruiting, hiring and developing employees who are highly focused on delivering customer success.

 

Deepen Existing Customer Relationships Within Commercial Departments of Life Sciences Companies. We intend to increase the number of users within our existing customers and to grow the number of Veeva CRM, Veeva Vault and Veeva Network applications used by commercial departments of life sciences companies.

 

Establish and Expand Our Customer Relationships Within Research and Development Departments of Life Sciences Companies. We intend to increase the adoption of our regulated content management and collaboration solutions by increasing the size of our sales force, enabling us to market our Veeva Vault solutions to an expanded set of customers in research and development departments of life sciences companies.

 

Expand Our Customer Base. We believe there is a substantial opportunity for us to continue to increase the size of our customer base with both large and small life sciences companies globally through the efforts of our growing domestic and international sales forces.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Continue to Enhance Existing Offerings and Develop New Industry Cloud Solutions. We have made, and will continue to make, significant investments in research and development to enhance our existing solutions, expand the number of our applications and further develop our solutions.

 

Continue to Expand Internationally. We plan to continue to invest in new geographies where leading life sciences companies operate, including in the areas of salespeople and sales channels, professional services, customer support and services partnerships.

 

Risks Affecting Us

 

Our business is subject to numerous risks described in “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks represent challenges to the successful implementation of our strategy and to the growth and future profitability of our business. Some of these risks are:

 

   

We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to predict our future operating results, and we may not achieve our expected operating results in the future.

 

   

We expect the future growth rate of our revenues to decline, and as our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenues to sustain the level of profitability we have achieved in the past or achieve profitability in the future.

 

   

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, and if we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service or adequately address competitive challenges.

 

   

To date, we have derived more than 95% of our subscription services revenues from our Veeva CRM solution, and our Veeva CRM solution has achieved substantial penetration within the U.S.-based sales teams of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. If our efforts to further increase the use and adoption of our Veeva CRM solution do not succeed, the growth rate of our revenues may decline.

 

   

If our new solutions, including Veeva Vault, Veeva CRM Approved Email or Veeva Network, are not successfully adopted by new and existing customers, the growth of our revenues and operating results will be adversely affected.

 

   

If our existing customers do not renew their subscriptions or buy additional solutions and user subscriptions from us, or renew at lower fee levels, our business and operating results will suffer.

 

   

The loss of one or more of our key customers, or a failure to renew our subscription agreements with one or more of our key customers, could slow the growth rate of our revenues or cause our revenues to decline.

 

   

Because key and substantial portions of our Veeva CRM solution are built on salesforce.com’s Salesforce Platform, we are dependent upon our agreement with salesforce.com to provide our Veeva CRM solution to our customers.

 

   

All of our revenues are generated by sales to life sciences industry customers, and factors that adversely affect this industry could also adversely affect us.

 

   

If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to customer data is otherwise obtained, our solutions may be perceived as not being secure, customers may reduce the use of or stop using our solutions and we may incur significant liabilities.

 

   

Our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, who after this offering will hold more than         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

For further discussion of these and other risks you should consider before making an investment in our Class A common stock, see “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary.

 

Corporate Information

 

We were incorporated in the state of Delaware in January 2007 and changed our name to Veeva Systems Inc. from Verticals onDemand, Inc. in April 2009. Our principal executive offices are located at 4637 Chabot Drive, Suite 210, Pleasanton, California 94588. Our telephone number is (925) 452-6500. Our website address is www.veeva.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Veeva, the Veeva logo, Veeva CRM, Veeva CLM, Veeva iRep, Veeva CRM Approved Email, Veeva Network, Veeva Vault, Vault eTMF, Vault Investigator Portal, Vault Submissions, Vault QualityDocs, Vault PromoMats, Vault MedComms, Approved Email, Vault, iRep and other trademarks or service marks of Veeva appearing in this prospectus are the property of Veeva. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of ours and of other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered

By us

                    shares

By the selling stockholders

                    shares

Total

                    shares

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                    shares

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                    shares

 

Total Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                    shares

 

Over-allotment option of Class A common stock offered

By us

                    shares

By the selling stockholders

                    shares

Total

                    shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of the Class A common stock that we are offering will be approximately $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, facilitate an orderly distribution of shares for the selling stockholders, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our Class A common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. However, we do not currently have specific planned uses of the proceeds. In addition, we may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for acquisitions of or investments in other complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. However, we currently have no agreements or commitments with respect to any specific material acquisitions or investments at this time. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Voting rights

Shares of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
 

Shares of Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share.

 

 

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or our restated certificate of incorporation. Our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, who after this offering will hold more than         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

“VEEV”

 

The number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering gives effect to the issuance and sale of                     shares of Class A common stock in this offering and is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 112,532,440 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2013, and excludes:

 

   

16,547,749 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of July 31, 2013 under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $3.98 per share;

 

   

8,857,794 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of July 31, 2013 under our 2007 Stock Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $0.56 per share;

 

   

495,000 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan between August 1, 2013 and September 10, 2013 with an exercise price of $9.88 per share; and

 

   

6,822,956 shares of our common stock were reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of 2,822,956 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as of July 31, 2013, which will become available for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan on the date of this prospectus, and 4,000,000 shares of Class A common stock that will be reserved for issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. No shares of either our Class A or Class B common stock were reserved for future issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of July 31, 2013. On the date of this prospectus, we will cease granting awards under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Equity Plans.”

 

Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,000,000 shares of Class B common stock in connection with the closing of this offering;

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their right to purchase up to an additional                     shares of Class A common stock to cover over-allotments;

 

 

9


Table of Contents
   

the amendment of our certificate of incorporation in connection with the completion of this offering to redesignate our currently outstanding common stock as “Class B common stock” and to create a new class of Class A common stock to be offered and sold in this offering; and

 

   

the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws in connection with the completion of this offering.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following tables set forth summary consolidated financial data. The consolidated statements of operations data for our fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of July 31, 2013 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the results of operations for these periods. You should read this summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
        2011             2012             2013             2012             2013      
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

         

Revenues:

         

Subscription services

  $ 19,573      $ 32,613      $ 73,280      $ 29,202      $ 62,000   

Professional services and other

    9,556        28,649        56,268        24,762        30,369   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    29,129        61,262        129,548        53,964        92,369   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues (1) :

         

Cost of subscription services

    5,236        8,768        18,852        7,749        14,898   

Cost of professional services and other

    7,081        20,288        38,164        16,650        21,954   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

    12,317        29,056        57,016        24,399        36,852   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    16,812        32,206        72,532        29,565        55,517   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses (1) :

         

Research and development

    3,637        7,750        14,638        6,341        11,884   

Sales and marketing

    5,571        12,279        19,490        7,988        17,272   

General and administrative

    2,513        5,539        8,371        3,349        8,350   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    11,721        25,568        42,499        17,678        37,506   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    5,091        6,638        30,033        11,887        18,011   

Other income (expense), net

    173        15        (940     (411     (564
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    5,264        6,653        29,093        11,476        17,447   

Provision for income taxes

    1,355        2,423        10,310        4,126        6,604   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 3,909      $ 4,230      $ 18,783      $ 7,350      $ 10,843   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

  $ 428      $ 599      $ 3,480        1,269      $ 2,222   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

         

Basic

  $ 0.03     $ 0.03      $ 0.17      $ 0.07      $ 0.09   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ 0.02     $ 0.02      $ 0.11      $ 0.04      $ 0.06   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (3) :

         

Basic

      $ 0.17       $ 0.10   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

      $ 0.16       $ 0.09   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

 

11


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,      Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
         2011              2012              2013              2012              2013      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenues:

              

Cost of subscription services

   $       $ 1       $ 3       $ 1       $ 9   

Cost of professional services and other

     9         63         120         51         228   

Research and development

     30         106         238         90         466   

Sales and marketing

     43         99         140         63         482   

General and administrative

     87         165         214         104         765   

 

(2)  

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, less the weighted average unvested common stock subject to repurchase. See note 12 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

(3)  

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of the convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as of the issuance date of the convertible preferred stock. See note 12 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

 

     As of July 31, 2013  
     Actual      Pro
Forma (1)
     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 52,875       $ 52,875       $                    

Working capital

     35,056         35,056      

Deferred revenue

     48,260         48,260      

Total assets

     112,620         112,620      

Convertible preferred stock

     6,933              

Additional paid-in capital

     4,694         11,626      

Total stockholders’ equity

     47,400         47,400      

 

(1)  

The pro forma column in the consolidated balance sheet data as of July 31, 2013 reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,000,000 shares of Class B common stock in connection with this offering.

(2)  

The pro forma as adjusted column in the consolidated balance sheet data as of July 31, 2013 reflects the item described in footnote (1) above, and our sale of             shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders’ equity by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our Class A common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 

We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to predict our future operating results, and we may not achieve our expected operating results in the future.

 

We were incorporated in 2007 and introduced our first commercially available cloud-based solution, Veeva CRM, that same year. As a result of our limited operating history, our ability to forecast our future operating results, including revenues, cash flows and profitability, is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties. We have encountered and will encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in the technology industry, such as the risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties are incorrect or change due to changes in our markets, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our operating and financial results may differ materially from our expectations and our business may suffer.

 

We expect the future growth rate of our revenues to decline, and as our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenues to sustain the level of profitability we have achieved in the past or achieve profitability in the future.

 

In each of our last two fiscal years, our revenues grew more than 100% as compared to revenues from the prior fiscal year. We expect the growth rate of our revenues to decline in future periods. At the same time, we expect our future expenses to increase as we continue to invest in our business. We expect to incur significant future expenditures related to:

 

   

developing new solutions, enhancing our existing solutions and improving the technology infrastructure, scalability, availability, security and support for our solutions;

 

   

expanding and deepening our relationships with our existing customer base, including expenditures related to increasing the adoption of our solutions by the research and development departments of life sciences companies;

 

   

sales and marketing, including expansion of our direct sales organization and global marketing programs;

 

   

expansion of our professional services organization;

 

   

international expansion; and

 

   

general operations, IT systems and administration, including legal and accounting expenses related to being a public company that we did not incur as a private company.

 

Our investments may not result in increased revenues now or in the future. If our efforts to increase revenues and manage our expenses are not successful, or if we incur costs, damages, fines, settlements or judgments as a result of other risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus, our operating results and business would be harmed. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will increase or sustain our historical levels of profitability or that we will achieve profitability in the future.

 

Additionally, our professional services revenues fluctuate as a result of the achievement of milestones in our professional services arrangements and the timing of our customers’ implementation projects. In recent quarterly periods, our professional services revenues have remained relatively flat or declined as compared to the prior quarterly period, and our professional services revenues may not increase on a quarterly basis in the future.

 

13


Table of Contents

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, and if we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service or adequately address competitive challenges.

 

Since we were founded, we have experienced rapid growth and expansion of our operations. For instance, our employee headcount has increased from 257 as of January 31, 2012 to 593 employees as of July 31, 2013, and we plan on hiring additional employees in the future. Our rapid growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our administrative and operational infrastructure, facilities and other resources. Our ability to manage our operations and growth will require us to continue to expand our research and development, sales and marketing, professional services and finance and administration teams, as well as our facilities and infrastructure. We will also be required to refine our operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems and procedures. Moreover, if we fail to efficiently manage this expansion, our costs and expenses may increase more than we plan and we may fail to expand our customer base, enhance our existing solutions, develop new solutions, satisfy the requirements of our existing customers, respond to competitive challenges or otherwise execute our business plan. If we are unable to manage our growth, our operating and financial results likely would be harmed.

 

To date, we have derived more than 95% of our subscription services revenues from our Veeva CRM solution, and our Veeva CRM solution has achieved substantial penetration within the U.S.-based sales teams of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. If our efforts to further increase the use and adoption of our Veeva CRM solution do not succeed, the growth rate of our revenues may decline.

 

To date, we have derived more than 95% of our subscription services revenues from our Veeva CRM solution and have realized substantial sales penetration for our Veeva CRM solution among the U.S.-based sales teams of large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in particular. A critical factor for our continued growth is our ability to sell additional Veeva CRM user subscriptions to our existing and new customers. Any factor adversely affecting sales of this solution, including penetration of the U.S. market, could adversely affect the growth rate of our revenues, operating results and business.

 

If our new solutions, including Veeva Vault, Veeva CRM Approved Email or Veeva Network, are not successfully adopted by new and existing customers, the growth rate of our revenues and operating results will be adversely affected.

 

Our continued growth and profitability will depend on our ability to successfully develop and sell new solutions, including Veeva Vault, Veeva CRM Approved Email and Veeva Network. These solutions were recently introduced or announced and it is uncertain whether these solutions will ever result in significant revenues or comprise a significant portion of our total revenues. It may take us significant time and we may incur significant expense to effectively market and sell these solutions, or to develop other new solutions and make enhancements to our existing solutions. If Veeva Vault, Veeva CRM Approved Email, Veeva Network or other solutions that we may develop and introduce in the future do not achieve market acceptance in a timely manner, the growth rate of our revenues and operating results will be adversely affected.

 

If our existing customers do not renew their subscriptions or buy additional solutions and user subscriptions from us, or renew at lower fee levels, our business and operating results will suffer.

 

We expect to continue to derive a significant portion of our revenues from renewal of existing subscription agreements. As a result, maintaining the renewal rate of our subscriptions and selling additional solutions and user subscriptions is critical to our future operating results. Factors that may affect the renewal rate for our solutions and our ability to sell additional solutions and user subscriptions include:

 

   

the price, performance and functionality of our solutions;

 

   

the availability, price, performance and functionality of competing solutions and services;

 

   

the effectiveness of our professional services;

 

14


Table of Contents
   

our ability to develop complementary solutions, applications and services;

 

   

the stability, performance and security of our hosting infrastructure and hosting services; and

 

   

the business environment of our customers and, in particular, headcount reductions by our customers.

 

We enter into master subscription agreements with our customers. Orders typically have a one-year term and automatically renew unless notice of cancellation is provided in advance. Our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our solutions after their orders expire. In addition, our customers may negotiate terms less advantageous to us upon renewal, which may reduce our revenues from these customers. Factors that are not within our control may contribute to a reduction in our subscription services revenues. For instance, our customers may reduce their number of sales representatives, which would result in a corresponding reduction in the number of user subscriptions needed for some of our solutions and thus a lower aggregate renewal fee. Our future operating results also depend, in part, on our ability to sell new solutions, applications and professional services to our existing customers. If our customers fail to renew their agreements, renew their agreements upon less favorable terms or at lower fee levels, or fail to purchase new solutions, applications and professional services from us, our revenues may decline or our future revenues may be constrained.

 

The loss of one or more of our key customers, or a failure to renew our subscription agreements with one or more of our key customers, could slow the growth rate of our revenues or cause our revenues to decline.

 

For our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013, two customers each represented more than 10% of our total revenues. In addition, in our fiscal years ended January 31, 2012 and 2013, our top 10 customers accounted for 61% and 54% of our total revenues, respectively. We rely on our reputation and recommendations from key customers in order to promote our solutions to potential customers. The loss of any of our key customers, or a failure of some of them to renew or expand user subscriptions, could have a significant impact on the growth rate of our revenues, reputation and our ability to obtain new customers. In addition, acquisitions of our customers could lead to cancellation or non-renewal of our agreements with those customers or by the acquiring companies, thereby reducing the number of our existing and potential customers.

 

Because key and substantial portions of our Veeva CRM solution are built on salesforce.com’s Salesforce Platform, we are dependent upon our agreement with salesforce.com to provide our Veeva CRM solution to our customers.

 

Key and substantial portions of our Veeva CRM solution are developed on the Salesforce Platform of salesforce.com, inc., and we rely on our agreement with salesforce.com to continue to use the Salesforce Platform as combined with the proprietary aspects of our Veeva CRM solution.

 

Our agreement with salesforce.com expires in September 2015 and does not provide for an automatic renewal. We cannot assure you that the pricing or other terms in any renewal with salesforce.com would be favorable to us, and if not, our gross margin and other operating results could be adversely affected. If we are unable to renew our agreement with salesforce.com, there would be a wind-down period during which our existing customers would be able to continue using the Salesforce Platform as combined with the proprietary aspects of our Veeva CRM solution, but we would be unable to sell subscriptions to our solutions that are combined with the Salesforce Platform to new customers and would be limited with respect to the number of additional subscriptions to our solutions, as combined with the Salesforce Platform, that we could sell to our existing customers. In addition, salesforce.com has the right to terminate the agreement in certain circumstances, including in the event of a material breach of the agreement by us, that we are acquired by specified companies, or that salesforce.com is subjected to third-party intellectual property infringement claims based on Veeva CRM (except to the extent based on the Salesforce Platform) or our trademarks and we do not remedy such infringement in accordance with the agreement. If salesforce.com terminates our agreement under these circumstances, then salesforce.com may immediately terminate our customers’ access to the Salesforce Platform, which would result in our customers being unable to access our Veeva CRM solution.

 

15


Table of Contents

An expiration or termination of the agreement would cause us to incur significant time and expense to acquire rights to, or develop, a replacement customer relationship management platform and we may not be successful in these efforts. Even if we were to successfully acquire or develop a replacement customer relationship management platform, some customers may decide not to adopt the replacement platform and may decide to use a different customer relationship management solution. If we were unsuccessful in acquiring or developing a replacement customer relationship management platform or acquired or developed a replacement customer relationship management platform that our customers do not adopt, our business, operating results and brand may be adversely affected.

 

Our agreement with salesforce.com also provides that we can use the Salesforce Platform as combined with our proprietary technology to sell sales automation solutions only to drug makers in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, which does not include the medical devices industry or products for non-drug departments of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. Use of the Salesforce Platform to sell to additional industries would require the consent of salesforce.com. While our agreement with salesforce.com provides that salesforce.com will not position, develop, promote, invest in or acquire applications directly competitive to the Veeva CRM solution for sales automation that directly target drug makers in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology markets, our remedy for a breach of this commitment by salesforce.com would be to terminate the agreement, or continue the agreement but be released from certain minimum payment commitments to salesforce.com. Our agreement with salesforce.com also does not restrict a salesforce.com customer’s ability (or the ability of salesforce.com on behalf of a specific salesforce.com customer) to customize or configure the Salesforce Platform in any way. Our inability to freely sell our Veeva CRM solution for sales automation outside of drug makers in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may adversely impact our growth.

 

All of our revenues are generated by sales to life sciences industry customers, and factors that adversely affect this industry could also adversely affect us.

 

All of our sales are to customers in the life sciences industry, in particular the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. Demand for our solutions could be affected by factors that adversely affect the life sciences industry. The life sciences industry is highly regulated and competitive, has been adversely affected by the recent economic downturn and has experienced periods of considerable consolidation. Changes in regulations could require us to expend significant resources in order to ensure that our solutions continue to meet the needs our customers. In addition, competition, consolidation and expiration of key patents could lead to a significant reduction in pharmaceutical sales representatives and other personnel that use our solutions. For these reasons and others, selling to life sciences companies can be highly competitive, expensive and time consuming, often requiring significant upfront time and expense without any assurance that we will successfully complete a sale. Accordingly, our operating results and our ability to efficiently provide our solutions to life sciences companies and to grow or maintain our customer base could be adversely affected as a result of factors that affect the life sciences industry generally.

 

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our Class A common stock.

 

Our quarterly results of operations, including our revenues, gross margin, profitability and cash flows, may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. Accordingly, our quarterly results should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. Fluctuation in quarterly results may adversely impact the value of our Class A common stock. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly financial results include, without limitation, those listed elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section and those listed below:

 

   

the addition or loss of large customers, including through acquisitions or consolidations of such customers;

 

   

the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

network outages or security breaches;

 

   

conditions within the life sciences industry;

 

   

general economic, industry and market conditions;

 

   

our ability to attract new customers;

 

   

amount of professional services purchased by our customers;

 

   

customer renewal rates and the timing and terms of customer renewals;

 

   

increases or decreases in the number of users of our solutions or pricing changes;

 

   

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

   

the mix of solutions and services sold during a period;

 

   

variations in the timing of the sales of our solutions;

 

   

the timing and success of introductions of new solutions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, customers or strategic partners; and

 

   

the timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill from acquired companies.

 

The markets in which we participate are highly competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

The markets for our solutions are highly competitive. Our Veeva CRM solutions primarily compete with products from Oracle Corporation and Cegedim SA. Our Veeva Vault solutions face competition from large global content management platform vendors including EMC Corporation, Microsoft Corporation and OpenText Corporation. We also compete with professional services companies that provide solutions on these platforms, such as Computer Sciences Corporation, and with other life sciences specific providers. In some cases, these competitors are well-established providers of these solutions, which have long-standing relationships with many of our current and potential customers, including large pharmaceutical and emerging biopharmaceutical companies. Oracle, for example, has larger and greater name recognition, a much longer operating history, a larger marketing budget and significantly greater resources than we do. We also face competition from custom-built software developed by third-party vendors and developed in-house by our potential customers.

 

Some customers may be hesitant to adopt cloud-based solutions such as ours and prefer to upgrade the more familiar solutions that are deployed on-premise. Some vendors could offer customer relationship management and regulated content management and collaboration solutions on a standalone basis at a low price or bundled as part of a larger product sale. In order to take advantage of customer demand for cloud-based solutions, legacy vendors are expanding their cloud-based solutions through acquisitions and organic development. Legacy vendors may also seek to partner with other leading cloud providers. In addition, other companies that provide cloud-based solutions in different target or horizontal markets may develop applications or work with companies that operate in our target markets. With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future.

 

Many of our competitors are able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products and services. Furthermore, third parties with greater available resources and the ability to initiate or withstand substantial price competition could acquire our current or potential competitors. In addition, many of our competitors have established marketing relationships, access to larger customer bases and major distribution agreements with consultants, system integrators and resellers. Our competitors may also establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that may further enhance their product offerings

 

17


Table of Contents

or resources. If our competitors’ products, services or technologies become more accepted than our solutions, if they are successful in bringing their products or services to market earlier than ours, or if their products or services are more technologically capable than ours, then our revenues could be adversely affected. Pricing pressures and increased competition could result in reduced sales, reduced margins, losses or a failure to maintain or improve our competitive market position, any of which could adversely affect our business.

 

We may not effectively scale and adapt our existing technology to meet the performance and other requirements of our global customers, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

Our future growth depends upon our ability to continue to meet the expanding needs of our global customers as their use of our solutions grows. As these customers gain more experience with our solutions, the number of users of our solutions, the amount of data transferred, processed and stored by us, the number of locations where our solutions are being accessed and the number of processes and systems managed by our solutions on behalf of these customers have in some cases, and may in the future, expand rapidly. As a result, we intend to continue to make significant investments to develop and implement new technologies in our solutions and cloud infrastructure operations. These technologies, which include databases, applications and server optimizations, network and hosting strategies and automation, are often advanced, complex, new and untested. To the extent that we do not effectively scale our solutions and operations to maintain performance as our customers expand their use of our solutions, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

If the market for cloud-based solutions develops more slowly than we expect or declines, our revenues could decrease and our business could be adversely affected.

 

The market for cloud-based solutions is not as mature as the market for on-premise enterprise software in the life sciences industry, and it is uncertain whether cloud-based solutions will achieve and sustain high levels of customer demand and market acceptance in the life sciences industry. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the widespread adoption of cloud-based solutions in the life sciences industry, and of Veeva CRM and Veeva Vault in particular. Many enterprises, and in particular in the life sciences industry, have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate traditional enterprise software into their businesses, and therefore may be reluctant or unwilling to migrate to cloud-based solutions. It is difficult to predict customer adoption rates and demand for our solutions, the future growth rate and size of the cloud computing market or the entry of competitive solutions. The expansion of cloud-based solutions, particularly in the life sciences industry, depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with cloud-based solutions, as well as the ability of providers of cloud-based solutions to address security, privacy and unique regulatory requirements or concerns. If we or other cloud-based solution providers experience security incidents, loss of customer data, disruptions in delivery or other problems, the market for cloud-based solutions in the life sciences industry, including our solutions, may be adversely affected. If cloud-based solutions do not achieve widespread adoption in the life sciences industry, or there is a reduction in demand for cloud-based solutions caused by a lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, weakening economic conditions, security or privacy concerns, competing technologies and products, decreases in corporate spending or otherwise, our revenues could decrease and our business could be adversely affected.

 

Our sales cycles can be long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable investment of time and expense. If our sales cycle lengthens or we invest substantial resources pursuing unsuccessful sales opportunities, our operating results and growth would be harmed.

 

Our sales process entails planning discussions with prospective customers, analyzing their existing solutions and identifying how these potential customers can use and benefit from our solutions. The sales cycle for a new customer, from the time of prospect qualification to the completion of the first sale, may span over twelve months. In particular, we have limited history selling to the research and development departments of life sciences companies, yet many of our new solutions, including certain Veeva Vault solutions, were developed to target the research and development function. As a result, our sales cycle for these solutions may be lengthy and difficult to

 

18


Table of Contents

predict. We spend substantial time, effort and money in our sales efforts without any assurance that our efforts will result in the sale of our solutions. In addition, our sales cycle can vary substantially from customer to customer because of various factors, including the discretionary nature of potential customers’ purchasing and budget decisions, the announcement or planned introduction of new solutions by us or our competitors and the purchasing approval processes of potential customers. If our sales cycle lengthens or we invest substantial resources pursuing unsuccessful sales opportunities, our operating results and growth would be harmed.

 

The software industry changes rapidly as a result of technological and product developments, which may render our solutions less desirable. If we are unable or unsuccessful in enhancing our solutions in response to technological developments, our revenues and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

The software industry is subject to rapid technological change. The introduction of new technologies in the software industry, including mobile technologies, will continue to have a significant effect on competitive conditions in the life sciences industry. We may not be able to develop and introduce new solutions and enhancements to our existing solutions that respond to technological changes on a timely basis. If we are unable to develop and sell new solutions that provide utility to our customers and provide enhancements and new features for our existing solutions that keep pace with rapid technological and regulatory change, our revenues and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

Defects or disruptions in our solutions could result in diminishing demand for our solutions, a reduction in our revenues and subject us to substantial liability and decrease our revenues.

 

We generally release updates to our solutions three times per year. These updates may contain undetected errors when first introduced or released. We have from time to time found defects in our solutions, and new errors in our existing solutions may be detected in the future. Since our customers use our solutions for important aspects of their business, any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems with our solutions could hurt our reputation and may damage our customers’ businesses. If that occurs, our customers may delay or withhold payment to us, cancel their agreements with us, elect not to renew, make service credit claims, warranty claims or other claims against us, and we could lose future sales. The occurrence of any of these events could result in diminishing demand for our solutions, a reduction of our revenues, an increase in our bad debt expense, an increase in collection cycles for accounts receivable, require us to increase our warranty provisions, or incur the expense of litigation or substantial liability.

 

We depend on data centers operated by third parties for both Veeva CRM and Veeva Vault, and any disruption in the operation of these facilities could adversely affect our business and subject us to liability.

 

Veeva CRM is primarily hosted by salesforce.com from data centers located in California, Virginia and Japan. Veeva Vault, and certain portions of Veeva CRM, are hosted by third parties other than salesforce.com from data centers located in California, Virginia and Japan. We do not control the operation of the data centers hosted by salesforce.com for Veeva CRM. While we control and have access to our servers and all of the components of our network that are located in our external data centers for Veeva Vault and certain portions of Veeva CRM, we do not control the operation of these facilities. The owners of our non-salesforce.com data centers have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if one of our data center operators is acquired, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to new data center facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so.

 

Problems faced by our third-party data center locations, including those operated by salesforce.com, could adversely affect the experience of our customers. The operators of the data centers could decide to close their facilities without adequate notice. In addition, any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy, faced by the operators of the data centers or any of the service providers with whom we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. Additionally, if our data centers are

 

19


Table of Contents

unable to keep up with our growing needs for capacity, this could have an adverse effect on our business. For example, a rapid expansion of our business could affect the service levels at our data centers or cause such data centers and systems to fail. Any changes in third-party service levels at our data centers or any disruptions or other performance problems with our solutions could adversely affect our reputation and may damage our customers’ stored files or result in lengthy interruptions in our services. Interruptions in our services might reduce our revenues, cause us to issue refunds to customers for prepaid and unused subscriptions, subject us to potential liability or adversely affect our renewal rates.

 

If we fail to manage our technical operations infrastructure, our existing customers may experience service outages and our new customers may experience delays in the deployment of our solutions.

 

We have experienced significant growth in the number of users, transactions and data that our operations infrastructure supports. We seek to maintain sufficient excess capacity in our operations infrastructure to meet the needs of all of our customers. We also seek to maintain excess capacity to facilitate the rapid provision of new customer deployments and the expansion of existing customer deployments. In addition, we need to properly manage our technological operations infrastructure in order to support version control, changes in hardware and software parameters and the evolution of our solutions. However, the provision of new hosting infrastructure requires adequate lead-time. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, website disruptions, outages and other performance problems. These types of problems may be caused by a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, viruses, security attacks, fraud, spikes in customer usage and denial of service issues. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. If we do not accurately predict our infrastructure requirements, our existing customers may experience service outages that may subject us to financial penalties, financial liabilities and customer losses. If our operations infrastructure fails to keep pace with increased sales, customers may experience delays in the deployment of our solutions as we seek to obtain additional capacity, which could adversely affect our reputation and adversely affect our revenues.

 

If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to customer data is otherwise obtained, our solutions may be perceived as not being secure, customers may reduce the use of or stop using our solutions and we may incur significant liabilities.

 

Our solutions involve the storage and transmission of our customers’ proprietary information, including personal or identifying information regarding their employees and the medical professionals whom their sales personnel contact, and sensitive proprietary data related to the regulatory submission process for new medical treatments. As a result, unauthorized access or security breaches as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise could result in the loss of information, litigation, indemnity obligations, damage to our reputation and other liability. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Any or all of these issues could adversely affect our ability to attract new customers, cause existing customers to elect to not renew their subscriptions, result in reputational damage or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability, which could adversely affect our operating results. Our insurance may not be adequate to cover losses associated with such events , and in any case, such insurance may not cover all of the types of costs, expenses and losses we could incur to respond to and remediate a security breach.

 

Privacy laws and regulations are burdensome, may reduce demand for our solutions, and failure to comply may impose significant liabilities.

 

Our customers can use our solutions to collect, use, process and store personal or identifying information regarding their employees and the medical professionals whom their sales personnel contact, and, potentially, personal health information. Federal, state and foreign government bodies and agencies have adopted, are considering adopting, or may adopt laws and regulations regarding the collection, use, processing, storage and

 

20


Table of Contents

disclosure of personal information obtained from consumers and individuals. In the United States, for instance, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services promulgated patient privacy rules under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, that protect medical records and other personal health information by limiting their use and disclosure, giving individuals the right to access, amend and seek accounting of their own health information and limiting most use and disclosures of health information to the minimum amount reasonably necessary to accomplish the intended purpose. Foreign data privacy regulations, such as the EU’s Data Protection Directive (Directive 95/46/EC), and the country-specific regulations that implement Directive 95/46/EC, also govern the processing of personally identifiable data, and may be stricter than U.S. laws. Our solutions are expected to be capable of use by our customers in compliance with such laws and regulations. The functional and operational requirements and costs of compliance with such laws and regulations may adversely impact our business, and failure to enable our solutions to comply with such laws and regulations could lead to significant fines and penalties imposed by regulators, as well as claims by our customers or third parties. Additionally, all of these domestic and international legislative and regulatory initiatives could adversely affect our customers’ ability or desire to collect, use, process and store personal or health-related information using our solutions, which could reduce demand for our solutions.

 

Our solutions address heavily regulated functions within the life sciences industry, and failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could lessen the demand for our solutions or subject us to significant claims and losses.

 

Our customers use our solutions for business activities that are subject to a complex regime of global laws and regulations, including 21 CFR Part 11 (the U.S. Food and Drug Administration’s requirements for maintenance of electronic records), EU Annex 11 (the EU requirements for maintenance of electronic records), 21 CFR Part 203 (requirements regarding drug sample tracking as required by the Prescription Drug Marketing Act) and other laws and regulations. Our solutions are expected to be capable of use by our customers in compliance with such laws and regulations. Our efforts to provide solutions that comply with such laws and regulations are time-consuming and costly, and include third-party validation procedures that may delay the release of new versions of our solutions. As these laws and regulations change over time, we may find it difficult to adjust our solutions to comply with such changes. If we are not able to provide solutions that can be used in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, customers may be unwilling to use our solutions and any such non-compliance could result in the termination of our customer agreements or claims arising from such agreements with our customers.

 

Additionally, any failure of our customers to comply with laws and regulations applicable to the functions for which our solutions are used could result in fines, penalties or claims for substantial damages against our customers that may harm our business or reputation. If such failure were allegedly caused by our solutions or services, our customers may make a claim for damages against us, regardless of our responsibility for the failure. We may be subject to lawsuits that, even if unsuccessful, could divert our resources and our management’s attention and adversely affect our business, and our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover such claims against us.

 

Because we recognize subscription services revenues over the term of the agreements for our subscriptions, a significant downturn in our business may not be reflected immediately in our operating results, which increases the difficulty of evaluating our future financial performance.

 

We generally recognize revenues ratably over the terms of orders under our subscription agreements, which are typically one year. As a result, a substantial majority of our quarterly subscription services revenues are generated from subscription agreements entered into during prior periods. Consequently, a decline in new subscriptions in any quarter may not affect our results of operations in that quarter, but could reduce our revenues in future quarters. Additionally, the timing of renewals or non-renewals of a subscription agreement during any quarter may only affect our financial performance in future quarters. For example, the non-renewal of a subscription agreement late in a quarter will have minimal impact on revenues for that quarter but will reduce our revenues in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant declines in sales and customer acceptance of our solutions may not be reflected in our short-term results of operations, which would make these reported

 

21


Table of Contents

results less indicative of our future financial results. By contrast, a non-renewal occurring early in a quarter may have a significant negative impact on revenues for that quarter and we may not be able to offset a decline in revenues due to non-renewal with revenues from new subscription agreements entered into in the same quarter. In addition, we may be unable to adjust our costs in response to reduced revenues.

 

Consolidation among our customers could cause us to lose customers, decrease the available market for our solutions and adversely affect our business.

 

Consolidation in the life sciences industry has accelerated in recent years, and this trend could continue. We may lose customers due to industry consolidation, and we may not be able to expand sales of our solutions and services to new customers to replace lost customers. In addition, new companies or organizations that result from such consolidation may decide that our solutions are no longer needed because of their own internal processes or the use of alternative solutions. As these entities consolidate, competition to provide solutions and services to industry participants will become more intense and the importance of establishing relationships with large industry participants will become greater. These industry participants may try to use their market power to negotiate price reductions for our solutions. Also, if consolidation of larger current customers occurs, the combined company may represent a larger percentage of business for us and, as a result, we are likely to rely more significantly on the combined company’s revenues to continue to achieve growth. Industry consolidation or consolidation among current customers or potential customers could adversely affect our business.

 

Sales to customers outside the United States or with international operations expose us to risks inherent in international sales.

 

In our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013, sales to customers outside North America accounted for approximately 35% of our total revenues. A key element of our growth strategy is to further expand our international operations and worldwide customer base. Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and subjects us to regulatory, economic and political risks that are different from those in the United States. We have limited operating experience in some international markets, and we cannot assure you that our expansion efforts into other international markets will be successful. Our experience in the United States and other international markets in which we already have a presence may not be relevant to our ability to expand in other emerging markets. Our international expansion efforts may not be successful in creating further demand for our solutions outside of the United States or in effectively selling our solutions in the international markets we enter. In addition, we face risks in doing business internationally that could adversely affect our business, including:

 

   

the need to localize and adapt our solutions for specific countries, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses and ensuring that our solutions enable our customers to comply with local life sciences industry laws and regulations;

 

   

data privacy laws which require that customer data be stored and processed in a designated territory;

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, including employee laws and regulations;

 

   

different pricing environments, longer sales cycles and longer accounts receivable payment cycles and collections issues;

 

   

new and different sources of competition;

 

   

weaker protection for intellectual property and other legal rights than in the United States and practical difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and other rights outside of the United States;

 

   

laws and business practices favoring local competitors;

 

   

compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, privacy and data protection, and anti-bribery laws and regulations;

 

22


Table of Contents
   

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

 

   

restrictions on the transfer of funds;

 

   

adverse tax consequences, including the potential for required withholding taxes; and

 

   

unstable regional and economic political conditions.

 

Our international agreements often provide for payment denominated in local currencies, and the majority of our local costs are denominated in local currencies. An increasing portion of our international agreements provided for payment denominated in local currencies for our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013 as compared to our fiscal year ended January 31, 2012, and we anticipate that, over time, an increasing portion of our international agreements may provide for payment denominated in local currencies. Therefore, fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies may impact our operating results when translated into U.S. dollars. We do not currently engage in currency hedging activities to limit the risk of exchange rate fluctuations.

 

If we lose the services of our founder and Chief Executive Officer or other members of our senior management team, we may not be able to execute our business strategy.

 

Our success depends in a large part upon the continued service of our senior management team. In particular, our founder and Chief Executive Officer, Peter P. Gassner, is critical to our vision, strategic direction, culture, products and technology. We do not maintain key-man insurance for Mr. Gassner or any other member of our senior management team. We do not have employment agreements with members of our senior management team or other key personnel that require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and, therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of our founder and Chief Executive Officer or one or more other members of our senior management team could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

An inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could adversely affect our business.

 

To execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition for these personnel is intense, especially for engineers with high levels of experience in designing and developing software and internet-related services and senior sales executives. We have, from time to time, experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached their legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. In addition, job candidates and existing employees in the San Francisco Bay Area often consider the value of the stock awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our stock awards declines, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects could be adversely affected.

 

Our business could be adversely affected if our customers are not satisfied with the professional services provided by us or our partners.

 

Our business depends on our ability to satisfy our customers, both with respect to our solutions and the professional services that are performed in connection with the implementation of our solutions. Professional services may be performed by us, by a third party, or by a combination of the two. If a customer is not satisfied with the quality of work performed by us or a third party or with the solutions delivered or professional services rendered, then we could incur additional costs to address the situation, we may be required to issue credits or refunds for pre-paid amounts related to unused services, the profitability of that work might be impaired and the customer’s dissatisfaction with our services could damage our ability to expand the number of solutions subscribed to by that customer. Moreover, negative publicity related to our customer relationships, regardless of its accuracy, may further damage our business by affecting our ability to compete for new business with current and prospective customers.

 

23


Table of Contents

We typically provide service level commitments under our customer agreements. If we fail to meet these contractual commitments, we could be obligated to provide credits or refunds for pre-paid amounts related to unused subscription services or our customers may terminate their contracts, which could adversely affect our revenues.

 

Our customer agreements typically provide service level commitments on a quarterly basis. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments or suffer extended periods of unavailability for our solutions, we may be contractually obligated to provide these customers with service credits or our customers may terminate their agreements. Our revenues could be significantly affected if we suffer unscheduled downtime that exceeds the allowed downtimes under our agreements with our customers. Any extended service outages could adversely affect our reputation, revenues and operating results.

 

Any failure to offer high-quality technical support services could adversely affect our relationships with our customers and our operating results.

 

Once our solutions are deployed, our customers depend on our support organization to resolve technical issues relating to our solutions. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for technical support services. Increased customer demand for our services, without corresponding revenues, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, our sales process is highly dependent on the reputation of our solutions and business and on positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality technical support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support, could adversely affect our reputation, our ability to sell our solutions to existing and prospective customers and our business and operating results.

 

If we fail to develop widespread brand awareness cost-effectively, our business may suffer.

 

We believe that developing and maintaining widespread awareness of our brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our solutions and attracting new customers. Brand promotion activities may not generate customer awareness or increase revenues, and even if they do, any increase in revenues may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or incur substantial expenses, we may fail to attract or retain customers necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts, or to achieve the widespread brand awareness that is critical for broad customer adoption of our solutions.

 

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and adversely affect our operating results.

 

We have in the past acquired and may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, solutions or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our solutions, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated.

 

In addition, we have limited experience in acquiring other businesses. If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including:

 

   

inability to integrate or benefit from acquired technologies or services in a profitable manner;

 

   

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;

 

   

incurrence of acquisition-related costs;

 

24


Table of Contents
   

difficulty integrating the accounting systems, operations and personnel of the acquired business;

 

   

difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy products and hosting infrastructure of the acquired business;

 

   

difficulty converting the customers of the acquired business onto our solutions and contract terms, including disparities in the revenues, licensing, support or professional services model of the acquired company;

 

   

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

   

adverse effects to our existing business relationships with business partners and customers as a result of the acquisition;

 

   

the potential loss of key employees;

 

   

use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and

 

   

use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.

 

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial position may suffer.

 

Adverse economic conditions, particularly with respect to the life sciences industry, could adversely impact our business.

 

Our business depends on the overall demand for enterprise software, cloud computing technologies and on the economic health of our existing and prospective customers. In addition, the purchase of our solutions is often discretionary and may involve a significant commitment of capital and other resources. The financial weakness in recent years resulted in a significant deterioration of the economy in the United States and Europe and of the global economy, more limited availability of credit, a reduction in business confidence and activity and other difficulties that may affect the life sciences industry. In addition, the economies of countries in Europe have been experiencing weakness associated with high sovereign debt levels, weakness in the banking sector and uncertainty over the future of the Eurozone. We have existing and prospective customers in Europe. If economic conditions in Europe and other key markets for our solutions continue to remain uncertain or deteriorate further, particularly with respect to the life sciences industry, many of our customers may delay or reduce their IT spending. This could result in reductions in sales of our solutions, longer sales cycles, reductions in subscription duration and value, slower adoption of new technologies and increased price competition. In addition, there has been pressure to reduce government spending in the United States. Automatic tax increases and spending cuts at the federal level went into effect at the beginning of 2013. This might reduce demand for our solutions from companies that receive funding from the U.S. government and could adversely affect the U.S. economy or the life sciences industry, which could further reduce demand for our solutions. Any of these events could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial position. In addition, there can be no assurance that enterprise software spending levels will increase following any recovery.

 

Catastrophic events could disrupt our business and adversely effect our operating results.

 

Our corporate headquarters are located in Pleasanton, California and our third-party hosted data centers are located in California, Virginia and Japan. The west coast of the United States and Japan each contains active earthquake zones. Additionally, we rely on our network and third-party infrastructure and enterprise applications, internal technology systems and our website for our development, marketing, operational support, hosted services and sales activities. In the event of a major earthquake, hurricane or catastrophic event such as fire,

 

25


Table of Contents

power loss, telecommunications failure, cyber-attack, war or terrorist attack, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, delays in our solution development, lengthy interruptions in our services, breaches of data security and loss of critical data, all of which could have an adverse effect on our future operating results.

 

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

 

Our success and ability to compete depend in part upon our intellectual property. We currently have no issued patents. Instead, we currently rely on copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, customers, partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may be inadequate.

 

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our brand and our business.

 

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights.

 

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our competitors, as well as a number of other entities and individuals, may own or claim to own intellectual property relating to our solutions. From time to time, third parties may claim that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon such rights. For example, on August 6, 2013, Prolifiq Software, Inc. (Prolifiq) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against us in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. The complaint alleges that our manufacture, use, offer for sale and sale of Veeva CRM Approved Email infringes U.S. Patent No. 7,634,556 held by Prolifiq. The complaint seeks unspecified monetary damages, costs and injunctive relief against us. We intend to vigorously defend this lawsuit. In the future, others may claim that our solutions and underlying technology infringe or violate their intellectual property rights. However, we may be unaware of the intellectual property rights that others may claim cover some or all of our technology or services. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our services, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. We may also be obligated to indemnify our customers or business partners or pay substantial settlement costs, including royalty payments, in connection with any such claim or litigation and to obtain licenses, modify applications or refund fees, which could be costly. Even if we were to prevail in such a dispute, any litigation regarding our intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.

 

Our solutions utilize open source software, and any failure to comply with the terms of one or more of these open source licenses could adversely affect our business.

 

Our solutions include software covered by open source licenses. The terms of various open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market our solutions. By the terms of certain open source licenses, we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary software, and to make our proprietary software available under open source licenses, if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner. In the event that portions of our proprietary software are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code, re-engineer all or a portion of our solutions, or otherwise be limited in the licensing of our solutions, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of our solutions and services. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of

 

26


Table of Contents

open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of the software. Many of the risks associated with usage of open source software cannot be eliminated and could adversely affect our business.

 

The forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, we cannot assure you our business will grow at similar rates, if at all.

 

Growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The forecasts in this prospectus relating to the expected growth in the global life sciences industry, cloud computing markets and technology market may prove to be inaccurate. Even if these markets experience the forecasted growth described in this prospectus, we may not grow our business at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

 

Our estimate of the market size for our solutions included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market size is accurate, we cannot assure you our business will serve a significant portion of the market.

 

Our estimate of the market size for our solutions included in this prospectus is subject to significant uncertainty and is based on assumptions and estimates, including our internal analysis and industry experience, which may not prove to be accurate. Our ability to serve a significant portion of this estimated market is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, even if our estimate of the market size is accurate, we cannot assure you that our business will serve a significant portion of this estimated market for our solutions.

 

We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an emerging growth company. Under the Jumpstart Our Businesses Act of 2012 (JOBS Act), emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.”

 

For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we also intend to take advantage of certain other exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million, (ii) the end of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more during such fiscal year, (iii) the date on which we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period or (iv) five years from the date of this prospectus.

 

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

 

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-

 

27


Table of Contents

Oxley Act) requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and, beginning with our second annual report following this offering, which will be for our fiscal year ending January 31, 2015, provide a management report on internal controls over financial reporting. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act also requires that our management report on internal controls over financial reporting be attested to by our independent registered public accounting firm, to the extent we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined by the JOBS Act. We do not expect to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to our management report on internal controls over financial reporting for so long as we are an emerging growth company.

 

If we have a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We are in the process of designing and implementing the internal controls over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation, which process will be time consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

 

We will incur significantly increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company.

 

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), and will be required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. Our management and other personnel have little experience managing a public company and preparing public filings. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will increase when we are no longer an emerging growth company, as defined by the JOBS Act. We will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and may need to establish an internal audit function. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs. Additional compensation costs and any future equity awards will increase our compensation expenses, which would increase our general and administrative expense and could adversely affect our profitability. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance on reasonable terms. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

 

Our international operations subject us to potentially adverse tax consequences.

 

We report our taxable income in various jurisdictions worldwide based upon our business operations in those jurisdictions. These jurisdictions include China, England, France, Hungary, Japan and Spain. The international nature and organization of our business activities are subject to complex transfer pricing regulations administered by taxing authorities in various jurisdictions. The relevant taxing authorities may disagree with our

 

28


Table of Contents

determinations as to the income and expenses attributable to specific jurisdictions. If such a disagreement were to occur, and our position were not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties, which could result in one-time tax charges, higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows and lower overall profitability of our operations. We believe that our financial statements reflect adequate reserves to cover such a contingency, but there can be no assurances in that regard.

 

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect sales and use, value added or similar taxes, and we could be subject to liability with respect to past or future sales, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We do not collect sales and use, value added and similar taxes in all jurisdictions in which we have sales, based on our belief that such taxes are not applicable or that we are not required to collect such taxes with respect to the jurisdiction. Sales and use, value added and similar tax laws and rates vary greatly by jurisdiction. Certain jurisdictions in which we do not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and interest, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest or future requirements may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Unanticipated changes in our effective tax rate could harm our future results.

 

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions, and our domestic and international tax liabilities are subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Forecasting our estimated annual effective tax rate is complex and subject to uncertainty, and there may be material differences between our forecasted and actual tax rates. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings and losses in countries with differing statutory tax rates, certain non-deductible expenses as a result of acquisitions, the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities and changes in federal, state or international tax laws and accounting principles. In addition, because substantially all of our intellectual property resides in the United States and is licensed through our parent U.S. entity, our effective tax rate may be higher than other companies that maintain and license intellectual property from outside the United States. Increases in our effective tax rate would reduce our profitability or in some cases increase our losses.

 

In addition, we may be subject to income tax audits by many tax jurisdictions throughout the world. Although we believe our income tax liabilities are reasonably estimated and accounted for in accordance with applicable laws and principles, an adverse resolution of one or more uncertain tax positions in any period could have a material impact on the results of operations for that period.

 

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

 

The market price of our Class A common stock is likely to be volatile which could subject us to litigation, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above our initial public offering price.

 

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A common stock. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our Class A common stock will develop following this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in our Class A common stock is not active. The initial public offering price for the shares was determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market following this offering. In addition, the trading prices of the securities of technology companies in general have been highly volatile. Accordingly, the market price of our Class A common stock is likely to be subject to wide fluctuations in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, such as those in this “Risk Factors” section and others including:

 

   

variations in our operating results, including revenues, earnings per share, cash flows from operating activities and other financial metrics and non-financial metrics, and how those results compare to analyst expectations;

 

29


Table of Contents
   

forward-looking statements related to our projections of future operating results, changes in our projections of our future operating results or our failure to meet these projections;

 

   

the net increases in the number of customers, either independently or as compared with published expectations of industry, financial or other analysts that cover us;

 

   

changes in the estimates of our operating results or changes in recommendations by securities analysts that elect to follow our Class A common stock;

 

   

announcements of technological innovations, new solutions or enhancements to services, strategic alliances or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;

 

   

announcements by us or by our competitors of mergers or other strategic acquisitions or rumors of such transactions involving us or our competitors;

 

   

announcements of customer additions and customer cancellations or delays in customer purchases;

 

   

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

   

disruptions in our solutions due to computer hardware, software or network problems, security breaches or other man-made or natural disasters;

 

   

the economy as a whole, market conditions in our industry and the industries of our customers;

 

   

trading activity by a limited number of stockholders who together beneficially own a majority of our outstanding Class A common stock;

 

   

overall performance of the equity markets;

 

   

the operating performance of other similar companies;

 

   

changes in legislation relating to our existing or future solutions;

 

   

litigation or other claims against us;

 

   

the size of our market float; and

 

   

any other factors discussed herein.

 

In addition, if the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences uneven investor confidence, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition. The market price of our Class A common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies within, or outside, our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. Some companies that have experienced volatility in the trading price of their stock have been the subject of securities class action litigation. If we are the subject of such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

 

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

 

We cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

 

30


Table of Contents

The dual class structure of our common stock will have the effect of concentrating voting control with our executive officers (including our Chief Executive Officer) and directors and their affiliates; this will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters.

 

Our Class B common stock has ten votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this offering, has one vote per share. Stockholders who hold shares of Class B common stock, including our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, will together hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering. Because of the ten-to-one voting ratio between our Class B common stock and Class A common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a substantial majority of the combined voting power of our common stock following this offering and therefore, assuming no material sales of such shares, will be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval until ten years from the date of this prospectus, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or other major corporate transaction. This concentrated control will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future. In addition, this may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our capital stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting to Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for estate planning purposes. The conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. If, for example, our executive officers (including our Chief Executive Officer), employees, directors and their affiliates retain a significant portion of their holdings of Class B common stock for an extended period of time, they could, in the future, continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. For a description of the dual class structure, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

We do not intend to pay dividends on our capital stock so any returns will be limited to changes in the value of our Class A common stock.

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock may be prohibited or limited by the terms of any future debt financing arrangement. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the increase, if any, of the price of our Class A common stock.

 

If you purchase our Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

 

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock of $         per share as of July 31, 2013. Investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result, investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $         per share, based on the initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

This dilution is due to the substantially lower price paid by our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering as compared to the price offered to the public in this offering, and any previous exercise of stock options granted to our service providers. In addition, as of July 31, 2013, options to purchase 25,405,543 shares of our Class B common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $2.78 per share were outstanding. The exercise of any of these options would result in additional dilution. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation.

 

31


Table of Contents

Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive plans, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause the stock price of our Class A common stock to decline.

 

We may issue additional securities following the completion of this offering. In the future, we may sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. We also expect to issue common stock to employees and directors pursuant to our equity incentive plans. If we sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in subsequent transactions, or common stock is issued pursuant to equity incentive plans, investors may be materially diluted. New investors in such subsequent transactions could gain rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock, including shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering.

 

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market by our existing stockholders following this offering could cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

 

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur could depress the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that sales may have on the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock.

 

All of our executive officers and directors and the holders of substantially all of our capital stock are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering that restrict the stockholders’ ability to transfer shares of our common stock for at least 180 days from the date of this prospectus. The lock-up agreements limit the number of shares of common stock that may be sold immediately following this offering. Subject to certain limitations, approximately                     shares will become eligible for sale upon expiration of the 180-day lock-up period. In addition, shares issued or issuable upon exercise of options vested as of the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period will be eligible for sale at that time. Sales of stock by these stockholders could adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock.

 

Certain holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), subject to the 180-day lock-up arrangement described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock.

 

In making your investment decision, you should not rely on information in public media that is published by third parties. You should rely only on statements made in this prospectus in determining whether to purchase our shares.

 

You should carefully evaluate all of the information in this prospectus. We have in the past received, and may continue to receive, a high degree of media coverage, including coverage that is not directly attributable to statements made by our officers and employees. We cannot confirm the accuracy of such coverage. You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus in determining whether to purchase our shares of Class A common stock.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, the trading price for our Class A common stock would be adversely

 

32


Table of Contents

affected. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our Class A common stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A common stock could decrease, which might cause our Class A common stock price and trading volume to decline.

 

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the market price of our Class A common stock.

 

Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could depress the market price of our Class A common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions among other things:

 

   

establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board are elected at one time;

 

   

provide for a dual class common stock structure, which gives our Chief Executive Officer, directors, executive officers, greater than 5% stockholders and their respective affiliates the ability to control the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the shares of our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock;

 

   

permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors;

 

   

provide that directors may only be removed “for cause” and only with the approval of 66  2 / 3 % of our stockholders;

 

   

require super-majority voting to amend some provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws;

 

   

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;

 

   

eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws; and

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

 

In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company. Section 203 imposes certain restrictions on merger, business combinations and other transactions between us and holders of 15% or more of our common stock.

 

For information regarding these and other provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

33


Table of Contents

LETTER FROM OUR CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

Introduction

 

The time has come for Veeva to be a public company. With that will come increased visibility as more people become involved with Veeva. As we enter this next phase, I’d like to take a moment to share what we’re all about. I hope this will help customers, potential customers, employees, partners and investors understand more about what makes Veeva unique.

 

Industry Cloud For Life Sciences

 

Veeva delivers industry-specific cloud-based solutions—including data, software, and services—to the global life sciences industry. We don’t develop horizontal applications like payroll, accounting, or inventory control that are largely the same across industries.

 

Our vision is to help our customers with their most important industry-specific processes. These strategic offerings address the life sciences industry’s most pressing needs: speeding time-to-market for new products, maximizing revenue and profitability, and remaining in compliance with regulatory requirements. Our vision has always been that our industry-specific applications should come with industry-specific data and that the use of our applications may generate unique data that could help customers make better business decisions.

 

Our vision is to be relevant to the CEOs of the companies we serve by automating their industry-specific processes in the cloud. Some call this approach “industry cloud.” We feel that the industry cloud concept is in its early days. It is an exciting time.

 

Customer Success

 

Customer success is our number one value. Veeva is nothing without its customers.

 

The value of customer success helps us make decisions at all levels of the company. We take it personally, and we try to do right by our customers. We are not perfect. We sometimes make mistakes, but we work hard to remedy them quickly. We live the value of customer success.

 

We feel that if customers are successful they will recommend our products to others in the industry. Customer success is the goal every day. In our view, revenue and profit are after-the-fact financial measurements of customer success.

 

Employee Success

 

Employee success is our number two value. Veeva is nothing without its employees.

 

I hope if someone works at Veeva for many years, they will look back and think “Veeva has been a great place to work.” I hope employees work with people they enjoy, are energized by happy customers, learn a lot, work hard, contribute highly, and advance their careers. By contributing highly, employees should feel good about themselves and be well compensated.

 

To promote employee success, we try to hire people with the right values and skills and put them in roles where they can contribute and grow. We try to promote from within when possible. We try to have only a limited number of corporate rules, so that decisions can be made in smaller groups by people who understand their areas deeply. We will sacrifice some efficiency to give our employees autonomy and ownership.

 

This focus on employee success has contributed to our growth and high employee retention rate.

 

34


Table of Contents

Long-Term Thinking

 

Nothing of significance was built in the short-term. We are focused on building a lasting company. A company that delivers significant value to its customers, employees, partners and investors. A company in which we can all take pride. We admire organizations like Amazon, Google, IBM and GE that are guided by the long-term. If we have to trade off short-term financial gains for long-term customer success and employee success, we will do that.

 

Looking Forward

 

I am often asked whether Veeva will make products for other industries. We currently have no plans to enter other industries. We think in many ways we are just getting started with our industry cloud for life sciences.

 

However, at some point it is possible that Veeva would build other industry cloud solutions. We know what type of people it takes and how to get it started. But for now, we are focused on increasing the value of our industry cloud for life sciences.

 

Thank you to our customers, employees, partners and investors for our success so far. I look forward to our future together.

 

Sincerely,

 

LOGO

 

Peter Gassner

Chief Executive Officer

Veeva Systems Inc.

 

35


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to us. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Letter from Our Chief Executive Officer,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations and expenses, business strategies and plans, market sizing, competitive position, industry environment and potential growth opportunities. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and, in some cases, can be identified by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “seeks,” “should,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms.

 

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

 

Any forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Except as required by law, we disclaim any obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

 

36


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

 

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data used throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, as well as from industry and general publications, in addition to research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Internal estimates are derived from publicly-available information released by industry analysts and third-party sources, our internal research and our industry experience, and are based on assumptions made by us based on such data and our knowledge of our industry and market, which we believe to be reasonable. In addition, while we believe the industry, market and competitive position data included in this prospectus is reliable and is based on reasonable assumptions, such data involves risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

The Gartner Report described herein, (the Gartner Report) represents data, research opinions or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. (Gartner). The Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report are subject to change without notice. Please refer to Section 2.6 of the Gartner Copyright and Quote Policy on gartner.com for additional detail.

 

Certain information in the text of the prospectus is contained in independent industry publications. The source of each of these independent industry publications is provided below:

 

   

Gartner, Total Worldwide Software Market Share by Market , 2010–2012, March 2013.

 

   

IDC, Worldwide and Regional Public IT Cloud Services 2012–2016 Forecast , #236552, Volume 1, August 2012.

 

   

IDC, Worldwide Life Science IT Spending Guide , 2011–2016, #HI237350, Version 1, October 2012.

 

   

MarketLine, Global Health Care Equipment & Supplies , July 2012.

 

   

MarketLine, Global Pharmaceuticals, Biotechnology & Life Sciences , September 2012.

 

   

Public Citizen, Pharmaceutical Industry Criminal and Civil Penalties: An Update , September 27, 2012.

 

37


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of the Class A common stock that we are offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their right to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, facilitate an orderly distribution of shares for the selling stockholders, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our Class A common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. However, we do not currently have specific planned uses of the proceeds. The amount of proceeds we use for the purposes above, if any, will depend on the level of cash generated from our operations. Additionally, we may choose to expand our current business through acquisitions of or investments in other complementary businesses, technologies or other assets, using cash or our capital stock. However, we currently have no agreements or commitments with respect to any specific material acquisitions or investments at this time.

 

Pending other uses, we intend to invest the proceeds in interest-bearing, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government, or hold as cash. We cannot predict whether the proceeds invested will yield a favorable return. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds we receive from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

38


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and capitalization as of July 31, 2013:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into Class B common stock and (ii) the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation in connection with this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the issuance and sale by us of                     shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and the receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of these shares at an assumed initial public offering price of the Class A common stock of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the automatic conversion of                  shares of our Class B common stock held by the selling stockholders into an equivalent number of shares of our Class A common stock upon their sale by the selling stockholders in this offering.

 

The unaudited pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table in conjunction with the sections entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Description of Capital Stock” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of July 31, 2013  
     Actual      Pro  Forma      Pro Forma
As  Adjusted (1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 52,875       $ 52,875       $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value; 86,562,500 shares authorized, 85,000,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   $ 6,933       $       $   

Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;                      shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                       

Common stock, $0.00001 par value; 140,000,000 shares authorized, 27,532,440 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                       

Class A common stock, $0.00001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;                     shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;                     shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                  

Class B common stock, $0.00001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;                      shares authorized, 112,532,440 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;                      shares authorized,                      shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

             1      

Additional paid-in capital

     4,694         11,626      

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     3         3      

Retained earnings

     35,770         35,770      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 47,400       $ 47,400       $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

39


Table of Contents

 

(1)  

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share would increase (decrease) each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital and total capitalization by $        million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted amount of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital and total capitalization would increase by approximately $        million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, and we would have                     shares of our Class A common stock issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted.

 

The table above excludes the following shares:

 

   

16,547,749 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of July 31, 2013 under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $3.98 per share;

 

   

8,857,794 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of July 31, 2013 under our 2007 Stock Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $0.56 per share;

 

   

495,000 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan between August 1, 2013 and September 10, 2013 with an exercise price of $9.88 per share; and

 

   

6,822,956 shares of our common stock were reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of 2,822,956 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as of July 31, 2013, which will become available for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan on the date of this prospectus, and 4,000,000 shares of Class A common stock that will be reserved for issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. No shares of either our Class A or Class B common stock were reserved for future issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of July 31, 2013. On the date of this prospectus, we will cease granting awards under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Equity Plans.”

 

40


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our Class A common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering.

 

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of July 31, 2013 was $         million, or $         per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2013, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into Class B common stock in connection with this offering.

 

After giving effect to our sale in this offering of                     shares of Class A common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of the Class A common stock of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of July 31, 2013 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering.

 

The following table illustrates this per share dilution.

 

Assumed initial offering price per share

      $                    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of July 31, 2013

   $                       

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price of $        per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

 

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be approximately $        per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be approximately $        per share.

 

The following table summarizes, as of July 31, 2013, the differences between the number of outstanding shares of our common stock purchased from us, after giving effect to the conversion of our convertible preferred stock into Class B common stock, the total cash consideration paid and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and by our new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the assumed offering price of the Class A common stock of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
Per  Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     112,532,440                    $ 8,987,083                    $ 0.08   

New investors

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $          100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

41


Table of Contents

Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to          shares, or         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding following the completion of this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to          shares, or         % of the total number of shares outstanding following the completion of this offering.

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

 

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our existing stockholders would own         % and our new investors would own         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

The table above and discussions are based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 112,532,440 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2013, and excludes:

 

   

16,547,749 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of July 31, 2013 under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $3.98 per share;

 

   

8,857,749 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of July 31, 2013 under our 2007 Stock Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $0.56 per share;

 

   

495,000 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan between August 1, 2013 and September 10, 2013 with an exercise price of $9.88 per share; and

 

   

6,822,956 shares of our common stock were reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of 2,822,956 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as of July 31, 2013, which will become available for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan on the date of this prospectus, and 4,000,000 shares of Class A common stock that will be reserved for issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. No shares of either our Class A or Class B common stock were reserved for future issuance under our 2007 Stock Plan as of July 31, 2013. On the date of this prospectus, we will cease granting awards under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Equity Plans.”

 

To the extent that any outstanding options or warrants are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

 

42


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following tables set forth selected consolidated financial data. We derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for our fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of January 31, 2012 and 2013, from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for our fiscal year ended January 31, 2010, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of January 31, 2010 and 2011, from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes which are not included in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of July 31, 2013, from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

 

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
    2010     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
   

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

           

Revenues:

           

Subscription services

  $ 6,838      $ 19,573      $ 32,613      $ 73,280      $ 29,202      $ 62,000   

Professional services and other

    6,391        9,556        28,649        56,268        24,762        30,369   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    13,229        29,129        61,262        129,548        53,964        92,369   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues (1) :

           

Cost of subscription services

    1,891        5,236        8,768        18,852        7,749        14,898   

Cost of professional services and other

    4,139        7,081        20,288        38,164        16,650        21,954   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

    6,030        12,317        29,056        57,016        24,399        36,852   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    7,199        16,812        32,206        72,532        29,565        55,517   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses (1) :

           

Research and development

    1,771        3,637        7,750        14,638        6,341        11,884   

Sales and marketing

    3,844        5,571        12,279        19,490        7,988        17,272   

General and administrative

    702        2,513        5,539        8,371        3,349        8,350   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    6,317        11,721        25,568        42,499        17,678        37,506   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    882        5,091        6,638        30,033        11,887        18,011   

Other income (expense), net

    94        173        15        (940    
(411

    (564
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    976        5,264        6,653        29,093        11,476        17,447   

Provision for income taxes

    60        1,355        2,423        10,310        4,126        6,604   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 916      $ 3,909      $ 4,230      $ 18,783      $ 7,350      $ 10,843   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

  $ 41      $ 428      $ 599      $ 3,480        1,269      $ 2,222   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

           

Basic

  $ 0.00     $ 0.03      $ 0.03      $ 0.17      $ 0.07      $ 0.09   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ 0.00     $ 0.02      $ 0.02      $ 0.11      $ 0.04      $ 0.06   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents
                                                                                   
    Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
    2010     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
   

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

           

Basic

    11,297        13,156        17,655        20,887        19,380        23,440   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    17,255        20,154        24,776        30,599        28,556        35,833   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (3) :

           

Basic

        $ 0.17        $ 0.10   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

        $ 0.16        $ 0.09   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (3) :

           

Basic

          105,887          108,440   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          115,599          120,833   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

                                                                                   
    Fiscal Year
Ended January 31,
    Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
    2010     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
    (in thousands)  

Cost of revenues:

           

Cost of subscription services

  $      $      $ 1      $ 3      $ 1      $ 9   

Cost of professional services and other

    6        9        63        120        51        228   

Research and development

    13        30        106        238        90        466   

Sales and marketing

    8        43        99        140        63        482   

General and administrative

    11        87        165        214        104        765   

 

(2)  

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, less the weighted average unvested common stock subject to repurchase. See note 12 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

(3)  

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of the convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as of the issuance date of the convertible preferred stock. See note 12 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

 

                                                                                   
    As of January 31,     As of
July 31,
2013
     
    2010     2011     2012     2013        
    (in thousands)      

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

           

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $ 8,645      $ 13,778      $ 16,880      $   46,166      $ 52,875     

Working capital

    4,762        9,104        13,456        32,601        35,056     

Deferred revenue

    5,011        10,414        17,925        38,785        48,260     

Total assets

    11,541        23,542        41,414        89,820        112,620     

Convertible preferred stock

    6,933        6,933        6,933        6,933        6,933     

Additional paid-in capital

    78        326        1,026        2,101        4,694     

Total stockholders’ equity

    5,016        9,173        14,103        33,966        47,400     

 

44


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated by these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors. We discuss factors that we believe could cause or contribute to these differences below and elsewhere in this prospectus, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

Overview

 

Veeva is a leading global provider of industry-specific, cloud-based software solutions for the life sciences industry. Our solutions enable pharmaceutical and other life sciences companies to realize the benefits of modern cloud-based architectures and mobile applications for their most critical business functions, without compromising industry-specific functionality or regulatory compliance. Our customer relationship management solutions enable our customers to increase the productivity and compliance of their sales and marketing functions. Our regulated content management and collaboration solutions enable our customers to more efficiently manage a range of highly regulated, content-centric processes across the enterprise. Our customer master solution, including our proprietary database of healthcare provider and healthcare organization data, enables our customers to more effectively create and maintain accurate customer data.

 

We were founded in 2007 and entered into our first commercial agreement that same year. Our initial commercially available solution was Veeva CRM, our customer relationship management solution for life sciences, which we initially sold to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in the United States. Since our founding, we have introduced new modules and applications that are complementary to Veeva CRM, including, most recently: Veeva iRep, our proprietary mobile application for the iPad, which we introduced in 2011; Veeva CLM, our closed-loop marketing solution that enables mobile presentation of multimedia content, which we introduced in 2011; and Veeva CRM Approved Email, our solution that allows life sciences sales representatives to send emails and pre-approved marketing content to physicians in compliance with regulatory requirements, which we introduced in 2013. In 2011, we introduced Veeva Vault, a new solution category addressing regulated content management and collaboration, by releasing an application to manage marketing promotional materials. In September 2012, we expanded our Veeva Vault solutions to include applications addressing the processes and content associated with new drug approval submissions, clinical trial documentation, manufacturing and quality documentation and medical communications content. In May 2013, we announced our newest offering, Veeva Network, a solution that combines healthcare professional, healthcare organization, and other supplemental data with cloud-based customer master software, and data stewardship services to provide life sciences companies with a customer master solution that is fully integrated with Veeva CRM. Veeva Network will be generally available in late 2013. It is currently under limited release to a limited set of early customers.

 

Historically, we have derived more than 95% of our subscription services revenues from our Veeva CRM solutions. To the extent that our more recently introduced solutions, such as Veeva Vault, Veeva CRM Approved Email and Veeva Network, do not achieve significant market acceptance, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected. In particular, our Veeva Vault solutions are offered to segments of the life sciences industry to which we have not previously marketed, including the research and development organizations of life sciences companies as well as emerging biotechnology companies, and we must be successful in marketing to these and other potential new segments. We intend to increase the adoption of our regulated content management and collaboration solutions by increasing the size of our sales force, enabling us to market our Veeva Vault solutions to an expanded set of customers in research and development departments of life sciences companies. However, the timing and effectiveness of any increased sales organization is difficult to predict.

 

45


Table of Contents

The life sciences industry is global, and we have structured our company to address the global requirements of our customers. Since our founding, we have expanded our geographic reach to include Europe and China in 2010 and Japan in 2011. Regional general managers are responsible for customer success, including the sales and professional services functions, in our three principal regions: North America, Europe and Asia Pacific. In addition to sales and professional services personnel, we hire personnel with local life sciences industry expertise, including business practices and compliance requirements, for each major market we enter. As of July 31, 2013, we had 593 employees globally, including 403 in North America, 107 in Europe and 83 in Asia Pacific. For our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013, revenues from outside North America constituted approximately 35% of our total revenues, as measured by the location of the end users for subscription services and the location of the user for which the services were performed by our professional services organization. The majority of our revenues from international sales are invoiced from and collected by our U.S. entity and recognized as a component of income before taxes in the United States as opposed to a foreign jurisdiction. Our international expansion efforts may not continue to be successful in creating further demand for our solutions outside of the United States or in effectively selling our solutions in the international markets we enter.

 

Our solutions are accessed through an internet connection and a web browser, or using our proprietary applications for mobile devices, such as the iPad. We offer our solutions as a subscription-based service, typically for a one-year initial term, with subscription fees generally based upon the solutions selected and the number of users. Our customers generally pay annually or quarterly in advance for the use of our solutions, and our agreements typically automatically renew unless notice of cancellation is provided in advance. Revenues derived from subscription fees are recognized ratably over the term of the agreement, while revenues from professional services are generally recognized as the services are performed. We market our solutions and services primarily through our global direct sales force.

 

As of January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we served 51, 95 and 134 life sciences customers, respectively. As of August 31, 2013, we served approximately 170 total life sciences customers, including 33 of the 50 largest global pharmaceutical companies. Within our customer base, deployments range from implementations within a single division or geography to global or enterprise-wide deployments. Our rapid growth to date has been a function of both new customers and sales of additional user subscriptions and of additional solutions to our current customers.

 

We have invested in our professional services organization in order to promote customer success and effective deployments. As new customers have adopted our solutions and existing customers have deployed our solutions in more divisions and geographies, we have experienced strong demand for our professional services. Revenues from professional services tend to be concentrated at the beginning of a customer deployment. Given this model and continued new customer adoption and existing customer expansion, professional services revenues have represented a material percent of our total revenues. For example, professional services and other revenues were 43% and 33% of total revenues in our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2013, respectively. Over time, the proportion of subscription services revenues for a particular customer has tended to increase relative to professional services revenues.

 

We believe that our focus on a single industry provides a number of benefits to our operating model. First, our sales and marketing resources can be deployed more efficiently than at companies offering products and services to a broad range of industries, because our potential customer base is concentrated within the life sciences industry. Similarly, our research and development efforts can be more targeted and more relevant because we do not have to balance the product demands of one industry against another. Finally, we believe the benefits of customer success and resulting positive customer references are amplified for companies with an industry-specific focus. We believe these factors have contributed to our rapid growth and early profitability.

 

For our fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 our total revenues were $29.1 million, $61.3 million and $129.5 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 110% and 111% for our two most recent fiscal years. For the six months ended July 31, 2013, our total revenues were $92.4 million,

 

46


Table of Contents

representing period-over-period growth of 71%. For our fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our subscription services revenues were $19.6 million, $32.6 million and $73.3 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth in subscription services revenues of 67% and 125% for our two most recent fiscal years. For the six months ended July 31, 2013, our subscription services revenues were $62.0 million, representing period-over-period growth of 112%. We generated net income of $3.9 million, $4.2 million and $18.8 million for our fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $7.4 million and $10.8 million for the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Our net income margins for our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013 reflect higher than anticipated revenues without corresponding increases in our operating expenses and are not necessarily indicative of future net income margins. To date, we have funded our business primarily with cash flows from operations, and we plan to continue to invest in the development of our solutions, infrastructure and sales and marketing to drive long-term growth and customer success.

 

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

 

Investment in Growth. We have invested and intend to continue to invest aggressively in expanding the breadth and depth of our Industry Cloud for life sciences. We expect to invest in research and development to expand existing and build new solutions, sales and marketing to promote our solutions to new and existing customers and in existing and expanded geographies, professional services to ensure the success of our customers’ implementations of our solutions, and other operational and administrative functions to support our expected growth and our transition to a public company. We anticipate that our headcount will increase as a result of these investments. We expect our total operating expenses will increase over time, and, in some cases, have short-term negative impacts on our net income margin.

 

Adoption of Our Solutions by Existing and New Customers. Most of our customers initially deploy our solutions to a limited number of users within a division or geography and may only initially deploy a limited set of our available solutions. Our future growth is dependent upon our existing customers’ continued success with and renewals of subscriptions to our solutions, deployment of our solutions to additional users and the purchase of subscriptions to additional solutions. Our growth is also dependent on the adoption of our solutions by new customers. In particular, our Veeva Vault solutions are offered to segments of the life sciences industry to which we have not previously marketed, including the research and development organizations of life sciences companies as well as emerging biotechnology companies, and we must be successful in marketing to these and other potential new segments.

 

Subscription Services Revenues Renewal Rate. A key factor to our success is the renewal and expansion of our existing subscription agreements with our customers. We calculate our annual subscription services revenue renewal rate for a particular fiscal year by dividing (i) annualized subscription revenue as of the last day of that fiscal year from those customers that were also customers as of the last day of the prior fiscal year by (ii) the annualized subscription revenue from all customers as of the last day of the prior fiscal year. Annualized subscription revenue is calculated by multiplying the daily subscription revenue recognized on the last day of the fiscal year by 365. This calculation includes the impact on our revenues from customer non-renewals, deployments of additional users or decreases in users, deployments of additional solutions or discontinued use of solutions by our customers, and price changes for our solutions. Historically, the impact of price changes on our subscription services revenues renewal rate has been minimal. For our fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our subscription services revenues renewal rate was 192%, 159% and 187%, respectively.

 

Mix of Subscription and Professional Services Revenues. We believe our investments in professional services have driven customer success and facilitated the further adoption of our solutions by our customers. During the initial period of deployment by a customer, we generally provide a greater amount of configuration, implementation and training than later in the deployment. At the same time, many of our customers have historically purchased subscriptions for only a limited set of their total potential users during their initial deployments. As a result of these factors, the proportion of total revenues for a customer associated with professional services is relatively high during the initial deployment period. Over time, as the need for professional services associated with user deployments decreases and the number of users often increases, we

 

47


Table of Contents

expect the mix of total revenues to shift more toward subscription services revenues. Our historical mix of revenues reflects a time of strong customer adoption when customers were in earlier stages of their deployments. As a result, we expect the proportion of our total revenues from subscription services to increase over time.

 

Fiscal Year

 

Our fiscal year ends on January 31. References to fiscal 2013, for example, refer to our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013.

 

Components of Results of Operations

 

Revenues

 

We derive our revenues primarily from subscription fees and professional services fees. Subscription services revenues consist of fees from customers accessing our Industry Cloud solutions. Professional services revenues consist primarily of fees from implementation services, configuration, training and managed services. For our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013, subscription services revenues constituted 57% of total revenues and professional services and other revenues constituted 43% of total revenues. To date, we have derived more than 95% of our subscription services revenues from our Veeva CRM solution.

 

We enter into master subscription agreements with our customers and count each distinct master subscription agreement that has not terminated or expired as a distinct customer for purposes of determining our total number of current customers. We generally enter into a single master subscription agreement with each customer, although in some instances, affiliated legal entities within the same corporate family may enter into a separate master subscription agreement. Divisions, subsidiaries and operating units of our customers often place distinct orders for our subscription services under the same master subscription agreement, and we do not count such distinct orders as new customers for purposes of determining our total customer count. With respect to the legacy customers of Advantage Management Solutions, Inc. (AdvantageMS), which we acquired on June 20, 2013, we count each agreement with an entity that was not previously a Veeva customer and that has a known and recurring payment obligation as a distinct customer for purposes of determining our total number of current customers.

 

New subscription orders typically have a one-year term and automatically renew unless notice of cancellation is provided in advance. Because of this structure, all of the subscription fees associated with a particular customer may not be subject to renewal at the same time. If a customer adds users or solutions to an existing order, such additional orders will be coterminous with the initial order, and as a result, orders for additional users or solutions will commonly have a term of less than one year. Subscription orders are generally billed at the subscription commencement date, with annual or quarterly payment terms. Because the term of orders for additional users or solutions is commonly less than one year and payment terms may be quarterly, the annualized value of the orders we enter into with our customers will not be completely reflected in deferred revenue at any single point in time. Accordingly, we do not believe that change in deferred revenue is an accurate indicator of future revenues for a given period of time.

 

Subscription services revenues are recognized ratably over the order term beginning when the solution has been provisioned to the customer. Our subscription services agreements are generally non-cancelable, although customers typically have the right to terminate their agreements for cause in the event of material breach. Subscription services revenues are affected primarily by the number of customers, the number of users at each customer that use our solutions and the number of solutions subscribed to by each customer.

 

Prior to the three months ended January 31, 2013, we entered into separate professional services agreements with our customers that were separate and distinct from our master subscription agreements. Starting in the three months ended January 31, 2013, we combined our master subscription agreement and professional services

 

48


Table of Contents

agreement into a single agreement. Our professional services engagements are primarily billed on a time and materials basis and revenues are typically recognized as the services are rendered. Professional services revenues are affected primarily by our customers’ demands for implementation services, configuration, training and managed services in connection with our Industry Cloud solutions.

 

Cost of Revenues

 

Cost of subscription services revenues primarily consists of fees paid to salesforce.com, inc. for our use of the Salesforce Platform as combined with the proprietary aspects of our Veeva CRM solution, which includes hosting infrastructure and data center operations provided by salesforce.com, other third-party expenses related to data center capacity, hosting our subscription services and providing support, the costs of data center capacity, operating lease expense associated with computer equipment and software and allocated overhead and amortization expense associated with capitalized internal-use software related to our subscription services. Cost of subscription services revenues for some of our Veeva CRM solutions and for our Veeva Vault solutions do not include fees to salesforce.com because the Salesforce Platform is not used in those solutions. We intend to continue to invest additional resources in our subscription services. For example, we may open additional data centers, expand our current data centers in the future and continue to make investments in the availability and security of our solutions. The timing of when we incur these additional expenses will affect our cost of revenues in absolute dollars in the affected periods.

 

Cost of professional services and other revenues consists primarily of employee-related costs associated with these services, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation expense, the cost of subcontractors, travel costs and allocated overhead. The cost of providing professional services is significantly higher as a percentage of the related revenues than for our subscription services due to the direct labor costs and costs of subcontractors.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Research and Development . Research and development expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses. We continue to focus our research and development efforts on adding new features and applications, increasing the functionality and enhancing the ease of use of our cloud-based applications.

 

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses, sales commissions, customer-focused events and travel-related expenses. Sales commissions and other incremental costs to acquire contracts are expensed as incurred.

 

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist of employee-related expenses for finance and accounting, legal, human resources and management information systems personnel, legal costs, professional fees and other corporate expenses.

 

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

Other income (expense), net consists primarily of transaction gains or losses on foreign currency.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

Provision for income taxes consists of federal and state income taxes in the United States and income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions. See note 9 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

 

49


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

 

The following tables set forth selected consolidated statements of operations data and such data as a percentage of total revenues for each of the periods indicated:

 

                                                                
     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

            

Revenues:

            

Subscription services

   $ 19,573       $ 32,613       $ 73,280      $ 29,202      $ 62,000   

Professional services and other

     9,556         28,649         56,268        24,762        30,369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     29,129         61,262         129,548        53,964        92,369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues (1) :

            

Cost of subscription services

     5,236         8,768         18,852        7,749        14,898   

Cost of professional services and other

     7,081         20,288         38,164        16,650        21,954   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     12,317         29,056         57,016        24,399        36,852   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     16,812         32,206         72,532        29,565        55,517   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses (1) :

            

Research and development

     3,637         7,750         14,638        6,341        11,884   

Sales and marketing

     5,571         12,279         19,490        7,988        17,272   

General and administrative

     2,513         5,539         8,371        3,349        8,350   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     11,721         25,568         42,499        17,678        37,506   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     5,091         6,638         30,033        11,887        18,011   

Other income (expense), net

     173         15         (940     (411     (564
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     5,264         6,653         29,093        11,476        17,447   

Provision for income taxes

     1,355         2,423         10,310        4,126        6,604   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 3,909       $ 4,230       $ 18,783      $ 7,350      $ 10,843   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

                                                                
     Years Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenues:

          

Cost of subscription services

   $         $ 1         $ 3       $ 1         $ 9   

Cost of professional services and other

     9        63        120        51        228   

Research and development

     30        106        238        90        466   

Sales and marketing

     43        99        140        63        482   

General and administrative

               87                  165                214                  104                765   

 

50


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Six Months
Ended July 31,
 
           2011                 2012                 2013                 2012                 2013        
     (as a percentage of total revenues)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenues:

          

Subscription services

     67.2     53.2     56.6     54.1     67.1

Professional services and other

     32.8        46.8        43.4        45.9        32.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

          

Cost of subscription services

     18.0        14.3        14.5        14.4        16.1   

Cost of professional services and other

     24.3        33.1        29.5        30.9        23.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     42.3        47.4        44.0        45.3        39.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     57.7        52.6        56.0        54.7        60.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     12.5        12.7        11.3        11.8        12.9   

Sales and marketing

     19.1        20.0        15.0        14.7        18.7   

General and administrative

     8.6        9.0        6.5        6.2        9.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     40.2        41.7        32.8        32.7        40.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     17.5        10.9        23.2        22.0        19.4   

Other income (expense), net

     0.6               (0.7     (0.8     (0.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     18.1        10.9        22.5        21.2        18.8   

Provision for income taxes

     4.7        4.0        8.0        7.6        7.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     13.4     6.9     14.5     13.6     11.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Six Months
Ended July 31,
 
           2011           2012     2013     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Revenues by Geography Data:

          

Revenues by geography:

          

North America

   $ 27,217      $ 48,088      $ 84,546      $ 37,168      $ 55,535   

Europe

     1,904        10,433        29,036        12,179        22,470   

Asia Pacific

     8        2,741        15,966        4,617        14,364   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 29,129      $ 61,262      $ 129,548      $ 53,964      $ 92,369   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Six Months
Ended July 31,
 
           2011           2012     2013     2012     2013  
     (as a percentage of total revenues)  

Revenues by geography:

          

North America

     93     78     65     69     60

Europe

     7        17        23        23        24   

Asia Pacific

            5        12        8        16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     100     100     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

Six Months Ended July 31, 2012 and 2013

 

Revenues

 

     Six Months
Ended July 31,
    % Change  
     2012     2013    
     (dollars in thousands)        

Revenues:

      

Subscription services

   $ 29,202      $ 62,000        112

Professional services and other

     24,762        30,369        23   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenues

   $ 53,964      $ 92,369        71   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Percentage of revenues:

      

Subscription services

     54     67  

Professional services and other

     46        33     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenues

     100     100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total revenues increased $38.4 million, of which $32.8 million was from subscription services revenues. Eight percent of the increase in subscription services revenues was attributable to orders in place as of July 31, 2012 and the renewal of such orders through July 31, 2013, and 92% of the increase in subscription services revenues was attributable to orders entered into after July 31, 2012. Subscription services revenues from North America, as measured by the location of the end users, made up 63% of subscription services revenues in the six months ended July 31, 2013 as compared to 77% in the prior year period.

 

Professional services and other revenues increased $5.6 million, primarily due to adoption of our solutions by new customers and expanding deployments from our existing customers. Professional services revenues from North America, as measured by the location of the user for which the services were performed, made up 54% of professional services revenues in the six months ended July 31, 2013, and 60% in the prior year period.

 

Subscription services revenues were 67% of total revenues for the six months ended July 31, 2013, compared to 54% of total revenues for the prior year period, reflecting the growth in our subscription services revenues base and the near completion of several large deployments by large customers in the prior year period resulting in a decline of professional services revenues with these specific implementations. We expect the proportion of subscription services revenues compared to professional services revenues to increase over time.

 

Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit Percentage

 

     Six Months
Ended July 31,
    % Change  
     2012     2013    
     (dollars in thousands)        

Cost of revenues:

      

Cost of subscription services

   $ 7,749      $ 14,898        92

Cost of professional services and other

     16,650        21,954        32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of revenues

   $ 24,399      $ 36,852        51   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit percentage:

      

Subscription services

     73     76  

Professional services and other

     33        28     

Total gross profit percentage

     55     60  

Gross profit

   $ 29,565      $ 55,517        88

Headcount (at period end)

     154        233        51

 

52


Table of Contents

Cost of revenues increased $12.5 million, of which $7.1 million was related to cost of subscription services. The increase in cost of subscription services was primarily due to an increase of users of our subscription services, which drove an increase of $6.3 million in salesforce.com fees and a $0.4 million increase in third-party server costs. We expect cost of subscription services revenues to increase in absolute dollars in the near term.

 

Cost of professional services and other revenues increased $5.3 million, primarily due to a $4.1 million increase in employee compensation-related costs resulting from a 48% increase in the headcount of our professional services team and a $0.5 million increase in travel related to professional services projects at our customer locations. We expect cost of professional services and other revenues to increase in absolute dollars in the near term.

 

The increase in gross profit as a percentage of total revenues for the six months ended July 31, 2013 compared to the prior period reflects an increase in the proportion of subscription services revenues, which have higher gross margins than professional services revenues.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Research and Development

 

     Six Months
Ended July 31,
    % Change  
     2012     2013    
     (dollars in thousands)        

Research and development

   $ 6,341      $ 11,884        87

Percentage of total revenues

     12     13  

Headcount (at period end)

     89        160        80

 

Research and development expenses increased $5.5 million, primarily due to an increase of $4.3 million in employee compensation-related costs resulting from a 80% increase in headcount. We expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars in the near term, primarily due to higher headcount to support our research and development efforts.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

     Six Months
Ended July 31,
    % Change  
     2012     2013    
     (dollars in thousands)        

Sales and marketing

   $ 7,988      $ 17,272        116

Percentage of total revenues

     15     19  

Headcount (at period end)

     64        133        108

 

Sales and marketing expenses increased $9.3 million, primarily due to increases of $6.9 million in employee compensation-related costs resulting from a 108% increase in headcount and increased sales commissions and a $0.7 million increase in travel-related costs. We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars in the near term, primarily driven by increases in headcount to support our sales and marketing efforts and additional sales-related expenses, such as travel.

 

53


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

 

                                            
     Six Months
Ended July 31,
    % Change  
         2012             2013        
     (dollars in thousands)        

General and administrative

   $ 3,349      $ 8,350        149

Percentage of total revenues

     6     9  

Headcount (at period end)

     19        67        253

 

General and administrative expenses increased $5.0 million, primarily due to increases of $3.2 million in employee compensation-related costs resulting from a 253% increase in headcount, and $1.1 million in third-party professional services costs. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars in the near term, primarily due to higher headcount and additional expenses, such as professional services, including legal and accounting fees, as we transition to being a public company.

 

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

                                            
     Six Months
Ended July 31,
     
         2012             2013        
     (in thousands)    

Other income (expense), net

   $ (411   $ (564 )     

 

Other expenses increased $0.2 million, primarily due to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates for our foreign currency denominated transactions, particularly transactions denominated in the Euro and the Japanese Yen.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

                                            
     Six Months
Ended July 31,
    % Change  
         2012             2013        
     (dollars in thousands)        

Income before income taxes

   $ 11,476      $ 17,447        52

Provision for income taxes

     4,126        6,604        60   

Effective tax rate

     36     38  

 

Provision for income taxes increased by $2.5 million, primarily due to an increase in income before taxes for the period.

 

54


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2011, 2012 and 2013

 

Revenues

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,        
     2011     2012     2013     2011 to 2012
% Change
    2012 to 2013
% Change
 
     (dollars in thousands)              

Revenues:

          

Subscription services

   $ 19,573      $ 32,613      $ 73,280        67     125

Professional services and other

     9,556        28,649        56,268        200        96   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total revenues

   $   29,129      $   61,262      $ 129,548        110        111   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Percentage of revenues:

          

Subscription services

     67     53     57    

Professional services and other

     33        47        43       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total revenues

     100     100     100    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012. Total revenues increased $68.3 million, of which $40.7 million was from subscription services revenues. Thirty-seven percent of the increase in subscription services revenues was attributable to orders in place as of January 31, 2012 and the renewal of such orders through January 31, 2013, and 63% of the increase in subscription services revenues was attributable to orders entered into after January 31, 2012. Subscription services revenues from North America, as measured by the location of the end users, made up 72% of subscription services revenues in fiscal 2013 and 89% of subscription services revenues in fiscal 2012.

 

Professional services and other revenues increased $27.6 million, primarily due to adoption of our solutions by new customers and expanding deployments from our existing customers. Professional services and other revenues increased in each of North America, Europe and Asia Pacific primarily due to the same factors. Professional services revenues from North America, as measured by the location of the user for which the services were performed, made up 56% of professional services revenues in fiscal 2013 and 66% of professional services revenues in fiscal 2012.

 

Subscription services revenues were 57% of total revenues for fiscal 2013, compared to 53% of total revenues for fiscal 2012, reflecting the growth in our subscription services revenues and the near completion of significant deployments by certain large customers in the prior year period resulting in a decline of professional services revenues from these specific implementations.

 

Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011. Total revenues increased $32.1 million, of which $13.0 million was from subscription services revenues. Eleven percent of the increase in subscription services revenues was attributable to orders in place as of January 31, 2011 and the renewal of such orders through January 31, 2012, and 89% of the increase in subscription services revenues was attributable to orders entered into after January 31, 2011. Subscription services revenues from North America, as measured by the location of the end users, made up 89% of subscription services revenues in fiscal 2012, and 98% of subscription services revenues in fiscal 2011.

 

Professional services and other revenues increased $19.1 million, primarily due to a larger customer base requesting additional professional services, including certain large deployments by large customers. Professional services and other revenues increased in each of North America, Europe and Asia Pacific primarily due to the same factors. Professional services revenues from North America, as measured by the location of the user for which the services were performed, made up 66% of professional services revenues in fiscal 2012, and 84% of subscription services revenues in fiscal 2011.

 

Subscription services revenues were 53% of total revenues for fiscal 2012, compared to 67% of total revenues for fiscal 2011, reflecting significant implementations by certain large customers during fiscal 2012 that generated significant professional services revenues.

 

55


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit Percentage

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,        
     2011     2012     2013     2011 to 2012
% Change
    2012 to 2013
% Change
 
     (dollars in thousands)              

Cost of revenues:

          

Cost of subscription services

   $ 5,236      $ 8,768      $ 18,852        67     115

Cost of professional services and other

     7,081        20,288        38,164        187        88   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total cost of revenues

   $ 12,317      $ 29,056      $ 57,016        136        96   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Gross profit percentage:

          

Subscription services

     73     73     74    

Professional services and other

     26        29        32       

Total gross profit percentage

     58     53     56    

Gross profit

   $ 16,812      $ 32,206      $ 72,532        92     125

Headcount (at period end)

     47        112        188        138     68

 

Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012. Cost of revenues increased $28.0 million, of which $10.1 million was related to cost of subscription services. The increase in cost of subscription services was primarily due to an increase of users of our subscription services, which drove an increase of $8.8 million in fees paid to salesforce.com, and a $0.8 million increase in employee compensation costs related to increased headcount of customer support employees and a $0.3 million increase in third-party server costs.

 

Cost of professional services and other revenues increased $17.9 million, primarily due to a $10.2 million increase in employee compensation-related costs resulting from a 62% increase in the headcount of our professional services team, an increase of $4.6 million in third-party consulting services and a $1.5 million increase in travel related to professional services projects at our customer locations.

 

Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011. Cost of revenues increased $16.7 million, of which $3.5 million was related to cost of subscription services. The increase in cost of subscription services was primarily due to a $2.6 million increase of fees paid to salesforce.com, based on the increase in number of subscription users, and a $0.6 million increase in third-party server costs for hosting our subscription services.

 

Cost of professional services and other revenues increased $13.2 million, primarily due to an increase of $6.8 million in employee compensation-related costs resulting from a 155% increase in the headcount of our professional services team, an increase of $4.0 million in third-party consulting services and a $1.5 million increase in travel related to professional services project at our customer locations.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Research and Development

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,              
     2011     2012     2013     2011 to 2012
% Change
    2012 to 2013
% Change
 
     (dollars in thousands)              

Research and development

   $ 3,637      $ 7,750      $ 14,638        113     89

Percentage of total revenues

     13     13     11    

Headcount (at period end)

     43        72        118        67     64

 

Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012. Research and development expenses increased $6.9 million, primarily due to an increase of $5.2 million in employee compensation-related costs resulting from a 64% increase in headcount, $0.5 million in third-party consulting services related to the development of our solutions, and $0.4 million in rent expense for office space.

 

56


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011. Research and development expenses increased $4.1 million, primarily due to an increase of $3.9 million in employee compensation-related costs due to a 67% increase in headcount and $0.2 million in third-party consulting services related to the development of our solutions.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,        
        2011        2012     2013     2011 to 2012
% Change
    2012 to 2013
% Change
 
     (dollars in thousands)              

Sales and marketing

   $ 5,571      $ 12,279      $ 19,490        120     59

Percentage of total revenues

     19     20     15    

Headcount (at period end)

     25        55        87        120     58

 

Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012. Sales and marketing expenses increased $7.2 million, primarily due to an increase of $6.4 million in employee compensation-related costs resulting from a 58% increase in headcount and increased sales commissions, and a $0.3 million increase in travel-related costs.

 

Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011. Sales and marketing expenses increased $6.7 million, primarily due to increases of $5.2 million in employee compensation-related costs resulting from a 120% increase in headcount and a $0.5 million increase in travel-related costs.

 

General and Administrative

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,        
     2011     2012     2013     2011 to 2012
% Change
    2012 to 2013
% Change
 
     (dollars in thousands)              

General and administrative

   $ 2,513      $ 5,539      $ 8,371        120     51

Percentage of total revenues

     9     9     7    

Headcount (at period end)

     12        18        44        50     144

 

Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012. General and administrative expenses increased $2.8 million, primarily due to an increase of $1.7 million in employee compensation-related costs resulting from a 144% increase in headcount, $0.4 million in third-party professional services costs and $0.2 million in franchise taxes and licenses. The effect of the 144% increase in general and administrative headcount from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013 was not fully reflected in the 51% increase in general and administrative expenses from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013 because much of the increase in headcount occurred at the end of fiscal 2013.

 

Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011. General and administrative expenses increased $3.0 million, primarily due to increases of $1.0 million in employee compensation-related costs resulting from a 50% increase in headcount and $0.2 million in franchise taxes and licenses.

 

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,        
       2011          2012          2013       2011 to 2012
% Change
    2012 to 2013
% Change
 
     (in thousands)              

Other income (expense), net

   $ 173       $ 15       $ (940     (91 )%      NM   

 

Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012. Other expenses increased $1.0 million, primarily due to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates for our foreign currency denominated transactions, particularly transactions denominated in the Euro and the Japanese Yen.

 

57


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011. Other income decreased $0.2 million, primarily due to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates for our foreign currency denominated transactions, particularly transactions denominated in the Euro and the Japanese Yen.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,        
     2011     2012     2013     2011 to 2012
% Change
    2012 to 2013
% Change
 
     (dollars in thousands)              

Income before income taxes

   $ 5,264      $ 6,653      $ 29,093        26     337

Provision for income taxes

     1,355        2,423        10,310        79        326   

Effective tax rate

     26     36     35    

 

Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012. Provision for income taxes increased $7.9 million, primarily due to an increase in income before taxes for the year.

 

Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011. Provision for income taxes expenses increased $1.1 million, primarily due to an increase in income before taxes for the year. We utilized our net operating loss carryforwards during fiscal 2011, resulting in a lower effective tax rate compared to fiscal 2012.

 

58


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

 

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the six quarters in the period ended July 31, 2013. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, which includes only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP). This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full year or any future period.

 

                                                                             
     Three Months Ended  
     Apr. 30,
2012
     Jul. 31,
2012
    Oct. 31,
2012
     Jan. 31,
2013
    Apr. 30,
2013
    Jul. 31,
2013
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

              

Revenues:

              

Subscription services

   $ 13,430       $ 15,772      $ 19,969       $ 24,109      $ 27,937      $ 34,063   

Professional services and other

     11,079         13,683        15,827         15,679        14,851        15,518   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     24,509         29,455        35,796         39,788        42,788        49,581   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues (1) :

              

Cost of subscription services

     3,649         4,100        5,160         5,943        6,950     

 

7,948

  

Cost of professional services and other

     7,700         8,950        10,696         10,818        10,759        11,195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     11,349         13,050        15,856         16,761        17,709        19,143   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     13,160         16,405        19,940         23,027        25,079        30,438   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses (1) :

              

Research and development

     3,055         3,286        3,605         4,692        5,527        6,357   

Sales and marketing

     3,798         4,190        5,316         6,186        7,662        9,610   

General and administrative

     1,542         1,807        2,235         2,787        3,717        4,633   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     8,395         9,283        11,156         13,665        16,906        20,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     4,765         7,122        8,784         9,362        8,173     

 

9,838

  

Other income (expense), net

     10         (421     74         (603     (499     (65
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     4,775         6,701        8,858         8,759        7,674        9,773   

Provision for income taxes

     1,672         2,454        3,109         3,075        2,829        3,775   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 3,103       $ 4,247      $ 5,749       $ 5,684      $ 4,845      $ 5,998   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

                                                                             
     Three Months Ended  
     Apr. 30,
2012
     Jul. 31,
2012
     Oct. 31,
2012
     Jan. 31,
2013
     Apr. 30,
2013
     Jul. 31,
2013
 
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenues:

                 

Cost of subscription services

   $       $ 1       $ 1       $ 1       $ 3       $ 6   

Cost of professional services and other

     21         30         30         39         93         135   

Research and development

     39         51         65         83         195         271   

Sales and marketing

     31         32         34         43         183         299   

General and administrative

     57         47         51         59         261         504   

 

59


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended  
     Apr. 30,
2012
    Jul. 31,
2012
    Oct. 31,
2012
    Jan. 31,
2013
    Apr. 30,
2013
    Jul. 31,
2013
 
     (as a percentage of total revenues)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

            

Revenues:

            

Subscription services

     54.8     53.5     55.8     60.6     65.3     68.7

Professional services and other

     45.2        46.5        44.2        39.4        34.7        31.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

            

Cost of subscription services

     14.9        13.9        14.4        14.9        16.3        16.0   

Cost of professional services and other

     31.4        30.4        29.9        27.2        25.1        22.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     46.3        44.3        44.3        42.1        41.4        38.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     53.7        55.7        55.7        57.9        58.6        61.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development

     12.5        11.2        10.1        11.8        12.9        12.8   

Sales and marketing

     15.4        14.2        14.8        15.6        17.9        19.4   

General and administrative

     6.3        6.2        6.2        7.0        8.7        9.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     34.2        31.6        31.1        34.4        39.5        41.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     19.5        24.1        24.6        23.5        19.1        19.8   

Other income (expense), net

            (1.4     0.2        (1.5     (1.2     (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     19.5        22.7        24.8        22.0        17.9        19.7   

Provision for income taxes

     6.8        8.3        8.7        7.7        6.6        7.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     12.7     14.4     16.1     14.3     11.3     12.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Quarterly Trends in Revenues

 

Our quarterly total revenues and subscription services revenues increased sequentially for each period presented, primarily due to sales to new customers and additional orders and renewals placed by existing customers. We cannot assure you that this pattern of sequential growth in revenues will continue.

 

Our professional services and other revenues fluctuated over the periods presented as a result of the achievement of milestones in our professional services arrangements and the timing of demand for professional services but increased from the beginning to the end of the six quarters presented primarily due to adoption of our solutions by new customers and expanding deployments from our existing customers.

 

The proportion of our total revenues from subscription services generally increased over the six quarters presented, reflecting a growing customer base beyond the initial deployment period. Gross profit as a percentage of total revenues increased sequentially for each period presented, reflecting an increase in the proportion of subscription services revenues.

 

Quarterly Trends in Cost of Revenues

 

Our quarterly total cost of revenues increased sequentially for each period presented, primarily due to the increase in cost of subscription services. Cost of subscription services increased sequentially for each period presented primarily due to an increase of users of our subscription services, which drove an increase in fees paid to salesforce.com, and to a lesser extent increases in employee compensation costs related to increased headcount. Cost of professional services and other revenues generally increased over the six quarters presented primarily due to an increase in employee compensation-related costs due to an increase in headcount of the professional services team, an increase in third-party consulting services and travel related to professional services projects at our customer locations.

 

60


Table of Contents

Quarterly Trends in Operating Expenses

 

Our quarterly total operating expenses, as well as quarterly research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses, increased sequentially for each period presented, primarily due to increases in employee compensation-related costs due to an increase in headcount in each of these functions.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

     As of January 31,      As of July 31,  
     2011      2012      2013      2012      2013  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,778       $ 16,880       $ 31,890       $ 30,159       $ 38,608   

Short-term investments

                     14,276                 14,267   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 13,778       $ 16,880       $ 46,166       $ 30,159       $ 52,875   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
    Six Months
Ended July 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Cash flows provided by operating activities

   $ 4,903      $ 4,736      $ 30,799      $ 14,096      $ 20,261   

Cash flows used in investing activities

     (657     (1,683     (16,364     (1,084     (13,458

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

     887        49        575        267        (85
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,133      $ 3,102      $ 15,010      $ 13,279      $ 6,718   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

As of July 31, 2013, our principal sources of liquidity for working capital purposes were cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments totaling $52.9 million of which $6.8 million represented cash and cash equivalents held outside of the United States.

 

We have financed our operations primarily through cash generated from operations. We believe our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments generated from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs over at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, subscription renewal activity, the timing and extent of spending to support product development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the ongoing investments in data centers, the introduction of new and enhanced solutions and the continuing market acceptance of our solutions. We may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services and technologies and intellectual property rights. We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

Our largest source of operating cash inflows is cash collections from our customers for subscription services. Payments from customers for these subscription services agreements are typically received near the beginning of the agreements’ term. We also generate significant cash flows from our professional services arrangements. Our primary uses of cash from operating activities are for employee-related expenditures, fees to salesforce.com, taxes, employee travel and leased facilities.

 

Six months ended July 31, 2013 compared to six months ended July 31, 2012 . Net cash provided by operating activities increased $6.2 million primarily due to $3.3 million increase in accrued expenses, which reflects the timing of payments primarily related to accrued royalties and accrued employee-related expenditures, a $3.5 million increase in net income, and a $2.7 million increase in deferred revenue resulting from growth in our subscription services sales. These were offset by a $4.8 million decrease in income taxes, which reflects the timing of our payment.

 

61


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012.  Net cash provided by operating activities increased $26.1 million, primarily due to a $14.6 million increase in net income, a $13.3 million increase in deferred revenue resulting from growth in our subscription services sales, a $6.1 million increase in income tax obligations related to our higher pre-tax income and a $1.3 million increase in accounts payable, which reflects timing of payments due to the growth of our business. These were offset by a $4.8 million decrease in accrued expenses, which reflects the timing of payments primarily related to accrued royalties and accrued payroll, and a $4.2 million increase in accounts receivable resulting from the growth in both our subscription services sales and our professional services and other sales.

 

Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011. Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $0.2 million, primarily due to a $7.4 million increase in accounts receivable, resulting from the growth in both our subscription services sales and our professional services and other sales. This was offset by a $4.2 million increase in accrued expenses, which reflects the timing of payments primarily related to accrued royalties and accrued payroll, a $2.1 million increase in deferred revenue resulting from growth in our subscription services sales and a $1.1 million increase in deferred income taxes.

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

The cash flows from investing activities primarily relate to purchases of marketable securities. We also use cash to invest in capital assets to support our growth.

 

Six months ended July 31, 2013 compared to six months ended July 31, 2012 . Net cash used for investing activities was $13.5 million for the six months ended July 31, 2013, compared to $1.1 million for the six months ended July 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to $12.1 million in cash used for the acquisition of AdvantageMS.

 

Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012. Net cash used for investing activities increased $14.7 million, primarily due to a $14.4 million increase in our purchase of short-term investments.

 

Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011.  Net cash used for investing activities increased $1.0 million, primarily due to cash used toward capital expenditures and internal-use software and the issuance of a related party note receivable.

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

The cash flows from financing activities relate to proceeds from stock option exercises and early stock option exercises.

 

Six months ended July 31, 2013 compared to six months ended July 31, 2012 . Net cash used in financing activities was $0.1 million for the six months ended July 31, 2013, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $0.3 million for the six months ended July 31, 2012. The increase in cash used was due to deferred costs associated with our initial public offering offset by an increase in proceeds from stock option exercises.

 

Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012.  Net cash provided by financing activities was $0.6 million for our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013, compared to $50,000 for our fiscal year ended January 31, 2012. The increase was due to an increase in proceeds from stock option exercises.

 

Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011.  Net cash provided by financing activities was $50,000 for our fiscal year ended January 31, 2012, compared to $0.9 million for our fiscal year ended January 31, 2011, a decrease of $0.8 million. The decrease was due to a decrease in proceeds from stock option exercises.

 

62


Table of Contents

Commitments

 

Our principal commitments primarily consist of obligations for minimum payment commitments to salesforce.com and leases for office space. As of January 31, 2013, the future non-cancelable minimum payments under these commitments were as follows:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1–3
Years
     3–5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Purchase commitments

   $ 15,937       $ 1,596       $ 14,341       $       $   

Operating lease obligations (1)

     6,100         1,882         2,625         1,593           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 22,037       $ 3,478       $ 16,966       $ 1,593       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Consists of contractual obligations from non-cancellable office space under operating leases.

 

As of July 31, 2013, the future non-cancelable minimum payments under these commitments were as follows:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1–3
Years
     3–5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Purchase commitments

   $ 3,503       $ 2,133       $ 1,370       $       $   

Operating lease obligations (1)

     6,718         2,305         3,182         1,023         208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,221       $ 4,438       $ 4,552       $ 1,023       $ 208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Consists of contractual obligations from non-concellable office space under operating leases.

 

The amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding, which specify significant terms including payment terms, related services and the approximate timing of the transaction. Obligations under agreements that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. In the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which are described in note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

 

63


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

 

We derive our revenues from two sources: subscription services revenues, which are comprised of subscription fees from customers accessing our enterprise cloud computing solutions, and related professional services and other revenues. Professional services and other revenues generally include consulting and training. We commence revenue recognition when all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

   

there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

   

the service has been or is being provided to the customer;

 

   

the collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and

 

   

the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

 

Our subscription services arrangements are generally non-cancelable and do not provide for refunds to customers in the event of cancellations. We record revenues net of any sales or excise taxes. Subscription services revenues are recognized ratably over the order term beginning when the solution has been provisioned to the customer.

 

The majority of our professional services arrangements are recognized on a time and material basis. Professional services revenues recognized on a time and material basis are measured monthly based on time incurred and contractually agreed upon rates. Certain professional services revenues are based on fixed fee arrangements and revenues are recognized based on progress against output measures, such as substantive milestones. Training revenues are recognized as the services are performed.

 

Our multiple element arrangements contain non-software deliverables such as our subscription offerings and professional services. For these arrangements we must: (i) determine whether each deliverable has stand-alone value; (ii) determine the estimated selling price of each element using the selling price hierarchy of vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value, third party evidence (TPE) or best estimated selling price (BESP), as applicable; and (iii) allocate the total price among the various deliverables based on the relative selling price method.

 

In determining whether professional services and other revenues have stand-alone value, we consider the following factors for each consulting agreement: availability of the consulting services from other vendors, the nature of the consulting services and whether the professional services are required in order for the customer to use the subscription services.

 

We have determined that we are not able to establish VSOE of fair value or TPE of selling price for any of our deliverables, and accordingly we use BESP for each deliverable in the arrangement. The objective of BESP is to estimate the price at which we would transact a sale of the service deliverables if the services were sold on a stand-alone basis. Revenue allocated to each deliverable is recognized when the basic revenue recognition criteria are met for each deliverable.

 

We determine BESP for our subscription services included in a multiple element subscription arrangement by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, stated subscription renewal rates offered to the customer to renew the service and other major groupings such as customer type and geography.

 

BESP for professional services considers the discount of actual professional services sold compared to list price, the experience level of the individual performing the service and geography.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

Compensation expense related to stock-based transactions, including employee, consultant and non-employee director stock option awards, is measured and recognized in the financial statements based on fair value. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, is recognized using a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally four to five years.

 

64


Table of Contents

Our option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

 

These assumptions are estimated as follows:

 

   

Fair Value of Common Stock . Because our common stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in “—Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

   

Risk-Free Interest Rate . We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes valuation model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term of the options for each option group.

 

   

Expected Term . The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. As we do not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term of the stock option awards granted, we have based our expected term on the simplified method available under GAAP.

 

   

Volatility . We determine the price volatility factor based on the historical volatilities of our peer group as we do not have a sufficient trading history for our common stock. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the technology industry that are similar to us in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. These peer companies are the same companies as the comparable publicly traded companies used in connection with our contemporaneous third-party valuations described in “—Common Stock Valuations” below. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

   

Dividend Yield . We have not paid and do not expect to pay dividends.

 

As we do not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term of the stock option awards granted, we have based our expected term on the simplified method available under GAAP.

 

The following table summarizes the assumptions relating to our stock options as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Six Months
Ended July 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  

Volatility

     70     57% – 65     42% – 55     42% – 55     42% – 50 %  

Expected life (in years)

     6.08 – 6.32        6.32        6.32        6.32        6.32 – 8.23   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.99% – 2.78     1.18% – 2.72     0.83% – 1.15     0.85% – 1.15        1.03% – 1.69

Dividend yield

     0     0     0     0     0

 

In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for our option awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures. We will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. Changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture rate is revised. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a

 

65


Table of Contents

decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements.

 

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation expense on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

 

Common Stock Valuations

 

We are required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing the fair value calculations with the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair values of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards were determined by the compensation committee of our board of directors, with input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations. We believe that our compensation committee has the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common stock. As described below, the exercise price of our stock-based awards was determined by our compensation committee based on the most recent contemporaneous third-party valuation as of the grant date.

 

Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , our compensation committee exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock including:

 

   

contemporaneous valuations performed by unrelated third-party specialists;

 

   

the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

   

lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

   

our actual operating and financial performance;

 

   

current business conditions and projections;

 

   

hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

 

   

the history of the company and the introduction of new services;

 

   

our stage of development;

 

   

likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our company given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company;

 

   

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

 

   

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

 

In valuing our common stock, our compensation committee determined the equity value of our business generally using the market comparable approach (and, within the market-based approach, the guideline publicly traded company method and, at certain times, the guideline M&A transaction method) and the income approach valuation methods.

 

The market comparable approach estimates value based on a comparison of the subject company to comparable public companies in a similar line of business. Based both on trading multiples and acquisitions of the comparable companies, a representative market value multiple is determined which is applied to the subject company’s operating results to estimate the value of the subject company. The estimated value is then discounted

 

66


Table of Contents

by a non-marketability factor due to the fact that stockholders of private companies do not have access to trading markets similar to those enjoyed by stockholders of public companies which impacts liquidity. For purposes of the guideline publicly traded company method, we review the comparable companies with each valuation to ensure that the companies continue to best reflect our industry and business model. For purposes of the guideline M&A transaction method, we review the transactions examined to ensure that the transactions best reflect recent comparable transactions.

 

The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future cash flows that a company will generate, through projections of revenue growth, cash earnings, cost savings, tax deductions and the proceeds from disposition. These future cash flows are discounted to their present values using a discount rate derived from an analysis of the cost of capital of comparable publicly traded companies in our industry or similar lines of business as of each valuation date and is adjusted to reflect the risks inherent in our cash flows. In addition, we also considered an appropriate discount adjustment to recognize the lack of marketability due to being a closely-held, non-public entity.

 

We use comparable publicly traded companies for purposes of estimating the fair value of our common stock and estimating the price volatility factor when performing the fair value calculations with the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We review the comparable companies with each valuation to ensure that the companies continue to support our assumptions and projections. From time to time, we update the set of comparable companies we use as new or more relevant information became available.

 

We used the same comparable companies for the January 31, 2012, July 31, 2012 and October 31, 2012 valuations, except that we did not use two companies for the July 31, 2012 and October 31, 2012 valuations that we had used in the January 31, 2012 valuation because those companies had been subsequently acquired and were no longer public companies. For the January 31, 2013 valuation, we added seven companies in the customer relationship management and content management industry that had recently completed initial public offerings and removed two companies. The newly added companies provided additional publicly available financial data from which valuation multiples could be derived. One company that was removed had been acquired and was no longer a public company, and the other company was no longer considered comparable to us. We used the same comparable companies for the April 30, 2013 valuation as the January 31, 2013 valuation. For the June 30, 2013 valuation, we expanded our list of comparable companies to include several additional high-growth software-as-a-service companies, some of which had recently completed initial public offerings, and were similar to us in terms of industry, risk, diversification, growth and/or profitability, as well as several additional high growth software companies that had recently completed initial public offerings. In addition, we removed several companies that were no longer considered comparable to us. We used the same comparable companies for the September 6, 2013 valuation as the June 30, 2013 valuation.

 

While our selection of comparable companies has changed over time as we continue evaluating whether the selected companies remain comparable to us and considering recent initial public offerings and sale transactions, we believe the comparable peer companies are a representative group for purposes of estimating the fair value of our common stock and estimating the price volatility factor when performing the fair value calculations with the Black-Scholes option pricing model. However, there could be inherent differences that may impact comparability. Several of the comparable companies are larger than us in terms of total revenues and assets, and several have experienced net operating losses and have not yet generated net income. Since no two companies are perfectly comparable, we apply premiums or discounts in our valuation analysis, as appropriate, to account for differences between our position in our industry and the positions of the comparable companies, or if there are intangible attributes that are significantly different among the companies, as well as to reflect the fact that we are not currently a public company.

 

Once we determined an equity value, we utilized the option pricing method (OPM), to allocate the equity value to each of our classes of stock. OPM values each equity class by creating a series of call options on our equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences, participation rights and strike prices of

 

67


Table of Contents

derivatives. This method is generally preferred when future outcomes are difficult to predict and dissolution or liquidation is not imminent.

 

We granted stock options with the following exercise prices between January 31, 2012 and the date of this prospectus:

 

Option Grant Date

   Number of Shares
Underlying
Options
     Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Common Stock
Fair Value Per
Share
 

March 2, 2012

     903,500      $ 1.11       $ 1.11   

April 10, 2012

     635,500        1.11         1.11   

June 2, 2012

     243,500        1.11         1.11   

June 29, 2012

     162,500        1.11         1.11   

August 23, 2012

     254,500        1.54         1.54   

September 28, 2012

     671,000        1.54         1.54   

November 19, 2012

     496,000        1.96         1.96   

December 20, 2012

     1,051,000        1.96         1.96   

February 20, 2013

     350,500        3.92         3.92   

March 10, 2013

     13,034,999        3.92         3.92   

March 26, 2013

     413,500        3.92         3.92   

May 23, 2013

     487,000        5.73         5.73   

July 31, 2013

     842,500         7.55         7.55   

September 10, 2013

     495,000         9.88         9.88   

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of vested and unvested stock options as of                     , based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, was $         million and $         million, respectively.

 

The following discussion relates primarily to our determination of the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of calculating stock-based compensation expense since March 2012. No single event caused the valuation of our common stock to increase or decrease. Instead, a combination of the factors described below in each period led to the changes in the fair value of our common stock.

 

March 2012

 

Our compensation committee set an exercise price of $1.11 per share for option awards granted in March 2012 based in part on a contemporaneous third-party valuation prepared as of January 31, 2012 on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. The valuation took into account that our revenues for fiscal 2012 exceeded our revenues for fiscal 2011 and that, based on this growth and our assessment of future growth potential, we had revised our financial forecasts for future fiscal years. The valuation also took into account that while the U.S. gross domestic product grew at the end of calendar year 2011, a sustained recovery was still not assured. The results of the valuation indicated the fair value of our common stock to be $1.11 per share as of January 31, 2012. The valuation used both the market approach and the income approach. Under the market approach, the valuation considered the guideline publicly traded company method and the guideline M&A transaction method. The valuation used a 20% weighting of the income approach, a 40% weighting of the guideline publicly traded company method of the market approach and a 40% weighting of the guideline M&A transaction method of the market approach to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. Our enterprise value reflected a non-marketability discount of 25.0%. A marketability discount was applied to reflect the fact that private company common stock is not directly comparable to the value of publicly traded shares due to the fact that stockholders of private company common stock do not have access to the same type of trading markets that stockholders of publicly traded companies possess. Based on the factors noted above and the valuation, the compensation committee determined that the fair value of our common stock was $1.11 per share on that date, and we granted option awards in March 2012 with an exercise price of $1.11 per share and similarly, for financial reporting purposes, determined the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted in March 2012 to be at $1.11 per share.

 

68


Table of Contents

April 2012

 

In April 2012, we granted option awards with an exercise price of $1.11 per share.

 

At the time of the grant, we did not have updated quarterly operating results or forward forecasts as compared to the information utilized in the January 31, 2012 valuation of $1.11 per share. Therefore, we granted option awards in April 2012 with an exercise price of $1.11 per share and similarly, for financial reporting purposes, determined the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted in April 2012 to be $1.11 per share.

 

June 2012

 

In June 2012, we granted option awards with an exercise price of $1.11 per share.

 

Our financial results for the three months ended April 30, 2012, were materially in line with the financial forecast we used in the January 31, 2012 valuation of $1.11 per share. Therefore, we granted option awards in June 2012 with an exercise price of $1.11 per share and similarly, for financial reporting purposes, determined the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted in June 2012 to be $1.11 per share.

 

August 2012

 

Our compensation committee set an exercise price of $1.54 per share for option awards granted in August 2012 based in part on a contemporaneous third-party valuation prepared as of July 31, 2012 on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. The valuation took into account that our revenues for the six months ended July 31, 2012 exceeded our internal plans and that, based on this growth and our assessment of future growth potential, we had revised our financial forecasts for future fiscal years. The valuation also took into account that the U.S. economy continued to experience slow growth and that contraction in lending continued and indicated the fair value of our common stock to be $1.54 per share as of July 31, 2012. The valuation used both the market approach and the income approach. Under the market approach, the valuation considered the guideline publicly traded company method and the guideline M&A transaction method. The valuation used a 20% weighting of the income approach, a 40% weighting of the guideline publicly traded company method of the market approach and a 40% weighting of the guideline M&A transaction method of the market approach to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. Our enterprise value reflected a non-marketability discount of 20.0%, down from 25.0% in the valuation prepared as of January 31, 2012 due to a greater likelihood of a liquidity event. Based on the factors noted above and the valuation, the compensation committee determined that the fair value of our common stock was $1.54 per share on that date, and we granted option awards in August 2012 with an exercise price of $1.54 per share and similarly, for financial reporting purposes, determined the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted in August 2012 to be at $1.54 per share.

 

September 2012

 

In September 2012, we granted option awards with an exercise price of $1.54 per share.

 

At the time of the grant, we did not have updated quarterly operating results or forward forecasts as compared to the information utilized in the July 31, 2012 valuation of $1.54 per share. Therefore, we granted option awards in September 2012 with an exercise price of $1.54 per share and similarly, for financial reporting purposes, determined the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted in September 2012 to be $1.54 per share.

 

November 2012

 

Our compensation committee set an exercise price of $1.96 per share for option awards granted in November 2012 based in part on a contemporaneous third-party valuation prepared as of October 31, 2012 on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. The valuation took into account that our revenues for the eight months ended September 30, 2012 exceeded our internal plans and that, based on this growth and our assessment of

 

69


Table of Contents

future growth potential, we had revised our financial forecasts for future fiscal years. The valuation also took into account that the U.S. economy continued to experience slow growth and indicated the fair value of our common stock to be $1.96 per share as of October 31, 2012. The valuation used both the market approach and the income approach. Under the market approach, the valuation considered the guideline publicly traded company method and the guideline M&A transaction method. The valuation weighted the income approach, the guideline publicly traded company method of the market approach and the guideline M&A transaction method of the market approach equally to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. We changed the weighting of these approaches due to the number of quarters in which we had recognized net income and our increased confidence in the income approach. Our enterprise value reflected a non-marketability discount of 15.0%, down from 20.0% in the valuation prepared as of July 31, 2012 due to a greater likelihood of a liquidity event. Based on the factors noted above and the valuation, the compensation committee determined that the fair value of our common stock was $1.96 per share on that date, and we granted option awards in November 2012 with an exercise price of $1.96 per share and similarly, for financial reporting purposes, determined the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted in November 2012 to be at $1.96 per share.

 

December 2012

 

In December 2012, we granted option awards with an exercise price of $1.96 per share.

 

At the time of the grant, we did not have updated quarterly operating results or forward forecasts as compared to the information utilized in the October 31, 2012 valuation of $1.96 per share. Therefore, we granted option awards in December 2012 with an exercise price of $1.96 per share and similarly, for financial reporting purposes, determined the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted in December 2012 to be $1.96 per share.

 

February 2013

 

Our compensation committee set an exercise price of $3.92 per share for option awards granted in February 2013 based in part on a contemporaneous third-party valuation prepared as of January 31, 2013 on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. The valuation took into account that our revenues and operating margins for fiscal 2013 exceeded our revenues and operating margins for fiscal 2012 (for example, our total revenues grew by 111% from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013) and that, based on this growth and our assessment of future growth potential, we had revised our financial forecasts for future fiscal years. The valuation also took into account our market leadership in our industry, particularly in the United States, our growth internationally, the introduction of our Veeva Vault solution, and our plans to begin the process of conducting an initial public offering. The valuation also took into account positive market sentiment in the life sciences industry. We also adjusted the comparable publicly traded companies to include companies that had recently completed their initial public offerings. The valuation took into account that the U.S. and global economies continued to experience slow growth. The valuation used both the market approach and the income approach. Under the market approach, the valuation considered the guideline publicly traded company method and the guideline M&A transaction method. Because of the factors described above, under the guideline publicly traded company method, we applied a revenue multiple of comparable publicly traded companies that was 32% greater than the valuation prepared as of October 31, 2012, which revenue multiple was between the first quartile and median of comparable companies. Because of the factors described above, under the guideline M&A transaction method, we applied a revenue multiple of comparable publicly traded companies that was 48% greater than the valuation prepared as of October 31, 2012, which revenue multiple was in the third quartile of comparable companies. The valuation weighted the income approach, the guideline publicly traded company method of the market approach and the guideline M&A transaction method of the market approach equally to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. Our enterprise value reflected a non-marketability discount of 12.5%, down from 15.0% in the valuation prepared as of October 31, 2012 due to a greater likelihood of a liquidity event. Based on the factors noted above and the valuation, the compensation committee determined that the fair value of our common stock was $3.92 per share on that date, and we granted option awards in February 2013 with an exercise price of $3.92 per share and similarly, for financial reporting purposes, determined the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted in February 2013 to be at $3.92 per share.

 

70


Table of Contents

March 2013

 

In March 2013, we granted option awards with an exercise price of $3.92 per share.

 

At the time of the grant, we did not have updated quarterly operating results or forward forecasts as compared to the information utilized in the January 31, 2013 valuation of $3.92 per share. Therefore, we granted option awards in March 2013 with an exercise price of $3.92 per share and similarly, for financial reporting purposes, determined the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted in March 2013 to be $3.92 per share.

 

May 2013

 

Our compensation committee set an exercise price of $5.73 per share for option awards granted in May 2013 based in part on a contemporaneous third-party valuation prepared as of April 30, 2013 on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. The valuation took into account that our revenues for the three months ended April 30, 2013 exceeded our revenues for the three months ended January 31, 2013 and that, based on this growth and our assessment of future growth potential, we had revised our financial forecasts for future fiscal years. The valuation also took into account the announcement of our Veeva CRM Approved Email solution and the steps we had taken to begin the process of conducting an initial public offering. The valuation took into account that the U.S. and global economies continued to experience slow growth. The valuation used both the market approach and the income approach. Under the market approach, the valuation considered the guideline publicly traded company method but did not consider the guideline M&A transaction method given the greater likelihood that we would complete an initial public offering than another exit event. The valuation weighted the income approach and the guideline publicly traded company method of the market approach equally to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. Because of the factors described above, under the guideline publicly traded company method, we applied a revenue multiple of comparable publicly traded companies that was 45% greater than the valuation prepared as of January 31, 2013, which revenue multiple was between the first quartile and mean of comparable companies. Our enterprise value reflected a non-marketability discount of 10%, down from 12.5% in the valuation prepared as of January 31, 2013 due to a greater likelihood of a liquidity event. Based on the factors noted above and the valuation, the compensation committee determined that the fair value of our common stock was $5.73 per share on that date, and we granted option awards in May 2013 with an exercise price of $5.73 per share and similarly, for financial reporting purposes, determined the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted in May 2013 to be at $5.73 per share.

 

July 2013

 

Our compensation committee set an exercise price of $7.55 per share for option awards granted in July 2013 based in part on a contemporaneous third-party valuation prepared as of June 30, 2013 on a minority, nonmarketable interest basis. Based on our actual financial results and the assessment of future growth potential, we had revised our financial forecasts for future fiscal years. The valuation also took into account our acquisition of Advantage Management Solutions, Inc. in June 2013, our plans to conduct an initial public offering, including the initial confidential submission of a registration statement on Form S-1 in June 2013, and the introduction of our Veeva CRM Approved Email solution. The valuation took into account that the U.S. and global economies continued to experience slow growth. The valuation also adjusted the comparable publicly traded companies to include several additional high-growth software-as-a-service companies, some of which had recently completed initial public offerings, and were similar to us in terms of industry, risk, diversification, growth and/or profitability, as well as several additional high growth software companies that had recently completed initial public offerings. The valuation used both the market approach and the income approach. Under the market approach, the valuation considered the guideline publicly traded company method but did not consider the guideline M&A transaction method given the greater likelihood that we would complete an initial public offering than another exit event. The valuation weighted the income approach and the guideline publicly traded company method of the market approach equally to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. Because of the factors described above, under the guideline publicly traded company method, we applied a revenue multiple of comparable publicly traded companies that was 26% greater than the valuation prepared as of April 30, 2013, which

 

71


Table of Contents

revenue multiple was within the narrow average revenue multiple of the industry-specific software-as-a-service public comparable companies. Our enterprise value reflected a non-marketability discount of 10%, which was equal to the valuation prepared as of April 30, 2013. Based on the factors noted above and the valuation, the compensation committee determined that the fair value of our common stock was $7.55 per share on that date, and we granted option awards in July 2013 with an exercise price of $7.55 per share and similarly, for financial reporting purposes, determined the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted in July 2013 to be at $7.55 per share.

 

September 2013

 

Our compensation committee set an exercise price of $9.88 per share for option awards granted in September 2013 based in part on a contemporaneous third-party valuation prepared as of September 6, 2013 on a minority, nonmarketable interest basis. The valuation took into account that our total revenues for the six months ended July 31, 2013 grew 71% from the same period in the previous year. The valuation also took into account our continued steps towards an initial public offering, including our plans to publicly file a registration statement on Form S-1 in September 2013. The valuation took into account that the U.S. and global economies had not changed dramatically since the valuation dated June 30, 2013. The valuation used the same comparable companies as the June 30, 2013 valuation. The valuation used both the market approach and the income approach. Under the market approach, the valuation considered the guideline publicly traded company method but did not consider the guideline M&A transaction method given the greater likelihood that we would complete an initial public offering than another exit event. The valuation weighted the income approach and the guideline publicly traded company method of the market approach equally to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. Because of the factors described above, under the guideline publicly traded company method, we applied a revenue multiple of comparable publicly traded companies that was 25% greater than the valuation prepared as of June 30, 2013, which revenue multiple was within the narrow average revenue multiple of the industry-specific software-as-a-service public comparable companies. Our enterprise value reflected a non-marketability discount of 7.5%, down from 10% in the valuation prepared as of June 30, 2013 due to a greater likelihood of a liquidity event. Based on the factors noted above and the valuation, the compensation committee determined that the fair value of our common stock was $9.88 per share on that date, and we granted option awards in September 2013 with an exercise price of $9.88 per share and similarly, for financial reporting purposes, determined the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted in September 2013 to be at $9.88 per share.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Foreign currency exchange risk

 

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the Euro, British Pound Sterling and Japanese Yen. Revenues outside of North America as a percentage of revenues were approximately 7%, 22% and 35% in our fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and 31% and 40% during the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Changes in exchange rates may negatively affect our revenues and other operating results as expressed in U.S. dollars.

 

We have experienced and will continue to experience fluctuations in our net income as a result of transaction gains or losses related to revaluing certain current asset and current liability balances that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the entities in which they are recorded. While we have not engaged in the hedging of our foreign currency transactions to date, we are currently evaluating the costs and benefits of initiating such a program and may, in the future, hedge selected significant transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

 

Interest rate sensitivity

 

We had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments totaling $52.9 million as of July 31, 2013. This amount was invested primarily in commercial paper, corporate notes and bonds, certificates of deposit and

 

72


Table of Contents

money market funds. The cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. Our investments are made for capital preservation purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes.

 

Our cash equivalents and our portfolio of marketable securities are subject to market risk due to changes in interest rates. Fixed rate securities may have their market value adversely affected due to a rise in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of expectation due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell securities that decline in market value due to changes in interest rates. However because we classify our debt securities as “available for sale,” no gains or losses are recognized due to changes in interest rates unless such securities are sold prior to maturity or declines in fair value are determined to be other-than-temporary. Our fixed-income portfolio is subject to interest rate risk.

 

We do not believe that an increase or decrease in interest rates of 100-basis points would have a material effect on our operating results or financial condition. Fluctuations in the value of our investment securities caused by a change in interest rates (gains or losses on the carrying value) are recorded in other comprehensive income, and are realized only if we sell the underlying securities.

 

73


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

Veeva is a leading global provider of industry-specific, cloud-based software solutions for the life sciences industry. Our solutions enable pharmaceutical and other life sciences companies to realize the benefits of modern cloud-based architectures and mobile applications for their most critical business functions, without compromising industry-specific functionality or regulatory compliance. Our customer relationship management solutions enable our customers to increase the productivity and compliance of their sales and marketing functions. Our regulated content management and collaboration solutions enable our customers to more efficiently manage a range of highly regulated, content-centric processes across the enterprise. Our customer master solution enables our customers to more effectively manage complex healthcare provider and healthcare organization data. We have built our company’s culture around customer success and believe that our customers consider us a strategic business partner.

 

We founded our company in 2007 on the premise that industry-specific business problems would best be addressed by industry-specific, cloud-based solutions, an approach referred to as Industry Cloud. We believe Industry Cloud solutions are particularly relevant to global, complex and heavily regulated industries, such as the life sciences industry that we serve. Although there are some basic functions within life sciences companies that horizontal cloud-based solutions have been able to address, such as payroll and expense management, the industry has largely continued to rely on legacy, on-premise information technology (IT) systems to meet industry-specific needs in critical business functions such as new drug submissions, quality management, sales and marketing. As a result, prior to Veeva, life sciences companies were largely unable to implement cloud-based solutions for many of their most critical business functions.

 

Our Industry Cloud for life sciences consists of cloud-based solutions that were designed from the ground up to address the specific business and regulatory requirements of this global industry. Veeva CRM, our customer relationship management solution for sales representatives, enables a broad range of industry-specific functions such as drug sample tracking with electronic signature capture, healthcare affiliations management, and the ability to conduct interactive, rich media demonstrations with physicians on a mobile device, with or without an internet connection. Veeva Vault, our regulated content management and collaboration solution, enables the management of complex, content-centric processes, such as the collection, management and organization of thousands of documents during clinical trials and managing the complex versioning, workflows and approvals for promotional materials, in compliance with stringent government regulations. Veeva Network, our recently announced customer master solution that will be generally available in late 2013, enables the creation and maintenance of the healthcare provider and organization master data that drives life sciences companies’ sales and marketing operations.

 

Our solutions utilize multi-tenant architectures, allowing us to rapidly deliver new functionality to all customers simultaneously and enabling our customers to benefit from our innovations and to comply with frequently changing regulations more quickly because all customers are using the same version of our solutions. A multi-tenant architecture is one that allows multiple customers to use the same hardware and software infrastructure while keeping each customer’s data logically separated. In addition, our global employee base, including our professional services team, gives us insights into industry best practices that can be quickly incorporated into our solutions, benefitting all of our customers. We believe this industry-focused approach of continual improvement has the potential to make our Industry Cloud the standard for the life sciences industry. In addition, we believe that the data generated from our deep, industry-specific applications can provide unique insights about the industry that we can incorporate into our solutions, further increasing the value of our Industry Cloud.

 

An element of our strategy has been to build a global enterprise to serve the needs of the life sciences industry worldwide. As of July 31, 2013, we had 593 employees, including approximately 190 employees located outside North America, primarily in Europe, Japan and China. Our solutions are designed to enable compliance with global regulatory requirements and are available in 27 languages. For our fiscal year ended January 31,

 

74


Table of Contents

2013, international revenues constituted over one-third of our total revenues. We believe our global presence is a significant strategic asset, as our employees maintain strong local relationships with senior customer executives and obtain valuable feedback on both our existing and potential solutions suited to specific geographies.

 

We have achieved rapid customer growth and strong customer retention, which we believe is largely due to our acute focus on customer success. As of January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we served 51, 95 and 134 life sciences customers, respectively. As of August 31, 2013, we served approximately 170 life sciences customers, including 33 of the 50 largest global pharmaceutical companies. Our solutions have been implemented in over 75 countries, ranging from deployments within a single division or geography to major deployments at some of the largest global pharmaceutical companies, including Bayer Healthcare AG, Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH, Eli Lilly and Company, Gilead Sciences, Inc., Merck & Co., Inc. and Novartis International AG, as well as projects at smaller life sciences companies. For an explanation of how we define our current customers, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations.”

 

We have experienced significant growth in revenues and profitability in a short period of time. For our fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our total revenues were $29.1 million, $61.3 million and $129.5 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth in total revenues of 110% and 111% for our two most recent fiscal years. For the six months ended July 31, 2013, our total revenues were $92.4 million, representing period-over-period growth of 71%. For our fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our subscription services revenues were $19.6 million, $32.6 million and $73.3 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth in subscription services revenues of 67% and 125% for our two most recent fiscal years. For the six months ended July 31, 2013, our subscription services revenues were $62.0 million, representing period-over-period growth of 112%. We generate revenues from subscription fees, generally based on the number of users, and from professional services fees, for configuration, implementation and training. We generated net income of $3.9 million, $4.2 million and $18.8 million for our fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $7.4 million and $10.8 million for the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

 

Industry Background

 

The Life Sciences Industry is Large and Growing, with Specific and Complex Technology Needs

 

The global life sciences industry is one of the largest industries in the world, with over 23,000 life sciences companies of record in 2012. According to MarketLine, in 2012, life sciences companies had combined global revenues of approximately $1.6 trillion, and the industry is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 6% per year through 2016. Life sciences companies face a range of strategic and regulatory opportunities and challenges, requiring substantial investment in IT applications and infrastructure. International Data Corporation (IDC) estimates that life sciences companies spent approximately $44 billion on technology in 2012.

 

Several global and industry-specific trends are driving growth in the life sciences industry. Some regions and countries that are experiencing rapid population and/or economic growth and change, particularly the emerging markets of Brazil, Russia, India and China, are rapidly improving their healthcare systems and increasing their consumption of pharmaceutical and other life sciences products. Continued advances in healthcare and the increasing financial resources of a growing middle class worldwide are also resulting in increased consumption of life sciences products. In addition, changes in healthcare policies and systems are driving growth, including new programs in the United States, which are anticipated to draw 32 million new patients into the healthcare system by 2014.

 

The life sciences industry faces a number of regulatory, business and operational pressures that create the need for industry-specific, cloud-based solutions:

 

75


Table of Contents

Stringent Regulatory Requirements. The industry is subject to compliance regimes that are complex, vary widely by regulatory body and geography and change frequently. Regulations cover virtually every critical aspect of a life sciences company’s business operations, including drug development, manufacturing, medical communications, sales and marketing. Furthermore, the life sciences industry is experiencing increasing levels of scrutiny and regulatory enforcement worldwide. Both regulators and consumers can make information demands and file claims and other actions, costing companies significant time and expense, and that can result in fines of up to billions of dollars, product delays and recalls, consent decrees and criminal penalties including imprisonment. For example, Public Citizen published a report in September 2012 that estimated that total pharmaceutical financial penalties in the United States were approximately $6.6 billion in the first half of 2012. As a result, life sciences companies have highly specific needs for IT applications to ensure regulatory compliance.

 

Global Expansion. Life sciences companies have significantly increased their international operations across many functions including product development, manufacturing, marketing and distribution. This global expansion has increased the need to collaborate across functions and geographies, both internally and with third parties. Many global life sciences companies require different IT applications to address the local business and regulatory conditions in the countries in which they operate.

 

Increasing Financial Pressures. Life sciences companies have faced increasing financial pressures in recent years. The largest impact has been from patent expirations for a number of “blockbuster” drugs that had provided companies with strong and predictable revenues and profits. With these patent expirations, lower-priced, generic drugs often enter the market, dramatically reducing pricing and profitability. As a result, companies have a growing need to increase and accelerate their drug development cycle times to replace the lost revenues and profits from these drugs when the patents expire. In addition, governments worldwide are changing their healthcare systems in an effort to more closely manage the approval and reimbursement or payment of healthcare products and drug treatments. As a result of these financial pressures, life sciences companies are undertaking significant strategic and operational initiatives, including significant upgrades to their IT applications and infrastructure, across a range of business functions.

 

Distinct Business Function Requirements. Life sciences companies typically have separate business functions, including research and development, focused on the development and approval of new products, manufacturing and supply chain, responsible for production, and commercial, for the sales and marketing of products once they receive regulatory approval. The departments in each of these functions typically must comply with specific regulatory requirements, and therefore each has specific IT needs that are frequently addressed by separate technology and business decision makers, IT budgets, purchasing patterns and procurement departments.

 

Existing Legacy IT Systems Do Not Meet the Needs of Today’s Life Sciences Companies

 

Although many life sciences companies have made large investments in highly customized, legacy IT systems, these solutions often do not meet the evolving needs of today’s life sciences companies for a number of reasons, including:

 

Difficult and Expensive to Implement and Maintain. Legacy IT systems have generally been deployed on-premise, requiring substantial investments in infrastructure and resources in order to enhance, upgrade and maintain such systems. Typically, these solutions are highly customized to reflect the industry-specific business processes and existing IT environments of the particular life sciences company. These systems quickly become outdated due to the accelerating changes in the company’s regulatory, business and computing environments and require significant ongoing professional services to maintain. Changes to software or hardware also typically need to be integrated into other legacy IT systems, resulting in implementation delays and escalating IT costs and complexity.

 

76


Table of Contents

Lack of Integration. Although many legacy IT systems provide adequate functionality in specific areas, these systems comprise numerous discrete applications that frequently do not integrate well with each other. In order to manage and integrate data across these applications and across broad geographies, many life sciences companies have had to engage in lengthy and expensive custom development and system integration projects. These projects often result in IT systems that are difficult to adapt to changing business or regulatory requirements.

 

Poor Usability. Many legacy IT systems, including those used to automate and manage sales organizations and support the content management and collaboration functions for highly regulated processes, such as drug development and manufacturing, were originally designed in the late 1990s using client-server technology. These systems typically do not offer intuitive user interfaces and often are incompatible with now commonly used mobile devices. These disadvantages tend to discourage widespread adoption and frequent use of these solutions across the enterprise.

 

The Emergence of Cloud-Based Solutions

 

Over the past decade, cloud-based solutions have emerged to enable enterprises to automate and improve a range of business and technology operations, delivered on an “as needed” basis. In comparison to legacy IT systems, cloud-based solutions can provide a number of benefits to enterprises, including improved application performance, broader user adoption, greater flexibility and lower total cost of ownership. Over time, we believe that enterprises will continue to shift their IT budgets from the software, hardware and IT services budgets of legacy, on-premise IT systems to cloud-based solutions.

 

Horizontal Cloud-Based Solutions Are Not Well Suited to Meet the Needs of Today’s Life Sciences Companies

 

Today, most cloud-based offerings are horizontal solutions designed to meet common needs across a wide range of industries. These horizontal cloud-based solutions, however, fail to meet the complex, industry-specific needs of life sciences companies for a number of reasons, including:

 

Lack of Industry-Specific Functionality. Because horizontal cloud-based solutions typically lack industry-specific functionality, life sciences companies tend to only deploy these solutions for basic business functions, such as payroll and expense management. In more business critical functions, like new drug submissions, quality management, sales and marketing, life sciences companies have specific business and regulatory requirements that make the deployment of horizontal cloud-based solutions extremely challenging without significant customization. Customization of a horizontal cloud-based solution involves significant upfront and ongoing resources, expenditures and time, and can significantly dilute the benefits of adopting these cloud-based solutions.

 

Inability to Ensure Compliance. Life sciences companies are subject to regulations that require their technology be validated to function in accordance with very specific process and documentation requirements, such as 21 CFR Part 11, the electronic records and electronic signature regulations of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Developing and maintaining the systems to ensure this validation and compliance involves significant time, expense and risk. Horizontal cloud vendors typically do not have the deep industry and regulatory knowledge required to provide life sciences companies with validated systems to support their compliance with these regulations.

 

Lack of Offline Functionality. Horizontal cloud-based solutions and their underlying architectures were developed to maximize performance using an internet connection. Horizontal cloud-based solutions, therefore, typically rely heavily on high-bandwidth connectivity to the internet in order to deliver their services. Pharmaceutical sales representatives, however, require the ability to conduct their daily activities, such as displaying rich media product demonstrations to physicians, on a mobile device within a compressed and unpredictable window of time, without needing to rely on the availability of an internet connection. As a result, horizontal cloud-based solutions are poorly equipped to deliver this required level of offline functionality.

 

77


Table of Contents

The Opportunity for Industry Cloud in Life Sciences

 

The failure of legacy IT systems and horizontal cloud-based solutions to adequately address the IT needs of today’s life sciences companies creates an opportunity for companies such as ours that are focused on industry-specific, cloud-based solutions, or Industry Cloud solutions. Life sciences companies continue to invest significantly in their IT applications and infrastructure. Of the $44 billion that IDC estimates life sciences companies spent on technology in 2012, $28 billion was on software and services and $16 billion was on infrastructure. According to Gartner, Inc., of the $396 billion that businesses spent worldwide on software in 2012, the largest area of spending was Vertical Specific Software, constituting $110 billion or 28% of total software spending. In addition, the demand for cloud-based solutions continues to grow. According to IDC, the global market for public IT cloud services spending is projected to grow from $40 billion in 2012 to $98 billion in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of over 25%. For the market segments within the life sciences industry that we believe are relevant to our solutions, based on our internal analysis and industry experience, we estimate the total addressable market, including the market segments for sales and marketing automation and related solutions for life sciences sales representatives, regulated content management solutions for life sciences companies, customer master solutions for life sciences companies, and healthcare professional, organization, affiliation and reference data, to be at least $5 billion.

 

Our Industry Cloud Solutions

 

We provide Industry Cloud solutions for the life sciences industry, specifically developed for the critical business and regulatory needs of global life sciences companies, that deliver the benefits of cloud-based architectures.

 

Our Industry Cloud solutions include the following key attributes:

 

Deep, Industry-Specific Functionality. Our solutions have been designed and developed for the specific needs of the global life sciences industry. For example, Veeva CRM was developed to provide highly specific functionality crucial to salesperson productivity, including healthcare affiliations management, compliant activity management, closed-loop marketing, order management and sample disbursement tracking with signature capture. Veeva CRM includes different business rules, functionality and configurations to meet customer requirements across multiple geographies. Our Veeva Vault solution for regulated content management and collaboration addresses the most important content management needs of life sciences companies including clinical trials documentation, quality management, promotional materials management and new drug submissions. Our Veeva Network solution provides detailed healthcare provider and healthcare organization data, cloud-based customer master software and data stewardship services that are integrated with Veeva CRM.

 

Multi-Tenant Architectures. Our solutions use multi-tenant architectures. A multi-tenant architecture is one that allows multiple customers to use the same hardware and software infrastructure while keeping each customer’s data logically separated. As a result, all of our customers run the same version of our applications while their data is securely partitioned. Customers share our IT resources and operational infrastructure, which enables us to accelerate our speed of implementation, upgrades and support. Because we do not need to customize our solutions for individual customers, our customers benefit from greater scalability, reliability and performance, as well as faster innovation. In addition, our multi-tenant architectures enable us to collect and analyze data in real-time, providing deep insights into application performance and customer usage, and allow us to leverage data provided or updated by one customer to improve the data made available to all customers.

 

Validated Systems. Our solutions are designed, developed and maintained to enable our customers to satisfy stringent system validation requirements. Life sciences companies are subject to regulations that require them to certify that their technology will function as designed, which can involve significant upfront and ongoing expense in development and maintenance. To help our customers comply with these regulations, we validate each version of our solutions for compliance with regulations such as 21 CFR Part 11 and EU Annex 11, using a recognized third-party firm. Our solutions enable our customers to comply with the installation qualification (IQ) and operational qualification (OQ) steps in the validation process without further validation effort by our customers. As a result, we believe our customers can realize significant cost savings and improved regulatory compliance.

 

78


Table of Contents

Modular and Integrated Solutions. Our solutions are designed to be deployed in a modular fashion. Customers are able to purchase and deploy our technology as needed to solve immediate business needs, and subsequently purchase and deploy additional functionality deeper into their companies. These applications and platforms are developed to rapidly integrate and interface with their existing applications, data and technologies, and in addition, are optimized to work with our other solutions.

 

Mobility and Offline Functionality. Certain capabilities of our Veeva CRM solutions can function offline on common mobile devices. Pharmaceutical sales representatives cannot rely on an internet connection for their crucial interactions with physicians, which often occur during short, unpredictable windows of time. We developed Veeva CRM, for example, to maximize offline functionality, so that sales representatives have access to rich content presentations, signature capture and other needs in order to maximize the productivity of their physician interactions when disconnected from the internet. Over 75% of our Veeva CRM customers utilize Veeva iRep, our proprietary, offline mobile application for the iPad, to access our Veeva CRM solution.

 

“Best Practices” Updates. Our solutions are regularly updated to capture best-in-class business processes from companies across the global life sciences industry. As we work closely with our customer base in multiple geographies and industry segments, we obtain valuable insights into current industry best practices and needs, enabling us to efficiently improve our offerings. We update our solutions several times per year, incorporating such improvements, and our customers quickly benefit from our insights and advances.

 

User-Friendly Interface. The user interface for our cloud-based solutions is designed to be simple, flexible and intuitive. In addition, we have developed our mobile applications using the most appropriate technology for each mobile operating system we support, such as iOS for our iPad application. This additional level of investment allows us to deliver the most user-friendly experience on each mobile platform. We believe these user-friendly characteristics result in greater user adoption, higher utilization and more time spent on productive tasks.

 

Global Focus. Our strategy has been to build a global enterprise to serve the needs of life sciences companies worldwide. We currently have approximately 190 employees located outside North America, primarily in Europe, Japan and China. Our global focus and presence enables us to remain abreast of regulatory, business and other trends. This allows us to incorporate new regulatory frameworks and functional requirements more quickly into our solutions, which allows our customers to comply more rapidly with highly complex and changing regulations.

 

Our Industry Cloud solutions provide the following key benefits for our customers:

 

Improved Sales and Marketing Productivity. Life sciences companies are highly dependent on maximizing the productivity of their sales representatives’ interactions with physicians. By enabling representatives to better prioritize, prepare for and follow up on these interactions, Veeva CRM solutions enable sales representatives to focus more time on revenue-generating activities. Veeva CRM also enables customers to improve the coordination with external organizations, such as contract sales organizations (CSOs), in developing and executing sales and marketing campaigns. Veeva Vault enables customers to improve the coordination between sales and marketing, allowing marketing teams to more rapidly develop, approve and disseminate regulated marketing materials used by sales representatives and in other communication channels.

 

More Efficient New Product Development. Life sciences companies are under pressure to develop and submit applications for regulatory approval for new drugs quickly and efficiently. Veeva Vault helps companies store, organize and facilitate collaboration with respect to the tens of thousands of documents required for new drug development and application processes. Veeva Vault applications enable research and development organizations to improve and accelerate collaboration among both internal employees and external partners that is required to manage their drug development processes.

 

Reduced Total Cost of Ownership. Our solutions include applications, infrastructure, maintenance, monitoring, integration, storage, security, disaster recovery, customer support and upgrades, which reduce customer cost and time spent relative to legacy IT systems. We believe that, over the long term, our solutions offer a lower total cost of ownership relative to the capital expenditures, customization, IT services and other expenses associated with legacy IT systems.

 

79


Table of Contents

Improved Analytical Insights. We believe our solutions provide our customers with real-time insights into their business performance across a wide number of areas and metrics, enabling them to better manage and coordinate their operations. Companies can monitor and analyze process performance, identify existing or potential bottlenecks and quickly implement process improvements with easy-to-use reports and dashboards. In addition, they benefit from our ability to collect, analyze and leverage data across the customers in our Industry Cloud to regularly deliver improvements to our solutions.

 

Frequent Updates. We develop and deliver upgrades to each of our solutions several times per year. We deploy our upgrades rapidly to all of our customers, who all operate on the latest version and each have access to best-in-class applications as soon as we release them. This provides our customers with a greatly simplified IT architecture, compared to legacy IT systems that may involve multiple versions of the same application within a single company, requiring ongoing integration and maintenance costs.

 

Improved Regulatory Compliance. Our solutions enable customers to maintain or improve their global compliance levels across a wide range of regulatory requirements. We provide frequent updates on changes to regulations or regulatory frameworks as part of our regularly scheduled upgrades. Each update undergoes validation testing against relevant regulatory standards by an independent third party. As a result, we believe our customers can realize significant cost savings and improved regulatory compliance.

 

Our Growth Strategy

 

Our growth strategy is to deliver increasingly valuable Industry Cloud solutions for life sciences companies worldwide. Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

Focus on Customer Success. Customer success is at the core of everything we do. We believe much of our success to date has been due to our focused commitment to the business success of our customers. We plan to continue to recruit, hire and develop employees who are highly focused on delivering customer success. We believe this approach will continue to produce high levels of customer success, resulting in greater adoption of our solutions and recommendations and referrals from existing customers to potential new customers.

 

Deepen Existing Customer Relationships Within Commercial Departments of Life Sciences Companies. Many of our customers begin their deployment of our solutions with a limited number of users, and less than our complete set of available solutions. We believe that as customers realize the benefits of our solutions, they will increase the number of users and the number of solutions used. For example, as we have introduced new customer relationship management and regulated content management and collaboration related applications, such as Veeva CLM and Vault PromoMats, many of our Veeva CRM customers have expanded their existing implementations to include them. We have also recently announced Veeva Network, our customer master solution. We intend to increase the number of users within our existing customers and to grow the number of Veeva CRM, Veeva Vault and Veeva Network applications used by commercial departments of life sciences companies.

 

Establish and Expand Our Customer Relationships Within Research and Development Departments of Life Sciences Companies. Veeva Vault allows us to broaden our focus to include the research and development departments in life sciences companies, as well as to expand to other specialized companies, such as contract research organizations (CROs) and contract manufacturing organizations (CMOs). We introduced Veeva Vault applications in late 2012 to meet the specific needs of research and development departments of life sciences companies to manage complex, content-centric processes, such as the collection, management and organization of thousands of documents during clinical trials and the global management of standard operating procedures (SOPs). We intend to increase the adoption of our regulated content management and collaboration solutions by increasing the size of our sales force, enabling us to market our Veeva Vault solutions to an expanded set of customers in research and development departments of life sciences companies.

 

80


Table of Contents

Expand Our Customer Base. We believe the market for cloud-based business applications for life sciences companies is large and underserved. IDC estimates that life sciences companies spent approximately $44 billion on technology in 2012. As of August 31, 2013, we served approximately 170 of the more than 23,000 life sciences companies worldwide. We believe there is a substantial opportunity for us to continue to increase the size of our customer base with both large and small life sciences companies globally through the efforts of our growing domestic and international sales forces.

 

Continue to Enhance Existing Offerings and Develop New Industry Cloud Solutions. We have made, and will continue to make, significant investments in research and development to enhance our existing solutions, expand the number of our applications and further develop our solutions. We intend to continue to offer multiple upgrades each year designed to enable our customers to benefit from ongoing innovations, expanded geographical reach, updated regulatory compliance and additional mobile platforms. We intend to continue to work closely with our customers to develop and execute upon our solution roadmap. For example, we are currently introducing our Veeva Network solution to provide customer data and data management capabilities, which we developed based on feedback from life sciences customers regarding their most pressing IT needs.

 

Continue to Expand Internationally. We have a significant international presence today, particularly in Europe, China and Japan, and our solutions have been deployed in over 75 countries. We believe our global presence is a significant strategic asset, and our employees maintain strong local relationships with senior customer executives, obtain valuable feedback on our current solutions and future customer needs and improve our ability to help customers maintain compliance with global regulatory requirements. We plan to continue to invest in new geographies where leading life sciences companies operate, including in the areas of salespeople and sales channels, professional services, customer support and services partnerships.

 

Veeva Solutions

 

Our Industry Cloud solutions currently include customer relationship management solutions, regulated content management and collaboration solutions and customer master solutions that enable life sciences companies to increase revenues and maximize profitability while achieving and maintaining compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. Our solutions enable pharmaceutical and other life sciences companies to realize the benefits of modern cloud-based architectures and mobile applications for their most critical business functions, without compromising industry-specific functionality or regulatory compliance.

 

Regulated, Multi-channel Customer Relationship Management

 

Veeva CRM , our solution for customer relationship management, allows pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to market and sell more efficiently, effectively and compliantly to physicians, other healthcare providers and healthcare organizations. Veeva CRM enables physician-facing employees such as pharmaceutical sales representatives, key account managers and scientific liaisons to manage, track and optimize interactions with healthcare providers across multiple communication channels utilizing a single, integrated solution.

 

To support the life sciences industry’s unique business processes and regulatory compliance requirements, Veeva CRM provides highly specialized functionality such as prescription drug sample management with electronic signature capture, the management of complex affiliations between physicians and the organizations where they work and the capture of medical inquiries from physicians.

 

In order to deliver the best possible functionality and user experience, we have designed and built a specific application for each mobile device platform we support, including iPads, Windows-based laptops and tablet PCs and Blackberry devices. We are currently developing Windows 8 mobile capabilities.

 

Veeva CRM uses the Salesforce Platform, combined with our own proprietary technology. Using the Salesforce Platform enables customers to deploy fully integrated call center, customer portal and other applications. In addition, salesforce.com, inc.’s established enterprise cloud-computing platform and hosting infrastructure helps our customers benefit from high levels of reliability, scalability and performance.

 

81


Table of Contents

Additional applications for the Veeva CRM solution include:

 

   

Veeva CLM provides closed-loop marketing capabilities for use in face-to-face interactions with physicians. Veeva CLM allows customers to replace paper-based materials with interactive electronic marketing presentations while controlling the storage, distribution, presentation and tracking of marketing materials.

 

   

Veeva iRep , our proprietary mobile application that runs on the Apple iPad, combines the key functionality of Veeva CRM and Veeva CLM to provide users with functionality that helps maximize productivity in the field. Veeva iRep was designed to provide the functionality needed for pharmaceutical sales representatives and other users to accomplish mission critical tasks in locations, such as hospitals and physicians’ offices, whether or not an internet connection is available. Veeva iRep synchronizes to Veeva CRM when connected to the internet. When synchronizing, Veeva iRep uploads to Veeva CRM data captured while operating off-line, such as data regarding drug samples provided to physicians, and downloads data updates from Veeva CRM, such as updated physician contact information.

 

   

Veeva CRM Approved Email provides for the management, delivery and tracking of regulatory compliant email communication between sales representatives and physicians. Veeva CRM Approved Email includes capabilities to ensure compliant communications, such as managing physician email opt-in and opt-out. In addition, through integration with Veeva Vault, Veeva CRM Approved Email helps customers ensure that only the latest approved email templates and documents can be delivered to physicians, helping to ensure regulatory compliance.

 

Regulated Content Management and Collaboration

 

Veeva Vault , our cloud-based content management and collaboration solution, is used by our customers to manage content-centric processes across key departments within a life sciences company, including clinical trials, quality management, manufacturing, sales and marketing. Veeva Vault consists of our proprietary Vault Platform and six business process specific applications. Veeva Vault applications each include a pre-built data model, pre-defined workflows and the functionality required to support specific business processes. Veeva Vault can be deployed as a single integrated solution across multiple applications, enabling our customers to manage all their important documents in a single, global system.

 

The Vault Platform is built from the ground up to meet the rigorous content management requirements of the life sciences industry. Delivered as a multi-tenant, cloud-based service, the Vault Platform provides infrastructure and security such as high availability, real-time upgrades, disaster recovery and data backups, data encryption and a comprehensive audit trail that records every action against every document, enabling customers to manage their highly regulated content. In addition, the Vault Platform offers functionality that is delivered across all the Veeva Vault applications, such as searching, content viewing and annotation, comprehensive workflow and approvals, electronic signatures, reporting and open application programming interfaces to allow for integration with other systems. The Vault Platform also includes a configuration toolset that allows customers to create their own Veeva Vault applications.

 

The Veeva Vault applications primarily for use by research and development departments of life sciences companies include:

 

   

Veeva Vault eTMF is an electronic trial master file application that manages the repository of important documents for active and archived clinical trials. In addition, Vault eTMF also enables collaboration between the life sciences company sponsoring the trial and its outsourced partners such as CROs. All clinical trial documents are organized in Vault eTMF according to industry accepted guidelines in order to speed the transition from clinical trials to submission for regulatory approval.

 

   

Veeva Vault Investigator Portal manages the collection of documentation and collaboration among trial sponsors, trial sites and the researchers conducting the trials, known as investigators. Rather than faxing documentation or buying a separate secure file exchange, our customers can deploy the Vault Investigator Portal with Vault eTMF to streamline document collection and organization while complying with strict industry regulations relating to electronic record keeping systems.

 

82


Table of Contents
   

Veeva Vault Submissions helps life sciences companies to gather and organize all the documents and other content that will be included in a regulatory submission to a healthcare authority, such as the FDA. Vault Submissions organizes all content according to industry accepted guidelines which helps to speed the time to regulatory submission by providing a single place for all researchers, CROs and other collaboration partners to prepare and manage the entire content life cycle.

 

   

Veeva Vault QualityDocs enables the creation, review, approval, distribution and management of controlled documents, such as SOPs, manufacturing recipes and specifications. All life sciences companies that are developing or selling regulated products must have a quality management system in place. Vault QualityDocs includes the functionality required to manage these processes, including the ability for customers’ employees to mark documents as “read and understood” for training purposes, and the ability to include a watermark on a document when viewed, printed or shared.

 

The Veeva Vault applications primarily for use by commercial departments of life sciences companies include:

 

   

Veeva Vault PromoMats manages the end-to-end process for the development, approval, distribution, expiration and withdrawal of promotional materials. These include advertisements, brochures, television and radio commercials and interactive presentations that life sciences companies use to promote their products. Vault PromoMats also manages the collaboration between brand marketing teams, regulatory teams and their external marketing agencies, including the medical, legal and regulatory review processes. Vault PromoMats includes real-time online annotation, content linking and references and the ability to automatically withdraw content once it has changed or expires.

 

   

Veeva Vault MedComms provides life sciences companies with a single, validated source of medical content across multiple channels and geographies. Medical content is used by life sciences companies for all the verbal and written communications with healthcare providers and patients, including approved answers to questions received through a call center or company website. In addition to storing approved medical content, Vault MedComms also includes functionality for managing the processes of reviewing and approving new medical content.

 

Customer Master Data Management

 

Veeva Network , our cloud-based customer master solution, is designed to help life sciences companies create and maintain a single, complete and accurate record of the healthcare professionals and healthcare organizations with which they interact. Veeva Network combines Veeva’s proprietary database of healthcare professional, healthcare organization and other supplemental data with cloud-based master software and data stewardship services to provide life sciences companies with a more complete customer master solution. Veeva Network is fully integrated with Veeva CRM in order to make the most up-to-date healthcare professional and healthcare organization data available to sales and marketing users. Veeva Network will be generally available in late 2013. It is currently under limited release to a limited set of early customers.

 

Veeva Network users access and update our Network Provider Database through our multi-tenant cloud-based solutions. Our multi-tenant architecture allows us to leverage updates users make to healthcare professional and healthcare organization data to continually improve our Network Provider Database. This ability to gather and validate data over a large number of users, often referred to as crowdsourcing, enables the data provided via the Veeva Network solution to improve for all users, a process commonly referred to as a network effect. We believe this network effect is illustrative of the type of benefit that can best be achieved by industry cloud solutions.

 

Veeva Network is comprised of the following data, software and services:

 

   

Veeva Network Provider Database is Veeva’s proprietary database of healthcare professionals and healthcare organizations in the United States and China including demographic and license information, affiliations and other key profile data. The Veeva Network Provider Database replaces the

 

83


Table of Contents
 

need for a number of disparate external data feeds. Data is gathered from state, federal and industry sources, and is supplemented by the network effect as life sciences companies update their records in Veeva Network.

 

   

Veeva Network Customer Master is an industry-specific, cloud-based customer master software solution that de-duplicates, standardizes and cleanses healthcare provider and organization data from multiple systems and data sources, including the Network Provider Database, to arrive at a single, consolidated customer master record.

 

   

Veeva Network Data Stewardship Services further reduce the cost and complexity of managing healthcare professional and healthcare organization data. Instead of maintaining dedicated in-house data stewards to verify internal updates to data, Veeva’s Data Stewardship Services can manage these processes on behalf of our customers, including research and outbound calls to verify data accuracy.

 

Professional Services and Support

 

In addition to cloud-based solutions that meet the specific needs of our life sciences customers, we also offer professional services to help customers maximize the value they get from those solutions. The people on these teams have a combination of life sciences industry expertise, project management skills and deep technical acumen that we believe our customers highly value. Our professional services teams often work together with our systems integrator partners to deliver projects. We offer professional services in the following areas:

 

   

implementation and deployment planning and project management;

 

   

requirements analysis, solution design and configuration;

 

   

systems environment management and deployment services;

 

   

training on our solutions; and

 

   

ongoing managed services, such as outsourced systems administration.

 

Our professional services teams are organized based on separate research and development and commercial competencies so that members of our professional services team can also provide knowledge and best practices advice for the research and development and commercial departments of our customers.

 

Our Customers

 

As of August 31, 2013, we served approximately 170 life sciences customers, including 33 of the top 50 global pharmaceutical companies, with users deployed in over 75 countries. For an explanation of how we define our current customers, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations.” We deliver solutions to companies throughout the life sciences industry, including pharmaceuticals, biotechnology, medical products and CSOs. Our customers range from the largest global pharmaceutical companies such as Bayer AG, Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH, Eli Lilly and Company, Gilead Sciences, Inc., Merck & Co., Inc. and Novartis International AG, to smaller companies including Accera, Inc., Grupo Ferrer Internacional S.A., Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and LEO Pharma A/S. Many of our customers initially deploy our solutions for a subset of their employees and grow the number of users over time. For our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013, two customers, Eli Lilly and Novartis and related entities, each represented more than 10% of our total revenues. For additional information regarding our customers that represented more than 10% of our total revenues, please see note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements. For a summary of our financial information by geographic location, please see note 15 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

 

84


Table of Contents

Our Culture and Employees

 

We have built our culture around the success of our customers. We believe that life sciences enterprise customers seek a limited number of trusted technology partners to work with closely on their most strategic technology needs. We seek to build deep relationships with our customers, which in turn help us shape our product roadmap to best meet the needs and address the priorities of our customers. We believe that our cloud-based architecture and life sciences industry focus enable this virtuous cycle of product improvement. As a result, our customers have become a strategic aspect of our business development and sales process, as they refer others to our solutions.

 

We have carefully built our culture by recruiting, selecting and developing employees who are highly focused on delivering success for customers. This is a crucial element of our hiring and evaluation processes throughout all departments. We believe this approach produces high levels of both customer success and employee satisfaction.

 

We also believe we provide employees a unique opportunity to develop and sell world-class cloud-based applications and platforms within a specific industry. Historically, software developers had to choose between developing platforms for a broad, but generic set of customers, and building industry-specific solutions with limited further applicability. Our Industry Cloud approach empowers developers to build important applications and platforms that can become the standard in our industry while enabling sales personnel to sell a growing portfolio of solutions to a focused, deep set of life sciences companies. We believe that this unique opportunity will allow us to continue to attract top talent for our product development and sales efforts.

 

As of July 31, 2013, we employed 593 people. We also engage temporary employees and consultants. None of our employees is represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be very good.

 

Technology Infrastructure and Operations

 

Our solutions utilize a pod-based architecture in multiple data centers that allow for scalability, operational simplicity and security. Our solutions are hosted in data centers located in Virginia, California and Japan. We utilize third-parties to provide our data center infrastructure and manage the hardware on which our solutions operate. We utilize industry standard hardware in redundant configurations to minimize service interruptions. We also utilize multiple domain name service providers to lessen the potential for network-related disruptions.

 

Our technology is based on multi-tenant architectures that apply common, consistent management practices for all customers using our solutions. We enable multiple customers to share the same version of our solutions while securely partitioning their respective data. Portions of our Veeva CRM solution are built on the Salesforce Platform. Our Veeva Vault solutions are built upon our proprietary Vault Platform. We built the proprietary portions of our technology stack using recognized open source components. The technologies include the Red Hat Enterprise Linux operating system, MySQL database, Apache Solr for search and Apache Tomcat and Resin for the application server.

 

Our solutions have historically achieved uptimes in excess of 99.9%. We continually monitor our infrastructure for any sign of failure or pending failure, and we take preemptive action to attempt to minimize or prevent downtime. Our data centers employ advanced measures to ensure physical integrity and security, including redundant power and cooling systems, fire and flood prevention mechanisms, continual security coverage, biometric readers at entry points and anonymous exteriors. We also implement various disaster recovery measures, including full replication of hardware and data in our geographically distinct data centers, such that data loss would be minimized in the event of data center disaster.

 

All users are authenticated, authorized and validated before they can access our solutions. Users must have a valid user ID and associated password to log on to our solutions. Our configurable security model allows different groups of users to have different levels of access to our solutions. Our solutions’ vulnerability is tested using internal tools prior to release, and we employ a third party to perform penetration and vulnerability tests on our solutions on a semi-annual basis.

 

85


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

 

We sell our solutions through our direct sales organization and had sales representatives in 13 countries as of July 31, 2013. Our sales force is managed regionally by general managers in North America, Europe and Asia Pacific who are responsible for all sales, professional services and customer success in each of their geographies. We believe this provides for an integrated view of the customer relationship as well as higher levels of local and regional focus on our customers.

 

Life sciences companies are typically organized by the major functions of research and development for the creation and development of new solutions, and commercial, for the sales and marketing of those solutions once they are approved for use. In large life sciences companies, research and development and commercial business lines may also have separate technology and business decision makers. Accordingly, we market and sell our solutions to align with the distinct characteristics of the research and development buyer and the commercial buyer. Within each region, we have research and development and commercial sales teams. Each of these teams is further divided to sell to the largest global pharmaceutical companies and to smaller life sciences companies.

 

We believe the combination of our industry-focus and commitment to customer success provides strategic advantage and allows us to more efficiently market and sell our solutions as compared to horizontal cloud-based companies. Our awareness, demand generation and sales cultivation programs are focused and designed to be cost efficient because we target only the life sciences industry buyers. We believe that we further benefit from word-of-mouth marketing as customers endorse our solutions to their industry peers. This allows us to focus our sales and marketing efforts without the need for a larger number of sales executives.

 

Partnerships

 

We maintain relationships with providers of implementation services, software and content that provide a range of complementary solutions and services to our customers. Our partners are integral to our customer success, and we intend to continue to expand our partnerships to build additional implementation and service capacity, software integrations and content provider relationships.

 

Our global systems integrator partners, including Cognizant Technology Solutions UK Limited and Deloitte Consulting LLP, and life sciences specialty firms deliver implementation and support services. Collectively, our partners have more than 500 Veeva-trained resources worldwide.

 

Through our software partnerships, customers benefit from pre-built, fully-supported integrations with complementary data and specialty software applications such as drug sample reconciliation, electronic data capture for clinical trials and expense management.

 

Our content partner program includes more than 100 digital and advertising agencies that life sciences companies rely upon to create marketing and other promotional materials that may be used in connection with Veeva iRep and Vault PromoMats.

 

Our Relationship with salesforce.com

 

Veeva CRM utilizes the Salesforce Platform from salesforce.com. We are salesforce.com’s preferred and recommended Salesforce Platform application provider of sales automation solutions for drug makers in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry. Our agreement provides that, subject to certain exceptions and specified limited remedies for breach, salesforce.com will not position, develop, promote, invest in or acquire applications directly competitive to the Veeva CRM solution for sales automation that directly target drug makers in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology markets. Our agreement allows us to provide our customers with rights to the Salesforce Platform Unlimited Edition for use as combined with the proprietary aspects of our Veeva CRM solution. Under our agreement, salesforce.com provides the hosting infrastructure and data center for portions of the Veeva CRM solution, as well as the system administration, configuration, reporting and other platform level

 

86


Table of Contents

functionality. In exchange, we pay salesforce.com a fee. Our current agreement with salesforce.com expires in September 2015 and is renewable for five-year periods upon mutual agreement. If either party elects not to renew, the agreement provides for a five-year wind-down period in which we would be able to continue providing the Salesforce Platform as combined with the proprietary aspects of our Veeva CRM solution to our existing customers but would be limited with respect to the number of additional subscriptions we could sell to our existing customers. We believe that we have a mutually beneficial strategic relationship with salesforce.com.

 

Quality and Compliance

 

Our customers use our solutions for business activities that are subject to a complex regime of global healthcare laws and regulations. In order to best serve our customers, we must ensure that the data processed by our systems are accurate and secure and that they retain the level of confidentiality and privacy commensurate with the type of information managed. To comply with IT healthcare regulations, industry-specific capabilities must be designed for and embedded in all of our solutions. These capabilities include: robust audit trail tracking, compliant electronic signature capture, data encryption and secure access controls. In addition to design requirements, our solutions must be thoroughly tested to comply with the regulations that apply to electronic record keeping systems for the life sciences industry, which include:

 

Regulation

  

Regulation Description

21 CFR 820.75

  

U.S. FDA device regulation on system validation

21 CFR 211.68

  

U.S. FDA pharma GMP regulation on system validation

21 CFR 11

  

U.S. FDA requirement for maintenance of electronic records

EU Annex 11

  

EU GMP requirement for maintenance of electronic records

21 CFR 203

  

Drug sample tracking as required by the Prescription Drug Marketing Act

 

Each version of our solutions undergoes validation testing against these and other relevant standards by an independent third party that performs IQ and OQ, develops a validation plan, executes the protocols and writes the validation report. The results of each independent validation are then reviewed and confirmed by our quality and compliance team. As such, we maintain a dedicated team of quality and compliance experts that manages our processes for meeting the requirements of the FDA and other global life sciences regulatory agencies. The functions of this quality and compliance team include three separate domains, each managed by a responsible area head:

 

   

quality systems oversees resource management, document management, computer validation and quality oversight;

 

   

compliance oversees audit management, supplier management and regulatory intelligence; and

 

   

the security office oversees information security and data privacy, security awareness training and security incident management.

 

Veeva has designed and implemented a Quality Management System (QMS) that is aligned with our customers’ regulatory standards for IT compliance. Our QMS is maintained in our own Veeva Vault QualityDocs application. A compliant QMS in the healthcare regulated environment entails:

 

   

a comprehensive set of policies and procedures;

 

   

an independent quality assurance function that oversees development and maintenance of our software;

 

   

audit support of our customers’ regulatory obligation to perform due diligence on their suppliers;

 

   

computer systems validation aligned with healthcare industry best practices as outlined in published regulatory standards;

 

   

a resource management program to ensure employees have the requisite demonstrable level of experience and training;

 

87


Table of Contents
   

a risk management program to identify product realization and other business risks; and

 

   

an information security program to ensure IT controls conform to established standards.

 

With respect to data privacy, in particular, we self-certify to the EU and Swiss Safe Harbor framework on an annual basis, to ensure that our customers based in Europe have adequate assurance of our data privacy controls.

 

Our quality and compliance team also manages the process of customer audits, which is often a required due diligence step in customer purchase decisions. We believe our approach to quality and compliance is a reflection of our focus on customer success and is a competitive differentiator.

 

Research and Development

 

Our ability to compete depends in large part on our continuous commitment to research and development and our ability to rapidly introduce new applications, technologies, features and functionality. Our research and development organization is responsible for the design, development and testing of our solutions and applications. Based on customer feedback and needs, we focus our efforts on developing new solutions functionality, applications and core technologies and further enhancing the usability, functionality, reliability, performance and flexibility of existing solutions and applications.

 

Research and development expenses were $3.6 million, $7.8 million and $14.6 million for our fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

 

Competition

 

The overall market for life sciences software is global, rapidly evolving, highly competitive and subject to changing regulations, technology and shifting customer needs. The solutions and applications offered by our competitors vary in size, breadth and scope.

 

Our Veeva CRM solutions compete with offerings from large global enterprise software vendors, such as Oracle Corporation, and also compete with life sciences-specific customer relationship management providers, such as Cegedim SA. A number of vendors of cloud-based and on-premise customer relationship management applications that address only a portion of one of our customer relationship management solutions provide additional competition.

 

Our regulated content management and collaboration solutions compete with offerings from large global content management platform vendors such as EMC Corporation, Microsoft Corporation and OpenText Corporation. We also compete with professional services companies that provide solutions on these platforms, such as Computer Sciences Corporation, and with other life sciences specific providers. In the future, providers of horizontal cloud-based storage products may seek to compete with our regulated content management and collaboration solutions.

 

We also expect continued consolidation among cloud-based technology companies that could lead to significantly increased competition.

 

We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:

 

   

level of customer satisfaction;

 

   

regulatory compliance verification and functionality;

 

   

domain expertise with respect to life sciences;

 

   

ease of deployment and use of solutions and applications;

 

   

breadth and depth of solution and application functionality;

 

   

brand awareness and reputation;

 

88


Table of Contents
   

modern and adaptive technology platform;

 

   

capability for customization, configurability, integration, security, scalability and reliability of applications;

 

   

total cost of ownership;

 

   

ability to innovate and respond to customer needs rapidly;

 

   

size of customer base and level of user adoption; and

 

   

ability to integrate with legacy enterprise infrastructures and third-party applications.

 

We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors and that the domain expertise required for developing and deploying successful solutions in the life sciences industry may hinder new entrants that are unable to invest the necessary capital to develop solutions that can address the functionality, requirements and regulatory compliance capabilities needed for the life sciences industry. Our ability to remain competitive will largely depend on our ongoing performance in the areas of solution and application development and customer support.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We rely on a combination of trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, as well as contractual protections, to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. We have only recently begun to develop a strategy to seek patent protections for our technology. We require our employees, consultants and other third parties to enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements and control access to software, documentation and other proprietary information. Although we rely on our intellectual property rights, as well as contractual protections to establish and protect our proprietary rights, we believe that factors such as the technological and creative skills of our personnel, creation of new features and functionality and frequent enhancements to our applications are essential to establishing and maintaining our technology leadership position as provider of software solutions and applications to the life sciences industry.

 

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary technology and our intellectual property rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or obtain and use our technology to develop applications with the same functionality as our application. Policing unauthorized use of our technology and intellectual property rights is difficult.

 

We expect that we and others in our industry may be subject to third-party infringement claims as the number of competitors grows and the functionality of applications in different industry segments overlaps. Any of these third parties might make a claim of infringement against us at any time.

 

Facilities

 

Our corporate headquarters, which includes our operations and research and development facilities, is located in Pleasanton, California. We operate under five leases in the same building in Pleasanton consisting of approximately 17,300, 7,900, 3,600, 3,000 and 1,400 square feet of space, respectively. These leases expire on January 31, 2019, January 31, 2017, January 31, 2015, January 31, 2016 and one lease is on a month-to-month basis, respectively.

 

We also lease offices in San Francisco, California; Columbus, Ohio; Radnor, Pennsylvania; Canada; China; England; France; Hungary; Japan and Spain. We expect to expand our facilities capacity, including at our corporate headquarters and in certain field locations during our fiscal year ended January 31, 2014. We may further expand our facilities capacity after January 31, 2014 as our employee base grows. We believe that we will be able to obtain additional space on commercially reasonable terms.

 

89


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

 

On August 6, 2013, Prolifiq Software, Inc. (Prolifiq) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against us in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. The complaint alleges that our manufacture, use, offer for sale and sale of Veeva CRM Approved Email infringes U.S. Patent No. 7,634,556 held by Prolifiq. The complaint seeks unspecified monetary damages, costs and injunctive relief against us. We intend to vigorously defend this lawsuit. Based on the early stage of the claims and evaluation of the facts available at this time, the amount or range of reasonable possible losses to which we are exposed cannot be estimated and the ultimate resolution of this matter and the associated financial impact, if any, remains uncertain at this time. While Veeva CRM Approved Email revenues have represented a very minor portion of our total revenues, intellectual property litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and there can be no assurance that the expenses associated with defending any litigation or the resolution of this dispute would not have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or cash flows.

 

From time to time, we may be involved in other legal proceedings and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. Although the results of legal proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe we are not currently a party to any legal proceedings the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows or financial condition. Regardless of the outcome, such proceedings can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of resources and other factors, and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained.

 

90


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

Our executive officers and directors, and their ages and positions as of August 31, 2013, are set forth below:

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Peter P. Gassner

     48       Chief Executive Officer and Director

Matthew J. Wallach

     41       President

Timothy S. Cabral

     46       Chief Financial Officer

Josh Faddis

     41       Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Mark Armenante (1)(3)

     61      

Director

Ronald E.F. Codd (1)(2)

     57       Director

Gordon Ritter (1)(2)

     48      

Chairman of the Board

Young Sohn

     55       Director

Kevin Spain (3)

     41       Director

 

(1)  

Member of audit committee.

(2)  

Member of compensation committee.

(3)  

Member of nominating and governance committee.

 

Peter P. Gassner is one of our founders and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors since January 2007. Prior to joining Veeva, Mr. Gassner was Senior Vice President of Technology at salesforce.com, inc., a provider of enterprise cloud computing solutions, from July 2003 to June 2005, where he led the development effort to extend the Salesforce Platform to the enterprise. Prior to his time with salesforce.com, Mr. Gassner was with PeopleSoft, Inc., a provider of enterprise application software, from January 1995 to June 2003. At PeopleSoft, he served as Chief Architect and General Manager responsible for development, strategy, marketing and deployment of PeopleTools, the architecture underlying PeopleSoft’s application suite. Mr. Gassner began his career with International Business Machines Corporation (IBM). At IBM, Mr. Gassner conducted research and development on relational database technology, including the DB2 database. Mr. Gassner earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Computer Science from Oregon State University. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Gassner should serve as a director based on his position as one of our founders and as our Chief Executive Officer, his extensive experience in general management and software and platform development and his experience in the software industry.

 

Matthew J. Wallach is one of our founders and has served in various senior executive roles since joining Veeva in March 2007. He currently serves as our President and prior to that served as our Chief Strategy Officer from September 2010 to August 2013. Between April 2005 and March 2007, Mr. Wallach served as Chief Marketing Officer at Health Market Science, Inc., a supplier of healthcare data solutions. From January 2004 to December 2004, Mr. Wallach served as Vice President of Marketing and Product Management at IntelliChem, Inc., a provider of scientific content management solutions. Mr. Wallach was previously the General Manager of the Pharmaceuticals & Biotechnology division at Siebel Systems, Inc., a customer relationship management software company, from August 1998 to December 2003. Mr. Wallach earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Yale University and a Master of Business Administration from the Harvard Business School.

 

Timothy S. Cabral has served as our Chief Financial Officer since February 2010. Prior to joining Veeva, Mr. Cabral served as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operations Officer for Modus Group, LLC, a wireless solutions and services company, from February 2008 to February 2010 and served as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Operations for Agistics, Inc., an employee management services company, from March 2005 to June 2007. Mr. Cabral previously spent more than seven years at PeopleSoft, beginning in November 1997,

 

91


Table of Contents

where he held various positions, including Vice President of Products & Technology Finance and Senior Director of Corporate FP&A. Mr. Cabral earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Finance from Santa Clara University and a Master of Business Administration from the Leavey School of Business at Santa Clara University.

 

Josh Faddis has served as our Vice President and General Counsel since September 2012. Mr Faddis has also served as our Corporate Secretary since May 2013. Prior to joining Veeva, Mr. Faddis served in various roles at Taleo Corporation, a software-as-a-service provider of human capital management solutions, beginning in June 2001 through April 2012, including Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Corporate Secretary. Prior to joining Taleo, Mr. Faddis conducted intellectual property and business litigation at Fulbright & Jaworski LLP and served as a Judicial Clerk for the Honorable Justice Craig Enoch, Supreme Court of the State of Texas. Mr. Faddis earned a Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Economics from Texas A&M University and a Juris Doctor degree from the Georgetown University Law Center.

 

Mark Armenante has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2007. Prior to joining Veeva, Mr. Armenante served as Vice President of Sales and in several other Group Vice President roles at Siebel Systems, where he managed alliances, operations and Siebel’s OnDemand division, for over ten years. Prior to his time at Siebel, Mr. Armenante was President of PharmaSystems, Inc., a pharmaceutical sales force management company, from January 1991 to August 1994. Mr. Armenante spent over three years at Oracle Corporation prior to joining PharmaSystems. Prior to Oracle Corporation, Mr. Armenante spent seven years with Information Resources, Inc., as Senior Vice President of Sales, which served the consumer products and pharmaceutical industries. Mr. Armenante earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in Biology from Case Western Reserve University and a Master of Business Administration from Ohio University. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Armenante should serve as a director based on his extensive business experience as an executive in industries serving pharmaceutical markets.

 

Ronald E.F. Codd has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2012. Mr. Codd has been an independent business consultant since April 2002. From January 1999 to April 2002, Mr. Codd served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Momentum Business Applications, Inc., an enterprise software company. From September 1991 to December 1998, Mr. Codd served as Senior Vice President of Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer of PeopleSoft. Mr. Codd has served on the board of directors of a number of information technology companies, including ServiceNow, Inc. since February 2012, DemandTec, Inc. from February 2007 to February 2012, Data Domain, Inc. from October 2006 to July 2009, Interwoven, Inc. from July 1999 to April 2009 and Agile Software Corporation from August 2003 to July 2007. Mr. Codd holds a Bachelor of Sciences degree in Accounting from the University of California, Berkeley and a Master of Management in Finance and Management Information Systems degree from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University. Mr. Codd is also a member of the adjunct faculty at Golden Gate University in San Francisco, California. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Codd’s management experience and his software industry experience, including his experience in finance, give him the breadth of knowledge and valuable understanding of our industry which qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

 

Gordon Ritter has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2008. Mr. Ritter has been a General Partner at Emergence Capital Partners, a venture capital firm he founded, since June 2002. Prior to founding Emergence, Mr. Ritter was co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of Software As Service, Inc., a web services platform company. Prior to founding Software As Service, Mr. Ritter served as Vice President of the IBM Global Small Business division. Prior to IBM, Mr. Ritter was co-Founder and President of Whistle Communications, Inc., an internet appliance and services platform for small and medium-sized businesses, which was acquired by IBM. Before Whistle, Mr. Ritter was co-Founder and President of Tribe, Inc., a networking infrastructure company. Prior to Tribe, Mr. Ritter was a Vice President of Capital Markets at Credit Suisse First Boston Inc. Mr. Ritter earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Princeton University. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Ritter should serve as a director based on his extensive business experience in the software and web services industries, his experience in venture capital, and his service as a director of various private companies.

 

92


Table of Contents

Young Sohn has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2007. Ms. Sohn has been an independent business consultant and advisor since December 2001. From April 1994 to November 1997, Ms. Sohn was the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Nomadic Systems, Inc., which was acquired by Siebel Systems. Ms. Sohn led the Siebel Life Sciences Division from November 1997 to December 2001. Prior to her time at Nomadic Systems, Ms. Sohn held an executive management position at PharmaSystems. Previously, Ms. Sohn also spent six years at Oracle Corporation in the pharmaceutical vertical organization. Ms. Sohn received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Business Management from Cornell University. Our board of directors determined that Ms. Sohn should serve as a director based on her extensive experience in the software industry and her business expertise in the pharmaceutical industry.

 

Kevin Spain has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2008. Mr. Spain joined Emergence Capital Partners in September 2006 and has served as General Partner of Emergence since March 2011. Prior to joining Emergence, Mr. Spain was a member of Microsoft Corporation’s Corporate Development group. Prior to joining Microsoft, Mr. Spain was with Electronic Arts Inc., a game software content and services company. He previously was co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer of atMadison.com, Inc., which provided a hosted marketing management solution for small and medium sized companies. Mr. Spain earned a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from the University of Texas at Austin and a Master of Business Administration from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Spain should serve as a director based on his extensive experience in the enterprise and consumer technology sectors, his experience in venture capital and corporate development and his entrepreneurial experience.

 

Voting Arrangements

 

Our board of directors currently consists of six members. The election of the members of our board of directors is governed by the amended and restated voting agreement that we entered into with certain holders of our Class B common stock and certain holders of our convertible preferred stock and the related provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation. Pursuant to the voting agreement and these provisions:

 

   

the holders of our common stock have the right to elect one director to our board of directors, who is the then-current chief executive officer and who is currently Mr. Gassner;

 

   

the holders of our Series A preferred stock have the right to elect two directors to our board of directors, who are currently Mr. Armenante and Ms. Sohn;

 

   

the holders of our Series B preferred stock have the right to elect two directors to our board of directors, who are designated by Emergence Capital Partners II, L.P., who are currently Messrs. Ritter and Spain; and

 

   

the holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, have the right to elect the remaining director, who is currently Mr. Codd.

 

The provisions of this voting agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, after which there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or appointed, or the earlier of their death, resignation or removal.

 

Director Independence

 

We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). The listing rules of this stock exchange generally require that a majority of the members of a listed company’s board of directors be independent within a specified period following the closing of an initial public offering. Our board of directors has determined that none of our non-employee directors has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of the NYSE. The independent members of our board of directors will hold separate regularly scheduled executive session meetings at which only independent directors are present.

 

93


Table of Contents

Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. Each of Messrs. Armenante and Codd qualify as an independent director pursuant to Rule 10A-3. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Ritter does not satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3. Accordingly, we are relying on the exemption from the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 that provides that a minority of the members of our audit committee may be exempt from the independence requirements for one year from the date of effectiveness of this registration statement. We also intend to satisfy the audit committee independence requirement of the NYSE.

 

Board Composition

 

Immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be                     , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014;

 

   

the Class II director will be                     , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be                     , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016.

 

Directors in a particular class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their terms expire. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Each director’s term continues until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or the earlier of his or her death, resignation or removal.

 

Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering authorize only our board of directors to fill vacancies on our board of directors until the next annual meeting of stockholders. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors would be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class would consist of one-third of the authorized number of directors.

 

The classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions.”

 

Board Leadership Structure

 

Pursuant to our Corporate Governance Principles, our board of directors may separate or combine the roles of the chairman of the board of directors and chief executive officer when and if it deems it advisable and in our best interests and in the best interests of our stockholders to do so. We currently separate the positions of chairman of the board of directors and chief executive officer. Our board of directors is currently chaired by Mr. Ritter. Separating the positions of chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors allows our Chief Executive Officer to focus on our day-to-day business, while allowing the Chairman of the board of directors to lead our board of directors in its fundamental role of providing independent advice to, and oversight

 

94


Table of Contents

of, management. Our board of directors believes that having an independent director serve as Chairman is the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time and demonstrates our commitment to good corporate governance.

 

Board Oversight of Risk

 

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure. Our executive officers are responsible for the day-to-day management of the material risks we face. Our board of directors administers its oversight function directly as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. For example, our audit committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks associated with our financial reporting, accounting and auditing matters; our compensation committee oversees major risks associated with our compensation policies and programs; and our nominating and governance committee oversees the management of risks associated with director independence, conflicts of interest, composition and organization of our board of directors and director succession planning.

 

Board Committees

 

Effective as of the completion of this offering, our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee. Our board of directors and its committees set schedules for meeting throughout the year and can also hold special meetings and act by written consent from time to time, as appropriate. Our board of directors has delegated various responsibilities and authority to its committees as generally described below. The committees will regularly report on their activities and actions to the full board of directors. Each member of each committee of our board of directors qualifies as an independent director in accordance with NYSE listing standards. Each committee of our board of directors has a written charter approved by our board of directors. Upon the completion of this offering, copies of each charter will be posted on our website at www.veeva.com under the Investor Relations section. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

 

Audit Committee

 

Effective as of the completion of this offering, the members of our audit committee will be Messrs. Armenante, Codd and Ritter, each of whom can read and understand fundamental financial statements. Messrs. Armenante and Codd are each independent under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the listing standards of the NYSE applicable to audit committee members. Mr. Codd will chair the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Codd qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and meets the financial sophistication requirements of the NYSE.

 

The audit committee of our board of directors oversees our accounting practices, system of internal controls, audit processes and financial reporting processes. Among other things, our audit committee is responsible for reviewing our disclosure controls and processes and the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls. It also discusses the scope and results of the audit with our independent registered public accounting firm, reviews with our management and our independent registered public accounting firm our interim and year-end operating results and, as appropriate, initiates inquiries into aspects of our financial affairs. Our audit committee is responsible for establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and for the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. In addition, our audit committee has sole and direct responsibility for the appointment, retention, compensation and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, including approving services and fee arrangements. Significant related party transactions will be approved by our audit committee before we enter into them, as required by applicable rules and listing standards.

 

95


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

 

Effective as of the completion of this offering, the members of our compensation committee will be Messrs. Codd and Ritter. Mr. Ritter will chair the compensation committee. The purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors relating to executive compensation policies and programs. Among other things, specific responsibilities of our compensation committee include evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer and determining our chief executive officer’s compensation. The compensation committee also determines the compensation of our other executive officers in consultation with our chief executive officer. In addition, our compensation committee administers our stock-based compensation plans, including granting equity awards and approving modifications of such awards. Our compensation committee also reviews and approves various other compensation policies and matters.

 

Nominating and Governance Committee

 

Effective as of the completion of this offering, the members of our nominating and governance committee will be Messrs. Armenante and Spain. Mr. Armenante will chair the nominating and governance committee. The nominating and governance committee oversees the nomination of directors, including, among other things, identifying, evaluating and making recommendations of nominees to our board of directors and evaluates the performance of our board of directors and individual directors. Our nominating and governance committee is also responsible for reviewing developments in corporate governance practices, evaluating the adequacy of our governance practices and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning corporate governance matters.

 

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

 

Effective as of the completion of this offering, our board of directors has adopted a code of ethics and business conduct. The code of ethics and business conduct will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors. Upon the completion of this offering, the full text of our code of ethics and business conduct will be posted on our website at www.veeva.com under the Investor Relations section. We intend to disclose future amendments to, or waiver of, our code of ethics and business conduct, at the same location on our website identified above and also in public filings. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

As noted above, the compensation committee of our board of directors will consist of Messrs. Codd and Ritter. During our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013, our compensation committee consisted of Messrs. Codd, Ritter and Spain. None of our executive officers serves, or served during our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has or has had one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or our compensation committee.

 

Director Compensation

 

The following table sets forth information about the compensation of the non-employee members of our board of directors who served as a director during our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, during our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013, we did not pay any fees to, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to or pay any other compensation to the non-employee

 

96


Table of Contents

members of our board of directors. Mr. Gassner, our Chief Executive Officer, receives no compensation for his service as a director, and is not included in the table below.

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
     Option  Awards
($) (1)
     Total
($)
 

Mark Armenante

                       

Ronald E.F. Codd (2)

     45,000         182,217         227,217   

Gordon Ritter

                       

Young Sohn

                       

Kevin Spain

                       

 

(1)  

The amount in this column represents the aggregate grant date fair value of an option award granted to Mr. Codd, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic No. 718. See note 11 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of the assumptions made by us in determining the grant date fair value of our equity awards.

(2)  

As of January 31, 2013, Mr. Codd held an outstanding option to purchase 156,250 shares of Class B common stock which represents the unexercised portion of an option granted in March 2012 for 312,500 shares of Class B common stock. Mr. Codd’s option was granted under our 2007 Stock Plan with an exercise price of $1.11 per share, in connection with his commencement of service as a member of our board of directors. This option vests over a five-year period, commencing on February 15, 2012, as follows: 20% of the Class B common stock underlying the option vested on February 15, 2013, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over four years thereafter. If we are subject to a change in control (defined as the consummation of a merger or our consolidation with or into another entity or our dissolution, liquidation or winding up) before Mr. Codd’s service as a director terminates, then the vested portion of the stock option will be determined by adding 24 months to his time of actual service. Notwithstanding the vesting schedule, the stock option was immediately exercisable in full as of the date of the grant, with the shares underlying the option subject to a lapsing right of repurchase until vested in favor of us at the exercise price.

 

Non-Employee Director Compensation

 

Prior to this offering, we generally have not provided any cash compensation to our non-employee directors for their service on our board of directors or committees of our board of directors, with the exception of the annual cash retainer that is paid to Mr. Codd in the amount of $35,000 for service on our board of directors and $10,000 for service on our audit committee. Mr. Codd’s cash compensation is paid in quarterly installments.

 

Although we granted an option to Mr. Codd in March 2012 in connection with the commencement of his service on our board of directors and our audit committee, as reflected in the table above, we do not have any established policy with regard to equity-based compensation of members of our board of directors. We have a policy of reimbursing our directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings.

 

97


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Fiscal 2013 Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table provides information concerning the compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer and our other next two most highly compensated executive officers for our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013. We refer to these individuals as our named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Peter P. Gassner

     2013         225,000                225,000   

Chief Executive Officer

          

Matthew J. Wallach

     2013         313,750         100,000 (1)       413,750   

President

          

Timothy S. Cabral

     2013         245,833                245,833   

Chief Financial Officer

          

 

(1)  

Represents amounts earned by Mr. Wallach in our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013 under his cash incentive bonus program.

 

Narrative Explanation of Certain Aspects of the Summary Compensation Table

 

The compensation paid to our named executive officers consists of the following components:

 

   

base salary;

 

   

performance-based cash bonuses; and

 

   

long-term incentive compensation in the form of stock options.

 

Base Salaries

 

In February 2013, the compensation committee of our board of directors approved an increase to the base salaries of each of our named executive officers, which were set as follows, effective as of March 1, 2013: Mr. Gassner—$275,000; Mr. Wallach—$450,000; and Mr. Cabral—$275,000. Mr. Wallach’s base salary remained at that level until the compensation committee of our board of directors, in connection with the grant of new long-term equity awards in March 2013 (as described in further detail below), determined that his base salary would be reduced to $275,000, effective April 1, 2013, so as to position all of our named executive officers at the same base salary level with the majority of their compensation in the form of stock options that vest over time.

 

Performance-Based Bonuses

 

During our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013, we did not maintain a formal bonus program for our named executive officers. We did, however, maintain a quarterly cash incentive bonus program for Mr. Wallach. Mr. Wallach’s bonus program was based on performance objectives established quarterly by Mr. Gassner. Achievement of the performance objectives was determined by Mr. Gassner following the close of each quarter during our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013.

 

Stock Options

 

We offer stock options to our employees, including our named executive officers, as the long-term incentive component of our compensation program. Our stock options allow our employees to purchase shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. In the past, our board

 

98


Table of Contents

of directors or compensation committee has determined the fair market value of our common stock based on inputs including valuation reports prepared by third-party valuation firms. We also have generally offered our employees the opportunity to purchase unvested shares subject to their options, while retaining a right to repurchase from the employee any shares that remain unvested if the employee’s services with us terminate prior to the date on which the options are fully vested, although such practice was discontinued for the most part in 2012. Additionally, our stock options granted to newly hired employees generally vest as to 20% of the total number of shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the hire date and in equal monthly installments over the following 48 months. None of our named executive officers were granted options in our fiscal year ended January 31, 2013.

 

In March 2013, the compensation committee of our board of directors granted stock options to each of our named executive officers, as well as to a significant number of our other employees. The grants to our named executive officers, in connection with the determination of their base salaries, were intended to strengthen the long-term component of each such officer’s compensation, provide further retention incentive for these officers and de-emphasize cash-based compensation. The March 2013 option grants, with an exercise price of $3.92 per share, were granted to each of our named executive officers in the following amounts:

 

Name

   Number
of  Shares

Underlying
Option
Grants
 

Peter P. Gassner

     3,333,333   

Matthew J. Wallach

     1,333,333   

Timothy S. Cabral

     1,333,333   

 

The stock options vest monthly over a five-year period following the vesting commencement date. The vesting commencement dates for the option grants will be February 1 of each of 2015, 2014 and 2014 for Messrs. Gassner, Wallach and Cabral, respectively.

 

None of our named executive officers is currently eligible for any change in control related benefits. For more information, see “—Severance and Change in Control Benefits” below.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2013 Year-End

 

The following table sets forth information regarding each unexercised option and all unvested restricted stock held by each of our named executive officers as of January 31, 2013.

 

The vesting schedule applicable to each outstanding award is described in the footnotes to the table below.

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
(#)
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
     Number of
Shares of Stock
That Have Not
Vested

(#)
    Market Value of
Shares of Stock
That Have Not
Vested (1)
($)
 

Peter P. Gassner

                            2,604,167 (2)    

Matthew J. Wallach

     1,500,000 (3)       0.05         9/29/2018                  

Timothy S. Cabral

     250,000 (4)       0.13         2/23/2020                  

 

(1)  

The market price for our Class B common stock is based on the assumed initial public offering price of the Class A common stock of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus.

(2)  

Represents the unvested portion of 5,208,333 shares of our Class B common stock that were purchased pursuant to the exercise of an option granted in May 2010, and which are subject to our right of repurchase at the exercise price. 1/48th of the shares vest upon the completion of each month of continuous service beginning on January 31, 2011.

(3)  

The shares subject to this option became fully vested as of July 31, 2012.

(4)  

Represents the unexercised portion of an option grant for 700,000 shares, which was exercisable in full as of the grant date but subject to our right of repurchase at the exercise price that lapses in accordance with the option’s vesting schedule. 1/4th of the shares subject to the option vested on February 21, 2011, and an additional 1/48th of the option shares vest upon the completion of each additional month of service thereafter.

 

99


Table of Contents

Severance and Change in Control Benefits

 

In connection with the commencement of their employment, we entered into offer letters with each of Messrs. Gassner, Wallach and Cabral. The offer letters entered into with Messrs. Gassner, Wallach and Cabral are similar to offer letters entered into with our other employees, and none of Messrs. Gassner, Wallach or Cabral have any contractual rights to receive severance in the event of a termination of their employment.

 

Additionally, none of our named executive officers is currently eligible for any change in control related benefits. Mr. Gassner was originally eligible for full vesting acceleration with respect to his stock option grant from May 2010 in the event his employment was involuntarily terminated within 12 months following a change in control of our company. However, at his request, the stock option was amended in February 2013 so that it is no longer eligible for such acceleration.

 

Retirement Benefits

 

We have established a 401(k) tax-deferred savings plan, which permits participants, including our named executive officers, to make contributions by salary deduction pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code). We are responsible for administrative costs of the 401(k) plan. We may, at our discretion, make matching contributions to the 401(k) plan. No employer contributions have been made to date.

 

Equity Plans

 

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Our board of directors adopted our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan in August 2013, and our stockholders approved it in                 . The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan became effective immediately on adoption although no awards may be made under it until the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, at which time our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will replace our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. No further grants will be made under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan following this offering. However, options outstanding under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

 

Share Reserve . The number of shares of our Class A common stock available for issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will equal the number of shares of our Class B common stock remaining and available for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part plus any shares of our Class B common stock subject to awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2007 Stock Plan on such date (such combined number not to exceed 30,789,290). For awards granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2007 Stock Plan, if shares subject to outstanding options expire or lapse unexercised, or shares issued pursuant to awards are forfeited or repurchased by us, then the corresponding shares will become available for issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will be increased automatically on the first business day of each of our fiscal years during the term of the plan, commencing in 2014, by a number equal to the least of:

 

   

13,750,000 shares;

 

   

5% of the shares of all classes of common stock outstanding on the last business day of the prior fiscal year; or

 

   

the number of shares determined by our board of directors.

 

In general, to the extent that any awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan are forfeited, terminated, expire, or we repurchase the shares subject to awards granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, those shares will again become available for issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as will shares applied to pay the exercise price of an option or satisfy tax withholding obligations related to any award. All share numbers described in this summary of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will automatically adjust in the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a reverse stock split.

 

100


Table of Contents

Administration . The compensation committee of our board of directors administers the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The committee has the complete discretion to make all decisions relating to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and outstanding awards, including repricing outstanding options and modifying outstanding awards.

 

Eligibility . Employees, non-employee directors and consultants are eligible to participate in our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Types of Awards . Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the following types of awards:

 

   

incentive and nonstatutory stock options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock;

 

   

stock appreciation rights;

 

   

restricted shares of our Class A common stock;

 

   

stock units; and

 

   

performance cash awards.

 

Options and Stock Appreciation Rights . The exercise price for options granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the option grant date. Optionees may pay the exercise price in cash, or with the consent of the compensation committee and as set forth in the applicable option grant:

 

   

with shares of common stock that the optionee already owns;

 

   

by an immediate sale of the option shares through a broker approved by us, if the shares of our Class A common stock are publicly traded;

 

   

by a net exercise procedure; or

 

   

by any other form or method consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules.

 

An optionee who exercises a stock appreciation right receives the increase in value of our Class A common stock over the exercise price. The exercise price for stock appreciation rights may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the grant date. The settlement value of a stock appreciation right may be paid in cash, shares of our Class A common stock, or a combination of both.

 

Options and stock appreciation rights vest as determined by the compensation committee at the time of the grant. In general, we grant options that vest over a five-year period following the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights expire at the time determined by the compensation committee, but in no event more than ten years after they are granted. They generally expire earlier if the participant’s service terminates earlier. No participant may receive options and stock appreciation rights under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan covering more than 6,800,000 shares in any fiscal year.

 

Restricted Shares and Stock Units . Restricted shares may be awarded under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan in return for any lawful consideration (and as set forth in the applicable award agreement) and stock units may be awarded under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan for no consideration. In general, these awards will be subject to vesting. Vesting may be based on length of service, the attainment of performance-based milestones, or a combination of both, as determined by the compensation committee. No participant may receive restricted shares and stock units covering more than 3,500,000 shares in any fiscal year. This annual limit is in addition to any stock options and stock appreciation rights the participant may receive during a fiscal year. Settlement of vested stock units may be made in cash, shares of Class A common stock, or a combination of both.

 

Performance Cash Awards . Performance cash awards may be granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan that qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the income tax deductibility limitations imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code, if the award is approved by our compensation committee and the grant

 

101


Table of Contents

or vesting of the award is tied solely to the attainment of performance goals during a designated performance period. No participant may be paid more than $2,000,000 in cash in any calendar year pursuant to a performance cash award granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Performance goals for the grant or vesting of performance cash awards, as well as stock performance based awards, granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following: annual contract subscription fee value (net of associated third-party royalties/payments or gross); bookings (annual or total contract value); calculated bookings; cash flow and free cash flow; cash margin; cash position; collections; committed annual recurring revenues; consulting utilization rates; costs of goods sold; customer renewals; customer retention rates from an acquired company, business unit or division; customer satisfaction or customer referenceability; deferred revenue; daily sales outstanding; earnings per share; gross margin; headcount; internal rate of return; margin contribution; market share; net income; net income after tax; net income before tax; net income before interest and tax; net income before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization; operating cash flow; operating expenses; operating income; operating margin; personnel retention or personnel hiring measures; product defect measures; product release timelines; product or research and development related measures; return on assets; return on capital; return on equity; return on investment and cash flow return on investment; return on sales; revenues; revenue backlog; revenue conversion from an acquired company, business unit or division; revenue per employee; sales results; stock price; stock performance; technical system performance measures; technical support incident measures; total stockholder return and working capital. Finally, to the extent a performance cash award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, the compensation committee may select other measures of performance.

 

Changes in Capitalization . In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure without our receipt of consideration, such as a stock split or reverse stock split, proportionate adjustments will automatically be made to the kind and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the kind and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, the kind and maximum number of shares subject to stock awards that can be granted to a participant in a calendar year (as established under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code), the kind and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options, the kind and number of shares covered by each outstanding option, stock appreciation right and stock unit and the exercise price applicable to each outstanding option and stock appreciation right and the repurchase price, if any, applicable to outstanding restricted shares. In the event that there is a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than our Class A common stock in an amount that has a material effect on the price of our Class A common stock, a recapitalization, a spin-off or a similar occurrence, the compensation committee may make such adjustments as it deems appropriate, in its sole discretion.

 

Corporate Transactions . In the event that we are a party to a merger, consolidation, or a change in control transaction, all outstanding stock awards will be governed by the terms of the definitive transaction agreement (or, in the event the transaction does not entail a definitive agreement to which we are a party, in a manner determined by the compensation committee). Such treatment may include any of the following actions with respect to each outstanding stock award:

 

   

the continuation, assumption or substitution of a stock award by a surviving entity or its parent;

 

   

the cancellation of the unvested portion of a stock award without payment of any consideration;

 

   

the cancellation of the vested portion of a stock award (and any portion that becomes vested as of the effective time of the transaction) in exchange for a payment equal to the excess, if any, of the value that the holder of each share of Class A common stock receives in the transaction over (if applicable) and the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award; or

 

   

the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us in respect of an award of restricted shares to the surviving entity or its parent (with proportionate adjustments made to the price per share to be paid upon exercise of such rights).

 

102


Table of Contents

If we are subject to a merger, consolidation or change in control transaction before a participant’s service terminates and an outstanding award is not continued, assumed or substituted, then a participant who is otherwise entitled to vesting acceleration that could be triggered as of a date following the effective time of the transaction as a result of a qualifying termination of service shall be deemed to be vested, as if all triggering events had occurred as of the effective time of the transaction.

 

For this purpose, a change in control transaction includes:

 

   

any person acquiring beneficial ownership of more than 50% of our total voting power;

 

   

the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

any merger or consolidation of us where our voting securities represent 50% or less of the total voting power of the surviving entity or its parent; or

 

   

individuals who are members of our board of directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of our board of directors over a period of 12 months.

 

The compensation committee is not obligated to treat all stock awards, or portions thereof, in the same manner.

 

Amendments or Termination . Our board of directors may, at any time and for any reason, amend or terminate the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. If our board of directors amends the plan, it does not need stockholder approval of the amendment unless applicable law so requires. The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate automatically ten years after the later of the date when our board of directors adopted the plan or the date when our board of directors most recently approved an increase in the number of shares reserved thereunder which was also approved by our stockholders.

 

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Our board of directors adopted our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan in November 2012, and our stockholders approved it in December 2012. An amendment and restatement of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan was approved by our board of directors in March 2013, and our stockholders approved it in March 2013. The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan became effective on adoption and replaced our 2007 Stock Plan. No further awards will be made under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan following this offering. However, awards outstanding under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan following this offering will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

 

Share Reserve . 3,268,746 shares of our Class B common stock were initially reserved for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, plus 3,250,565 shares that were remaining and available for issuance under the 2007 Stock Plan as of the effective date of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and 16,612,777 shares subject to awards under the 2007 Stock Plan as of the effective date of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Pursuant to an automatic increase of shares that occurred on February 1, 2013, 5,492,193 shares of our Class B common stock were added to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan’s share reserve. Additionally, in connection with the amendment and restatement of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan in March 2013, an additional 7,000,000 shares of our Class B common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

As of July 31, 2013, options to purchase 16,547,749 shares of our Class B common stock were outstanding under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. No other types of awards have been granted under the plan, as described below.

 

Administration . The compensation committee of our board of directors administers the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. The committee has the complete discretion to make all decisions relating to the plan and outstanding awards, including repricing outstanding options and modifying outstanding awards in other ways.

 

103


Table of Contents

Eligibility . Employees, non-employee directors and consultants are eligible to participate in our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Types of Awards . Our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the following types of awards:

 

   

incentive and nonstatutory stock options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock;

 

   

stock appreciation rights;

 

   

restricted shares of our Class B common stock;

 

   

stock units; and

 

   

performance cash awards.

 

Options and Stock Appreciation Rights . The exercise price for options granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class B common stock on the option grant date. Optionees may pay the exercise price in cash, or with the consent of the compensation committee and as set forth in the applicable option agreement:

 

   

with shares of common stock that the optionee already owns;

 

   

by an immediate sale of the option shares through a broker approved by us, if the shares of our common stock are publicly traded;

 

   

by a net exercise procedure; or

 

   

by any other form or method consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules.

 

An optionee who exercises a stock appreciation right receives the increase in value of our common stock over the exercise price. The exercise price for stock appreciation rights may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The settlement value of a stock appreciation right may be paid in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of both.

 

Options and stock appreciation rights vest as determined by the compensation committee at the time of the grant. In general, we grant options that vest over a five-year period following the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights expire at the time determined by the compensation committee, but in no event more than ten years after they are granted. They generally expire earlier if the participant’s service terminates earlier.

 

Restricted Shares and Stock Units . Restricted shares may be awarded under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan in return for any lawful consideration and stock units may be awarded under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan for no consideration. In general, these awards will be subject to vesting. Vesting may be based on length of service, the attainment of performance-based milestones, or a combination of both, as determined by the compensation committee. Settlement of vested stock units may be made in cash, shares of Class B common stock, or a combination of both.

 

Changes in Capitalization . In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure without our receipt of consideration, such as a stock split or reverse stock split, proportionate adjustments will automatically be made to the kind and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, the kind and maximum number of shares subject to stock awards that can be granted to a participant in a calendar year (as established under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code), the kind and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options, the kind and number of shares covered by each outstanding option, stock appreciation right and stock unit and the exercise price applicable to each outstanding option and stock appreciation right and the repurchase price, if any, applicable to outstanding restricted shares. In the event that there is a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than our Class B common stock in an amount that has a material effect on the price of our Class B common stock, a recapitalization, a spin-off or a similar occurrence, the compensation committee may make such adjustments as it deems appropriate, in its sole discretion.

 

104


Table of Contents

Corporate Transactions . In the event that we are a party to a merger, consolidation, or a change in control transaction, all outstanding stock awards will be governed by the terms of the definitive transaction agreement (or, in the event the transaction does not entail a definitive agreement to which we are a party, in a manner determined by the compensation committee). Such treatment may include any of the following actions with respect to each outstanding stock award:

 

   

the continuation, assumption or substitution of a stock award by a surviving entity or its parent;

 

   

the cancellation of the unvested portion of a stock award without payment of any consideration;

 

   

the cancellation of the vested portion of a stock award (and any portion that becomes vested as of the effective time of the transaction) in exchange for a payment equal to the excess, if any, of the value that the holder of each share of Class B common stock receives in the transaction over (if applicable) and the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award;

 

   

the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us in respect of an award of restricted shares to the surviving entity or its parent (with proportionate adjustments made to the price per share to be paid upon exercise of such rights); or

 

   

individuals who are members of our board of directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of our board of directors over a period of 12 months.

 

If we are subject to a merger, consolidation or change in control transaction before a participant’s service terminates and an outstanding award is not continued, assumed or substituted, then a participant who is otherwise entitled to vesting acceleration that could be triggered as of a date following the effective time of the transaction as a result of a qualifying termination of service shall be deemed to be vested, as if all triggering events had occurred as of the effective time of the transaction.

 

For this purpose, a change in control transaction includes:

 

   

any person acquiring beneficial ownership of more than 50% of our total voting power;

 

   

the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets; or

 

   

any merger or consolidation of us where our voting securities represent 50% or less of the total voting power of the surviving entity or its parent.

 

The compensation committee is not obligated to treat all stock awards, or portions thereof, in the same manner.

 

Amendments or Termination . Our board of directors may, at any time and for any reason, amend or terminate the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. If our board of directors amends the plan, it does not need stockholder approval of the amendment unless applicable law so requires. The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate automatically ten years after the later of the date when our board of directors adopted the plan or the date when our board of directors most recently approved an increase in the number of shares reserved thereunder which was also approved by our stockholders.

 

2007 Stock Plan

 

Our 2007 Stock Plan was adopted by our board of directors in February 2007, and our stockholders approved it in February 2007. No further awards have been made under our 2007 Stock Plan since the adoption of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, and no further awards will be made under our 2007 Stock Plan following this offering. However, awards outstanding under our 2007 Stock Plan following this offering will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

 

Share Reserve . As of July 31, 2013, options to purchase 8,857,794 shares of our Class B common stock were outstanding under the 2007 Stock Plan.

 

105


Table of Contents

Administration . The compensation committee of our board of directors administers the 2007 Stock Plan. The committee has the complete discretion to make all decisions relating to the plan and outstanding awards, including repricing outstanding options and modifying outstanding awards in other ways.

 

Eligibility . Employees, non-employee directors and consultants are eligible to participate in our 2007 Stock Plan.

 

Types of Awards . Our 2007 Stock Plan provides for the following types of awards granted with respect to shares of our Class B common stock:

 

   

incentive and nonstatutory stock options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock; and

 

   

direct award or sale of shares of our Class B common stock, including restricted shares.

 

Payment . The exercise price for options granted under the 2007 Stock Plan is determined by our board of directors or the compensation committee, but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class B common stock on the grant date. Optionees may pay the exercise price by using:

 

   

cash or cash equivalents;

 

   

shares of common stock that the optionee already owns;

 

   

a promissory note;

 

   

an immediate sale of the option shares through a broker approved by us, if the shares of our common stock are publicly traded; or

 

   

any other form permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended.

 

Shares may be awarded under the 2007 Stock Plan in consideration of services rendered to us prior to the award.

 

Changes in Capitalization . In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure without our receipt of consideration, such as a stock split or reverse stock split, proportionate adjustments will automatically be made to (i) the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2007 Stock Plan, (ii) the number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options, (iii) the number of shares covered by each outstanding option and (iv) the exercise price applicable to each outstanding option. In the event that there is a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than our Class B common stock in an amount that has a material effect on the price of our Class B common stock, a recapitalization, a spin-off or a similar occurrence, the compensation committee may make such adjustments as it deems appropriate, in its sole discretion.

 

Corporate Transactions . In the event that we are a party to a merger or consolidation, all outstanding options will be governed by the terms of the definitive transaction agreement (or, in the event the transaction does not entail a definitive agreement to which we are a party, in a manner determined by our board of directors). Unless an individual stock agreement provides otherwise, such treatment may include any of the following actions with respect to each outstanding options:

 

   

the continuation, assumption or substitution of an option by a surviving entity or its parent;

 

   

the cancellation of the unvested portion of an option without payment of any consideration; or

 

   

the cancellation of the vested portion of an option (and any portion that becomes vested as of the effective time of the transaction) in exchange for a payment equal to the excess, if any, of the value that the holder of each share of Class B common stock receives in the transaction over and the per share exercise price of the option.

 

If we are subject to a merger or consolidation before an optionee’s service terminates and an outstanding option is not continued, assumed or substituted, then an optionee who is otherwise entitled to vesting acceleration that could be triggered as of a date following the effective time of the transaction as a result of a qualifying termination of service shall be deemed to be vested, as if all triggering events had occurred as of the effective time of the transaction.

 

106


Table of Contents

Our board of directors is not obligated to treat all options, or portions thereof, in the same manner.

 

Amendments or Termination . Our board of directors may, at any time and for any reason, amend or terminate the 2007 Stock Plan. If our board of directors amends the plan, it does not need stockholder approval of the amendment unless the amendment increases the number of shares available for issuance or materially changes the class of persons eligible to receive incentive stock options. The 2007 Stock Plan will terminate automatically ten years after the later of the date when our board of directors adopted the plan or the date when our board of directors most recently approved an increase in the number of shares reserved thereunder which was also approved by our stockholders.

 

2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

Our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan was adopted by our board of directors in August 2013 and our stockholders approved it in                 . The 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become effective following this offering. Our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code.

 

Share Reserve . We have reserved 4,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock for issuance under the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will automatically be increased on the first business day of each of our fiscal years, commencing in 2014, by a number equal to the least of:

 

   

2,200,000 shares;

 

   

1% of the shares of all classes of common stock outstanding on the last business day of the prior fiscal year; or

 

   

the number of shares determined by our board of directors.

 

The number of shares reserved under the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will automatically be adjusted in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or a reverse stock split (including an adjustment to the per-purchase period share limit).

 

Administration . The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

Eligibility . All of our employees are eligible to participate if we employ them for more than 20 hours per week and for more than five months per year. Eligible employees may begin participating in the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan at the start of any offering period.

 

Offering Periods . Each offering period will last a number of months determined by the compensation committee, not to exceed 27 months. A new offering period will begin periodically, as determined by the compensation committee. Offering periods may overlap or may be consecutive. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee, two offering periods of six months’ duration will begin each fiscal year on June 16 and December 16. However, if so determined by the compensation committee, the first offering period may start on the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering and will end on June 15, 2014, with the first purchase date occurring on June 15, 2014.

 

Amount of Contributions . Our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits each eligible employee to purchase Class A common stock through payroll deductions. Each employee’s payroll deductions may not exceed 15% of the employee’s cash compensation. Each participant may purchase up to the number of shares determined by our board of directors on any purchase date, not to exceed 3,500 shares. Each participant may not hold rights to purchase stock under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year that the rights remain outstanding. Participants may withdraw their contributions at any time before stock is purchased.

 

107


Table of Contents

Purchase Price . The price of each share of Class A common stock purchased under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will not be less than 85% of the lower of:

 

   

the fair market value per share of Class A common stock on the first day of the applicable offering period or, in the case of the first offering period, the fair market value of the price at which one share of Class A common stock is offered to the public in this offering; or

 

   

the fair market value per share of Class A common stock on the purchase date.

 

Other Provisions . Employees may end their participation in the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan at any time. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us. If a change in control occurs and the acquirer does not continue or assume the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will terminate and shares will be purchased with the payroll deductions accumulated to date by participating employees. Our board of directors or the compensation committee may amend or terminate the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan at any time. If we increase the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, except for the automatic increases described above, then we must seek the approval of our stockholders. The 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will terminate automatically 20 years after its adoption by our board of directors, unless it is extended by our board of directors and such extension is approved by our stockholders within 12 months thereafter.

 

108


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

In addition to the compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers and the registration rights described elsewhere in this prospectus, the following is a description of each transaction since February 1, 2010 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

   

we have been or are to be a participant;

 

   

the amount involved exceeds or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of or person sharing the household with any of these individuals (other than tenants or employees), had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

Officer Loan

 

We entered in a full-recourse promissory note with Matthew J. Wallach, our President, in February 2011. Pursuant to this note, we loaned Mr. Wallach $250,000. This loan bore interest at the rate per annum of 0.51%, compounded annually. As of January 31, 2013, the outstanding balance of this loan was $252,497, including principal of $250,000 and total accrued interest of $2,497. This loan and all accrued interest were repaid in full by Mr. Wallach in April 2013.

 

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

 

We have entered into an investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of our convertible preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. These stockholders are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following this offering under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

Employment Arrangements with Immediate Family Members of Our Executive Officers and Directors

 

Ted Wallach, a brother of Matthew J. Wallach, our President, has been employed by us since September 2010. Ted Wallach serves as a senior product manager. During our fiscal years ended January 31, 2012 and 2013, Ted Wallach had total cash compensation, including base salary, bonus and other compensation, of $138,999 and $157,469, respectively.

 

Ted Wallach’s compensation level was based on reference to internal pay equity when compared to the compensation paid to employees in similar positions that were not related to our executive officers and directors. He was also eligible for equity awards on the same general terms and conditions as applicable to other employees in similar positions who were not related to our executive officers and directors.

 

Indemnification Agreements

 

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers and certain other key employees. The indemnification agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors, executive officers and such other key employees against any and all expenses incurred by that director, executive officer, or other key employee because of his or her status as one of our directors, executive officers, or other key employees, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws. In addition, the indemnification agreements will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, we will advance all expenses incurred by our directors, executive officers and other key employees in connection with a legal proceeding.

 

109


Table of Contents

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

 

Pursuant to our code of ethics and business conduct and audit committee charter, any related party transaction or series of transactions with an executive officer, director, or any of such persons’ immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount, either individually or in the aggregate, involved exceeds $120,000 must be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. All of our directors and executive officers are required to report to our audit committee any such related party transaction. In approving or rejecting the proposed transactions, our audit committee shall consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to the risks, costs and benefits to us, the terms of the transaction, the availability of other sources for comparable services or products and, if applicable, the impact on a director’s independence. Our audit committee shall approve only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances, are not inconsistent with our best interests, as our audit committee determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion.

 

Although we have not had a written policy prior to this offering for the review and approval of transactions with related persons, our board of directors has historically reviewed and approved any transaction where a director or officer had a financial interest, including the transactions described above. Prior to approving such a transaction, the material facts as to a director’s or officer’s relationship or interest as to the agreement or transaction were disclosed to our board of directors. Our board of directors would take this information into account when evaluating the transaction and in determining whether such transaction was fair to us and in the best interest of all of our stockholders.

 

110


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of July 31, 2013, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of Class A common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders in this offering, for:

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group;

 

   

each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock; and

 

   

all other selling stockholders.

 

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 112,532,440 shares of Class B common stock outstanding at July 31, 2013, assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,000,000 shares of our Class B common stock. For purposes of computing percentage ownership after this offering, we have assumed that                    shares of Class A common stock will be issued by us in this offering and that the underwriters will not exercise their right to purchase                      additional shares to cover over-allotments. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or that will become exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2013. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Veeva Systems Inc., 4637 Chabot Drive, Suite 210, Pleasanton, California 94588.

 

    Class B Shares
Beneficially

Owned Before
this Offering
    %Total
Voting
Power
Before
this
Offering (1)
    Number
Of
Shares
Being
Offered
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After this Offering
  % Total
Voting
Power After
this
Offering (1)
          Class A   Class B  

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Shares     %         Shares   %   Shares   %  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                 

Peter P. Gassner (2)

    15,208,333        13.5        13.5               

Matthew J. Wallach (3)

    3,500,000        3.1        3.1               

Timothy S. Cabral (4)

    700,000        *        *               

Mark Armenante (5)

    14,800,000        13.2        13.2               

Ronald E.F. Codd (6)

    312,500        *        *               

Gordon Ritter (7)

    35,000,000        31.1        31.1               

Young Sohn (8)

    14,450,000        12.8        12.8               

Kevin Spain (9)

    35,000,000        31.1        31.1               

All executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons) (10)

    84,345,833        74.9        74.9               

5% Stockholders:

                 

Emergence Capital Partners II, L.P. (11)

    35,000,000        31.1        31.1               

Craig Ramsey

    6,500,000        5.8        5.8               

Maja Ramsey (12)

    6,500,000        5.8        5.8               

Other Selling Stockholders:

                 

 

111


Table of Contents

 

*  

Less than 1 percent.

(1)  

Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A and Class B common stock, as a single class. The holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share, and holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. For more information about the voting rights of our Class A and Class B common stock, see “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock.”

(2)  

Includes (i) 10,000,000 shares of Class B common stock held directly by Mr. Gassner and (ii) 5,208,333 shares of Class B common stock held by Peter Gassner and Piyajit Gassner as Community Property, of which 1,844,618 shares may be repurchased by us at the original exercise price as of 60 days following July 31, 2013.

(3)  

Includes (i) 1,700,000 shares of Class B common stock held by Matt Wallach and Cristina Wallach JTWROS, (ii) 300,000 shares of Class B common stock held by the Matt Wallach 2012 Irrevocable Trust and (iii) 1,500,000 shares of Class B common stock held directly by Mr. Wallach.

(4)  

Includes (i) 450,000 shares of Class B common stock held by Tim Cabral & Julia Cabral as Community Property and (ii) 250,000 shares of Class B common stock issuable to Mr. Cabral pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2013, of which 147,916 shares were fully vested as of such date.

(5)  

Includes (i) 11,800,000 shares of Class B common stock held directly by Mr. Armenante, (ii) 1,000,000 shares of Class B common stock held by Mark A. Armenante and Elizabeth T. Armenante, Trustees of the Elizabeth T. Armenante Grantor Retained Annuity Trust dated May 20, 2013, (iii) 1,000,000 shares of Class B common stock held by Mark A. Armenante and Elizabeth T. Armenante, Trustees of the Mark A. Armenante Grantor Retained Annuity Trust dated May 20, 2013, (iv) 500,000 shares of Class B common stock held by the Christina E. Armenante Trust 2000 U/A dated July 14, 2000 and (v) 500,000 shares of Class B common stock held by the Andrew M. Armenante Trust 2000 U/A dated July 14, 2000.

(6)  

Includes (i) 156,250 shares of Class B common stock held directly by Mr. Codd, of which 57,292 shares may be repurchased by us at the original exercise price as of 60 days following July 31, 2013 and (ii) 156,250 shares of Class B common stock issuable to Mr. Codd pursuant to an option exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2013, of which none of the shares were vested as of such date.

(7)  

Consists of 35,000,000 shares of Class B common stock held by Emergence Capital Partners II, L.P. (ECP II), as reflected in footnote 11 below. Mr. Ritter, a member of our board of directors, is a member of Emergence GP Partners, LLC (EGP) and has shared voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares directly held by ECP II. Mr. Ritter disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(8)  

Consists of 13,450,000 shares of Class B common stock held directly by Ms. Sohn and (ii) 1,000,000 shares of Class B common stock held by Young Sohn Grantor Retained Annuity Trust dated May 21, 2013.

(9)  

Consists of 35,000,000 shares of Class B common stock held by ECP II, as reflected in footnote 11 below. Mr. Spain, a member of our board of directors, is a partner of Emergence Equity Partners II, L.P. (EEP II) and has shared voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares directly held by ECP II. Mr. Spain disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(10)  

Includes (i) 83,970,833 shares of Class B common stock beneficially owned by the directors and named executive officers as reflected in footnotes 2 through 9, (ii) 75,000 shares of Class B common stock held directly by an executive officer who is not a named executive officer and (iii) 300,000 shares of Class B common stock issuable to such officer pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2013, of which none of the shares were vested as of such date. Of the shares of Class B common stock held directly by that executive officer, all of such shares may be repurchased by us at the original exercise price as of 60 days following July 31, 2013.

(11)  

Consists of 35,000,000 shares held by ECP II. EEP II is the sole general partner of ECP II and EGP is the sole general partner of EEP II. Jason Green, Brian Jacobs and Gordon Ritter are members of EGP and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by each of these entities. Kevin Spain is a partner of EEP II and shares voting and dispositive power over the shares held by ECP II. Mr. Ritter and Mr. Spain are also members of our board of directors. Each member disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of ECP II is 160 Bovet Road, Suite 300, San Mateo, California 94402.

(12)  

Consists of 6,500,000 shares of Class B common stock held by Maja Ramsey, as Trustee of the Maja Ramsey Revocable Trust, dated August 27, 2012.

 

112


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

A description of our capital stock and the material terms and provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering and affecting the rights of holders of our capital stock is set forth below. The forms of our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws to be adopted in connection with this offering will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement relating to this prospectus.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, our restated certificate of incorporation will provide for two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                     shares, all with a par value of $0.00001 per share, of which:

 

   

                     shares are designated Class A common stock;

 

   

                     shares are designated Class B common stock; and

 

   

                     shares are designated preferred stock.

 

As of July 31, 2013, and after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into Class B common stock in connection with this offering, there were outstanding:

 

   

no shares of our Class A common stock;

 

   

112,532,440 shares of our Class B common stock held by approximately 110 stockholders; and

 

   

25,405,543 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options.

 

Common Stock

 

Dividend Rights

 

Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and only then at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See “Dividend Policy” for more information.

 

Voting Rights

 

The holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share, and holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by our restated certificate of incorporation or law. Delaware law could require either holders of our Class A common stock or our Class B common stock to vote separately as a single class in the following circumstances:

 

   

if we were to seek to amend our restated certificate of incorporation to increase the authorized number of shares of a class of stock, or to increase or decrease the par value of a class of stock, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment; and

 

   

if we were to seek to amend our restated certificate of incorporation in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences or special rights of a class of stock in a manner that affected its holders adversely, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment.

 

We anticipate that our restated certificate of incorporation will require the approval of a majority of our outstanding Class B common stock voting as a separate class of any transaction that would result in a change in control of our company.

 

113


Table of Contents

Stockholders do not have the ability to cumulate votes for the election of directors. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of approximately equal size, each serving staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

 

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

 

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

 

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

 

Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders are distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights and payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

Conversion

 

Each outstanding share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, which occurs upon the completion of this offering, except for certain permitted transfers described in our restated certificate of incorporation, including transfers to any “permitted transferee” as defined in our restated certificate of incorporation, which includes, among others, transfers:

 

   

to trusts, corporations, limited liability companies, partnerships, foundations or similar entities established by a Class B stockholder, provided that:

 

   

such transfer is to entities established by a Class B stockholder where the Class B stockholder retains the exclusive right to vote and direct the disposition of the shares of Class B common stock; or

 

   

such transfer does not involve payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration to the Class B stockholder.

 

Once converted into Class A common stock, a share of Class B common stock may not be reissued.

 

All the outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock will convert automatically into shares of a single class of common stock upon the earliest to occur of the following: (i) upon the election of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Class B common stock or (ii) the date that is 10 years from the date of this prospectus. Following such conversion, each share of common stock will have one vote per share and the rights of the holders of all outstanding common stock will be identical. Once converted into a single class of common stock, the Class A and Class B common stock may not be reissued.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, but we will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors also can increase or decrease the number of shares of any series, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely

 

114


Table of Contents

affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

Options

 

As of July 31, 2013, we had options to purchase 25,405,543 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding pursuant to our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2007 Stock Plan.

 

Registration Rights

 

Following this offering, certain holders of shares of our outstanding Class B common stock will be entitled to certain rights with respect to registration of such shares under the Securities Act. These shares are referred to as registrable securities. The holders of these registrable securities possess registration rights pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement (IRA), which are described in additional detail below. We, along with Emergence Capital Partners II, L.P., Mark Armenante, Craig Ramsey and Young Sohn, and their affiliated entities are parties to the IRA. We originally entered into the IRA in connection with our Series A financing in February 2007 and amended it in connection with our Series B financing.

 

Demand Registration Rights

 

Under our IRA, upon the written request of certain of the holders of the registrable securities then outstanding that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act with an anticipated aggregate price to the public of at least $20.0 million, we will be obligated to use our commercially reasonable efforts to register the sale of all registrable securities that holders may request in writing to be registered within 20 days of the mailing of a notice by us to all holders of such registration. These demand registration rights became exerciseable after May 16, 2013. We are required to effect no more than two registration statements which are declared or ordered effective, subject to certain exceptions. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 120 days once in a 12-month period if in the good faith judgment of our board of directors such registration would be seriously detrimental to us, and we are not required to effect the filing of a registration statement during the period beginning 90 days prior to our good faith estimate of the date of the filing of, and ending on a date 180 days following the effective date of, a registration initiated by us.

 

Piggyback Registration Rights

 

If we register any of our securities for public sale, we will have to use all commercially reasonable efforts to register all registrable securities that the holders of such securities request in writing be registered within 20 days of mailing of notice by us to all holders of the proposed registration. However, this right does not apply to a registration relating to any of our stock plans, the offer and sale of debt securities, a corporate reorganization or other transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, or a registration on any registration form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the registrable securities. The managing underwriter of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit, due to marketing reasons, the number of shares registered by these holders to 20% of the total shares covered by the registration statement, except for in this offering, in which these holders may be excluded if the underwriters determine that the sale of their shares may jeopardize the success of the offering.

 

Form S-3 Registration Rights

 

The holders of the registrable securities can request that we register all or a portion of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $5 million. We are required to file no more than one registration statement on

 

115


Table of Contents

Form S-3 upon exercise of these rights per 12-month period, subject to certain exceptions. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 120 days once in a 12-month period if in the good faith judgment of our board of directors such registration would be seriously detrimental to us.

 

Registration Expenses

 

We will pay all expenses incurred in connection with each of the registrations described above, except for underwriting discounts and commissions. However, we will not pay for any expenses of any demand or Form S-3 registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of a majority of the holders of the registrable securities to be registered, subject to limited exceptions.

 

Expiration of Registration Rights

 

The registration rights described above will survive this offering and will terminate as to any stockholder at such time as all of such stockholders’ securities (together with any affiliate of the stockholder with whom such stockholder must aggregate its sales) could be sold without compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144 or following a deemed liquidation event under our current restated certificate of incorporation, but in any event no later than the three-year anniversary of this offering.

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions

 

Delaware Law

 

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. This section prevents some Delaware corporations from engaging, under some circumstances, in a business combination, which includes a merger or sale of at least 10% of the corporation’s assets with any interested stockholder, meaning a stockholder who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock, unless:

 

   

the transaction is approved by the board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder; or

 

   

subsequent to such time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have not opted out of these provisions. As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions

 

Upon the completion of this offering, our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of our management team, including the following:

 

   

Separate Class B Vote for Change in Control Transactions . As described above in “—Common Stock—Voting Rights,” any transaction that would result in a change in control of our company will require the approval of a majority of our outstanding Class B common stock voting as a separate class. This provision could delay or prevent the approval of a change in control that might otherwise be approved by a majority of outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock voting together on a combined basis.

 

116


Table of Contents
   

Dual Class Stock . As described above in “—Common Stock—Voting Rights,” our restated certificate of incorporation will provide for a dual class common stock structure, which provides our executive officers and directors and their affiliates with the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the shares of our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock. These matters include the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. Current investors, executives and employees will also have the ability to exercise significant influence over those matters.

 

   

Supermajority Approvals . Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws initially will not provide that certain amendments to our restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws by stockholders will require the approval of two-thirds of the combined vote of our then-outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock. However, when the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock represent less than a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock, certain amendments to our restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws by stockholders will require the approval of two-thirds of the combined vote of our then-outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock. This will have the effect of making it more difficult to amend our restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws to remove or modify any existing provisions.

 

   

Board of Directors Vacancies . Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize our board of directors to fill vacant directorships. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be set only by resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions will prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees.

 

   

Classified Board . Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors, each of whom will hold office for a three-year term. In addition, directors may only be removed from the board of directors for cause and only by the approval of two-thirds of the combined vote of our then-outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock. The existence of a classified board could delay a successful tender offeror from obtaining majority control of our board of directors, and the prospect of that delay might deter a potential offeror.

 

   

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders . Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders will not be able to take action by written consent, and will only be able to take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. Stockholders will not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of directors. Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority vote of our entire board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors or our chief executive officer.

 

   

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations . Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at any meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our meetings of stockholders.

 

   

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock . Our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the holders of Class A common stock, to issue up to                 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by the board of directors and approved by a majority of the holders of Class B common stock. The

 

117


Table of Contents
 

existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

 

Choice of Forum

 

Upon the completion of this offering, our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A and Class B common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, and the telephone number is (800) 937-5449.

 

Listing

 

We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “VEEV.”

 

118


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Before this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our Class A common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market following this offering or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our Class A common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Following this offering, we will have outstanding                     shares of our Class A common stock and 112,532,440 shares of our Class B common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of July 31, 2013. This includes                     shares of Class A common stock that we and the selling stockholders are selling in this offering, which shares may be resold in the public market immediately, and assumes no additional exercise of outstanding options other than as described elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The remaining                     shares of common stock that are not sold in this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

 

In addition, substantially all of our security holders have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our capital stock until at least 181 days after the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our investors’ rights agreement described above under “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, based on an assumed offering date of             , 2013,                 shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus, the                 shares sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

   

beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus,                 additional shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which                 shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below; and

 

   

the remainder of the shares will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

Our executive officers, directors and stockholders holding substantially all of our outstanding capital stock have agreed with the underwriters or us, not to dispose of any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. In addition, substantially all other holders of our common stock and options have previously entered into market stand-off agreements with us not to sell or otherwise transfer any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period that extends until 181 days after the date of this prospectus.

 

See “Underwriting” for a more complete description of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our restricted common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, and we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, for at least 90 days before the sale. In

 

119


Table of Contents

addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not an affiliate of ours and has held their shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the completion of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available. Persons who have beneficially owned shares of our restricted common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of Class A common shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately                 shares immediately after this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, based on the number of common shares outstanding as of July 31, 2013; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

 

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

 

Rule 701

 

Any of our service providers who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract prior to this offering may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701, as currently in effect, permits resales of shares, including by affiliates, in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period requirement, of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell such shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares if such resale is done under Rule 701. All Rule 701 shares are, however, subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration of these lock-up agreements.

 

Registration Rights

 

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of                      shares of our Class B common will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of the sale of the Class A common stock into which these shares are convertible under the Securities Act. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” All such shares are covered by lock-up agreements. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by our affiliates.

 

Form S-8 Registration Statements

 

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of common stock subject to options outstanding, as well as reserved for future issuance, under our stock plans. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. However, none of the shares registered on Form S-8 will be eligible for resale until the expiration of the lock-up agreements to which they are subject.

 

120


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, nor does it address any tax consequences arising under any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws, the U.S. federal estate tax or gift tax rules (except to the limited extent set forth below) or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), all as in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of shares of our common stock, or that any such contrary position would not be sustained by a court.

 

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase shares of our Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold shares of our Class A common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of that holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including, without limitation:

 

   

banks, thrifts and other financial institutions;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

partnerships, S corporations and other pass-through entities;

 

   

real estate investment trusts;

 

   

regulated investment companies;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations;”

 

   

“passive foreign investment companies;”

 

   

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

   

certain former citizens or permanent residents of the United States;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

persons that hold or receive shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our outstanding common stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

persons holding shares of our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment; or

 

   

persons deemed to sell shares of our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

 

121


Table of Contents

If a partnership (or other entity taxed as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold shares of our common stock and partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the specific U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of acquiring, owning or disposing of shares of our common stock.

 

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF SHARES OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES, ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

 

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

 

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of shares of our Class A common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any of the following:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (i) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust, or (ii) that has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Distributions on Our Class A Common Stock

 

As described above under “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on shares of our Class A common stock. If, however, we do make distributions of cash or property on shares of our Class A common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of our Class A common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Gain on Sale or Disposition of Shares of Our Class A Common Stock.” Any distribution on our Class A common stock would also be subject to the discussion below in “—Additional Withholding and Information Reporting Requirements.” Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of shares of our Class A common stock generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate unless such non-U.S. holder qualifies for an exemption from or a reduction in the rate of withholding and provides us or our agent, as the case may be, with the appropriate IRS Form W-8, such as:

 

   

IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, that the non-U.S. holder is entitled to an exemption from or a reduction in the rate of withholding of tax under an applicable income tax treaty; or

 

   

IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, that a dividend paid on such Class A common stock is not subject to withholding of tax because it is effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States of the non-U.S. holder (in which case such dividend generally will be subject to regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates as described below).

 

The certification requirement described above must be provided to us or our agent prior to the payment of dividends and may be required to be updated periodically. This certification also may require a non-U.S. holder that

 

122


Table of Contents

provides an IRS form or that claims treaty benefits to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number. Special certification and other requirements apply in the case of certain non-U.S. holders that are intermediaries or pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Each non-U.S. holder is urged to consult its own tax advisor about the specific methods for satisfying these requirements. A claim for exemption will not be valid if the person receiving the applicable form has actual knowledge or reason to know that the statements on the form are false. If dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States of a non-U.S. holder (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such non-U.S. Holder in the United States), the non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from the withholding of tax described above (provided that the certifications described above are satisfied), generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States. In addition, if a non-U.S. Holder is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the non-U.S. Holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” equal to 30% (unless reduced by an applicable income treaty) of its earnings and profits in respect of such effectively connected dividend income. If a non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, the holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amount withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

 

Gain on Sale or Disposition of Shares of Our Class A Common Stock

 

Subject to the discussion below in “—Additional Withholding and Information Reporting Requirements,” in general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or disposition of shares of our Class A common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the sale or disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

shares of our Class A common stock constitute a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (USRPHC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of (i) the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or disposition of shares of our Class A common stock, or (ii) the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, the gain described in the first exception above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person. A non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as is specified by an applicable tax treaty). Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

The gain described in the second exception above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate as is specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

 

With respect to the third exception above, we would be a USRPHC if interests in U.S. real property comprised (by fair market value) at least half of our business assets. We believe that we currently are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, however, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. In the event we do become a USRPHC, as long as shares of our Class A common stock are regularly traded on an established securities market, shares of our Class A common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only with respect to a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively held more than 5% of shares of our Class A common stock at any time during

 

123


Table of Contents

the shorter of (i) the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or disposition of shares of our Class A common stock, or (ii) the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Additional Withholding and Information Reporting Requirements

 

Legislation enacted in March 2010 (commonly referred to as FATCA) generally will impose a 30% withholding tax on U.S. source dividends and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock or property that is capable of producing U.S. source dividends paid to (i) a foreign financial institution (as defined in Section 1471(d)(4) of the Code) unless such foreign financial institution enters into a reporting agreement with the IRS, or otherwise complies with any obligations resulting from the United States entering into an intergovernmental agreement with the jurisdiction in which the foreign financial institution is resident, to collect and disclose certain information regarding its U.S. account holders (which, for this purpose, can include certain debt and equity holders of such foreign financial institution as well as the direct and indirect owners of financial accounts maintained by such institution) and satisfies certain other requirements, and (ii) certain other non-U.S. entities unless such an entity provides the payor with information regarding certain direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, or certifies that it has no such U.S. owners, and complies with certain other requirements. Under certain phase-in rules, the FATCA withholding rules would apply to certain payments, including dividend payments on our Class A common stock, if any, paid after December 31, 2013, and to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other dispositions of our Class A common stock paid after December 31, 2016. These new FATCA withholding rules apply regardless of whether a payment would otherwise be exempt from the withholding of tax described above in respect of distributions on and dispositions of our Class A common stock. Each non-U.S. holder is urged to consult its own tax advisor about the possible impact of these rules on their investment in our Class A common stock, and the entities through which they hold our Class A common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of this 30% withholding of tax under FATCA.

 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our Class A common stock paid to the holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to the distributions. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence, organization or incorporation. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate, currently 28%, with respect to dividends on our Class A common stock. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above in “—Distributions on Our Class A Common Stock,” generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding. Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a U.S. broker or a non-U.S. broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors about the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

 

Federal Estate Tax

 

Class A common stock owned (or treated as owned) by an individual who is not a citizen or a resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate or other tax treaty provides otherwise, and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

 

124


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $         a share under the initial public offering price. Any underwriter may allow a concession not in excess of $         a share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

 

We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                     additional shares of Class A common stock at the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of Class A common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

125


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                     shares of our Class A common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

   $                $                $            

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by:

        

Us

   $                $                $            

The selling stockholders

   $                $                $            

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $                $                $            

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $                $                $            

 

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $         million, which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration and listing of our Class A common stock.

 

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered by them.

 

We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “VEEV.”

 

We, all of our directors and executive officers and substantially all of our stockholders have agreed with Morgan Stanley & Co., LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. that we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock or Class B common stock;

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Class A common stock or Class B common stock, whether any such transaction described in these first two bullets is to be settled by delivery of Class A common stock, Class B common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise;

 

   

in the case of our stockholders, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock or Class B common stock;

 

   

in our case, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock or Class B common stock, except for the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 relating to the offering of securities in accordance with the terms of plans in effect on the date hereof; or

 

   

in our case, make any public announcement of any intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph shall not apply to:

 

   

the sale of shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

   

transfers of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock or Class B common stock by a security holder as a bona fide gift;

 

126


Table of Contents
   

distributions or transfers of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock or Class B common stock by a security holder that is a corporation, partnership or other business entity to general or limited partners, members or stockholders of the security holder or to any investment fund or other business entity controlled or managed by the security holder;

 

   

transfers of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock or Class B common stock by will or intestate succession or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the security holder or any member of the security holder’s immediate family;

 

   

the exercise of options granted under our equity incentive plans disclosed in this prospectus, provided that the shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock delivered upon such exercise are subject to the restrictions set forth above and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is required or voluntarily made in connection with such exercise;

 

   

transfers of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock or Class B common stock by security holders to us pursuant to agreements under which we have the option to repurchase such shares or a right of first refusal with respect to the transfers of such shares;

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), for the transfer of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of Class A common stock or Class B common stock during the 180-day restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required or voluntarily made during the 180-day restricted period by or on behalf of us or the security holder; and

 

   

transfers of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock to us as forfeitures to satisfy tax withholding and remittance obligations of the security holder in connection with the vesting or exercise of equity awards granted pursuant to our equity incentive plans disclosed in this prospectus, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is required or voluntarily made in connection with such transfer;

 

provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to the second, third and fourth bullets above, it shall be a condition of the transfer or distribution that each transferee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a copy of the lock-up agreement prior to or upon such transfer, such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock shall be required or shall be made voluntarily during the restricted period. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

 

In order to facilitate this offering of the Class A common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Class A common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. In addition, to

 

127


Table of Contents

stabilize the price of the Class A common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Class A common stock in the open market. The underwriting syndicate also may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the Class A common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed Class A common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the Class A common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the Class A common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

We, the selling stockholders and the several underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of Class A common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they will receive customary fees and expenses.

 

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise). The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

Pricing of the Offering

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market for the shares will develop, or that after the offering the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

 

Selling Restrictions

 

European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the

 

128


Table of Contents

Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Member State it has not made and will not make an offer of securities to the public in that Member State, except that it may, with effect from and including such date, make an offer of securities to the public in that Member State:

 

   

at any time to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

   

at any time to any legal entity which has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

 

   

at any time in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of the above, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in that Member State.

 

United Kingdom

 

This prospectus and any other material in relation to the shares described herein is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospective Directive (qualified investors) that also (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (Order), (ii) who fall within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order or (iii) to whom it may otherwise lawfully be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase or otherwise acquire such shares will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

 

Hong Kong

 

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571 Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

Singapore

 

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be

 

129


Table of Contents

offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (SFA), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (iii) by operation of law.

 

Japan

 

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

 

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of the shares.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

 

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and

has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

130


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the shares of Class A common stock being offered will be passed upon for us by Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, Redwood City, California. Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

 

EXPERTS

 

Our consolidated financial statements as of January 31, 2012 and 2013, and for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended January 31, 2013, have been included herein in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus contains all information about us and our common stock that may be material to an investor in this offering. The registration statement includes exhibits to which you should refer for additional information about us.

 

You may inspect a copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement without charge at the offices of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of the registration statement from the public reference section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 upon the payment of the prescribed fees. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants like us that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect our registration statement on this website.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Act and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.veeva.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

 

131


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Veeva Systems Inc.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Veeva Systems Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of January 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Veeva Systems Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Santa Clara, California

June 26, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     January 31,     

July 31,

     Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity
July 31,
 
     2012      2013      2013      2013  
                   (Unaudited)  

Assets

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,880       $ 31,890       $ 38,608      

Short-term investments

             14,276         14,267      

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $300, $305 and $562 (unaudited), respectively

     20,567         37,094         38,883      

Deferred income taxes

     511         1,169         1,675      

Income tax receivable

     1,052         1,111         106      

Note receivable—related party

     250         253              

Other current assets

     404         1,097         2,740      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total current assets

     39,664         86,890         96,279      

Property and equipment, net

     824         1,379         2,146      

Capitalized internal-use software, net

     590         880         970      

Goodwill

                     4,709      

Intangible assets

                     7,377      

Other long-term assets

     336         671         1,139      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total assets

   $ 41,414       $ 89,820       $ 112,620      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

           

Current liabilities:

           

Accounts payable

   $ 1,513       $ 3,340       $ 1,325      

Accrued expenses

     6,770         6,981         11,443      

Income tax payable

             5,183         195      

Deferred revenue

     17,925         38,785         48,260      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total current liabilities

     26,208         54,289         61,223      

Deferred income taxes, noncurrent

     422         441         2,548      

Other long-term liabilities

     681         1,124         1,449      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total liabilities

     27,311         55,854         65,220      

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

           

Stockholders’ equity:

           

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value; 60,000,000 shares authorized; 60,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at January 31, 2012 and 2013 and July 31, 2013 (unaudited), respectively

     2,996         2,996         2,996       $   

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value; 26,562,500 shares authorized; 25,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at January 31, 2012 and 2013 and July 31, 2013 (unaudited), respectively

     3,937         3,937         3,937           

Common stock, $0.00001 par value; 140,000,000 shares authorized; 22,620,207, 24,843,851, 27,532,440 and 112,532,440 shares issued and outstanding at January 31, 2012 and 2013 and July 31, 2013 (unaudited) and pro forma (unaudited) (including 2,616,666 shares subject to repurchase, legally issued and outstanding as of July 31, 2013), respectively

                             1   

Additional paid-in capital

     1,026         2,101         4,694         11,626   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

             5         3         3   

Retained earnings

     6,144         24,927         35,770         35,770   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     14,103         33,966       $ 47,400       $ 47,400   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 41,414       $ 89,820       $ 112,620      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013     2012      2013  
                         (Unaudited)  

Revenues:

             

Subscription services

   $     19,573       $     32,613       $     73,280      $     29,202       $     62,000   

Professional services and other

     9,556         28,649         56,268        24,762         30,369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     29,129         61,262         129,548        53,964         92,369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of revenues (1) :

             

Cost of subscription services

     5,236         8,768         18,852        7,749         14,898   

Cost of professional services and other

     7,081         20,288         38,164        16,650         21,954   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     12,317         29,056         57,016        24,399         36,852   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     16,812         32,206         72,532        29,565         55,517   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses (1) :

             

Research and development

     3,637         7,750         14,638        6,341         11,884   

Sales and marketing

     5,571         12,279         19,490        7,988         17,272   

General and administrative

     2,513         5,539         8,371        3,349         8,350   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     11,721         25,568         42,499        17,678         37,506   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     5,091         6,638         30,033        11,887         18,011   

Other income (expense), net

     173         15         (940     (411      (564
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     5,264         6,653         29,093        11,476         17,447   

Provision for income taxes

     1,355         2,423         10,310        4,126         6,604   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 3,909       $ 4,230       $ 18,783      $ 7,350       $ 10,843   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

   $ 428       $ 599       $ 3,480      $ 1,269       $ 2,222   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

             

Basic

   $ 0.03       $ 0.03       $ 0.17      $ 0.07       $ 0.09   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.02       $ 0.02       $ 0.11      $ 0.04       $ 0.06   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

             

Basic

     13,156         17,655         20,887        19,380         23,440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

     20,154         24,776         30,599        28,556         35,833   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

             

Basic

         $ 0.17         $ 0.10   
        

 

 

      

 

 

 

Diluted

         $ 0.16         $ 0.09   
        

 

 

      

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

             

Basic

           105,887           108,440   
        

 

 

      

 

 

 

Diluted

           115,599           120,833   
        

 

 

      

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income:

             

Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale investments

   $       $       $ 5      $       $ (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 3,909       $ 4,230       $ 18,788      $ 7,350       $ 10,840   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (CONTINUED)

(In thousands)

 

 

(1)  

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,      Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
         2011              2012              2013          2012      2013  
                          (Unaudited)  

Cost of revenues:

              

Cost of subscription services

   $       $ 1       $ 3       $ 1       $ 9   

Cost of professional services and other

     9         63         120         51         228   

Research and development

     30         106         238         90         466   

Sales and marketing

     43         99         140         63         482   

General and administrative

     87         165         214         104         765   

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Common Stock      Additional
Paid-in
Capital
     Retained
Earnings

(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other

Comprehensive
Income
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
     Series A and B               
     Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount            

Balance at January 31, 2010

     85,000,000       $ 6,933         12,438,461       $       $ 78       $ (1,995   $      $ 5,016   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                     3,095,622                 79                       79   

Issuance of common stock upon early exercise of stock options

                     6,365,000                                         

Stock-based compensation expense

                                     169                       169   

Net income

                                             3,909               3,909   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at January 31, 2011

     85,000,000       $ 6,933         21,899,083       $       $ 326       $ 1,914      $      $ 9,173   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                     637,167                 6                       6   

Issuance of common stock upon early exercise of stock options

                     83,957                                         

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                260                       260   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                     434                       434   

Net income

                                             4,230               4,230   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at January 31, 2012

     85,000,000       $ 6,933         22,620,207       $       $ 1,026       $ 6,144      $      $ 14,103   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                     1,481,017                 136                       136   

Issuance of common stock upon early exercise of stock options

                     742,627                                         

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                     224                       224   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                     715                       715   

Unrealized gain on investments

                                                    5        5   

Net income

                                             18,783               18,783   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at January 31, 2013

     85,000,000       $ 6,933         24,843,851       $       $ 2,101       $ 24,927      $ 5      $ 33,966   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                     2,511,423                 377                       377   

Issuance of common stock upon early exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                     177,166                                         

Vesting of early exercised stock options (unaudited)

                                     248                       248   

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                     1,968                       1,968   

Unrealized (loss) on investments (unaudited)

                                                    (2     (2

Net income (unaudited)

                                             10,843               10,843   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at July 31, 2013 (unaudited)

     85,000,000       $ 6,933         27,532,440       $       $ 4,694       $ 35,770      $ 3      $ 47,400   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
                       (Unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities

          

Net income

   $ 3,909      $ 4,230      $ 18,783      $ 7,350      $ 10,843   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

          

Depreciation and amortization

     219        407        789        362        778   

Amortization of premiums on short-term investments

                   101        —          178   

Stock-based compensation

     169        434        715        309        1,950   

Deferred income taxes

     (619     530        (639     (255     (173

Bad debt expense

            300        540        222        282   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Accounts receivable

     (5,468     (12,838     (17,067     (1,653     (435

Income taxes

     (64     (988     5,124        838        (3,983

Other current and non-current assets

     (90     (296     (593     92        (893

Accounts payable

     430        416        1,747        (156     (2,103

Accrued expenses

     579        4,784        (4     822        4,139   

Deferred revenue

     5,403        7,511        20,860        6,607        9,353   

Long-term liabilities

     435        246        443        (442     325   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     4,903        4,736        30,799        14,096        20,261   

Cash flows from investing activities

          

Purchases of short-term investments

                   (14,372     —          (2,771

Maturities and sales of investments

                          —          2,600   

Purchases of property and equipment

     (426     (650     (964     (454     (1,101

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     —          —          —          —          (12,149

Payments for capitalized internal-use software

     (156     (543     (590     (333     (293

Proceeds from (issuance of) note receivable—related party

            (250     (3     (2     253   

Payments for restricted cash and deposits

     (75     (240     (435     (295     3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (657     (1,683     (16,364     (1,084     (13,458

Cash flows from financing activities

          

Proceeds from early exercise of common stock options

     808        43        439        226        67   

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

     79        6        136        41        377   

Payments of initial public offering costs

                                 (529
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     887        49        575        267        (85
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     5,133        3,102        15,010        13,279        6,718   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     8,645        13,778        16,880        16,880        31,890   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 13,778      $ 16,880      $ 31,890      $ 30,159      $ 38,608   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of other cash flow information

          

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 1,663      $ 2,636      $ 5,659      $ 3,389      $ 9,986   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

          

Property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $      $      $ 80      $ 79      $ 26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vesting of early exercised stock options

   $      $ 260      $ 224      $ 124      $ 248   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1.    Description of Business

 

Veeva is a leading global provider of industry-specific, cloud-based software solutions for the life sciences industry. Our solutions enable pharmaceutical and other life sciences companies to realize the benefits of modern cloud-based architectures and mobile applications for their most critical business functions, without compromising industry-specific functionality or regulatory compliance. Our customer relationship management solutions enable our customers to increase the productivity and compliance of their sales and marketing functions. Our regulated content management and collaboration solutions enable our customers to more efficiently manage a range of highly regulated, content-centric processes across the enterprise.

 

Note 2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

 

The consolidated financial statements include accounts of our wholly owned subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions.

 

Fiscal Year End

 

Our fiscal year end is January 31. References to fiscal 2013, for example, refer to our fiscal year ending January 31, 2013.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include:

 

   

the best estimate of selling price of the deliverables included in multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements;

 

   

the realizability of deferred income tax assets;

 

   

the fair value of our common stock and stock-based awards; and

 

   

the capitalization and estimated useful life of internal-use software development costs.

 

As future events cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

 

Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Information

 

The consolidated balance sheet as of July 31, 2013, the consolidated statements of comprehensive income and cash flows for the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013 and the consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity for the six months ended July 31, 2013 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in our opinion, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly our financial position as of July 31, 2013 and the consolidated results of our comprehensive income and our cash flows for the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013 are unaudited. The results of the six months ended July 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending January 31, 2014.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity and Net Income per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

 

Upon the effectiveness of a qualified initial public offering, all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock. The July 31, 2013 unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity data has been prepared assuming the conversion of the convertible preferred stock outstanding into 85,000,000 shares of common stock. Unaudited pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended January 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2013 has been computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of the convertible preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the original dates of issuance.

 

Revision of Previously Issued Financial Statements

 

During fiscal 2013, we determined that, in fiscal 2011 and 2012, we erroneously recorded certain items to the consolidated balance sheets, statements of comprehensive income and cash flows. We assessed the materiality of these errors on the prior period financial statements in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 99 (SAB 99) and concluded that the errors were not material to the previously issued financial statements taken as a whole.

 

Revisions to the consolidated balance sheet for the year ended January 31, 2012 consisted of a reclassification of accrued expenses of $0.7 million to other long-term liabilities.

 

Revisions to the consolidated statements of cash flows consisted of a reclassification from cash flows provided by operating activities to cash flows used in investing activities. These consisted of proceeds from issuance of note receivable—related party and payments for restricted cash and deposits totaling $75,000 and $0.5 million in fiscal 2011 and 2012, respectively.

 

Revisions to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income were for allocation of overhead expenses to the functional expense categories for the year ended January 31, 2012. We have revised our prior year statement of comprehensive income to correct the effects of those immaterial errors as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2011      2011      2012      2012  
     As Reported      As Revised      As Reported      As Revised  

Cost of subscription services

   $ 5,118       $ 5,236       $ 8,372       $ 8,768   

Cost of professional services and other

     7,081         7,081         21,537         20,288   

Research and development

     3,993         3,637         8,061         7,750   

Sales and marketing

     5,571         5,571         12,279         12,279   

General and administrative

     2,275         2,513         4,375         5,539   

 

Segment Information

 

We define the term “chief operating decision maker” to be our Chief Executive Officer. Our Chief Executive Officer reviews the financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating our financial performance. Accordingly, we have determined that we operate in a single reportable operating segment.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We derive our revenues from two sources: (i) subscription services revenues, which are comprised of subscription fees from customers accessing our enterprise cloud computing solutions, and (ii) related professional services and other revenues. Professional services and other revenues generally include consulting and training. We commence revenue recognition when all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

F-9


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

   

there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

   

the service has been or is being provided to the customer;

 

   

the collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and

 

   

the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

 

Our subscription services arrangements are generally non-cancelable and do not provide for refunds to customers in the event of cancellations. We record revenues net of any sales or excise taxes.

 

Subscription Services Revenues

 

Subscription services revenues are recognized ratably over the order term beginning when the solution has been provisioned to the customer. Our subscription arrangements are considered service contracts, and the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software.

 

Professional Services and Other Revenues

 

The majority of our professional services arrangements are recognized on a time and material basis. Professional services revenues recognized on a time and material basis are measured monthly based on time incurred and contractually agreed upon rates. Certain professional services revenues are based on fixed fee arrangements and revenues are recognized based on progress against output measures, such as substantive milestones. Training revenues are recognized as the services are performed.

 

Multiple Element Arrangements

 

We apply the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2009-13, Multiple—Deliverable Revenue Arrangements , to allocate revenues based on relative best estimated selling price to each unit of accounting in multiple element arrangements, which generally include subscriptions and professional services. Best estimated selling price of each unit of accounting included in a multiple element arrangement is based upon management’s estimate of the selling price of deliverables when vendor specific objective evidence or third-party evidence of selling price is not available.

 

Our multiple element arrangements contain non-software deliverables such as our subscription offerings and professional services. For these arrangements we must: (i) determine whether each deliverable has stand-alone value; (ii) determine the estimated selling price of each element using the selling price hierarchy of vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value, third party evidence (TPE) or best estimated selling price (BESP), as applicable; and (iii) allocate the total price among the various deliverables based on the relative selling price method.

 

In determining whether professional services and other revenues have stand-alone value, we consider the following factors for each consulting agreement: availability of the consulting services from other vendors, the nature of the consulting services and whether the professional services are required in order for the customer to use the subscription services.

 

Deferred Revenue

 

Deferred revenue includes amounts billed to customers for which the revenue recognition criteria have not been met. The majority of deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from our subscription services described above and is recognized as the revenue recognition

 

F-10


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

criteria are met. We generally invoice our customers in annual, quarterly or monthly installments for the subscription services, which are typically one year or less. Accordingly, the deferred revenue balance does not generally represent the total contract value of a subscription arrangement. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding 12-month period is recorded as current deferred revenue.

 

Certain Risks and Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Our revenues are derived from subscription and professional services delivered to the pharmaceutical and life sciences industry. We operate in markets that are highly competitive and rapidly changing. Significant technological changes, shifting customer needs, the emergence of competitive products or services with new capabilities and other factors could negatively impact our operating results.

 

Our financial instruments that are exposed to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. We primarily maintain cash at one financial institution, for which our deposits exceed federally insured limits.

 

We do not require collateral from our customers and generally require payment within 30 to 60 days of billing. We periodically evaluate the collectibility of our accounts receivable and provide an allowance for doubtful accounts as necessary, based on historical experience. Historically, such losses have not been material.

 

The following customers individually exceeded 10% of total accounts receivable as of the dates shown:

 

     January 31,
2012
    January 31,
2013
    July 31,
2013
 
                 (Unaudited)  

Customer 1

     *        15     *   

Customer 2

     15     10        12

Customer 3

     18        10        10   

Customer 4

     *        *        *   

Customer 5

     *        *        17   

Customer 6

     *        *        12   

 

*  

Does not exceed 10%.

 

The following customers individually exceeded 10% of total revenues for the periods shown:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
    Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
           (Unaudited)  

Customer 1

     *        *        *        *        *   

Customer 2

     *        12     12     13     *   

Customer 3

     10     *        11        10        11

Customer 4

     33        16        *        *        *   

Customer 5

     *        *        *        *        *   

Customer 6

     *        *        *        *        *   

 

*  

Does not exceed 10%.

 

Cash Equivalents

 

We consider all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. As of January 31, 2013 and 2012, our cash equivalents consisted of money market funds totaling $7.6 million and $12.2 million, respectively, the fair value of which approximates our carrying value.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

We classify certain restricted cash balances within other long-term assets on the accompanying balance sheets based upon the term of the remaining restrictions.

 

Short-term Investments

 

We classify short-term investments as available-for-sale at the time of purchase and reevaluate such classification as of each balance sheet date. All short-term investments are recorded at estimated fair value. Unrealized gains and losses for available-for-sale securities are included in accumulated other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders’ equity. We evaluate our investments to assess whether those with unrealized loss positions are other than temporarily impaired. We consider impairments to be other than temporary if they are related to deterioration in credit risk or if it is likely we will sell the securities before the recovery of their cost basis. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary are determined based on the specific identification method and are reported in other income (expense), net, in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses expected in our accounts receivable portfolio. In establishing the required allowance, we use the specific-identification method, and management considers historical losses adjusted to take into account current market conditions and the customers’ financial condition, the amount of receivables in dispute, and the current receivables aging and current payment patterns. We review our allowance for doubtful accounts periodically. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. Activity related to our allowance for doubtful accounts was as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance, January 31, 2011

   $   

Charges to costs and expenses

     300   

Write-offs

       
  

 

 

 

Balance, January 31, 2012

     300   

Charges to costs and expenses

     317   

Write-offs

     (312
  

 

 

 

Balance, January 31, 2013

     305   

Charges to costs and expenses (unaudited)

     282   

Write-offs (unaudited)

     (25
  

 

 

 

Balance, July 31, 2013 (unaudited)

   $ 562   
  

 

 

 

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation on property and equipment is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives of equipment, computers, and furniture and fixtures range from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the leasehold improvements or the lease term. Repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred.

 

Internal-Use Software

 

We capitalize certain costs incurred for the development of computer software for internal use. These costs generally relate to the development of our customer relationship and content management solutions. We capitalize these costs during the development of the project, when it is determined that it is probable that the

 

F-12


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. Costs related to preliminary project activities, post-implementation activities, training and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over our estimated useful life, generally three years, and the amortization expense is recorded as a component of cost of subscription services. Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in connection with business combinations accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead goodwill is required to be tested for impairment annually and under certain circumstances. We perform such testing of goodwill in the fourth quarter of each year, or as events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

 

If we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we then conduct a two-step test for impairment of goodwill. The first step of the test for goodwill impairment compares the fair value of the applicable reporting unit with its carrying value. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than the reporting unit’s carrying value, we will perform the second step of the test for impairment of goodwill. During the second step of the test for impairment of goodwill, we will compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill. If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds the calculated implied fair value, the excess amount will be recognized as an impairment loss. We have one reporting unit and evaluate goodwill for impairment at the entity level.

 

Intangible assets, consisting primarily of data update technology, database, customer relationships and software, are stated at cost less accumulated amortization. All other intangible assets have been determined to have definite lives and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated remaining economic lives, ranging from 2.8 and 5.8 years. Amortization expense related to developed technology is included in cost of professional services and other revenue. Amortization expense related to customer relationships is included in sales and marketing expense.

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for possible impairment, we first compare undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value exceeds its fair value. There were no impairment charges recognized during fiscal 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2013 (unaudited).

 

Business Combinations

 

We use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately assign fair value to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. Our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. During the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments to the fair value of these tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. In addition, uncertain tax positions and tax-related valuation allowances are initially established in connection with a business combination as of the acquisition date. We continue to collect

 

F-13


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

information and reevaluate these estimates and assumptions quarterly and record any adjustments to our preliminary estimates to goodwill provided that we are within the measurement period. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the fair value of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to our consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

 

Stock-based Compensation

 

We recognize stock-based compensation expense based on the estimate of fair value of the stock-based award at the grant date. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and a single option award approach. This model requires that at the date of grant we determine the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the award, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates, and expected dividend yield of our common stock. The stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, is recognized using a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally four to five years. We estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual historical forfeitures.

 

Net Income per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

 

Basic and diluted net income per share of common stock is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. Holders of our Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock are each entitled to receive noncumulative dividends out of any funds legally available, when and if declared by our board of directors, payable prior and in preference to any dividends on any shares of our common stock. Holders of our Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in our losses.

 

We consider convertible preferred stock to be participating securities. Additionally, we consider unvested shares issued upon the early exercise of options to be participating securities as the holders of these shares have a non-forfeitable right to dividends.

 

Under the two-class method, net income attributable to common stockholders is determined by allocating undistributed earnings, calculated as net income, less (i) current period convertible preferred stock non-cumulative dividends and (ii) earnings attributable to participating securities.

 

Basic net income per share of common stock is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. All participating securities are excluded from the basic weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding. Unvested shares of common stock resulting from the early exercises of stock options are excluded from the calculation of the weighted average shares of common stock until they vest as they are subject to repurchase until they are vested.

 

Diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted number of shares outstanding, including potentially dilutive shares of common stock assuming the dilutive effect of potential shares of common stock for the period determined using the treasury stock method. For purposes of this calculation, convertible preferred stock, unvested shares of common stock resulting from the early exercises of stock options and options to purchase common stock are considered to be potentially dilutive shares of common stock. Our Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock have been excluded from the calculation as their effect is anti-dilutive for all periods presented as compared to the impact of using the two-class method.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Cost of Revenues

 

Cost of subscription services and professional services and other revenues are expensed as incurred. Cost of subscription services revenues primarily consists of fees for our use of the Salesforce Platform, as well as other expenses such as data center operational costs, and personnel related costs related to the our cloud infrastructure.

 

Cost of professional services and other revenues primarily consists of personnel related costs, and third-party sub-contractor costs associated with providing of professional services.

 

Sales Commissions

 

Sales commissions paid for subscriptions are recorded as a component of sales and marketing expenses when earned. Commissions are typically earned upon booking of a customer contract. Sales commission expense was $1.8 million, $4.3 million and $6.6 million for the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $2.4 million and $5.1 million for the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited), respectively.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

The U.S. dollar is the reporting currency for all periods presented. All of our subsidiaries use the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. Accordingly, assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are remeasured using exchange rates in effect at the end of the period, except for nonmonetary assets, such as property, plant, and equipment, which are remeasured using historical exchange rates. Revenues and costs are remeasured using average exchange rates for the period, except for costs related to those balance sheet items that are remeasured using historical exchange rates. The resulting gains and losses are included in other income (expense), net on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income as incurred. We recognized net foreign currency gain (loss) of $21,000, $(0.2) million and $(1.1) million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $0.4 million and $(0.6) million for the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited), respectively.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. When applicable, a valuation allowance is established to reduce any deferred tax asset when it is determined that it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

We establish liabilities or reduce assets for uncertain tax positions when we believe certain tax positions are not more likely than not of being sustained if challenged. Reevaluation of tax positions considers factors such as changes in facts or circumstances, changes in or interpretations of tax law, effectively settled issues under audit or expiration of statute of limitation, and new audit activity.

 

We recognize interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in our income tax expense.

 

Other Comprehensive Income

 

In December 2011, the FASB amended the accounting standards to increase the prominence of other comprehensive income (OCI) by requiring the components of OCI to be presented either in a single continuous

 

F-15


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

statement of comprehensive income or in two consecutive statements. We adopted the amended accounting standards at the beginning of fiscal 2013 by electing to present a single continuous statement of comprehensive income. The amended accounting standards only impact the financial statement presentation of OCI and do not change the components that are recognized in net income or OCI. The adoption had no impact on our financial position or results of operations.

 

Other comprehensive income is reported as a component of stockholders’ equity and include unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities that are available-for-sale. During fiscal 2011 and 2012, there were no differences between net income and comprehensive income.

 

Note 3.    Acquisition of AdvantageMS (unaudited)

 

On June 20, 2013, we completed our acquisition of Advantage Management Solutions, Inc. (AdvantageMS), a privately held supplier of healthcare provider data and related software and services. We expect this acquisition to support our Veeva Network solution through the addition of a database of healthcare professionals, healthcare organizations and other supplemental data. Total closing consideration for the purchase was $10.5 million in cash. Approximately 15% of the closing consideration has been placed into escrow to be held for 18 months following the close as security for losses incurred by us in the event of certain breaches of representations and warranties by AdvantageMS. Additionally, we paid approximately $1.9 million in cash as part of a net working capital adjustment. There are no contingent cash payments related to this transaction. As of July 31, 2013, we had incurred $0.2 million in acquisition-related transaction costs. The assets, liabilities and operating results of AdvantageMS have been reflected in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition and have not been material.

 

The following table summarizes the preliminary estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. The primary areas of those preliminary estimates that are not yet finalized relate to income and non-income based taxes (in thousands):

 

Purchase Price    June 20, 2013  

Cash

   $ 12,363   
  

 

 

 

 

Allocation of purchase price    June 20, 2013  

Cash

   $ 408   

Accounts receivable

     1,636   

Intangible assets

     7,380   

Deferred tax asset

     1,593   

Other current and non-current assets

     218   

Deferred tax liability

     (3,367 )

Other current and non-current liabilities

     (214

Goodwill

     4,709   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 12,363   
  

 

 

 

 

We did not record any in-process research and development in connection with the acquisition.

 

Intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life ranging from three to six years. Goodwill of $4.7 million represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the underlying net tangible and intangible assets and represents the future economic benefits of the data technology contributions in support of our Veeva Network solution. Goodwill is not deductible for U.S. tax purposes.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Each component of identifiable intangible assets acquired in connection with the above acquisition as of July 31, 2013 were as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

     Estimated
Fair Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
     Remaining
Useful Life
(in years)
 

Data update technology

   $ 3,680       $ 84       $ 3,596         4.8   

Database

     2,570         73         2,497         3.8   

Customer relationships

     1,020         19         1,001         5.8   

Software

     110         4         106         2.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 7,380       $ 180       $ 7,200      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Also included in intangible assets on the consolidated balance sheet is $0.2 million of technology acquired on April 25, 2013. The carrying value of these acquired intangibles as of July 31, 2013 was $0.2 million.

 

As of July 31, 2013, the expected remaining future amortization expense for purchased intangible assets for each of our fiscal years ending is as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal year ending January 31,

  

2014

   $ 825   

2015

     1,650   

2016

     1,650   

2017

     1,579   

2018

     1,154   

2019 and beyond

     519   
  

 

 

 
   $ 7,377   
  

 

 

 

 

Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effect of this acquisition was not material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Note 4.    Short-Term Investments

 

We purchase commercial paper, corporate notes and bonds and certificates of deposits which are recorded as short-term investments. We did not have any short-term investments as of January 31, 2012. The following is a summary of our short-term investments as of January 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Available-for-sale securities:

          

Commercial paper

   $ 2,097      $      $     $ 2,097  

Corporate notes and bonds

     11,474        7         (2     11,479  

Certificate of deposits

     700                     700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 14,271      $ 7       $ (2   $ 14,276  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The following is a summary of our short-term investments as of July 31, 2013 (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 
     (Unaudited)  

Available-for-sale securities:

          

Commercial paper

   $ 700      $       $      $ 700  

Corporate notes and bonds

     12,864        6         (3     12,867  

Certificate of deposits

     700                     700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 14,264      $ 6       $ (3   $ 14,267  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of our short-term investments, designated as available-for-sale and classified by the contractual maturity date of the securities as of the dates shown (in thousands):

 

     January 31,
2013
     July 31,
2013
 
            (Unaudited)  

Due in one year

   $ 9,829      $ 13,067  

Due in greater than one year

     4,447        1,200  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,276      $ 14,267  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

We have certain available-for-sale securities in a gross unrealized loss position, all of which had been in such position for less than twelve months. We review our debt securities classified as short-term investments on a regular basis to evaluate whether or not any security has experienced an other-than-temporary decline in fair value. We consider factors such as the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than the cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and our intent to sell, or whether it is more likely than not we will be required to sell the investment before recovery of the investment’s amortized-cost basis. If we determine that an other-than-temporary decline exists in one of these securities, the respective investment would be written down to fair value. For debt securities, the portion of the write-down related to credit loss would be recognized to other income, net in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Any portion not related to credit loss would be included in accumulated other comprehensive income, there were no impairments considered other-than-temporary as of January 31, 2013 and July 31, 2013 (unaudited).

 

The following table shows the fair values and the gross unrealized losses of these available-for-sale securities aggregated by investment category as of January 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

Corporate notes and bonds

   $ 3,570      $ (2

 

The following table shows the fair values and the gross unrealized losses of these available-for-sale securities aggregated by investment category as of July 31, 2013 (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

     Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

Corporate notes and bonds

   $ 5,480      $ (3

 

Realized gains and losses are determined based on the specific identification method and are reported in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Note 5.    Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following as of the dates shown (in thousands):

 

     January 31,
2012
    January 31,
2013
    July 31,
2013
 
                 (Unaudited)  

Equipment and computers

   $ 897     $ 1,497     $ 1,617  

Furniture and fixtures

     342       587       898  

Leasehold improvements

           199       734  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,239       2,283       3,249  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (415 )     (904 )     (1,103 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 824     $ 1,379     $ 2,146  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Total depreciation expense was $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.5 million for the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $0.2 million and $0.4 million for the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited), respectively.

 

Note 6.    Capitalized Internal-Use Software

 

Capitalized internal-use software, net, consisted of the following as of the dates shown (in thousands):

 

     January 31,
2012
    January 31,
2013
    July 31,
2013
 
                 (Unaudited)  

Capitalized internal-use software development costs

   $ 1,036     $ 1,626     $ 1,937  

Less accumulated amortization

     (446 )     (746 )     (967 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capitalized internal-use software development costs, net

   $ 590     $ 880     $ 970  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

During fiscal 2012, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2013 (unaudited), we capitalized $0.5 million, $0.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for internal-use software development costs. We did not capitalize any internal-use software during the six months ended July 31, 2012 (unaudited).

 

Capitalized internal-use software amortization expense totaled $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited), respectively.

 

Note 7.    Accrued Expenses

 

Accrued expenses consisted of the following as of the dates shown (in thousands):

 

     January 31,
2012
     January 31,
2013
     July 31,
2013
 
                   (Unaudited)  

Accrued salesforce.com fees

   $ 1,627      $ 1,596      $ 2,133  

Early exercise of stock options

     599        814        633  

Accrued commissions

     561        773        963  

Accrued bonus

     565        1,035        1,035  

Accrued payroll

     1,955        1,697        2,412  

Other accrued expenses

     1,463        1,066        4,267  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,770      $ 6,981      $ 11,443  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Note 8.    Fair Value Measurements

 

We apply the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , for fair value measurements of financial assets and financial liabilities and for fair value measurements of nonfinancial items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC Topic 820 also establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

 

The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities recorded at fair value in the financial statements are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. Hierarchical levels, which are directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to the valuation of these assets or liabilities are as follows:

 

Level 1—Observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

 

Our financial assets are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. As of January 31, 2012, our financial assets consisted only of money market funds totaling $12.2 million. The fair value of the money market funds was based on Level 1 inputs.

 

The following table presents the fair value hierarchy for financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of January 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 7,637      $      $     —      $ 7,637  

Short-term investments:

           

Commercial paper

            2,097               2,097  

Corporate notes and bonds

            11,479               11,479  

Certificate of deposits

            700               700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,637      $ 14,276      $      $ 21,913  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The following table presents the fair value hierarchy for financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of July 31, 2013 (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $   7,664      $      $        —      $ 7,664  

Short-term investments:

           

Commercial paper

            700               700  

Corporate notes and bonds

            12,867               12,867  

Certificate of deposits

            700               700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,664      $ 14,267      $      $ 21,931  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

We determine the fair value of our security holdings based on pricing from our pricing vendors. The valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of financial instruments having Level 2 inputs were derived from non-binding consensus prices that are corroborated by observable market data, quoted market prices for similar instruments, or pricing models such as discounted cash flow techniques using market prices from a variety of industry-standard independent data providers. Such market prices may be quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1 inputs) or pricing determined using inputs other than quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly (Level 2 inputs). We perform procedures to ensure that appropriate fair values are recorded such as comparing prices obtained from other sources.

 

Note 9.    Income Taxes

 

The components of income before income taxes by U.S. and foreign jurisdictions were as follows for the periods shown (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,      Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013          2012              2013      
            (Unaudited)  

United States

   $ 5,170       $ 6,513       $ 27,332       $ 10,775       $ 15,725   

Foreign

     94         140         1,761         701         1,722   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,264       $ 6,653       $ 29,093       $ 11,476       $ 17,447   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The majority of our revenues from international sales are invoiced from and collected by our U.S. entity and recognized as a component of income before taxes in the United States as opposed to a foreign jurisdiction.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Provision for income taxes for our fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited) consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011     2012      2013         2012             2013      
           (Unaudited)  

Current Provision:

           

Federal

   $ 1,300      $ 1,603       $ 9,211      $ 3,665      $ 5,851   

State

     646        124         1,138        454        453   

Foreign

     28        165         600        262        473   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,974        1,892         10,949        4,381        6,777   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred Provision:

           

Federal

     (361     289         (616     (246       

State

     (258     242         (23     (9       

Foreign

                                  (173
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (619     531         (639     (255     (173
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 1,355      $ 2,423       $ 10,310      $ 4,126      $ 6,604   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes differed from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate of 34%, 34%, 35%, 35% and 35% to income before income taxes for our fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited), respectively, as a result of the following (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013         2012             2013      
           (Unaudited)  

Federal tax at statutory rate

   $ 1,800      $ 2,263      $ 10,182      $ 4,051      $ 6,106   

State taxes

     148        218        880        444        453   

Nondeductable expenses

     105        96        80        32        12   

Research and development credit

     (400     (121     (351     (140     (163

Unrecognized tax benefit

     349                             14   

Domestic manufacturing deduction

     (28     (131     (699     (278     (451

Stock-based compensation

                   231        92        798   

Foreign rate differential

            118        (50     (20     (130

Valuation allowance

     (614            (52     (21       

Others

     (5     (20     89        (34     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 1,355      $ 2,423      $ 10,310      $ 4,126      $ 6,604   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of January 31, 2012 and 2013 related to the following (in thousands):

 

     January 31,  
     2012     2013  
        

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accruals and reserves

   $ 421      $ 906   

Net operating loss carryforward

     187          

State income taxes

     65        395   

Tax credit carryforward

     94        203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     767        1,504   

Valuation allowance

     (256     (204
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 511      $ 1,300   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Fixed assets

   $ (192   $ (235

Expensed software

     (224     (337

Other

     (6       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (422     (572
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 89      $ 728   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As a result, a valuation allowance was assessed as it is not more likely than not that we will recognize the future benefits on the net California deferred tax asset balances. We expect to generate sufficient California research and development credits in the future to offset our future tax liability arising from the use of the single sales factor.

 

As of January 31, 2013, we had $0.6 million of California research and development tax credits available to offset future taxes, which do not expire.

 

We evaluate tax positions for recognition using a more-likely than-not recognition threshold, and those tax positions eligible for recognition are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon the effective settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.

 

We classify unrecognized tax benefits that are not expected to result in payment or receipt of cash within one year as “other non-current liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheets. As of January 31, 2013, the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits was $1.2 million, of which $1.2 million, if recognized, would favorably impact our effective tax rate. The aggregate changes in our total gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits are summarized as follows for the periods shown (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013          2012              2013      
            (Unaudited)  

Beginning balance

   $ 267       $ 410       $ 644       $ 644       $ 1,220   

Increases related to tax provisions taken during the current period

     143         234         576         94         228   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 410       $ 644       $ 1,220       $ 738       $ 1,448   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Our policy is to classify interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. Interest and penalties were not significant during fiscal 2013.

 

We file tax returns in the United States for federal, California, and other states. The tax years from 2007 remain open to examination for both federal and California and 2008 for other states. We file foreign tax returns in United Kingdom and Spain beginning fiscal 2011 and Australia, China, France, Hungary and Japan beginning fiscal 2012.

 

As of January 31, 2013, we had not made any tax provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes and foreign withholding taxes on the approximately $2.1 million of undistributed cumulative earnings of foreign subsidiaries because those earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested in those operations. If we were to repatriate these earnings to the United States, we would be subject to approximately $0.4 million in U.S. income taxes, subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits and foreign withholding taxes, based on the U.S. statutory rate of 35%.

 

Note 10.    Stockholders’ Equity

 

Common Stock

 

As of January 31, 2012 and 2013 and July 31, 2013 (unaudited), we had 22,620,207, 24,843,851 and 27,532,440 shares of common stock outstanding, respectively, of which 4,377,816, 3,369,972 and 2,616,666 shares were unvested, respectively, resulting from employees exercising stock options prior to vesting.

 

Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share, to receive dividends upon liquidation or dissolution, and are entitled to receive all assets available for distribution to common stockholders. The holders have no preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to such shares. Common stock is subordinate to the preferred stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon our liquidation, winding up and dissolution.

 

Early Exercise of Options

 

We historically have allowed for the early exercise of options granted under the 2007 Stock Plan (2007 Plan) prior to vesting. The 2007 Plan allows for exercise by means of cash payment, promissory note, surrender of already outstanding common stock, a same day broker assisted sale or through any other form or method consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules. Historically, all exercises have been through cash payment. The unvested shares are subject to our repurchase right at the original purchase price. The proceeds initially are recorded as an accrued liability from the early exercise of stock options (see Note 7, Accrued Expenses), and reclassified to common stock as our repurchase right lapses. At January 31, 2012 and 2013 and July 31, 2013 (unaudited), there were unvested shares in the amount of 4,377,816, 3,369,972 and 2,616,666, respectively, which were subject to repurchase at an aggregate price of approximately $0.6 million, $0.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

 

These repurchase terms are considered to be a forfeiture provision and do not result in variable accounting. The restricted shares issued upon early exercise of stock options are legally issued and outstanding. However, these restricted shares are only deemed outstanding for basic earnings per share computation purposes upon the respective repurchase rights lapsing. We treat cash received from employees for the exercise of unvested options as a refundable deposit shown as a liability in our consolidated balance sheets. During fiscal 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2013 (unaudited), we recorded cash received for early exercise of options of $43,000, $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively, in accrued expenses. Amounts from accrued expenses are reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital as the shares vest.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Convertible Preferred Stock

 

As of January 31, 2012 and 2013 and July 31, 2013 (unaudited), convertible preferred stock consisted of the following:

 

     Authorized
shares
     Shares
outstanding
     Original
issue price
     Liquidation
preference
value
 

Series A

     60,000,000        60,000,000      $ 0.05       $ 3,000,000  

Series B

     26,562,500        25,000,000        0.16         4,000,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

     86,562,500        85,000,000         $ 7,000,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions for the Series A and B convertible preferred stock are as follows:

 

Dividend Rights

 

Holders of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive preferential dividends payable on the preference shares, when, as and if declared by the board of directors, at an annual rate equal to $0.004 and $0.0128 per annum on each outstanding Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock, respectively. Dividends are noncumulative. To date, no dividends have been declared or paid by us.

 

Conversion Rights

 

Each share of preferred stock shall be convertible into common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for antidilution and other factors.

 

Automatic conversion of the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock shall occur on the earlier of (i) our sale of common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, that results in gross aggregate proceeds in excess of $25.0 million or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of at least 75% of the then-outstanding shares of preferred stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis).

 

Liquidation Preference

 

In the event of any liquidation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of each Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the proceeds of such liquidation event to the holders of common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of the applicable original issue price for such series of preferred stock, plus declared but unpaid dividends on such share. If the assets available for distribution to holders of the preferred stock are not sufficient, the available assets shall be distributed to holders of the preferred stock ratably based on the number of shares held.

 

Voting Rights

 

The holder of each share of preferred stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of common stock into which such preferred stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Note 11.    Stock–based Compensation

 

In 2007, we adopted our 2007 Plan pursuant to which our board of directors may grant stock options or nonvested shares to officers and employees. The 2007 Plan authorized grants to purchase up to 30,000,000 shares of authorized but unissued common stock.

 

In 2012, we adopted an equity incentive plan (the 2012 Plan) pursuant to which our board of directors may grant stock options or nonvested shares to officers and employees. As adopted, the 2012 Plan authorized grants to purchase up to 3,268,746 shares of authorized but unissued common stock plus 3,250,565 shares that were remaining and available for issuance under the 2007 Plan plus any shares subject awards under the 2007 Plan that are cancelled or forfeited. On February 1, 2013, 5,492,193 shares of authorized but unissued common stock were automatically added to the 2012 Plan’s share reserve. Additionally, in March 2013, we amended the 2012 Plan to add an additional 7,000,000 shares of authorized but unissued common stock to the share reserve.

 

Stock options under both of these plans can be granted with an exercise price equal to or greater than the stock’s fair value at the date of grant. All stock-based awards have a 10-year contractual term and generally vest and become fully exercisable after four to five years of service from the date of grant unless the employee chooses to use the early exercise option. The early exercise option allows employees to exercise stock options prior to the vesting date.

 

At January 31, 2012 and 2013 and July 31, 2013 (unaudited), there were 5,668,231, 4,996,145 and 2,822,956 shares remaining available for us to grant under the 2007 Plan and 2012 Plan, respectively.

 

We use the simplified method of calculating expected term, due to insufficient historical exercise data available to us. Since our shares are not publicly traded and our shares have not been traded privately, expected volatility is estimated based on the average historical volatility of similar entities with publicly traded shares. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the stock option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the date of grant. The assumptions used for the periods presented were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended July 31,  
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
                       (Unaudited)  

Volatility

     70     57% – 65     42% – 55     42 – 55     42 – 50

Expected life (in years)

     6.08 – 6.32        6.32        6.32        6.32        6.32 – 8.23   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.99% – 2.78 %     1.18% – 2.72     0.83% – 1.15     0.85% – 1.15     1.03% – 1.69

Dividend yield

     0     0     0     0     0

Fair value of common stock

     $0.13 – $0.28        $0.44 – $0.52        $1.11 – $1.96        $1.11 – $1.54        $3.92 – $7.55   

 

F-26


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

A summary of stock option activity for fiscal 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2013 (unaudited) is presented below:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at January 31, 2011

     8,089,250      $ 0.13         8.3      

Granted

     4,755,000        0.46         

Repurchased

     14,063        0.08         

Exercised

     (721,124     0.07          $ 287,864   

Forfeited

     (411,564     0.38         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at January 31, 2012

     11,725,625      $ 0.25         8.2      

Granted

     4,367,500        1.51         

Exercised

     (2,237,707     0.26            2,544,332   

Forfeited

     (426,668     0.82         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at January 31, 2013

     13,428,750      $ 0.64         8.0      

Granted (unaudited)

     15,128,499        4.18         

Exercised (unaudited)

     (2,688,589     0.16            10,987,916   

Forfeited (unaudited)

     (463,117     1.51         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at July 31, 2013 (unaudited)

     25,405,543      $ 2.78        8.9      
  

 

 

         

Vested and exercisable at January 31, 2013

     5,393,575      $ 0.20         6.6      
    

 

 

       

Vested and exercisable at January 31, 2013 and expected to vest thereafter

     13,383,853      $ 0.65         7.9      
    

 

 

       

Vested and exercisable at July 31, 2013 (unaudited)

     4,094,906      $ 0.35        6.9      
    

 

 

       

Vested and exercisable at July 31, 2013 and expected to vest thereafter (unaudited)

     23,246,957      $ 2.70        8.8      
    

 

 

       

 

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during fiscal 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited) was $0.11, $0.28, $0.71, $0.59 and $1.93, respectively, per share. As of January 31, 2013 and July 31, 2013 (unaudited), there was $3.9 million and $27.7 million, respectively, in unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock options granted under the 2007 Plan and 2012 Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 4.0 years and 5.5 years, respectively.

 

As of July 31, 2013, we had authorized and unissued shares of common stock to satisfy exercises of stock options.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Note 12.    Net Income and Pro Forma Net Income per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

 

The following table sets forth the computation of our basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods shown (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
                       (Unaudited)  

Net income

   $ 3,909      $ 4,230      $ 18,783      $ 7,350      $ 10,843   

Noncumulative dividends on convertible preferred stock

     (560     (560     (560     (280     (280

Undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (2,921     (3,071     (14,743     (5,801     (8,341
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

   $ 428      $ 599      $ 3,480      $ 1,269      $ 2,222   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     13,156        17,655        20,887        19,380        23,440   

Potentially dilutive securities

     6,998        7,121        9,712        9,176        12,393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     20,154        24,776        30,599        28,556        35,833   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ 0.03      $ 0.03      $ 0.17      $ 0.07      $ 0.09   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.02      $ 0.02      $ 0.11      $ 0.04      $ 0.06   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The following outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods shown because including them would have been anti-dilutive as compared to the impact of using the two-class method (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2012        2013  
                          (Unaudited)  

Convertible preferred stock

     85,000         85,000         85,000         85,000           85,000   

 

F-28


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The following table sets forth the computation of our unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods shown (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Fiscal Year
Ended
January 31,

2013
    Six Months
Ended
July  31,

2013
 

Net income

   $ 18,783      $ 10,843   

Undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (603     (292
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income used to compute pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders

   $ 18,180      $ 10,551   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing basic net income per share attributable to common stockholders

     20,887        23,440   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of preferred stock to occur upon consummation of our expected initial public offering

     85,000        85,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma basic net income per share

     105,887        108,440   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of potentially dilutive securities:

    

Employee stock options

     9,712        12,393   

Pro forma net income per share (unaudited)

    

Basic

   $ 0.17      $ 0.10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.16      $ 0.09   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note 13.    Commitments and Contingencies

 

Litigation

 

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment or remediation can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

 

From time to time, we may be subject to various claims and lawsuits by customers, suppliers, competitors, or employees arising in the normal course of business.

 

Leases

 

We have several noncancelable operating leases, primarily for offices and servers. Rental payments include minimum rental fees.

 

Minimum rent payments under operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease including any periods of free rent. Rent expense for operating leases were $0.3 million, $1.0 million and $1.5 million, for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $0.7 million and $1.2 million for the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) as of January 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Operating leases  

Fiscal year ending January 31:

  

2014

   $ 1,882   

2015

     1,536   

2016

     1,089   

2017

     724   

2018

     453   

Thereafter

     416   
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   $ 6,100   
  

 

 

 

 

Warranties and Indemnification

 

Our subscription services are typically warranted to perform in accordance with our standard product descriptions. We offer service level commitments to our customers that provide for certain levels of system uptime. In the event that we fail to meet those committed service levels the customer may be entitled to receive a credit. To date, we have not incurred costs associated with these commitments, and accordingly, no amounts have been accrued for such obligations in the consolidated financial statements.

 

Our arrangements generally include certain provisions for indemnifying customers against liabilities if our services infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights and in the event of certain other third party claims. To date, we have not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications and has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Value-Added Reseller Agreement

 

We have a value-added reseller agreement with salesforce.com, inc. for our use of the Salesforce Platform in combination with our developed technology to deliver our Veeva CRM solution, including hosting infrastructure and data center operations provided by salesforce.com. The agreement requires us to pay fees to salesforce.com based on use of the Salesforce Platform by our customers. This agreement was renewed on September 2, 2010, and is effective through September 2, 2015, with a commitment to spend at least a specified amount over the term of the arrangement. The fees incurred are recorded as incurred in cost of subscription services on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. As of January 31, 2013, we remain obligated to pay fees of $15.9 million prior to September 2, 2015 in connection with this agreement, of which $1.6 million was accrued. As of July 31, 2013 (unaudited), we remain obligated to pay fees of $3.5 million prior to September 2, 2015 in connection with this agreement, of which $2.1 million was accrued.

 

Note 14.    Related-Party Transactions

 

On February 18, 2011, we entered into an interest bearing promissory note with our current President. The promissory note had a principal amount of $250,000 with an annual compound interest rate of 0.51% and was collateralized. The note, including both principal and accrued interest, was due on or before February 18, 2014 and was classified as a short-term note receivable on our consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2013. On April 11, 2013, the promissory note was paid in full.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Note 15.    Information about Geographic Areas

 

We track and allocate revenues by the principal geographic region of our customers’ end users rather than by individual country, which makes it impractical to disclose revenues for the United States or other specific foreign countries. Revenues by geographic area were as follows for the periods shown below (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,      Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2012      2013  
            (Unaudited)  

Revenues by geography:

              

North America

   $ 27,217       $ 48,088       $ 84,546       $ 37,168       $ 55,535   

Europe

     1,904         10,433         29,036         12,179         22,470   

Asia Pacific

     8         2,741         15,966         4,617         14,364   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 29,129       $ 61,262       $ 129,548       $ 53,964       $ 92,369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Long-lived assets by geographic area are as follows as of the date shown (in thousands):

 

     January 31,      July  31,
2013
 
     2011      2012      2013     
                   (Unaudited)  

Long-lived assets by geography:

           

North America

   $ 322       $ 599       $ 846       $ 1,120   

Europe

     67         168         445         520   

Asia Pacific

     37         57         88         506   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets

   $    426       $    824       $ 1,379       $ 2,146   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Substantially all of the long-lived assets included in the North America region are located in the United States.

 

Note 16.    Subsequent Events

 

On March 10, 2013, we granted stock options under our 2012 Plan to certain employees and directors to purchase 13,034,999 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.92 per share. These options vest over five years beginning on various dates between February 1, 2014 and February 1, 2017.

 

On March 26, 2013, we granted stock options under our 2012 Plan to certain employees to purchase 413,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.92 per share.

 

On May 23, 2013, we granted stock options under our 2012 Plan to certain employees to purchase 487,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.73 per share.

 

On June 20, 2013, we acquired Advantage Management Solutions, Inc., a privately held supplier of healthcare provider data and related software and services, for cash consideration of approximately $12.4 million.

 

We have evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through June 26, 2013, the date at which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Note 17.    Events (unaudited) Subsequent to the Date of the Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

On July 31, 2013, we granted stock options under our 2012 Plan to certain employees to purchase 842,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $7.55 per share.

 

On August 6, 2013, Prolifiq Software, Inc. (Prolifiq) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against us in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. The complaint alleges that our manufacture, use, offer for sale and sale of Veeva CRM Approved Email infringes U.S. Patent No. 7,634,556 held by Prolifiq. The complaint seeks unspecified monetary damages, costs and injunctive relief against us. We intend to vigorously defend this lawsuit. Based on the early stage of the claims and evaluation of the facts available at this time, the amount or range of reasonable possible losses to which we are exposed cannot be estimated and the ultimate resolution of this matter and the associated financial impact, if any, remains uncertain at this time. While Veeva CRM Approved Email revenues have represented a very minor portion of our total revenues, intellectual property litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and there can be no assurance that the expenses associated with defending any litigation or the resolution of this dispute would not have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or cash flows.

 

On September 10, 2013, we granted stock options under our 2012 Plan to certain employees to purchase 495,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $9.88 per share.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table presents the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with this offering. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing fee. Except as otherwise noted, all the expenses below will be paid by us.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 20,460   

FINRA filing fee

     23,000   

NYSE listing fee

     250,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Blue sky fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $         *   
  

 

 

 

 

*  

To be completed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act).

 

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions relating to the limitation of liability and indemnification of directors and officers. The restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

 

   

for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

in respect of unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

for any transaction from which the director derives any improper personal benefit.

 

Our restated certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of the certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

 

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended, against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with their service for or on our behalf. Our amended and restated

 

II-1


Table of Contents

bylaws provide that we shall advance the expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of an action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any director, officer, employee, or other enterprise agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.

 

We intend to enter, into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers and certain other key employees, a form of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1. The form of agreement provides that we will indemnify each of our directors, executive officers and such other key employees against any and all expenses incurred by that director, executive officer, or other key employee because of his or her status as one of our directors, executive officers, or other key employees, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws. In addition, the form agreement provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, we will advance all expenses incurred by our directors, executive officers and other key employees in connection with a legal proceeding.

 

Reference is made to the underwriting agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, indemnifying our directors and officers against limited liabilities. In addition, Section 1.9 of our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement (IRA) contained in Exhibit 4.2 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of certain of our stockholders against liabilities described in our IRA.

 

We currently carry and intend to continue to carry liability insurance for our directors and officers.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

 

From May 31, 2010 to July 31, 2013, we granted stock options to purchase 9,173,000 shares of our Class B common stock to directors, officers, employees and consultants under the 2007 Stock Plan and stock options to purchase 16,050,499 shares of our Class B common stock to directors, officers, employees and consultants under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. The sales of securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act in that they were offered and sold either pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation, as provided by Rule 701. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.

 

From May 31, 2010 to July 31, 2013, we granted stock options to purchase 1,312,500 shares of our Class B common stock to directors and officers in transactions deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in that such issuances did not involve a public offering. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.

 

From May 31, 2010 to July 31, 2013, holders of stock options exercised options to purchase an aggregate of 15,103,876 shares of our Class B common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.01 to $1.54 per share to employees, consultants and directors under the 2007 Stock Plan.

 

The recipients of securities in each transaction represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in these transactions.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits. The following exhibits are included herein or incorporated herein by reference:

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

  1.1*   

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3.1   

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, as amended.

  3.2*   

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, to be effective upon completion of this offering.

  3.3   

Bylaws of Registrant.

  3.4*   

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, to be effective upon completion of this offering.

  4.1*   

Form of Registrant’s Class A common stock certificate.

  4.2   

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated May 16, 2008, by and among the Registrant and the other parties thereto.

  5.1*   

Opinion of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP.

10.1*   

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.

10.2   

2007 Stock Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

10.3   

2012 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

10.4*   

2013 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

10.5*   

2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

10.6   

Office Lease Agreement, dated December 2008, between Registrant and Hacienda Pleasanton Park MD Parent, LLC, as amended June 11, 2010, January 31, 2011, April 2, 2012 and June 25, 2013.

10.7**   

Amended and Restated Value-Added Reseller Agreement, dated September 2, 2010, between Registrant and salesforce.com, inc., as amended December 3, 2010, December 13, 2010, April 15, 2011, August 23, 2011, September 29, 2011, April 3, 2012 and May 24, 2012.

10.8   

Offer letter, dated June 20, 2013, between Peter P. Gassner and the Registrant.

10.9   

Offer letter, dated June 19, 2013, between Matthew J. Wallach and the Registrant.

10.10   

Offer letter, dated January 25, 2010, between Timothy S. Cabral and the Registrant.

10.11
  

Offer letter, dated March 16, 2012, between Ronald E.F. Codd and the Registrant.

21.1   

List of Subsidiaries of Registrant.

23.1   

Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

23.2*   

Consent of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1   

Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page to this registration statement).

 

*  

To be filed by amendment.

**  

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Omitted portions have been submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules. All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Item 17. Undertakings

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Pleasanton, State of California, on this 10th day of September, 2013.

 

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.
 

/s/ Timothy S. Cabral

 

 

 

Timothy S. Cabral

Chief Financial Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Peter P. Gassner and Timothy S. Cabral, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments) and any registration statement related thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Peter P. Gassner

Peter P. Gassner

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  September 10, 2013

/s/ Timothy S. Cabral

Timothy S. Cabral

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  September 10, 2013

/s/ Mark Armenante

Mark Armenante

  

Director

  September 10, 2013

/s/ Ronald E.F. Codd

Ronald E.F. Codd

   Director   September 10, 2013

/s/ Gordon Ritter

Gordon Ritter

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors

  September 10, 2013

/s/ Young Sohn

Young Sohn

   Director   September 10, 2013

/s/ Kevin Spain

Kevin Spain

   Director   September 10, 2013

 

II-5


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

  1.1*  

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3.1  

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, as amended.

  3.2*  

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, to be effective upon completion of this offering.

  3.3  

Bylaws of Registrant.

  3.4*  

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, to be effective upon completion of this offering.

  4.1*  

Form of Registrant’s Class A common stock certificate.

  4.2  

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated May 16, 2008, by and among the Registrant and the other parties thereto.

  5.1*  

Opinion of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP.

10.1*  

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.

10.2  

2007 Stock Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

10.3  

2012 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

10.4*  

2013 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

10.5*  

2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

10.6  

Office Lease Agreement, dated December 2008, between Registrant and Hacienda Pleasanton Park MD Parent, LLC, as amended June 11, 2010, January 31, 2011, April 2, 2012 and June 25, 2013.

10.7**  

Amended and Restated Value-Added Reseller Agreement, dated September 2, 2010, between Registrant and salesforce.com, inc., as amended December 3, 2010, December 13, 2010, April 15, 2011, August 23, 2011, September 29, 2011, April 3, 2012 and May 24, 2012.

10.8  

Offer letter, dated June 20, 2013, between Peter P. Gassner and the Registrant.

10.9  

Offer letter, dated June 19, 2013, between Matthew J. Wallach and the Registrant.

10.10  

Offer letter, dated January 25, 2010, between Timothy S. Cabral and the Registrant.

10.11  

Offer letter, dated March 16, 2012, between Ronald E. F. Codd and the Registrant.

21.1  

List of Subsidiaries of Registrant.

23.1  

Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

23.2*  

Consent of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1  

Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page to this registration statement).

 

*  

To be filed by amendment.

**  

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Omitted portions have been submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 3.1

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VERTICALS ONDEMAND, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Verticals onDemand, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That the name of this corporation is Verticals onDemand, Inc. and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on January 12, 2007 under the name Rags2Riches, Inc.

SECOND: That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is Verticals onDemand, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of this corporation in the State of Delaware is 3500 South DuPont Highway in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.,

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.


ARTICLE IV

A. Authorization of Stock . This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, common stock and preferred stock. The total number of shares that this corporation is authorized to issue is 226,562,500. The total number of shares of common stock authorized to be issued is 140,000,000, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Stock”). The total number of shares of preferred stock authorized to be issued is 86,562,500, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), 60,000,000 of which shares are designated as “Series A Preferred Stock” and 26,562,500 of which shares are designated as “Series B Preferred Stock.”

B. Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B).

1. Dividend Provisions .

(a) The holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of this corporation) on the Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock of this corporation, at the Series B Dividend Rate (as defined below), payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. Such dividends shall not be cumulative. The holders of the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section 1 upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding. For purposes of this subsection 1(a), “Series B Dividend Rate” shall mean $0.0128 per annum for each share of Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such series of Preferred Stock).

(b) After payment of dividends under subsection 1(a) above, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive any additional dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of this corporation) on the Common Stock of this corporation, at the Series A Dividend Rate (as defined below), payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. Such dividends shall not be cumulative. The holders of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section 1 upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding. For purposes of this subsection 1(b), “Series A Dividend Rate” shall mean $0.004 per annum for each share of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such series of Preferred Stock).

(c) After payment of such dividends in subsections 1(a) and 1(b) above, any additional dividends or distributions shall be distributed among all holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock that would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted to Common Stock at the then effective conversion rate.

 

2


2. Liquidation Preference .

(a) (i) In the event of any Liquidation Event (as defined below), either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of each series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the proceeds of such Liquidation Event (the “Proceeds”) to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) for such series of Preferred Stock, plus declared but unpaid dividends on such share. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the Proceeds thus distributed among the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire Proceeds legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive under this subsection (a). For purposes of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, “Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.05 per share for each share of the Series A Preferred Stock and $0.16 per share for each share of the Series B Preferred Stock (each, as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such series of Preferred Stock).

(b) Upon the completion of the distribution required by subsection (a) of this Section 2, the remaining Proceeds available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming full conversion of all such Preferred Stock) until, with respect to each series of Preferred Stock, such holders shall have received the applicable Participation Cap (as defined below); thereafter, if Proceeds remain, the holders of the Common Stock of this corporation shall receive all of the remaining Proceeds pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each. For purposes of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, “Participation Cap” shall mean $0.15 for the Series A Preferred Stock and $0.48 for the Series B Preferred Stock (each, (i) including amounts paid pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 2 and (ii) as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such series of Preferred Stock).

(c) For purposes of this Section 2, a “Liquidation Event” shall include (A) the closing of the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of this corporation’s assets, (B) the consummation of the merger or consolidation of this corporation with or into another entity (except a merger or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of this corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of this corporation or the surviving or acquiring entity), (C) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of this corporation’s securities), of this corporation’s securities if, after such closing, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of this corporation (or the surviving or acquiring entity) or (D) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation; provided, however, that a transaction shall not

 

3


constitute a Liquidation Event if its sole purpose is to change the state of this corporation’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held this corporation’s securities immediately prior to such transaction. Notwithstanding the prior sentence, the sale of equity securities of the corporation in a financing transaction shall not be deemed a “Liquidation Event.” The treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as a Liquidation Event may be waived by the vote or written consent of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis).

(ii) In any Liquidation Event, if Proceeds received by this corporation or its stockholders is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

(A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (B) below:

(1) If traded on a securities exchange or through the Nasdaq Global Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing of the Liquidation Event;

(2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing of the Liquidation Event; and

(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.

(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (A) (1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.

(C) The foregoing methods for valuing non-cash consideration to be distributed in connection with a Liquidation Event shall, upon approval by the stockholders of the definitive agreements governing a Liquidation Event, be superseded by any determination of such value set forth in the definitive agreements governing such Liquidation Event.

3. Redemption . The Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

 

4


4. Conversion . The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a) Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of this corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price for such series by the applicable Conversion Price for such series (the conversion rate for a series of Preferred Stock into Common Stock is referred to herein as the “Conversion Rate” for such series), determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Price per share for each series of Preferred Stock shall be the Original Issue Price applicable to such series; provided, however, that the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in subsection 4(d).

(b) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Rate at the time in effect for such series of Preferred Stock immediately upon the earlier of (i) this corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-l under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, that results in gross aggregate proceeds to this corporation in excess of $25,000,000 (a “Qualified Public Offering”) or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis).

(c) Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to voluntarily convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he or she shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of this corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to this corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. This corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to subsection 4(b)(i) above, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the persons entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities. If the conversion is in connection with the Automatic Conversion provisions of subsection 4(b)(ii) above, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made on the conversion date described in the stockholder consent approving such conversion, and the persons entitled to receive shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.

 

5


(d) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances. Splits and Combinations . The Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) (A) If this corporation shall issue, on or after the date upon which this Restated Certificate of Incorporation is accepted for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Filing Date”), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall forthwith (except as otherwise provided in this clause (i)) be adjusted to a price determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by this corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price; and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock, For purposes of this Section 4(d)(i)(A), the term “Common Stock Outstanding” shall mean and include the following: (1) outstanding Common Stock, (2) Common Stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding Preferred Stock, (3) Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options and (4) Common Stock issuable upon exercise (and, in the case of warrants to purchase Preferred Stock, conversion) of outstanding warrants or other derivative securities. Shares described in (1) through (4) above shall be included whether vested or unvested, whether contingent or non-contingent and whether exercisable or not yet exercisable.

(B) No adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments that are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three (3) years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three (3) years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward. Except to the limited extent provided for in subsections (E)(3) and (E)(4), no adjustment of such Conversion Price pursuant to this subsection 4(d)(1) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(C) In the case of the issuance of Additional Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor.

(D) In the case of the issuance of the Additional Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair market value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

 

6


(E) In the case of the issuance of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the following provisions shall apply for purposes of determining the number of shares of Additional Stock issued and the consideration paid therefor:

(1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in subsections 4(d)(i)(C) and (d)(i)(D)), if any, received by this corporation upon the issuance of such options or lights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for the Common Stock covered thereby.

(2) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of, or in exchange (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility or exchangeability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by this corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by this corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in subsections 4(d)(i)(C) and (d)(i)(D)).

(3) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to this corporation upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.

(4) Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities that remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.

 

7


(5) The number of shares of Additional Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to subsections 4(d)(i)(E)(l) and (2) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either subsection 4(d)(i)(E)(3) or (4).

(ii) “Additional Stock” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection 4(d)(i)(E)) by this corporation on or after the Filing Date other than:

(A) Common Stock issued pursuant to a transaction described in subsection 4(d)(iii) hereof;

(B) up to 30,000,000 shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like) (excluding shares repurchased at cost by this corporation or cancelled shares, in either case, in connection with the termination of service) (the “Current Pool Reserve”) issued to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers pursuant to plans or agreements approved by this corporation’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 4(d), the Current Pool Reserve may be increased anytime after the Filing Date with the approval of the Board of Directors (including the approval of at least one director elected solely by holders of the Series B Preferred Stock) to increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under such plans or agreements to a number of shares of Common Stock greater than the Current Pool Reserve;

(C) shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock;

(D) Common Stock issued pursuant to a Qualified Public Offering;

(E) Common Stock issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities outstanding on the Filing Date;

(F) Common Stock issued in connection with a bona fide business acquisition of or by this corporation, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise that is approved by the Board of Directors;

(G) Common Stock issued or deemed issued pursuant to subsection 4(d)(i)(E) as a result of a decrease in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock resulting from the operation of Section 4(d);

(H) Common Stock issued to persons or entities pursuant to strategic transactions entered into for primarily non-equity financing purposes and provided that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors;

(I) Common Stock issued pursuant to equipment lease financings or bank credit arrangements entered into for primarily non-equity financing purposes and provided that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors; or

 

8


(J) Common Stock issued with the unanimous consent of all directors then serving on the Board of Directors.

(iii) In the event this corporation should at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “Common Stock Equivalents”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents.

(iv) If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Filing Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

(e) Other Distributions . In the event this corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by this corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in subsection 4(d)(iii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this subsection 4(e), the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of this corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of this corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(f) Recapitalizations . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than, a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or in Section 2) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of this corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalently as may be practicable

 

9


(g) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Preferred Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to particular stockholders, shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share and the corporation shall pay in cash the fair market value of any fractional shares as of the time when entitlement to receive such fractions is determined. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, this corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. This corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of Preferred Stock.

(h) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by this corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, this corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least ten (10) days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution, and the amount and character of such dividend or distribution.

(i) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . This corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, this corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(j) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given five (5) days after having been deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of this corporation.

 

10


(k) Waiver of Adjustment to Conversion Price . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.

5. Voting Rights .

(a) General Voting Rights . The holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of this corporation, and except as provided in subsection 5(b) below with respect to the election of directors by the separate class vote of the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

(b) Voting for the Election of Directors . As long as at least 10,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such series of Preferred Stock), the holders of a majority of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of this corporation. As long as at least 10,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such series of Preferred Stock), the holders of a majority of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of this corporation. The holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Stock shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of this corporation. The holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis) shall be entitled to elect any remaining directors of this corporation.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 223(a)(1) and 223(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law, any vacancy, including newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or amendment of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and vacancies created by removal or resignation of a director, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced; provided, however, that where such vacancy occurs among the directors elected by the holders of a class or series of stock, the holders of shares of such class or series may override the Board’s action to fill such

 

11


vacancy by (i) voting for their own designee to fill such vacancy at a meeting of’ the corporation’s stockholders or (ii) written consent, if the consenting stockholders hold a sufficient number of shares to elect their designee at a meeting of the stockholders. Any director may be removed during his or her term of office, either with or without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class or series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to written consent.

6. Protective Provisions . So long as at least 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such series of Preferred Stock), this corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis):

(a) consummate a Liquidation Event;

(b) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the shares;

(c) increase or decrease (other than by redemption or conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock;

(d) authorize or issue any equity security (including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any such equity security) having a preference over, or being on parity with, any series of Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, liquidation or redemption, other than the issuance of any authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock designated in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any security convertible into or exercisable for such shares of Preferred Stock);

(e) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for this corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which this corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment or service, or pursuant to a right of first refusal;

(f) pay a dividend on the Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

(g) amend this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws; or

(h) exclusively license a substantial portion of this corporation’s intellectual property.

 

12


7. Status of Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by this corporation. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in this corporation’s authorized capital stock.

C. Common Stock . The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Common Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(C).

1. Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of this corporation legally available therefor, any dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

2. Liquidation Rights . Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, the assets of this corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Article IV(B) hereof.

3. Redemption . The Common Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

4. Voting Rights . The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote for each such share, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of this corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of this corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE V

Except as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of this corporation.

ARTICLE VI

The number of directors of this corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of this corporation.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of this corporation shall so provide.

 

13


ARTICLE VIII

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of this corporation may provide. The books of this corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of this corporation.

ARTICLE IX

A director of this corporation shall not be personally liable to this corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to this corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article IX to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of this corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX by the stockholders of this corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of this corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE X

This corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE XI

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) agents of this corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits this corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law, subject only to limits created by applicable General Corporation Law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to this corporation, its stockholders, and others.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article XI shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, agent, or other person existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of this corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

14


ARTICLE XII

In connection with repurchases by this corporation of its Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, advisors, consultants or other persons performing services for this corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, Sections 502 and 503 of the California Corporations Code shall not apply in all or in part with respect to such repurchases.

*    *    *

THIRD: The foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: That said Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this corporation’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 15 th day of May, 2008.

 

/s/ Peter Gassner

Peter Gassner,
Chief Executive Officer


  

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF THE

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

VERTICALS ONDEMAND, INC.

Verticals onDemand, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”)

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST : The name of the Corporation is Verticals onDemand, Inc.

SECOND : The date on which the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware is January 12, 2007, under the name of Rags2Riches, Inc.

THIRD : That the Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted a resolution setting forth a proposed amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and in the best interests of the Corporation, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that Article I of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“The name of this corporation is Veeva Systems Inc.”

FOURTH : That thereafter said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law by written consent of the stockholders holding the requisite number of shares required by statute given in accordance with and pursuant to Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President this 2nd day of April, 2009.

 

/s/ Peter Gassner

Peter Gassner

President


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF THE

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.

Veeva Systems Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST : That the name of this Corporation is Veeva Systems Inc.

SECOND : The date on which the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware is January 12, 2007, under the name Rags2Riches, Inc.

THIRD : That the Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted a resolution setting forth a proposed amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and in the best interests of the Corporation:

RESOLVED, that Article IV, Section A of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“A. Authorization of Stock . This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, common stock and preferred stock. The total number of shares that this corporation is authorized to issue is 227,362,500. The total number of shares of common stock authorized to be issued is 140,800,000, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Stock”). The total number of shares of preferred stock authorized to be issued is 86,562,500, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), 60,000,000 of which shares are designated as “Series A Preferred Stock” and 26,562,500 of which shares are designated as “Series B Preferred Stock.”

FOURTH : That thereafter said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by written consent of the stockholders holding the requisite number of shares required by statute given in accordance with and pursuant to Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware with written notice to be given to those stockholders who did not consent as provided in that section.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Financial Officer this 7 th day of August, 2013.

 

/s/ Timothy S. Cabral

Timothy S. Cabral
Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 3.3

 

BYLAWS OF

RAGS2RICHES, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

             Page

ARTICLE I OFFICES

  1
  1.1   

Registered Office

  1
  1.2   

Offices

  1

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

  1
  2.1   

Location

  1
  2.2   

Timing

  1
  2.3   

Notice of Meeting

  1
  2.4   

Stockholders’ Records

  1
  2.5   

Special Meetings

  2
  2.6   

Notice of Meeting

  2
  2.7   

Business Transacted at Special Meeting

  2
  2.8   

Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means

  2
  2.9   

Voting Thresholds

  3
  2.10   

Number of Votes Per Share

  3
  2.11   

Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action

  3

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

  4
  3.1   

Authorized Directors

  4
  3.2   

Vacancies

  4
  3.3   

Board Authority

  5
  3.4   

Location of Meetings

  5
  3.5   

First Meeting

  5
  3.6   

Regular Meetings

  5
  3.7   

Special Meetings

  5
  3.8   

Quorum

  6
  3.9   

Action Without a Meeting

  6
  3.10   

Telephonic Meetings

  6
  3.11   

Committees

  6
  3.12   

Minutes of Meetings

  6
  3.13   

Compensation of Directors

  7
  3.14   

Removal of Directors

  7

ARTICLE IV NOTICES

  7
  4.1   

Notice

  7
  4.2   

Waiver of Notice

  7
  4.3   

Electronic Notice

  7

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

  8
  5.1   

Required and Permitted Officers

  8
  5.2   

Appointment of Required Officers

  8
  5.3   

Appointment of Permitted Officers

  8

 

i


  5.4   

Officer Compensation

  8
  5.5   

Term of Office; Vacancies

  8
  5.6   

Chairman Presides

  9
  5.7   

Absence of Chairman

  9
  5.8   

Powers of President

  9
  5.9   

President’s Signature Authority

  9
  5.10   

Absence of President

  9
  5.11   

Duties of Secretary

  9
  5.12   

Duties of Assistant Secretary

  10
  5.13   

Duties of Treasurer

  10
  5.14   

Disbursements and Financial Reports

  10
  5.15   

Treasurer’s Bond

  10
  5.16   

Duties of Assistant Treasurer

  10

ARTICLE VI CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

  10
  6.1   

Stock Certificates

  10
  6.2   

Facsimile Signatures

  11
  6.3   

Lost Certificates

  11
  6.4   

Transfer of Stock

  11
  6.5   

Fixing a Record Date

  11
  6.6   

Registered Stockholders

  12

ARTICLE VII GENERAL PROVISIONS

  12
  7.1   

Dividends

  12
  7.2   

Reserve for Dividends

  12
  7.3   

Checks

  12
  7.4   

Fiscal Year

  12
  7.5   

Corporate Seal

  12
  7.6   

Indemnification

  12
  7.7   

Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation

  14

ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENTS

  14

ARTICLE IX LOANS TO OFFICERS

  14

ARTICLE X RECORDS AND REPORTS

  14

 

ii


BYLAWS

OF

RAGS2RICHES, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

1.1 Registered Office . The registered office shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

1.2 Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Location . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held in the City of Pleasanton, State of California, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporations Law (“DGCL”). Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice.

2.2 Timing . Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year 2007, shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

2.3 Notice of Meeting . Written notice of any stockholder meeting stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

2.4 Stockholders’ Records . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address (but not the electronic address or other electronic contact information) of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each


stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

2.5 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning at least fifty percent (50%) in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

2.6 Notice of Meeting . Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting shall also be provided in the notice.

2.7 Business Transacted at Special Meeting . Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

2.8 Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means .

(a) Quorum; Meeting Adjournment. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2


(b) Presence by Remote Means. If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(1) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(2) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

2.9 Voting Thresholds . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

2.10 Number of Votes Per Share . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote by such stockholder or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

2.11 Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action .

(a) Action by Written Consent of Stockholders . Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken, is signed in a manner permitted by law by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Written stockholder consents shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent in the manner permitted by law and shall be delivered to the corporation as provided in subsection (b) below. No written consent shall be effective to take the action set forth therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner provided above, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action set forth therein are delivered to the corporation in the manner provided above.

 

3


(b) Electronic Consent. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (1) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (2) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporation.

(c) Notice of Action. Prompt notice of any action taken pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be provided to the stockholders in accordance with Section 228(e) of the DGCL.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 Authorized Directors . The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

3.2 Vacancies . Unless otherwise provided in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as it may be amended, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of

 

4


the whole Board of Directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

3.3 Board Authority . The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

3.4 Location of Meetings . The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

3.5 First Meeting . The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

3.6 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

3.7 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the president upon notice to each director; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two (2) directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director. Notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director at his business or residence in writing, or by telegram, facsimile transmission, telephone communication or electronic transmission (provided, with respect to electronic transmission, that the director has consented to receive the form of transmission at the address to which it is directed). If mailed, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five (5) days before such meeting. If by telegram, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission, such notice shall be transmitted at least twenty- four (24) hours before such meeting. If by telephone, the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these Bylaws as provided under Section 8.1 of

 

5


Article VIII hereof. A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present (except as otherwise provided by law) or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in writing, either before or after such meeting.

3.8 Quorum . At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and any act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be an act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

3.9 Action Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing, writings, electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

3.10 Telephonic Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.11 Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these bylaws.

3.12 Minutes of Meetings . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

6


3.13 Compensation of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

3.14 Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

4.1 Notice . Unless otherwise provided in these bylaws, whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

4.2 Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

4.3 Electronic Notice .

(a) Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders and directors, any notice to stockholders or directors given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder or director to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder or director by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (l)the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

7


(b) Effective Date of Notice. Notice given pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (3) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder or director of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder or director. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(c) Form of Electronic Transmission. For purposes of these bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 Required and Permitted Officers . The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a president, treasurer and a secretary. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice-Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may also choose a chairman or co-chairman to serve as officers of the corporation and/or one or more vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

5.2 Appointment of Required Officers . The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, a treasurer, and a secretary and may choose a chairman, co-chairman or vice-presidents.

5.3 Appointment of Permitted Officers . The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

5.4 Officer Compensation . The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.5 Term of Office; Vacancies . The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

5.6 Reporting Relationships . Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, by resolution the Board of Directors may designate the direct and indirect reporting relationships for the performance of duties of each of the officers of the corporation.

 

8


THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

5.7 Chairman Presides . The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he shall be present. He shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

5.8 Absence of Chairman . In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he shall be present. He shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

THE PRESIDENT, EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN AND VICE-PRESIDENTS

5.9 Powers of President . The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation; in the absence of the Chairman and Vice-Chairman of the Board. He or she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors; he or she shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.

5.10 President’s Signature Authority . The president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

5.11 Absence of President . In the absence of the president or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the co-chairman or vice-president, if any, (or in the event there be more than one co-chairman or vice-president, the co-chairman or vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The co-chairman and vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

5.12 Duties of Secretary . The secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or president, under whose supervision he or she shall be. He or she shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he or she, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

 

9


5.13 Duties of Assistant Secretary. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

5.14 Duties of Treasurer. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

5.15 Disbursements and Financial Reports. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

5.16 Treasurer’s Bond. If required by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

5.17 Duties of Assistant Treasurer. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of the treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

6.1 Stock Certificates. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or a vice-president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.

 

10


Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

6.2 Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In the event that any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still acting as such at the date of issue.

6.3 Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

6.4 Transfer of Stock. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

6.5 Fixing a Record Date. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more

 

11


than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

6.6 Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, to vote as such owner, to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1 Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, if any, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

7.2 Reserve for Dividends. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their sole discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purposes as the directors think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

7.3 Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

7.4 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

7.5 Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

7.6 Indemnification. The corporation shall, to the fullest extent authorized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as those laws may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of being a director of the corporation or a predecessor corporation or a director or officer of another corporation, if such person served in such position at the request of the corporation; provided, however, that the

 

12


corporation shall indemnify any such director or officer in connection with a proceeding initiated by such director or officer only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the coiporation. The indemnification provided for in this Section 7.6 shall: (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under these bylaws, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of a person who has ceased to be a director. The corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Section 7.6 shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation or any other person.

Expenses incurred by a director of the corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of the corporation (or was serving at the corporation’s request as a director or officer of another corporation) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant sections of the DGCL. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to an agent who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation that alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such agent, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such agent’s fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such agent’s duty to the corporation or its stockholders.

The foregoing provisions of this Section 7.6 shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

The Board of Directors in its sole discretion shall have power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any person, other than a director, made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, his testator or intestate, is or was an officer or employee of the corporation.

To assure indemnification under this Section 7.6 of all directors, officers and employees who are determined by the corporation or otherwise to be or to have been “fiduciaries” of any employee benefit plan of the corporation that may exist from time to time, Section 145 of the DGCL shall, for the purposes of this Section 7.6, be interpreted as follows: an “other enterprise” shall be deemed to include such an employee benefit plan, including without limitation, any plan of the corporation that is governed by the Act of Congress entitled “Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,” as amended from time to time; the corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve the corporation for purposes of Section 145 of the DGCL, as administrator of an employee benefit plan where the performance

 

13


by such person of his duties to the corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to such Act of Congress shall be deemed “fines.”

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION GOVERNS

7.7 Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall govern.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

8.1 These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

ARTICLE IX

LOANS TO OFFICERS

9.1 The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

ARTICLE X

RECORDS AND REPORTS

10.1 The application and requirements of Section 1501 of the California General Corporation Law are hereby expressly waived to the fullest extent permitted thereunder.

 

14


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY OF

RAGS2RICHES, INC.

The undersigned, Peter Gassner, hereby certifies that he is the duly elected and acting Secretary of RAGS2RICHES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and that the Bylaws attached hereto constitute the Bylaws of said Corporation as duly adopted by Action by Written Consent in Lieu of Organizational Meeting by the Directors on February 6, 2007.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto subscribed his name this 14th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/    Peter Gassner        

Secretary

Exhibit 4.2

VERTICALS ONDEMAND, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

May 16, 2008


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page  

1.

  

Registration Rights

     1   
   1.1   

Definitions

     1   
   1.2   

Request for Registration

     2   
   1.3   

Company Registration

     4   
   1.4   

Form S-3 Registration

     5   
   1.5   

Obligations of the Company

     6   
   1.6   

Information from Holder

     8   
   1.7   

Expenses of Registration

     8   
   1.8   

Delay of Registration

     8   
   1.9   

Indemnification

     8   
   1.10   

Reports Under the 1934 Act

     10   
   1.11   

Assignment of Registration Rights

     11   
   1.12   

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

     11   
   1.13   

“Market Stand-Off” Agreement

     12   
   1.14   

Termination of Registration Rights

     13   

2.

  

Covenants of the Company

     13   
   2.1   

Delivery of Financial Statements

     13   
   2.2   

Inspection

     13   
   2.3   

Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants

     14   
   2.4   

Right of First Offer

     14   
   2.5   

Employee Agreements

     16   
   2.6   

Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements and Consulting Agreements

     16   
   2.7   

Option Pool Increase

     16   
   2.8   

Operating Plan

     16   
   2.9   

Observer Rights

     16   
   2.10   

Termination of Certain Covenants

     16   

3.

  

Miscellaneous

     17   
   3.1   

Successors and Assigns

     17   
   3.2   

Governing Law

     17   
   3.3   

Counterparts

     17   
   3.4   

Titles and Subtitles

     17   
   3.5   

Notices

     17   
   3.6   

Expenses

     17   
   3.7   

Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers

     17   
   3.8   

Confidentiality

     18   
   3.9   

Severability

     18   
   3.10   

Aggregation of Stock

     18   
   3.11   

Additional Investors

     18   
   3.12   

Termination of Prior Agreement

     18   

 

i


INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of the 16 th day of May, 2008, by and among VERTICALS ONDEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is herein referred to as an “Investor.”

RECITALS

WHEREAS , certain of the Investors (the “Existing Investors”) hold shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock and/or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and possess registration rights, information rights, rights of first offer and other rights pursuant to an Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of February 23, 2007 by and among the Company and such Existing Investors (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS , the Prior Agreement may be amended, and any provision therein waived, with the consent of the Company, and the holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement);

WHEREAS , the Existing Investors as holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement) of the Company desire to terminate the Prior Agreement and to accept the rights created pursuant hereto in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement; and

WHEREAS , certain Investors are parties to the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith by and among the Company and certain of the Investors (the “Series B Agreement”), which provides that as a condition to the closing of the sale of the Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock,” collectively with the Series A Preferred Stock, the “Preferred Stock”), this Agreement must be executed and delivered by such Investors, Existing Investors holding a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement) of the Company, and the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the Existing Investors hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and the parties hereto further agree as follows:

1. Registration Rights . The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 1:

(a) The term “Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(b) The term “Form S-3” means such form under the Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.


(c) The term “Holder” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.11 hereof.

(d) The term “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Act.

(e) The term “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(f) The terms “register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(g) The term “Registrable Securities” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, and (ii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in replacement of, the shares referenced in (i) above, excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his rights under this Section 1 are not assigned.

(h) The number of shares of “Registrable Securities” outstanding shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding that are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities that are, Registrable Securities.

(i) The term “Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 under the Act.

(j) The term “Rule 144(k)” shall mean subsection (k) of Rule 144 under the Act.

(k) The term “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.2 Request for Registration .

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 1.2, if the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) five (5) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the Initial Offering, a written request from the Holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Series B Preferred Stock (for purposes of this Section 1.2, the “Initiating Holders”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of more than $20,000,000, then the Company shall, within twenty (20) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 1.2, use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the Act of all Registrable Securities that the Holders request to be registered in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days of the mailing of the Company’s notice pursuant to this Section 1.2(a) to the Holders in accordance with Section 3.5.

 

2


(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.2(a). In such event the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities underwritten (including Registrable Securities), then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders). In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such underwriting unless all other securities are first excluded. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(i) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the Act; or

(ii) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective; or

(iii) during the period starting with the date ninety (90) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of the filing of and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a Company-initiated registration subject to Section 1.3 below, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iv) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of Registrable Securities that may be registered on Form S-3 pursuant to Section 1.4 hereof; or

(v) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2 a certificate signed by the Company’s Chief

 

3


Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, provided that such right shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12)-month period.

1.3 Company Registration .

(a) If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock or other securities under the Act in connection with the public offering of such securities (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.3(c), use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be registered under the Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder requests to be registered.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 1.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 1.7 hereof.

(c) Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under this Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by the Company (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters) and enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with such underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering. In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such offering unless all other stockholders’ securities have been first excluded. In the event that the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered

 

4


can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be apportioned pro rata among the selling Holders based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all selling Holders or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below twenty percent (20%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering. For purposes of the preceding sentence concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder that is a Holder of Registrable Securities and that is a venture capital fund, partnership or corporation, the affiliated venture capital funds, partners, retired partners and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities owned by all such related entities and individuals.

1.4 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from a Holder or Holders of at least 25% of the Registrable Securities (for purposes of this Section 1.4, the “Initiating Holder(s)”) a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company shall:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after written notice from the Company in accordance with Section 3.5, provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this section 1.4:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $5,000,000;

(iii) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.4 a certificate signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its

 

5


stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, provided that such right shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12)-month period;

(iv) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected one registration on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.4; or

(v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.4(a). The provisions of Section 1.2(b) shall be applicable to such request (with the substitution of Section 1.4 for references to Section 1.2).

(d) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Initiating Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be counted as requests for registration effected pursuant to Sections 1.2.

1.5 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to sixty (60) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;

 

6


(d) use all commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering;

(f) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(g) cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 1 to be listed on a national exchange or trading system and on each securities exchange and trading system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and

(h) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 1, the Company shall be entitled to postpone or suspend, for a reasonable period of time, the effectiveness or use of, or trading under, any registration statement if the Company shall determine that any such sale of any securities pursuant to such registration statement would in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company:

(i) materially impede, delay or interfere with any material pending or proposed financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Company for which the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized negotiations;

(ii) materially adversely impair the consummation of any pending or proposed material offering or sale of any class of securities by the Company; or

(iii) require disclosure of material nonpublic information that, if disclosed at such time, would be materially harmful to the interests of the Company and its stockholders; provided , however , that during any such period all executive officers and directors of the Company are also prohibited from selling securities of the Company (or any security of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates).

In the event of the suspension of effectiveness of any registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.5, the applicable time period during which such registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by that number of days equal to the number of days the effectiveness of such registration statement was suspended.

 

7


1.6 Information from Holder . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

1.7 Expenses of Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with each registration, filing or qualification pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders (not to exceed $30,000) shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.4 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless, in the case of a registration requested under Section 1.2, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2 and provided, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 1.2 and 1.4.

1.8 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.9 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, officers, directors and stockholders of each Holder, legal counsel and accountants for each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the 1934 Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any

 

8


preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in such registration statement a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities laws, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, underwriter, controlling person or other aforementioned person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.9(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter, controlling person or other aforementioned person; provided further, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or underwriter or other aforementioned person, or any person controlling such Holder or underwriter, from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased shares in the offering, if a copy of the most current prospectus was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Holder or underwriter or other aforementioned person to such person, if required by law to have been so delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the shares to such person, and if the prospectus (as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage or liability.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities laws, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.9(b) for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.9(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

 

9


(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.9, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.9 to the extent of such prejudice, but the omission to so deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.9.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, that no contribution by any Holder, when combined with any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 1.9(b), shall exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.9 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1 and otherwise.

1.10 Reports Under the 1934 Act . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the Initial Offering;

 

10


(b) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Act and the 1934 Act; and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested to avail any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

1.11 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such securities that (i) is a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, former member, affiliated venture capital fund or stockholder of a Holder, (ii) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, or (iii) after such assignment or transfer, holds at least 10,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like), provided: (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 1.13 below; and (c) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Act.

1.12 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of at least 75% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include any of such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.2, Section 1.3 or Section 1.4 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (b) to demand registration of their securities.

 

11


1.13 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement .

(a) Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days or such longer period, not to exceed 18 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or any successor regulation) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 1.13 shall apply only to the Company’s initial offering of equity securities, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall only be applicable to the Holders if all officers, directors and greater than five percent (5%) stockholders of the Company enter into similar agreements. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s Initial Offering are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 1.13 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the Company’s Initial Offering that are consistent with this Section 1.13 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

(b) Each Holder agrees that a legend reading substantially as follows shall be placed on all certificates representing all Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the restriction contained in this Section 1.13):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS AMENDED, (OR SUCH LONGER PERIOD, NOT TO EXCEED 18 DAYS AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE 180-DAY PERIOD, AS THE UNDERWRITERS OR THE COMPANY SHALL REQUEST IN ORDER TO FACILITATE COMPLIANCE WITH NASD RULE 2711 OR ANY SUCCESSOR REGULATION) AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

12


1.14 Termination of Registration Rights . No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 upon the earlier of (i) three (3) years following the consummation of the Initial Offering, (ii) as to any Holder, such time after the Initial Offering at which such Holder (A) can sell all shares held by it in compliance with Rule 144(k) or (B) holds one percent (1%) or less of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock and all Registrable Securities held by such Holder (together with any affiliate of the Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) can be sold in any three (3) month period without registration in compliance with Rule 144 or (iii) after the consummation of a Liquidation Event, as that term is defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time).

2. Covenants of the Company .

2.1 Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall, upon request, deliver to each Investor (or transferee of an Investor) who holds at least 10,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like) (a “Major Investor”):

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited income statement, statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter; and

(c) within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows and balance sheet for and as of the end of such month, in reasonable detail.

2.2 Inspection . The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information, or that could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

13


2.3 Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants . The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier to occur of (i) the Company’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Act that results in aggregate proceeds to the Company in excess of $25,000,000, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, whichever event shall first occur or (iii) the consummation of a Liquidation Event, as that term is defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time).

2.4 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.4, the Company hereby grants to each Major Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “Major Investor” includes any general partners and affiliates of a Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted it among itself and its partners and affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of, its capital stock (“Shares”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice in accordance with Section 3.5 (“Notice”) to the Major Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered and (iii) the price and terms upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

(b) By written notification received by the Company within twenty (20) calendar days after Notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5, each Major Investor may elect to purchase, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Shares that equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock that are Registrable Securities issued and held by such Major Investor (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding) bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding). The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Major Investor that elects to purchase all the shares available to it (a “Fully-Exercising Investor”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after such information is given in accordance with Section 3.5, each Fully-Exercising Investor may elect to purchase that portion of the Shares for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe, but which were not subscribed for by the Major Investors, that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Registrable Securities issued and held by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock then held, by all Fully-Exercising Investors who wish to purchase some of the unsubscribed shares.

 

14


(c) If all Shares that Major Investors are entitled to obtain pursuant to subsection 2.4(b) are not elected to be obtained as provided in subsection 2.4(b) hereof, the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.4(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of such Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than that, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those, specified in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within sixty (60) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance herewith.

(d) The right of first offer in this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to (i) the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock (or options therefor) to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers pursuant to plans or agreements approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, (ii) the issuance of securities pursuant to a bona fide, firmly underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock registered under the Act whereby all shares of Preferred Stock convert into Common Stock, (iii) the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities outstanding on the date hereof, (iv) the issuance of securities in connection with a bona fide business acquisition of or by the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, (v) the issuance and sale of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series B Agreement, (vi) the issuance of stock, warrants or other securities or rights to persons or entities with which the Company has business relationships or in connection with strategic transactions, provided such issuances are primarily for other than equity financing purposes and provided that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors, (vii) the issuance of stock, warrants or other securities or rights pursuant to equipment lease financings or bank credit arrangements, provided such issuance are primarily for other than equity financing purposes and provided that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors, or (viii) the issuance of securities that, with the unanimous approval of the Board of Directors, are not offered to any existing stockholder of the Company. In addition to the foregoing, the right of first offer in this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable with respect to any Major Investor in any subsequent offering of Shares if (i) at the time of such offering, the Major Investor is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) of the Act and (ii) such offering of Shares is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

(e) The rights provided in this Section 2.4 may not be assigned or transferred by any Major Investor; provided, however, that a Major Investor that is a venture capital fund may assign or transfer such rights to an affiliated venture capital fund or partner of such venture capital fund.

(f) The covenants set forth in this Section 2.4 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of (i) the Company’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Act that results in aggregate proceeds to the Company in excess of $25,000,000 or (ii) a Liquidation Event, as that term is defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time).

 

15


2.5 Employee Agreements . Unless approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, all future employees of the Company who shall purchase, or receive options to purchase, shares of the Company’s Common Stock following the date hereof shall be required to execute stock purchase or option agreements providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four-year period with the first 6.25% of such shares vesting following three (3) months of continued employment or services, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following 45 months thereafter and (ii) a 180-day lockup period in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Company shall retain a right of first refusal on transfers until the Company’s initial public offering and the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost, and no transfers of unvested shares will be allowed except for transfers for estate planning purposes.

2.6 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements and Consulting Agreements . The Company shall require all current and future employees and consultants with access to confidential information to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement or Consulting Agreement, as the case may be, in substantially the form approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

2.7 Option Pool Increase . The number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2007 Stock Option Plan or any similar plan shall not exceed 40,000,000 shares without prior approval of the Board of Directors.

2.8 Operating Plan . As soon as is practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the start of each fiscal year, the Board of Directors (including the approval of at least one director elected solely by the holders of Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Director”)) shall approve an annual operating plan of the Company.

2.9 Observer Rights . As long as Craig Ramsey owns not less than 10,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof and appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or the like), the Company shall invite Mr. Ramsey to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and, provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or would result in disclosure of trade secrets to such representative or if such Investor or its representative is or is affiliated with a direct competitor of the Company.

2.10 Termination of Certain Covenants . The covenants set forth in Sections 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8 and 2.9 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the

 

16


consummation of (i) the Company’s sale of its Common Stock or other securities pursuant to Registration Statement under the Act (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to its stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a SEC Rule 145 transaction) or (ii) a Liquidation Event, as that term is defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time).

3. Miscellaneous .

3.1 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

3.2 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.

3.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

3.4 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

3.5 Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the addresses set forth on the signature pages attached hereto (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 3.5).

3.6 Expenses . If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

3.7 Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto, if any) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. Any term of this Agreement (other than Section 2.1, Section 2.2, Section 2.3 and Section 2.4) may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular

 

17


instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least 75% of the Registrable Securities. The provisions of Section 2.1, Section 2.2, Section 2.3 and Section 2.4 may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least 75% of the Registrable Securities that are held by Major Investors. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.

3.8 Confidentiality . Each Investor agrees to use, and to use its best efforts to insure that its authorized representatives use, the same degree of care as such Investor uses to protect its own confidential information (but in no event less than reasonable care) to keep confidential the information provided to it pursuant to Section 3 above and any other information furnished to it which the Company identifies as being confidential or proprietary (so long as such information is not in the public domain); provided, however, that such restriction shall not apply to information that (i) was in the public domain prior to the time it was furnished to such recipient, (ii) is at the time of the alleged breach (through no willful or improper action or inaction by such recipient) generally available to the public, (iii) was rightfully disclosed to such recipient by a third party without restriction or (iv) as of the time of the alleged breach, had been independently developed (as evidenced by written records) without any use of the Company’s confidential information. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 3.8 shall not apply to (i) information required to be disclosed by applicable law and (ii) information disclosed to a Holder that is an investment fund to its limited partners, partners, members and affiliates to allow such Holder to comply with its reasonable obligations and arrangements with such person or entities; provided that such limited partners, partners, members and affiliates are subject to substantially similar confidentiality obligations.

3.9 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision(s) shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

3.10 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities (including affiliated venture capital funds) or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

3.11 Additional Investors . Notwithstanding Section 3.7, no consent shall be necessary to add additional Investors as signatories to this Agreement, provided that such Investors have purchased Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to a subsequent closing provision of the Series B Agreement.

3.12 Termination of Prior Agreement . Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect, and shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement.

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  VERTICALS ONDEMAND, INC.
  By:  

/s/ Peter Gassner

    Peter Gassner
    Chief Executive Officer
Address:   309 Ray Street
  Pleasanton, CA 94566


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
EMERGENCE CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.
By:  

Emergence Equity Partners II, L.P.,

its General Partner

By:  

Emergence GP Partners, LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Gordon Ritter

Name:  

Gordon Ritter

Title:   Manager


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

/s/ Mark Armenante

Mark Armenante


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

/s/ Craig Ramsey

Craig Ramsey


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

/s/ Young Sohn

Young Sohn


SCHEDULE A

INVESTORS

Emergence Capital Partners II, L.P.

Mark Armenante

Craig Ramsey

Young Sohn

Exhibit 10.2

V EEVA S YSTEMS I NC .

2007 S TOCK P LAN

A DOPTED O N F EBRUARY  6, 2007

A MENDED F EBRUARY  23, 2007, M AY  18, 2010 AND N OVEMBER  14, 2012


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  
SECTION 1. Establishment And Purpose      1   
SECTION 2. Administration      1   

(a)    Committees of the Board of Directors

     1   

(b)    Authority of the Board of Directors

     1   
SECTION 3. Eligibility      1   

(a)    General Rule

     1   

(b)    Ten-Percent Stockholders

     1   
SECTION 4. Stock Subject To Plan      2   

(a)    Basic Limitation

     2   

(b)    Additional Shares

     2   
SECTION 5. Terms And Conditions Of Awards Or Sales      2   

(a)    Stock Grant or Purchase Agreement

     2   

(b)    Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights

     2   

(c)    Purchase Price

     2   

(d)    Withholding Taxes

     2   

(e)    Transfer Restrictions and Forfeiture Conditions

     3   
SECTION 6. Terms And Conditions Of Options      3   

(a)    Stock Option Agreement

     3   

(b)    Number of Shares

     3   

(c)    Exercise Price

     3   

(d)    Exercisability

     3   

(e)    Basic Term

     3   

(f)     Termination of Service (Except by Death)

     4   

(g)    Leaves of Absence

     4   

(h)    Death of Optionee

     4   

(i)     Post-Exercise Restrictions on Transfer of Shares

     5   

(j)     Pre-Exercise Restrictions on Transfer of Options or Shares

     5   

(k)    Withholding Taxes

     5   

(l)     No Rights as a Stockholder

     5   

(m)   Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options

     6   

(n)    Company’s Right to Cancel Certain Options

     6   
SECTION 7. Payment For Shares      6   

(a)    General Rule

     6   

(b)    Services Rendered

     6   

(c)    Promissory Note

     6   

(d)    Surrender of Stock

     6   

(e)    Exercise/Sale

     6   

(f)     Other Forms of Payment

     7   

 

i


SECTION 8. Adjustment Of Shares      7   

(a)    General

     7   

(b)    Mergers and Consolidations

     7   

(c)    Reservation of Rights

     8   
SECTION 9. Securities Law Requirements      9   

(a)    Application of Requirement

     9   

(b)    Scope of Requirement

     9   
SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS      9   

(a)    Securities Law Requirements

     9   

(b)    No Retention Rights

     9   

(c)    Treatment as Compensation

     9   

(d)    Governing Law

     10   
SECTION 11. Duration and Amendments      10   

(a)    Term of the Plan

     10   

(b)    Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan

     10   

(c)    Effect of Amendment or Termination

     10   
SECTION 12. Definitions      10   

 

ii


V EEVA S YSTEMS I NC . 2007 S TOCK P LAN

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

The purpose of the Plan is to offer selected persons an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by acquiring Shares of the Company’s Stock. The Plan provides both for the direct award or sale of Shares and for the grant of Options to purchase Shares. Options granted under the Plan may include Nonstatutory Options as well as ISOs intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.

Capitalized terms are defined in Section 12.

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Committees of the Board of Directors. The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees. Each Committee shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors. Each Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it. If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.

(b) Authority of the Board of Directors . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Board of Directors, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Option Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Purchasers, all Optionees, all persons deriving their rights from a Purchaser or Optionee and on the Company and its employees and stockholders.

SECTION 3. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) General Rule . Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Nonstatutory Options or the direct award or sale of Shares. Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

(b) Ten-Percent Stockholders . A person who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant and (ii) such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the Date of Grant. For purposes of


this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

(a) Basic Limitation . Not more than Twenty Million (20,000,000) 1 Shares may be issued under the Plan (subject to Subsection (b) below and Section 8(a)). All of these Shares may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs. The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares.

(b) Additional Shares. In the event that Shares previously issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company, such Shares shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan. In the event that an outstanding Option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled, the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or other right shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan.

SECTION 5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES.

(a) Stock Grant or Purchase Agreement . Each award of Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Grant Agreement between the Grantee and the Company. Each sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company. Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Grant Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Grant Agreements and Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights . Any right to purchase Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 30 days after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company. Such right shall not be transferable and shall be exercisable only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.

(c) Purchase Price . The Board of Directors shall determine the Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan at its sole discretion. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

(d) Withholding Taxes . As a condition to the award, purchase, vesting or transfer of Shares, the Grantee or Purchaser shall make such arrangements as the Board of

 

 

1  

Reflects the initial reserve of 10,000,000 shares approved by the Board of Directors on February 6, 2007 and the 10,000,000-share increase approved by the Board of Directors on February 23, 2007.

 

2


Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such event.

(e) Transfer Restrictions and Forfeiture Conditions . Any Shares awarded or sold under the Plan shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Grant Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally.

SECTION 6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

(a) Stock Option Agreement . Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. The Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Number of Shares . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 8. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option.

(c) Exercise Price . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Exercise Price shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7. This Subsection (c) shall not apply to an Option granted pursuant to an assumption of, or substitution for, another option in a manner that complies with Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

(d) Exercisability . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. No Option shall be exercisable unless the Optionee (i) has delivered an executed copy of the Stock Option Agreement to the Company or (ii) otherwise agrees to be bound by the terms of the Stock Option Agreement. The Board of Directors shall determine the exercisability provisions of the Stock Option Agreement at its sole discretion.

(e) Basic Term . The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option. The term shall not exceed 10 years from the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

 

3


(f) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than 30 days after the termination of the Optionee’s Service); or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates. In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

(g) Leaves of Absence . For purposes of Subsection (f) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). If an Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule applicable to his or her Option in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave.

(h) Death of Optionee . If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than six months after the Optionee’s death).

 

4


All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death (or became exercisable as a result of the death) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s death (or vested as a result of the Optionee’s death). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

(i) Post-Exercise Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally.

(j) Pre-Exercise Restrictions on Transfer of Options or Shares . An Option shall be transferable by the Optionee only by (i) a beneficiary designation, (ii) a will or (iii) the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence. If the applicable Stock Option Agreement so provides, a Nonstatutory Option shall also be transferable by gift or domestic relations order to a Family Member of the Optionee. An ISO may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative. In addition, an Option shall comply with all conditions of Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Such conditions include, without limitation, the transferability restrictions set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) and (v) under the Exchange Act, which shall apply to an Option and, prior to exercise, to the Shares to be issued upon exercise of such Option during the period commencing on the Date of Grant and ending on the earlier of (i) the date when the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (ii) the date when the Company makes a determination that it will cease to rely on the exemption afforded by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act. During such period, an Option and, prior to exercise, the Shares to be issued upon exercise of such Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation or other transfer by the Optionee, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act) or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act).

(k) Withholding Taxes . As a condition to the grant or exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such grant or exercise. The Optionee shall also make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the vesting or transfer of Shares acquired by exercising an Option or any similar event.

(l) No Rights as a Stockholder . An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionee’s Option until such person becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to the terms of such Option.

 

5


(m) Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options . Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee’s rights or increase the Optionee’s obligations under such Option.

(n) Company’s Right to Cancel Certain Options . Any other provision of the Plan or a Stock Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Company shall have the right at any time to cancel an Option that was not granted in compliance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Prior to canceling such Option, the Company shall give the Optionee not less than 30 days’ notice in writing. If the Company elects to cancel such Option, it shall deliver to the Optionee consideration with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Option as of the time of the cancellation over (ii) the Exercise Price of such Option. The consideration may be delivered in the form of cash or cash equivalents, in the form of Shares, or a combination of both. If the consideration would be a negative amount, such Option may be cancelled without the delivery of any consideration.

SECTION 7. PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

(a) General Rule . The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.

(b) Services Rendered . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the award.

(c) Promissory Note . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or a portion of the Purchase Price or Exercise Price (as the case may be) of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note. The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory note and interest thereon. The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest under the Code. Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.

(d) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when the Option is exercised.

(e) Exercise/Sale . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a

 

6


securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.

(f) Other Forms of Payment . To the extent that a Stock Purchase Agreement or Stock Option Agreement so provides, the Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid in any other form permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended.

SECTION 8. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

(a) General . In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, proportionate adjustments shall automatically be made in each of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option and (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option. In the event of a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a recapitalization, a spin-off, or a similar occurrence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion may make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

(b) Mergers and Consolidations . In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, all outstanding Options shall be treated in the manner described in the definitive transaction agreement (or, in the event the transaction does not entail a definitive agreement to which the Company is a party, in the manner determined by the Board of Directors, with such determination having final and binding effect on all parties), which agreement or determination need not treat all outstanding Options (or portions thereof) in an identical manner. Unless a Stock Option Agreement provides otherwise, the treatment specified in the transaction agreement or by the Board of Directors may include (without limitation) one or more of the following with respect to each outstanding Option:

(i) The continuation of such outstanding Option by the Company (if the Company is the surviving entity);

(ii) The assumption of such outstanding Option by the surviving entity or its parent, provided that the assumption of an Option shall comply with applicable tax requirements;

(iii) The substitution by the surviving entity or its parent of an equivalent award for such outstanding Option (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the holders of Shares in the

 

7


transaction), provided that the substitution of an Option shall comply with applicable tax requirements;

(iv) The cancellation of the unvested portion (after taking into account any vesting occurring at or prior to the effective time of the transaction) of any such outstanding Option without payment of any consideration; or

(v) The cancellation of such Option and a payment to the Optionee with respect to each share subject to the portion of the Option that is vested or becomes vested as of the effective time of the transaction equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Board of Directors in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a Share as a result of the transaction, over (B) the per-share Exercise Price of such Option (such excess, if any, the “Spread”). Such payment shall be made in the form of cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the surviving entity or its parent having a value equal to the Spread. In addition, any escrow, holdback, earn-out or similar provisions in the transaction agreement may apply to such payment to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of Shares, but only to the extent the application of such provisions does not adversely affect the status of the Option as exempt from Code Section 409A. If the Spread applicable to an Option (whether or not vested) is zero or a negative number, then the Option may be cancelled without making a payment to the Optionee.

If (A) the Company is subject to a transaction described in this Section 8(b) before an Optionee’s continuous Service terminates and (B) an outstanding Option is not continued, assumed or substituted in accordance with clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, then an Optionee who is entitled under a Stock Option Agreement, employment agreement or Company policy to vesting acceleration (a “Vesting Arrangement”) that could be triggered as of a date following the effective time of the transaction as a result of a qualifying termination of Service shall be deemed to be vested, to the extent provided in the relevant Vesting Arrangement, as if all triggering events had occurred as of the effective time of the transaction with respect to any such unvested Option that would otherwise terminate at or immediately prior to the effective time irrespective of whether or not a qualifying Service termination has occurred. It is intended that the previous sentence shall apply to Optionees whose Vesting Arrangement provides for “double trigger” vesting acceleration and such Optionees could be subjected to a Service termination triggering the acceleration after closing of the transaction at a time when the unvested portion of an Option will no longer exist.

Any action taken under this Section 8(b) shall either preserve an Option’s status as exempt from Code Section 409A or comply with Code Section 409A.

(c) Reservation of Rights . Except as provided in this Section 8, a Grantee, Purchaser or Optionee shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price

 

8


of Shares subject to an Option. The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

SECTION 9. SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS.

(a) Application of Requirement. This Section 9 shall apply only during a period that (i) commences when the Company begins to rely on the exemption described in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, and (ii) ends on the earlier of (A) the date when the Company ceases to rely on such exemption, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, or (B) the date when the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, this Section 9 shall in no event apply to an Optionee after he or she has fully exercised all of his or her Options.

(b) Scope of Requirement. The Company shall provide to each Optionee the information described in Rule 701(e)(3), (4) and (5) under the Securities Act. Such information shall be provided at six-month intervals, and the financial statements included in such information shall not be more than 180 days old. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company shall not be required to provide such information unless the Optionee has agreed in writing, on a form prescribed by the Company, to keep such information confidential.

SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Securities Law Requirements. Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded. The Company shall not be liable for a failure to issue Shares that is attributable to such requirements.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Grantee, Purchaser or Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Grantee, Purchaser or Optionee) or of the Grantee, Purchaser or Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Treatment as Compensation . Any compensation that an individual earns or is deemed to earn under this Plan shall not be considered a part of his or her compensation for purposes of calculating contributions, accruals or benefits under any other plan or program that is maintained or funded by the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

9


(d) Governing Law . The Plan and all awards, sales and grants under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 11. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

(a) Term of the Plan . The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made under the Plan. The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after the later of (i) the date when the Board of Directors adopted the Plan or (ii) the date when the Board of Directors approved the most recent increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 that was also approved by the Company’s stockholders. The Plan may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan . The Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason; provided, however, that any amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders if it (i) increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 8) or (ii) materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs. Stockholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan. If the stockholders fail to approve an increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred in reliance on such increase shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made in reliance on such increase.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option (or any other right to purchase Shares) granted under the Plan prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan.

SECTION 12. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(b) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(c) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).

(d) “ Company ” shall mean Veeva Systems Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

10


(e) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(f) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date of grant specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant the Option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(g) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(h) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(i) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(j) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(k) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(l) “ Family Member ” shall mean (i) any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, (ii) any person sharing the Optionee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), (iii) a trust in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, (iv) a foundation in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Optionee control the management of assets and (v) any other entity in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Optionee own more than 50% of the voting interests.

(m) “ Grantee ” shall mean a person to whom the Board of Directors has awarded Shares under the Plan.

(n) “ ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

(o) “ Nonstatutory Option ” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(p) “ Option ” shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

(q) “ Optionee ” shall mean a person who holds an Option.

 

11


(r) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(s) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

(t) “ Plan ” shall mean this Veeva Systems Inc. 2007 Stock Plan.

(u) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.

(v) “ Purchaser ” shall mean a person to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).

(w) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(x) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(y) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 (if applicable).

(z) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(aa) “ Stock Grant Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Grantee who is awarded Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the award of such Shares.

(bb) “ Stock Option Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionee’s Option.

(cc) “ Stock Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who purchases Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the purchase of such Shares.

(dd) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

12


V EEVA S YSTEMS I NC . 2007 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION G RANT

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Veeva Systems Inc.:

 

Name of Optionee:

   «Name»

Total Number of Shares:

   «TotalShares»

Type of Option:

   «ISO» Incentive Stock Option (ISO)
   «NSO» Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)

Exercise Price per Share:

   $«PricePerShare»

Date of Grant:

   «DateGrant»

Date Exercisable:

   This option may be exercised with respect to the first 6.25% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes 3 months of continuous Service after the Vesting Commencement Date set forth below. This option may be exercised with respect to an additional 1/48th of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter.

Vesting Commencement Date:

   «VestComDate»

Expiration Date:

   «ExpDate». This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement, or if the Company engages in certain corporate transactions, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2007 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant. Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee .

 

O PTIONEE :     V EEVA S YSTEMS I NC .
          By:    
      Title:    


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

V EEVA S YSTEMS I NC . 2007 S TOCK P LAN :

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) Option . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) $100,000 Limitation . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) Exercisability . Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by


operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) Notice of Exercise . The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c). The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment. The person exercising this option shall sign the notice. In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.

(b) Issuance of Shares . After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

(c) Withholding Taxes . In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) Cash . All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

(c) Exercise/Sale . All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

 

2


SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) Basic Term . This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(c) Death of the Optionee . If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.

(d) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence . If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the

 

3


Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

(e) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(iii) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer

 

4


Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the

 

5


applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

(b) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”)

 

6


shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(c) Investment Intent at Grant . The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) Investment Intent at Exercise . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) Legends . All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

 

7


“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

(f) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(g) Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, this option shall be subject to the treatment provided by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder . Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

(d) Modifications and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in

 

8


writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(e) Entire Agreement . The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f) Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 13. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

(a) Tax Consequences . The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, the Optionee acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b) Electronic Delivery of Documents . The Optionee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email of their availability. The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents. This consent shall remain in effect until this option expires or until the Optionee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

(c) No Notice of Expiration Date . The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s

 

9


Service. The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires. This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

SECTION 14. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

(e) “ Company ” shall mean Veeva Systems Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(f) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person, excluding Employees and Outside Directors, who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor and who qualifies as a consultant or advisor under Rule 701(c)(1) of the Securities Act or under Instruction A.1.(a)(1) of Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

(g) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date of grant specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(h) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(i) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(j) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(k) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(l) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(m) “ ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

10


(n) “ Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(o) “ NSO ” shall mean a stock option not described in Section 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(p) “ Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(q) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(r) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(s) “ Plan ” shall mean the Veeva Systems Inc. 2007 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(t) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(u) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(v) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(w) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(x) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

(y) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(z) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(aa) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(bb) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

11


V EEVA S YSTEMS I NC . 2007 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION G RANT (E ARLY E XERCISE )

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Veeva Systems Inc.:

 

   Name of Optionee:    «Name»
   Total Number of Shares:    «TotalShares»
   Type of Option:    «ISO» Incentive Stock Option (ISO)
      «NSO» Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)
   Exercise Price per Share:    $«PricePerShare»
   Date of Grant:    «DateGrant»
   Date Exercisable:    This option may be exercised at any time after the Date of Grant for all or any part of the Shares subject to this option.
   Vesting Commencement Date:    «VestComDate»
   Vesting Schedule:    The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to the first 6.25% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes 3 months of continuous Service after the Vesting Commencement Date set forth above. The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to an additional 1/48th of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter.
   Expiration Date:    «ExpDate». This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement.

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2007 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant. Section 14 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee .

 

O PTIONEE :     V EEVA S YSTEMS I NC .
      By:    
    Title:    


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

V EEVA S YSTEMS I NC . 2007 S TOCK P LAN :

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) Option . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) $100,000 Limitation . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 15 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) Exercisability . Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Shares purchased by exercising this option may be subject to the Right of Repurchase under Section 7.

(b) Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.


SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) Notice of Exercise . The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 13(c). The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment. The person exercising this option shall sign the notice. In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price. In the event of a partial exercise of this option, Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in the order in which they vest in accordance with the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) Issuance of Shares . After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. In the case of Restricted Shares, the Company shall cause such certificates to be deposited in escrow under Section 7(c). In the case of other Shares, the Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

(c) Withholding Taxes . In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the vesting or disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) Cash . All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

 

2


(c) Exercise/Sale . All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) Basic Term . This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option is exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date when the Optionee’s Service terminates. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option was exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date when the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(c) Death of the Optionee . If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has

 

3


acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option is exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date of the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares.

(d) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence . If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

(e) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(iii) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.

(a) Scope of Repurchase Right . Until they vest in accordance with the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Subsection (b) below, the Shares acquired under this Agreement shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to the Company’s Right of Repurchase. The Company, however, may decline to exercise its Right of Repurchase or may exercise its Right of Repurchase only with respect to a portion of the Restricted Shares. The Company may exercise its Right of Repurchase only during the Repurchase Period following the termination of the Optionee’s Service, but the Right of Repurchase may be exercised automatically under Subsection (d) below. If the Right of Repurchase is exercised, the Company shall pay the Optionee an amount equal to the lower of (i) the Exercise Price of each Restricted Share being repurchased or (ii) the Fair Market Value of such Restricted Share at the time the Right of Repurchase is exercised.

 

4


(b) Lapse of Repurchase Right . The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to the Restricted Shares in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(c) Escrow . Upon issuance, the certificate(s) for Restricted Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Any additional or exchanged securities or other property described in Subsection (f) below shall immediately be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow. All ordinary cash dividends on Restricted Shares (or on other securities held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Optionee and shall not be held in escrow. Restricted Shares, together with any other assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for repurchase upon exercise of the Right of Repurchase or the Right of First Refusal or (ii) released to the Optionee upon his or her request to the extent that the Shares have ceased to be Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months). In any event, all Shares that have ceased to be Restricted Shares, together with any other vested assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be released within 90 days after the earlier of (i) the termination of the Optionee’s Service or (ii) the lapse of the Right of First Refusal.

(d) Exercise of Repurchase Right . The Company shall be deemed to have exercised its Right of Repurchase automatically for all Restricted Shares as of the commencement of the Repurchase Period, unless the Company during the Repurchase Period notifies the holder of the Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 13(c) that it will not exercise its Right of Repurchase for some or all of the Restricted Shares. The Company shall pay to the holder of the Restricted Shares the purchase price determined under Subsection (a) above for the Restricted Shares being repurchased. Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents and/or by canceling indebtedness to the Company incurred by the Optionee in the purchase of the Restricted Shares. The certificate(s) representing the Restricted Shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company.

(e) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Right of Repurchase is exercised in accordance with this Section 7 and the Company makes available the consideration for the Restricted Shares being repurchased, then the person from whom the Restricted Shares are repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of the Restricted Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration). Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been repurchased pursuant to this Section 7, whether or not the certificate(s) for such Restricted Shares have been delivered to the Company or the consideration for such Restricted Shares has been accepted.

(f) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Restricted Shares shall immediately be subject to the Right of Repurchase. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class

 

5


of the Restricted Shares. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Right of Repurchase, provided that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Restricted Shares shall remain the same. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, the Right of Repurchase may be exercised by the Company’s successor.

(g) Transfer of Restricted Shares . The Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares without the Company’s written consent, except as provided in the following sentence. The Optionee may transfer Restricted Shares to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(h) Assignment of Repurchase Right . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of Repurchase, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of Repurchase from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee,

 

6


shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 8 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 8.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 8 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 8 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 8, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

7


(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 8.

SECTION 9. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

SECTION 10. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 11. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

(b) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the

 

8


Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(c) Investment Intent at Grant . The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) Investment Intent at Exercise . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) Legends . All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

 

9


“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

(f) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(g) Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 11 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 12. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder . Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

(d) Modifications and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the

 

10


Optionee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(e) Entire Agreement . The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f) Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 14. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

(a) Tax Consequences . The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, the Optionee acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b) Electronic Delivery of Documents . The Optionee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email of their availability. The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents. This consent shall remain in effect until this option expires or until the Optionee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

(c) No Notice of Expiration Date . The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service. The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the

 

11


expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires. This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

SECTION 15. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

(e) “ Company ” shall mean Veeva Systems Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(f) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(g) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date of grant specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(h) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(i) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(j) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(k) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(l) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(m) “ ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

12


(n) “ Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(o) “ NSO ” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(p) “ Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(q) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(r) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(s) “ Plan ” shall mean the Veeva Systems Inc. 2007 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(t) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(u) “ Repurchase Period ” shall mean a period of 90 consecutive days commencing on the date when the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) death or disability.

(v) “ Restricted Share ” shall mean a Share that is subject to the Right of Repurchase.

(w) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 8.

(x) “ Right of Repurchase ” shall mean the Company’s right of repurchase described in Section 7.

(y) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(z) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(aa) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

(bb) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(cc) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other

 

13


than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(dd) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(ee) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 8.

 

14


V ERTICALS ON D EMAND , I NC . 2007 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION G RANT (F ULLY V ESTED )

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Verticals onDemand, Inc.:

 

   Name of Optionee:    «Name»
   Total Number of Shares:    «TotalShares»
   Type of Option:    «ISO» Incentive Stock Option (ISO)
      «NSO» Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)
   Exercise Price per Share:    $«PricePerShare»
   Date of Grant:    «DateGrant»
   Date Exercisable:    This option may be exercised at any time after the Date of Grant for all or any part of the Shares subject to this option.
   Vesting Schedule:    The Shares subject to this option shall be fully vested at all times.
   Expiration Date:    «ExpDate». This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement.

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2007 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant. Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee .

 

O PTIONEE :     V ERTICALS ON D EMAND , I NC .
      By:    
    Title:    


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

V ERTICALS ON D EMAND , I NC . 2007 S TOCK P LAN :

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) Option . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) $100,000 Limitation . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) Exercisability . Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised at any time prior to its expiration, as set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by


operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) Notice of Exercise . The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c). The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment. The person exercising this option shall sign the notice. In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.

(b) Issuance of Shares . After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

(c) Withholding Taxes . In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) Cash . All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

(c) Exercise/Sale . All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

 

2


SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) Basic Term . This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance.

(c) Death of the Optionee . If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance.

(d) Leaves of Absence . Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

 

3


(e) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(iii) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that

 

4


in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

 

5


SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

(b) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules . The Market Stand-Off shall in any

 

6


event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(c) Investment Intent at Grant . The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) Investment Intent at Exercise . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) Legends . All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

7


(f) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(g) Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder . Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

(d) Entire Agreement . The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(e) Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

8


SECTION 13. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

(a) Tax Consequences . The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, the Optionee acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b) Electronic Delivery of Documents . The Optionee agrees that the Company may deliver by email all documents relating to the Plan or this option (including, without limitation, a copy of the Plan) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email.

SECTION 14. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

(e) “ Company ” shall mean Verticals onDemand, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(f) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(g) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date of grant specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

 

9


(h) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(i) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(j) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(k) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(l) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(m) “ ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

(n) “ Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(o) “ NSO ” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(p) “ Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(q) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(r) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(s) “ Plan ” shall mean the Verticals onDemand, Inc. 2007 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(t) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(u) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(v) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

10


(w) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(x) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

(y) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(z) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(aa) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(bb) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

11


V EEVA S YSTEMS I NC . 2007 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION E XERCISE

You must sign this Notice on Page 3 before submitting it to the Company.

O PTIONEE I NFORMATION :

 

Name:  

 

     Social Security Number:   

 

  
Address:  

 

     Employee Number:   

 

  

O PTION I NFORMATION :

 

Date of Grant:                           , 20         Type of Stock Option:
Exercise Price per Share: $                 ¨ Nonstatutory (NSO)

Total number of shares of Common Stock of Veeva Systems Inc.

(the “Company”) covered by the option:                     

   ¨ Incentive (ISO)

E XERCISE I NFORMATION :

 

Number of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which the option is being exercised now:                              . (These shares are referred to below as the “Purchased Shares.”)
Total Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares: $             
Form of payment enclosed [check all that apply] :

¨        Check for $              , payable to “Veeva Systems Inc.”

¨        Certificate(s) for                      shares of Common Stock of the Company. These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company. [Requires Company consent.]

¨        Attestation Form covering                      shares of Common Stock of the Company. These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company. [Requires Company consent.]

Name(s) in which the Purchased Shares should be registered [please review the attached explanation of the available forms of ownership, and then check one box] :

¨        In my name only

¨        In the names of my spouse and myself as

         community property

   My spouse’s name (if applicable):


¨         In the names of my spouse and myself as
community property with the right of survivorship

  

 

¨         In the names of my spouse and myself as
joint tenants with the right of survivorship

  

¨         In the name of an eligible revocable trust
[requires Stock Transfer Agreement]

   Full legal name of revocable trust:
  

 

  

 

  

 

The certificate for the Purchased Shares  

           

should be sent to the following address:  

           

 

           

 

           

R EPRESENTATIONS AND A CKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE O PTIONEE :

 

1. I represent and warrant to the Company that I am acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for my account only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” of the Purchased Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

2. I understand that the Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Purchased Shares must be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or I obtain an opinion of counsel (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel) that registration is not required.

 

3. I acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares.

 

4. I am aware of the adoption by the Securities and Exchange Commission of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. These conditions may include (without limitation) that certain current public information about the issuer be available, that the resale occur only after a holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, that the sale occur through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” and that the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period not exceed specified limitations. I understand that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company is not required to take action to satisfy any conditions applicable to it.

 

5. I will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

6. I acknowledge that I have received and had access to such information as I consider necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares and that I had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares.

 

7.

I am aware that my investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. I am able, without impairing my financial condition, to

 

2


  hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of my investment in the Purchased Shares.

 

8. I acknowledge that the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s right of first refusal and the market stand-off (sometimes referred to as the “lock-up”), all in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

 

9. I acknowledge that I am acquiring the Purchased Shares subject to all other terms of the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

 

10. I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Company’s explanation of the forms of ownership available for my Purchased Shares. I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the form of ownership that is appropriate for me. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust, I agree to sign a Stock Transfer Agreement. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust that does not satisfy the requirements described in the attached explanation (i.e., a trust that is not an eligible revocable trust), I also acknowledge that the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes. As a result, the favorable ISO tax treatment will be unavailable and other unfavorable tax consequences may occur.

 

11. I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Company’s explanation of the federal income tax consequences of an option exercise. I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares at this time.

 

12. I agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the 2007 Stock Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes my tax liabilities. I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from my options or my other compensation. In particular, I acknowledge that my options are exempt from section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code only if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock at the time the option was granted by the Company’s Board of Directors. Since shares of the Company’s Common Stock are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their fair market value was made by the Company’s Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. I acknowledge that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

 

13. I agree to seek the consent of my spouse to the extent required by the Company to enforce the foregoing.

 

S IGNATURE :       D ATE :   

 

     

 

  

 

3


E XPLANATION OF F ORMS OF S TOCK O WNERSHIP

P URPOSE OF T HIS E XPLANATION

The purpose of this explanation is to provide you with a brief summary of the forms of legal ownership available for the shares that you are purchasing (the “Purchased Shares”). For a number of reasons, this explanation is no substitute for personal legal advice:

 

 

To make the explanation short and readable, only the highlights are covered. Some legal rules are not addressed, even though they may be important in particular cases.

 

 

While the summary attempts to deal with the most common situations, your own situation may well be different from the norm.

 

 

The law may change, and the Company is not responsible for updating this summary.

 

 

The form in which you own your shares may have a substantial impact on the estate tax treatment that applies to those shares when you die or the income tax treatment that applies when your survivors sell the shares after your death.

F OR THESE REASONS , THE C OMPANY STRONGLY ENCOURAGES YOU TO CONSULT YOUR OWN ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING YOUR OPTION AND BEFORE MAKING A DECISION ABOUT THE FORM OF OWNERSHIP FOR YOUR SHARES .

O VERVIEW

The Notice of Stock Option Exercise offers five forms of taking title to the Purchased Shares:

 

 

In your name only,

 

 

In your name and the name of your spouse as community property,

 

 

In your name and the name of your spouse as community property with the right of survivorship,

 

 

In your name and the name of your spouse as joint tenants with the right of survivorship, or

 

 

In the name of an eligible revocable trust.

Title in the Purchased Shares depends upon (a) your marital status, (b) the marital property laws of your state of residence and (c) any agreement with your spouse altering the existing marital property laws of your state of residence. If you are not married, you generally will take title in your name alone. If you are married, title depends upon the marital property laws of your state of residence. In general, states are classified either as “community property” states or as “common-law property” states. (But individual state law may vary within these classifications.)

 

4


C OMMUNITY P ROPERTY AND J OINT T ENANCY

Community property states include California, Texas, Washington, Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico, Idaho, Louisiana and Wisconsin. In a community property state, property acquired during marriage by either spouse is presumed to be one-half owned by each spouse. All other property is classified as the separate property of the spouse who acquires the property. While either spouse has equal management and control over the community property and may sell, spend or encumber all community property, neither spouse may gift community property or partition his/her one-half interest without the consent of the other spouse. Upon divorce, all community property is divided equally among the spouses and each spouse is entitled to retain all of his/her separate property. Upon the death of a spouse, one-half of the community property (and all of the decedent spouse’s separate property) will pass to the decedent spouse’s heirs. The other one-half of the community property remains the property of the surviving spouse.

Other states are common-law property states. In a common-law property state, each spouse is generally deemed to own whatever he/she earns or acquires.

A married couple may elect to alter the marital property rules by mutually agreeing to take title to property in other forms. For example, a couple residing in a community property state may generally enter into an agreement and transform what otherwise would be community property into the separate property of the spouse who earns or acquires the property.

In addition, many community property and common-law property states allow married couples to take joint title in property acquired during marriage. For example, California allows a married couple to take title in a joint tenancy with the right of survivorship. In a joint tenancy, each spouse owns a one-half interest in the property as separate property. This means that each spouse may transfer or sell his/her one-half interest in the property while he/she is alive. However, unlike traditional separate property, a spouse cannot transfer his/her one-half interest to heirs at death. Instead, the surviving spouse automatically receives the decedent spouse’s one-half interest and becomes the full owner of the property. (This is called the “right of survivorship.”) Both spouses must consent to taking property in a joint tenancy in lieu of having the community property laws apply.

California also allows a married couple to take title in the shares as community property with the right of survivorship. This means that the shares are treated like community property while both spouses are alive. However, if one spouse dies, then the other spouse automatically receives the decedent spouse’s one-half interest and becomes the full owner of the shares. In other words, the decedent spouse’s will or trust does not control the disposition of the shares.

If you have the Purchased Shares issued in a form other than those described above, then the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes. This means that the effect, for tax purposes, will be the same as selling the Purchased Shares. Please refer to the attached tax summary for additional information.

 

5


T RUSTS

A transfer to a trust generally should not be treated as a “disposition” of the Purchased Shares for tax purposes if the trust satisfies each of the following conditions:

 

 

You are the sole grantor of the trust,

 

 

You are the sole trustee, or you and your spouse are the sole co-trustees,

 

 

The trustee or trustees are not required to distribute the income of the trust to any person other than you and/or your spouse while you are alive, and

 

 

The trust permits you to revoke all or part of the trust and to have the trust’s assets returned to you, without the consent of any other person (including your spouse).

If you have the Purchased Shares issued to a trust that does not meet these requirements, then the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes. This means that the effect, for tax purposes, will be the same as selling the Purchased Shares. Please refer to the attached tax summary for additional information.

If you have the Purchased Shares issued to any trust, you will be required to sign a Stock Transfer Agreement in your capacity as trustee. Under the Stock Transfer Agreement, the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s right of first refusal in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

T HE C OMPANY WILL NOT CHECK TO DETERMINE WHETHER THE FORM OF OWNERSHIP THAT YOU ELECT IN YOUR N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION E XERCISE IS APPROPRIATE . Y OU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN ADVISERS ON THIS SUBJECT . I F AN INAPPROPRIATE ELECTION IS MADE , THE FORM OF OWNERSHIP MAY NOT WITHSTAND LEGAL SCRUTINY OR MAY HAVE ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES .

 

6


E XPLANATION OF U.S. F EDERAL I NCOME T AX C ONSEQUENCES

(Current as of September 2011)

P URPOSE OF T HIS E XPLANATION

The purpose of this explanation is to provide you with a brief summary of the tax consequences of exercising your option. For a number of reasons, this explanation is no substitute for personal tax advice:

 

 

To make the explanation short and readable, only the highlights are covered. Some tax rules are not addressed, even though they may be important in particular cases.

 

 

While the summary attempts to deal with the most common situations, your own tax situation may well be different from the norm.

 

 

State and foreign income taxes are not addressed at all, even though they could have a significant impact on your tax planning. Likewise, federal gift and estate taxes and state inheritance taxes are not discussed.

 

 

Tax planning involving incentive stock options is exceedingly complex, in part because of the possible application of the alternative minimum tax.

 

 

This explanation assumes that your option is not subject to section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. However, the Company cannot be certain that section 409A is inapplicable to your option. (Please refer to the last segment of this summary for more information about section 409A.)

 

 

The tax rules change often, and the Company is not responsible for updating this summary. (Please refer to the date at the top of this page.)

F OR THESE REASONS , THE C OMPANY STRONGLY ENCOURAGES YOU TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING YOUR OPTION .

L IMIT ON ISO T REATMENT

The Notice of Stock Option Grant indicates whether your option is a nonstatutory stock option (NSO) or an incentive stock option (ISO). The favorable tax treatment for ISOs is limited, regardless of what the Notice of Stock Option Grant indicates. Of the options that become exercisable in any calendar year, only options covering the first $100,000 of stock are eligible for ISO treatment. The excess over $100,000 automatically receives NSO treatment. For this purpose, stock is valued at the time of grant. This means that the value is generally equal to the exercise price.

For example, assume that you hold an option to buy 60,000 shares for $8 per share. Assume further that the entire option becomes exercisable in four equal annual installments. Only the

 

7


first 50,000 shares qualify for ISO treatment. (12,500 times $8 equals $100,000.) The remaining 10,000 shares will be treated as if they had been acquired by exercising an NSO. This is true regardless of when the option is actually exercised; what matters is when it first could have been exercised.

E XERCISE OF NSO

If you are exercising an NSO, you will be taxed now. You will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of (a) the fair market value of the Purchased Shares on the date of exercise over (b) the exercise price you are paying. If you are an employee or former employee of the Company, this amount is subject to withholding for income and payroll taxes. Your tax basis in the Purchased Shares (to calculate capital gain when you sell the shares) is equal to their fair market value on the date of exercise.

D ISPOSITION OF NSO S HARES

When you dispose of the Purchased Shares, you will recognize a capital gain equal to the excess of (a) the sale proceeds over (b) your tax basis in the Purchased Shares. As described above, your tax basis in the Purchased Shares is equal to their fair market value on the date of exercise. If the sale proceeds are less than your tax basis, you will recognize a capital loss. The capital gain or loss will be long-term if you held the Purchased Shares for more than 12 months. The holding period starts when you exercise your NSO. In general, the maximum marginal federal income tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15% under current law.

E XERCISE OF ISO AND ISO H OLDING P ERIODS

If you are exercising an ISO, you will not be taxed under the regular tax rules until you dispose of the Purchased Shares. 1 (The alternative minimum tax rules are described below.) The tax treatment at the time of disposition depends on how long you hold the shares. You will satisfy the ISO holding periods if you hold the Purchased Shares until the later of the following dates:

 

 

The date two years after the ISO was granted, and

 

 

The date one year after the ISO is exercised.

D ISPOSITION OF ISO S HARES

If you dispose of the Purchased Shares after satisfying both of the ISO holding periods, then you will recognize only a long-term capital gain at the time of disposition. The amount of the capital gain is equal to the excess of (a) the sale proceeds over (b) the exercise price. In general, the maximum marginal federal income tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15% under current law.

 

1   Generally, a “disposition” of shares purchased under an ISO encompasses any transfer of legal title, such as a transfer by sale, exchange or gift. It generally does not include a transfer to your spouse, a transfer into joint ownership with right of survivorship (if you remain one of the joint owners), a pledge, a transfer by bequest or inheritance, or certain tax-free exchanges permitted under the Internal Revenue Code. A transfer to a trust is a “disposition” unless the trust is an eligible revocable trust, as described in the attached explanation.

 

8


If you dispose of the Purchased Shares before either or both of the ISO holding periods are met, then you will recognize ordinary income at the time of disposition. The amount of ordinary income will be equal to the excess of (a) the fair market value of the Purchased Shares on the date of exercise over (b) the exercise price. But if the disposition is an arm’s length sale to an unrelated party, the amount of ordinary income will not exceed the total gain from the sale. Under current IRS rules, the ordinary income amount will not be subject to withholding for income or payroll taxes.

Your tax basis in the Purchased Shares will be equal to their fair market value on the date of exercise. Any gain in excess of your basis will be taxed as a capital gain—either long-term or short-term, depending on how long you held the Purchased Shares after the date of exercise.

S UMMARY OF A LTERNATIVE M INIMUM T AX

The alternative minimum tax (AMT) must be paid if it exceeds your regular income tax. The AMT is equal to 26% of your alternative minimum tax base up to $175,000 and 28% of the excess over $175,000. (In the case of married individuals filing separately, the breakpoint is $87,500 rather than $175,000.) Your alternative minimum tax base is equal to your alternative minimum taxable income (AMTI) minus your exemption amount.

 

 

Alternative Minimum Taxable Income . Your AMTI is equal to your regular taxable income, subject to certain adjustments and increased by items of tax preference. Among the many adjustments made in computing AMTI are the following:

 

   

State and local income and property taxes are not allowed as a deduction.

 

   

Miscellaneous itemized deductions are not allowed.

 

   

Medical expenses are not allowed as a deduction until they exceed 10% of adjusted gross income (as opposed to the 7.5% floor that applies to regular income taxes).

 

   

Certain interest deductions are not allowed.

 

   

The standard deduction and personal exemptions are not allowed.

 

   

When an ISO is exercised, the spread is treated as if the option were an NSO. (See discussion below.)

 

 

Exemption Amount . Before AMT is calculated, AMTI is reduced by the exemption amount. Under current law, the exemption amount is as follows:

 

Year:

 

Joint Returns:

 

Single Returns:

 

Separate Returns:

2011

  $74,450   $48,450   $37,225

After 2011 2

  $45,000   $33,750   $22,500

 

2   This assumes that Congress does not further extend AMT relief, as it has done (typically annually) in prior years.

 

9


The exemption amount is phased out by 25 cents for each $1 by which AMTI exceeds the following levels:

 

Joint Returns: $150,000   Single Returns: $112,500   Separate Returns: $75,000

This means, for example, that the entire $74,450 exemption amount disappears for married individuals filing joint returns when AMTI reaches $447,800.

A PPLICATION OF AMT W HEN ISO I S E XERCISED

As noted above, when an ISO is exercised, the spread is treated for AMT purposes as if the option were an NSO. In other words, the spread is included in AMTI at the time of exercise.

A special rule applies if you dispose of the Purchased Shares in the same year in which you exercised the ISO. If the amount you realize on the sale is less than the value of the stock at the time of exercise, then the amount includible in AMTI on account of the ISO exercise is limited to the gain realized on the sale. 3

To the extent that your AMT is attributable to the spread on exercising an ISO (and certain other items), you may be able to apply the AMT that you paid as a credit against your income tax liability in future years. But the rules on calculating the available tax credits were amended frequently in recent years and have become extraordinarily complex. On this issue in particular, you must consult your own tax advisor.

When Purchased Shares are sold, your basis for purposes of computing the capital gain or loss under the AMT system is increased by the option spread that exists at the time of exercise. Again, an ISO is treated under the AMT system much like an NSO is treated under the regular tax system. But your basis in the ISO shares for purposes of computing gain or loss under the regular tax system is equal to the exercise price; it does not reflect any AMT that you pay on the spread at exercise. Therefore, if you pay AMT in the year of the ISO exercise and regular income tax in the year of selling the Purchased Shares, you could pay tax twice on the same gain (except to the extent that you can use the AMT credit described above).

S ECTION  409A OF THE I NTERNAL R EVENUE C ODE

The preceding summary assumes that section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code does not apply to your option. In general, your option is exempt from section 409A if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock at the time the option was granted by the Board of Directors. Since shares of Common Stock are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their fair market value generally is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent appraisal firm retained by the Company.

 

3  

This is similar to the rule that applies under the regular tax system in the event of a disqualifying disposition of ISO stock. The amount of ordinary income that must be recognized in that case generally does not exceed the amount of the gain realized in the disposition.

 

10


In either case, there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation.

If your option were found to be subject to section 409A, then you would be required to recognize ordinary income whenever a portion of your option vests ( i.e. becomes exercisable). The amount of ordinary income would be equal to the fair market value of the shares at the time of vesting minus the exercise price of the shares. This amount would also be subject to a 20% federal tax in addition to the federal income tax at your usual marginal rate for ordinary income.

D ISCLAIMER U NDER IRS C IRCULAR  230

To comply with IRS rules, you are hereby notified that the foregoing summary was not intended or written in order to be used, and it cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purpose of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on the taxpayer. In addition, if the foregoing summary would otherwise be considered a “marketed opinion” under the IRS rules, you are hereby notified that the advice was written to support the promotion or marketing of the transactions or matters addressed by the summary. The tax consequences of options will vary depending on the specific circumstances of each taxpayer. Therefore, each taxpayer should seek advice from an independent tax adviser.

 

11


V EEVA S YSTEMS I NC . 2007 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION E XERCISE (E ARLY E XERCISE )

You must sign this Notice on Page 3 before submitting it to the Company.

O PTIONEE I NFORMATION :

 

Name:            Social Security Number:     
Address:            Employee Number:     
             

O PTION I NFORMATION :

 

Date of Grant:                                  , 20         Type of Stock Option:
Exercise Price per Share: $                 ¨  Nonstatutory (NSO)

Total number of shares of Common Stock of Veeva Systems Inc.

(the “Company”) covered by the option:                              

   ¨ Incentive (ISO)

E XERCISE I NFORMATION :

 

Number of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which the option is being exercised now:                      . (These shares are referred to below as the “Purchased Shares.”)
Total Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares: $             
Form of payment enclosed [check all that apply] :

¨        Check for $              , payable to “Veeva Systems Inc.”

¨        Certificate(s) for              shares of Common Stock of the Company. These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company. [Requires Company consent.]

¨        Attestation Form covering              shares of Common Stock of the Company. These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company. [Requires Company consent.]

 

Name(s) in which the Purchased Shares should be registered [please review the attached explanation of the available forms of ownership, and then check one box] :

¨        In my name only

    

¨        In the names of my spouse and myself as community property

     My spouse’s name (if applicable):            

¨        In the names of my spouse and myself as community property with the

      

  right of survivorship

    


¨         In the names of my spouse and myself as joint tenants with the right of survivorship

  

¨         In the name of an eligible revocable trust
[requires Stock Transfer Agreement]

   Full legal name of revocable trust:
    

 

    

 

    

 

The certificate for the Purchased Shares  

 

should be sent to the following address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

R EPRESENTATIONS AND A CKNOWLEDGMENTS OF THE O PTIONEE :

 

1. I represent and warrant to the Company that I am acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for my account only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” of the Purchased Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

2. I understand that the Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Purchased Shares must be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or I obtain an opinion of counsel (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel) that registration is not required.

 

3. I acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares.

 

4. I am aware of the adoption of Rule 144 by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. These conditions include (without limitation) that certain current public information about the issuer is available, that the resale occurs only after the holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, that the sale occurs through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” and that the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period does not exceed specified limitations. I understand that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

 

5. I will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

6. I acknowledge that I have received and had access to such information as I consider necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares and that I had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares.

 

7. I am aware that my investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. I am able, without impairing my financial condition, to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of my investment in the Purchased Shares.

 

8.

I acknowledge that the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s right of first refusal and the market stand-off (sometimes referred to as the “lock-up”) and may remain subject to the

 

2


  Company’s right of repurchase at the exercise price, all in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

 

9. I acknowledge that I am acquiring the Purchased Shares subject to all other terms of the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

 

10. I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Company’s explanation of the forms of ownership available for my Purchased Shares. I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the form of ownership that is appropriate for me. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust, I agree to sign a Stock Transfer Agreement. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust that does not satisfy the requirements described in the attached explanation (i.e. a trust that is not an eligible revocable trust), I also acknowledge that the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes. As a result, the favorable ISO tax treatment will be unavailable and other unfavorable tax consequences may occur.

 

11. I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Company’s explanation of the federal income tax consequences of an option exercise and the tax election under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. In the event that I choose to make a section 83(b) election, I acknowledge that it is my responsibility—and not the Company’s responsibility—to file the election in a timely manner, even if I ask the Company or its agents to make the filing on my behalf. I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares at this time.

 

12. I agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the 2007 Stock Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes my tax liabilities. I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from my options or my other compensation. In particular, I acknowledge that my options are exempt from section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code only if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock at the time the option was granted by the Company’s Board of Directors. Since shares of the Company’s Common Stock are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their fair market value was made by the Company’s Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. I acknowledge that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

 

13. I agree to seek the consent of my spouse to the extent required by the Company to enforce the foregoing.

 

S IGNATURE :       D ATE :   

 

     

 

  

 

3


E XPLANATION OF F ORMS OF S TOCK O WNERSHIP

P URPOSE OF T HIS E XPLANATION

The purpose of this explanation is to provide you with a brief summary of the forms of legal ownership available for the shares that you are purchasing (the “Purchased Shares”). For a number of reasons, this explanation is no substitute for personal legal advice:

 

 

To make the explanation short and readable, only the highlights are covered. Some legal rules are not addressed, even though they may be important in particular cases.

 

 

While the summary attempts to deal with the most common situations, your own situation may well be different from the norm.

 

 

The law may change, and the Company is not responsible for updating this summary.

 

 

The form in which you own your shares may have a substantial impact on the estate tax treatment that applies to those shares when you die or the income tax treatment that applies when your survivors sell the shares after your death.

F OR THESE REASONS , THE C OMPANY STRONGLY ENCOURAGES YOU TO CONSULT YOUR OWN ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING YOUR OPTION AND BEFORE MAKING A DECISION ABOUT THE FORM OF OWNERSHIP FOR YOUR SHARES .

O VERVIEW

The Notice of Stock Option Exercise offers five forms of taking title to the Purchased Shares:

 

 

In your name only,

 

 

In your name and the name of your spouse as community property,

 

 

In your name and the name of your spouse as community property with the right of survivorship,

 

 

In your name and the name of your spouse as joint tenants with the right of survivorship, or

 

 

In the name of an eligible revocable trust.

Title in the Purchased Shares depends upon (a) your marital status, (b) the marital property laws of your state of residence and (c) any agreement with your spouse altering the existing marital property laws of your state of residence. If you are not married, you generally will take title in your name alone. If you are married, title depends upon the marital property laws of your state of residence. In general, states are classified either as “community property” states or as “common-law property” states. (But individual state law may vary within these classifications.)

 

4


C OMMUNITY P ROPERTY AND J OINT T ENANCY

Community property states include California, Texas, Washington, Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico, Idaho, Louisiana and Wisconsin. In a community property state, property acquired during marriage by either spouse is presumed to be one-half owned by each spouse. All other property is classified as the separate property of the spouse who acquires the property. While either spouse has equal management and control over the community property and may sell, spend or encumber all community property, neither spouse may gift community property or partition his/her one-half interest without the consent of the other spouse. Upon divorce, all community property is divided equally among the spouses and each spouse is entitled to retain all of his/her separate property. Upon the death of a spouse, one-half of the community property (and all of the decedent spouse’s separate property) will pass to the decedent spouse’s heirs. The other one-half of the community property remains the property of the surviving spouse.

Other states are common-law property states. In a common-law property state, each spouse is generally deemed to own whatever he/she earns or acquires.

A married couple may elect to alter the marital property rules by mutually agreeing to take title to property in other forms. For example, a couple residing in a community property state may generally enter into an agreement and transform what otherwise would be community property into the separate property of the spouse who earns or acquires the property.

In addition, many community property and common-law property states allow married couples to take joint title in property acquired during marriage. For example, California allows a married couple to take title in a joint tenancy with the right of survivorship. In a joint tenancy, each spouse owns a one-half interest in the property as separate property. This means that each spouse may transfer or sell his/her one-half interest in the property while he/she is alive. However, unlike traditional separate property, a spouse cannot transfer his/her one-half interest to heirs at death. Instead, the surviving spouse automatically receives the decedent spouse’s one-half interest and becomes the full owner of the property. (This is called the “right of survivorship.”) Both spouses must consent to taking property in a joint tenancy in lieu of having the community property laws apply.

California also allows a married couple to take title in the shares as community property with the right of survivorship. This means that the shares are treated like community property while both spouses are alive. However, if one spouse dies, then the other spouse automatically receives the decedent spouse’s one-half interest and becomes the full owner of the shares. In other words, the decedent spouse’s will or trust does not control the disposition of the shares.

If you have the Purchased Shares issued in a form other than those described above, then the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes. This means that the effect, for tax purposes, will be the same as selling the Purchased Shares. Please refer to the attached tax summary for additional information.

 

5


T RUSTS

A transfer to a trust generally should not be treated as a “disposition” of the Purchased Shares for tax purposes if the trust satisfies each of the following conditions:

 

 

You are the sole grantor of the trust,

 

 

You are the sole trustee, or you and your spouse are the sole co-trustees,

 

 

The trustee or trustees are not required to distribute the income of the trust to any person other than you and/or your spouse while you are alive, and

 

 

The trust permits you to revoke all or part of the trust and to have the trust’s assets returned to you, without the consent of any other person (including your spouse).

If you have the Purchased Shares issued to a trust that does not meet these requirements, then the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes. This means that the effect, for tax purposes, will be the same as selling the Purchased Shares. Please refer to the attached tax summary for additional information.

If you have the Purchased Shares issued to any trust, you will be required to sign a Stock Transfer Agreement in your capacity as trustee. Under the Stock Transfer Agreement, the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s right of first refusal and may remain subject to the Company’s right of repurchase at the exercise price, all in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

T HE C OMPANY WILL NOT CHECK TO DETERMINE WHETHER THE FORM OF OWNERSHIP THAT YOU ELECT IN YOUR N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION E XERCISE IS APPROPRIATE . Y OU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN ADVISERS ON THIS SUBJECT . I F AN INAPPROPRIATE ELECTION IS MADE , THE FORM OF OWNERSHIP MAY NOT WITHSTAND LEGAL SCRUTINY OR MAY HAVE ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES .

 

6


E XPLANATION OF F EDERAL I NCOME T AX C ONSEQUENCES

AND S ECTION  83(b) E LECTION

(Current as of January 2007)

P URPOSE OF T HIS E XPLANATION

The purpose of this explanation is to provide you with a brief summary of the tax consequences of exercising your option. For a number of reasons, this explanation is no substitute for personal tax advice:

 

 

To make the explanation short and readable, only the highlights are covered. Some tax rules are not addressed, even though they may be important in particular cases.

 

 

While the summary attempts to deal with the most common situations, your own tax situation may well be different from the norm.

 

 

State and foreign income taxes are not addressed at all, even though they could have a significant impact on your tax planning. Likewise, federal gift and estate taxes and state inheritance taxes are not discussed.

 

 

Tax planning involving incentive stock options is exceedingly complex, in part because of the possible application of the alternative minimum tax.

 

 

The explanation assumes that you are paying the exercise price of your option in cash (or in the form of a full-recourse promissory note with an interest rate that meets IRS requirements). If you are paying the exercise price in the form of stock, you become subject to special rules that are not addressed here.

 

 

This explanation assumes that your option is not subject to section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. However, section 409A is a new statute, and the IRS has not issued final regulations interpreting that statute. Because the effect of section 409A remains unclear, the Company cannot be certain that section 409A is inapplicable to your option. (Please refer to the last segment of this summary for more information about section 409A.)

 

 

The tax rules change often, and the Company is not responsible for updating this summary. (Please refer to the date at the top of this page.)

F OR THESE REASONS , THE C OMPANY STRONGLY ENCOURAGES YOU TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING YOUR OPTION AND BEFORE MAKING A DECISION ABOUT FILING OR NOT FILING A SECTION  83(b) ELECTION .

L IMIT ON ISO T REATMENT

The Notice of Stock Option Grant indicates whether your option is a nonstatutory stock option (NSO) or an incentive stock option (ISO). The favorable tax treatment for ISOs is limited,

 

7


regardless of what the Notice of Stock Option Grant indicates. Of the options that become exercisable in any calendar year, only options covering the first $100,000 of stock are eligible for ISO treatment. The excess over $100,000 automatically receives NSO treatment. For this purpose, stock is valued at the time of grant. This means that the value is generally equal to the exercise price.

For example, assume that you hold an option to buy 50,000 shares for $4 per share. Assume further that the entire option is exercisable immediately after the date of grant. (It is irrelevant when the underlying stock vests.) Only the first 25,000 shares qualify for ISO treatment. (25,000 times $4 equals $100,000.) The remaining 25,000 shares will be treated as if they had been acquired by exercising an NSO. This is true regardless of when the option is actually exercised; what matters is when it first could have been exercised.

E XERCISE OF NSO TO P URCHASE V ESTED S HARES

The Notice of Stock Option Grant indicates whether your Purchased Shares are already vested. Vested shares are no longer subject to the Company’s right to repurchase them at the exercise price, although they are still subject to the Company’s right of first refusal. If you know that your Purchased Shares are already vested, there is no need to file a section 83(b) election.

If you are exercising an NSO to purchase vested shares, you will be taxed now. You will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of (a) the fair market value of the Purchased Shares on the date of exercise over (b) the exercise price you are paying. If you are an employee or former employee of the Company, this amount is subject to withholding for income and payroll taxes. Your tax basis in the Purchased Shares (to calculate capital gain when you sell the shares) is equal to their fair market value on the date of exercise.

E XERCISE OF NSO TO P URCHASE N ON -V ESTED S HARES

If you are exercising an NSO to purchase non-vested shares, and if you do not file a timely election under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, then you will not be taxed now. Instead, you will be taxed whenever an increment of Purchased Shares vests—in other words, when the Company no longer has the right to repurchase those shares at the exercise price. The Notice of Stock Option Grant indicates when this occurs, generally over a period of several years. Whenever an increment of Purchased Shares vests, you will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of (a) the fair market value of those Purchased Shares on the date of vesting over (b) the exercise price you are paying for those Purchased Shares. If you are an employee or former employee of the Company, this amount will be subject to withholding for income and payroll taxes. Your tax basis in the Purchased Shares (to calculate capital gain when you sell the shares) will be equal to their fair market value on the date of vesting.

If you are exercising an NSO to purchase non-vested shares, and if you file a timely election under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, then you will be taxed now. You will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of (a) the fair market value of the Purchased Shares on the date of exercise over (b) the exercise price you are paying. If you are an employee or former employee of the Company, this amount is subject to withholding for income and payroll taxes. Your tax basis in the Purchased Shares (to calculate capital gain when you sell

 

8


the shares) is equal to their fair market value on the date of exercise. Even if the fair market value of the Purchased Shares on the date of exercise equals the exercise price (and thus no tax is payable), the section 83(b) election must be made in order to avoid having any subsequent appreciation taxed as ordinary income at the time of vesting.

Y OU MUST FILE A SECTION  83(b) ELECTION WITH THE I NTERNAL R EVENUE S ERVICE WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION E XERCISE IS SIGNED . The 30-day filing period cannot be extended. If you miss the deadline, you will be taxed as the Purchased Shares vest, based on the value of the shares at that time. (See above.) The form for making the 83(b) election is attached. Additional copies of the form must be filed with the Company and with your tax return for the year in which you make the election.

D ISPOSITION OF NSO S HARES

When you dispose of the Purchased Shares, you will recognize a capital gain equal to the excess of (a) the sale proceeds over (b) your tax basis in the Purchased Shares. As described above, your tax basis in the Purchased Shares is equal to their fair market value on the date of exercise (or on the date of vesting if you exercised an NSO for non-vested shares and did not file a timely election under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code). If the sale proceeds are less than your tax basis, you will recognize a capital loss. The capital gain or loss will be long-term if you held the Purchased Shares more than 12 months. The holding period normally starts when you exercise your NSO. In general, the maximum marginal federal income tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15% under current law.

E XERCISE OF ISO AND ISO H OLDING P ERIODS

If you are exercising an ISO, you will not be taxed under the regular tax rules until you dispose of the Purchased Shares. 1 (The alternative minimum tax rules are described below.) The tax treatment at the time of disposition depends on how long you hold the shares. You will satisfy the ISO holding periods if you hold the Purchased Shares until the later of the following dates:

 

 

The date two years after the ISO was granted, and

 

 

The date one year after the ISO is exercised.

D ISPOSITION OF ISO S HARES

If you dispose of the Purchased Shares after satisfying both of the ISO holding periods, then you will recognize only a long-term capital gain at the time of disposition. The amount of the capital gain is equal to the excess of (a) the sale proceeds over (b) the exercise price. In general, the maximum marginal federal income tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15% under current law.

 

1   Generally, a “disposition” of shares purchased under an ISO encompasses any transfer of legal title, such as a transfer by sale, exchange or gift. It generally does not include a transfer to your spouse, a transfer into joint ownership with right of survivorship (if you remain one of the joint owners), a pledge, a transfer by bequest or inheritance, or certain tax-free exchanges permitted under the Internal Revenue Code. A transfer to a trust is a “disposition” unless the trust is an eligible revocable trust, as described in the attached explanation.

 

9


If you dispose of the Purchased Shares before either or both of the ISO holding periods are met, then you will recognize ordinary income at the time of disposition. The calculation of the ordinary income amount depends on whether the shares are vested at the time of exercise.

 

 

Shares Vested . If the shares are vested at the time of exercise, the amount of ordinary income will be equal to the excess of (a) the fair market value of the Purchased Shares on the date of exercise over (b) the exercise price. But if the disposition is an arm’s length sale to an unrelated party, the amount of ordinary income will not exceed the total gain from the sale. Under current IRS rules, the ordinary income amount will not be subject to withholding for income or payroll taxes. Your tax basis in the Purchased Shares will be equal to their fair market value on the date of exercise. Any gain in excess of your basis will be taxed as a capital gain—either long-term or short-term, depending on how long you held the Purchased Shares after the date of exercise.

 

 

Shares Not Vested . If the Purchased Shares are not vested at the time of exercise, then the amount of ordinary income will be equal to the excess of (a) the fair market value of the Purchased Shares on the date of vesting over (b) the exercise price. But if the disposition is an arm’s length sale to an unrelated party, the amount of ordinary income will not exceed the total gain from the sale. Under current IRS rules, the ordinary income amount will not be subject to withholding for income or payroll taxes. Your tax basis in the Purchased Shares will be equal to their fair market value on the date of vesting. Any gain in excess of your basis will be taxed as a capital gain—either long-term or short-term, depending on how long you held the Purchased Shares after the date of vesting. Please note that it makes no difference under the regular tax rules whether or not you filed a section 83(b) election at the time you exercised your ISO. In either case, your regular taxable income is measured as of the time of vesting rather than the time of exercise.

S UMMARY OF A LTERNATIVE M INIMUM T AX

The alternative minimum tax (AMT) must be paid if it exceeds your regular income tax. The AMT is equal to 26% of your alternative minimum tax base up to $175,000 and 28% of the excess over $175,000. (In the case of married individuals filing separately, the breakpoint is $87,500 rather than $175,000.) Your alternative minimum tax base is equal to your alternative minimum taxable income (AMTI) minus your exemption amount.

 

 

Alternative Minimum Taxable Income . Your AMTI is equal to your regular taxable income, subject to certain adjustments and increased by items of tax preference. Among the many adjustments made in computing AMTI are the following:

 

   

State and local income and property taxes are not allowed as a deduction.

 

   

Miscellaneous itemized deductions are not allowed.

 

   

Medical expenses are not allowed as a deduction until they exceed 10% of adjusted gross income (as opposed to the 7.5% floor that applies to regular income taxes).

 

   

Certain interest deductions are not allowed.

 

   

The standard deduction and personal exemptions are not allowed.

 

10


   

When an ISO is exercised, the spread is treated as if the option were an NSO. (See discussion below.)

 

 

Exemption Amount . Before AMT is calculated, AMTI is reduced by the exemption amount. Under current law, the exemption amount is as follows:

 

   

Joint Returns:

 

Single Returns:

 

Separate Returns:

Through 2006   $62,550   $42,500   $31,275
After 2006   $45,000   $33,750   $22,500

The exemption amount is phased out by 25 cents for each $1 by which AMTI exceeds the following levels:

 

Joint Returns: $150,000   Single Returns: $112,500   Separate Returns: $75,000

This means, for example, that the entire $62,550 exemption amount disappears for married individuals filing joint returns when AMTI reaches $400,200.

A PPLICATION OF AMT W HEN ISO I S E XERCISED

As noted above, when an ISO is exercised, the spread is treated for AMT purposes as if the option were an NSO. In other words, the spread is included in AMTI at the time of exercise, unless the Purchased Shares are not yet vested at the time of exercise. If the Purchased Shares are not yet vested, the value of the shares minus the exercise price is included in AMTI when the shares vest. However, if you make an election under section 83(b) within 30 days after exercise, then the spread is included in AMTI at the time of exercise. Y OU MUST FILE AN 83(b) ELECTION WITH THE I NTERNAL R EVENUE S ERVICE WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION E XERCISE IS SIGNED . The 30-day filing period cannot be extended.

A special rule applies if you dispose of the Purchased Shares in the same year in which you exercised the ISO. If the amount you realize on the sale is less than the value of the stock at the time of exercise, then the amount includible in AMTI on account of the ISO exercise is limited to the gain realized on the sale. 2

To the extent that your AMT is attributable to the spread on exercising an ISO (and certain other items), the AMT paid may be applied as a credit against your regular income tax liability in future years. But this tax credit cannot reduce your regular income tax liability in any future tax year below your AMT for that year. The AMT credit may be carried forward indefinitely, but it may not be carried back. (In practice, many optionees who paid AMT upon exercising an ISO find that they cannot fully use this tax credit for many years, if at all.)

 

2   This is similar to the rule that applies under the regular tax system in the event of a disqualifying disposition of ISO stock. The amount of ordinary income that must be recognized in that case generally does not exceed the amount of the gain realized in the disposition.

 

11


When Purchased Shares are sold, your basis for purposes of computing the capital gain or loss under the AMT system is increased by the option spread that exists at the time of exercise. Again, an ISO is treated under the AMT system much like an NSO is treated under the regular tax system. But your basis in the ISO shares for purposes of computing gain or loss under the regular tax system is equal to the exercise price; it does not reflect any AMT that you pay on the spread at exercise. Therefore, if you pay AMT in the year of the ISO exercise and regular income tax in the year of selling the Purchased Shares, you could pay tax twice on the same gain (except to the extent that you can use the AMT credit described above).

S ECTION  409A OF THE I NTERNAL R EVENUE C ODE

The preceding summary assumes that section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code does not apply to your option. In general, your option is exempt from section 409A if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock at the time the option was granted by the Board of Directors. Since shares of Common Stock are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their fair market value generally is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent appraisal firm retained by the Company. In either case, there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation.

If your option were found to be subject to section 409A, then you would be required to recognize ordinary income whenever shares subject to your option vest (until the option is exercised). The amount of ordinary income would be equal to the fair market value of the shares at the time of vesting minus the exercise price of the shares. This amount would also be subject to a 20% tax in addition to the federal income tax at your usual marginal rate for ordinary income.

 

12


S ECTION  83(b) E LECTION

This statement is made under Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-2.

 

  A. The taxpayer who performed the services is:

 

   Name:        
   Address:            
          
   Social Security No.:        

 

  B. The property with respect to which the election is made is              shares of the common stock of Veeva Systems Inc.

 

  C. The property was transferred on                               ,          .

 

  D. The taxable year for which the election is made is the calendar year              .

 

  E. The property is subject to a repurchase right pursuant to which the issuer has the right to acquire the property at the original purchase price if for any reason taxpayer’s service with the issuer terminates. The issuer’s repurchase right lapses in a series of installments over a              -year period ending on                               ,              .

 

  F. The fair market value of such property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse) is $              per share.

 

  G. The amount paid for such property is $              per share.

 

  H. A copy of this statement was furnished to Veeva Systems Inc., for whom taxpayer rendered the services underlying the transfer of such property.

 

  I. This statement is executed on                               ,              .

 

           
Signature of Spouse (if any)     Signature of Taxpayer

Within 30 days after the date of exercise, this election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service Center where the Optionee files his or her federal income tax returns. The filing should be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. The Optionee must (a) file a copy of the completed form with his or her federal tax return for the current tax year and (b) deliver an additional copy to the Company.

Exhibit 10.3

V EEVA S YSTEMS , I NC .

2012 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A DOPTED ON N OVEMBER  14, 2012

(A S A MENDED AND R ESTATED ON M ARCH 10, 2013)


V EEVA S YSTEMS , I NC .

2012 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

ARTICLE 1. INTRODUCTION .

The purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term success of the Company and the creation of stockholder value by (a) encouraging Service Providers to focus on critical long-range corporate objectives, (b) encouraging the attraction and retention of Service Providers with exceptional qualifications and (c) linking Service Providers directly to stockholder interests through increased stock ownership. The Plan seeks to achieve this purpose by providing for Awards in the form of Options (which may constitute ISOs or NSOs), SARs, Restricted Shares, Stock Units and Performance Cash Awards.

ARTICLE 2. ADMINISTRATION .

2.1 General. The Plan may be administered by the Board or one or more Committees. Each Committee shall have the authority and be responsible for such functions as have been assigned to it.

2.2 Section 162(m). Following the IPO Date, to the extent an Award is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m).

2.3 Section 16. To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Exchange Act Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be approved by the entire Board or a Committee of two or more “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Exchange Act Rule 16b-3.

2.4 Powers of Administrator. Subject to the terms of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated to the Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority to (a) select the Service Providers who are to receive Awards under the Plan, (b) determine the type, number, vesting requirements and other features and conditions of such Awards, (c) determine whether and to what extent any Performance Goals have been attained, (d) interpret the Plan and Awards granted under the Plan, (e) make, amend and rescind rules relating to the Plan and Awards granted under the Plan, including rules relating to sub-plans established for the purposes of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws, (f) impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any resales by a Participant of any Common Shares issued pursuant to an Award, including restrictions under an insider trading policy and restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm for such resales, and (g) make all other decisions relating to the operation of the Plan and Awards granted under the Plan.


2.5 Effect of Administrator’s Decisions. The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

2.6 Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware (except its choice-of-law provisions).

ARTICLE 3. SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANTS .

3.1 Basic Limitation. Common Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. The aggregate number of Common Shares issued under the Plan shall not exceed the sum of (a) 10,268,746 1 Common Shares, (b) the number of Common Shares reserved under the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan that are not issued or subject to outstanding awards under the 2007 Stock Plan on the Effective Date, (c) any Common Shares subject to outstanding options under the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan on the Effective Date that subsequently expire or lapse unexercised and Common Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2007 Stock Plan that are outstanding on the Effective Date and that are subsequently forfeited to or repurchased by the Company and (d) the additional Common Shares described in Sections 3.2 and 3.3; provided, however, that no more than 19,341,509 Common Shares, in the aggregate, shall be added to the Plan pursuant to clauses (b) and (c). The number of Common Shares that are subject to Stock Awards outstanding at any time under the Plan may not exceed the number of Common Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The numerical limitations in this Section 3.1 shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 9.

3.2 Annual Increase in Shares. As of the first business day of each fiscal year of the Company during the term of the Plan, commencing in 2013, the aggregate number of Common Shares that may be issued under the Plan shall automatically increase by a number equal to the least of (a) 5% of the total number of Common Shares actually issued and outstanding on the last business day of the prior fiscal year (excluding any rights to purchase Common Shares that may be outstanding, such as options or warrants), (b) 13,750,000 Common Shares (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 9), or (c) a number of Common Shares determined by the Board.

3.3 Shares Returned to Reserve. To the extent that Options, SARs or Stock Units are forfeited or expire for any other reason before being exercised or settled in full, the Common Shares subject to such Options, SARs or Stock Units shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. If SARs are exercised or Stock Units are settled, then only the number of Common Shares (if any) actually issued to the Participant upon exercise of such SARs or settlement of such Stock Units, as applicable, shall reduce the number available under Section 3.1 and the balance shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. If Restricted Shares or Common Shares issued upon the exercise of Options are reacquired by the Company pursuant to a forfeiture provision, repurchase right or for any other reason, then such Common Shares shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Common Shares applied to pay the Exercise Price of Options or to satisfy tax withholding obligations related to any Award shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. To the extent that an Award is settled in

 

 

1  

Reflects a 7,000,000 share increase approved by the Board of Directors on March 10, 2013.

 

2


cash rather than Common Shares, the cash settlement shall not reduce the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.

3.4 Awards Not Reducing Share Reserve in Section 3.1. Any dividend equivalents paid or credited under the Plan with respect to Stock Units shall not be applied against the number of Common Shares that may be issued under the Plan, whether or not such dividend equivalents are converted into Stock Units. In addition, Common Shares subject to Substitute Awards granted by the Company shall not reduce the number of Common Shares that may be issued under Section 3.1, nor shall shares subject to Substitute Awards again be available for Awards under the Plan in the event of any forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement of such Substitute Awards.

3.5 Code Section 162(m) and 422 Limits. Subject to adjustment in accordance with Article 9:

(a) The aggregate number of Common Shares subject to Options and SARs that may be granted under this Plan during any fiscal year to any one Participant shall not exceed 6,800,000;

(b) The aggregate number of Common Shares subject to Restricted Share awards and Stock Units that may be granted under this Plan during any fiscal year to any one Participant shall not exceed 3,500,000;

(c) No Participant shall be paid more than $2,000,000 in cash in any fiscal year pursuant to Performance Cash Awards granted under the Plan; and

(d) No more than 29,610,255 Common Shares plus the additional Common Shares described in Section 3.2 may be issued under the Plan upon the exercise of ISOs.

ARTICLE 4. ELIGIBILITY .

4.1 Incentive Stock Options. Only Employees who are common-law employees of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs. In addition, an Employee who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company or any of its Parents or Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless the additional requirements set forth in Code Section 422(c)(5) are satisfied.

4.2 Other Awards. Awards other than ISOs may only be granted to Service Providers.

ARTICLE 5. OPTIONS .

5.1 Stock Option Agreement. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such Option shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The Stock Option Agreement shall specify whether the Option is

 

3


intended to be an ISO or an NSO. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

5.2 Number of Shares. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Common Shares subject to the Option, which number shall adjust in accordance with Article 9.

5.3 Exercise Price. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price, which shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Common Share on the date of grant. The preceding sentence shall not apply to an Option that is a Substitute Award granted in a manner that would satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A and, if applicable, Code Section 424(a).

5.4 Exercisability and Term. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date or event when all or any installment of the Option is to become vested and/or exercisable. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify the term of the Option; provided that, except to the extent necessary to comply with applicable foreign law, the term of an Option shall in no event exceed 10 years from the date of grant. A Stock Option Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting and/or exercisability upon certain specified events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Optionee’s Service.

5.5 Termination of Service (Except by Death). If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following dates:

(a) The expiration date determined pursuant to Section 5.4 above;

(b) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such earlier or later date as the Board may determine (but in no event earlier than 30 days after the termination of the Optionee’s Service); or

(c) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board may determine.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Common Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates. In the event the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Common Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

 

4


5.6 Death of Optionee. If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(a) The expiration date determined pursuant to Section 5.4 above; or

(b) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than six months after the Optionee’s death).

All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death (or became exercisable as a result of the death) and the underlying Common Shares had vested before the Optionee’s death (or vested as a result of the Optionee’s death). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

5.7 Modification or Assumption of Options. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Administrator may modify, reprice, extend or assume outstanding options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding options (whether granted by the Company or by another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of shares and at the same or a different exercise price or in return for the grant of a different type of Award. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair his or her rights or obligations under such Option.

5.8 Buyout Provisions. The Administrator may at any time (a) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents an Option previously granted or (b) authorize an Optionee to elect to cash out an Option previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish.

5.9 Company’s Right to Cancel Certain Options. Any other provision of the Plan or a Stock Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Company shall have the right at any time prior to the IPO Date to cancel an Option that was not granted in compliance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Prior to canceling such Option, the Company shall give the Optionee not less than 30 days’ notice in writing. If the Company elects to cancel such Option, it shall deliver to the Optionee consideration with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Common Shares subject to such Option as of the time of the cancellation over (ii) the Exercise Price of such Option. The consideration may be delivered in the form of cash or cash equivalents, in the form of Common Shares or a combination of both. If the consideration would be a negative amount, such Option may be cancelled without the delivery of any consideration.

5.10 Payment for Option Shares. The entire Exercise Price of Common Shares issued upon exercise of Options shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Common Shares are purchased. In addition, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion and to the extent permitted by applicable law, accept payment of all or a portion of the Exercise Price through any one or a combination of the following forms or methods:

 

5


(a) Subject to any conditions or limitations established by the Administrator, by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Common Shares that are already owned by the Optionee with a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Common Shares as to which such Option will be exercised;

(b) If the Common Shares are publicly traded, by delivering (on a form prescribed by the Company) an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell all or part of the Common Shares being purchased under the Plan and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company;

(c) Subject to such conditions and requirements as the Administrator may impose from time to time, through a net exercise procedure; or

(d) Through any other form or method consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules.

ARTICLE 6. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS .

6.1 SAR Agreement. Each grant of a SAR under the Plan shall be evidenced by a SAR Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such SAR shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various SAR Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

6.2 Number of Shares. Each SAR Agreement shall specify the number of Common Shares to which the SAR pertains, which number shall adjust in accordance with Article 9.

6.3 Exercise Price. Each SAR Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price, which shall in no event be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Common Share on the date of grant. The preceding sentence shall not apply to a SAR that is a Substitute Award granted in a manner that would satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A.

6.4 Exercisability and Term. Each SAR Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the SAR is to become vested and exercisable. The SAR Agreement shall also specify the term of the SAR; provided that except to the extent necessary to comply with applicable foreign law, the term of a SAR shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. A SAR Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting and exercisability upon certain specified events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Optionee’s Service.

6.5 Exercise of SARs. Upon exercise of a SAR, the Optionee (or any person having the right to exercise the SAR after his or her death) shall receive from the Company (a) Common Shares, (b) cash or (c) a combination of Common Shares and cash, as the Administrator shall determine. The amount of cash and/or the Fair Market Value of Common Shares received upon exercise of SARs shall, in the aggregate, not exceed the amount by which the Fair Market Value (on the date of surrender) of the Common Shares subject to the SARs exceeds the Exercise Price.

 

6


If, on the date when a SAR expires, the Exercise Price is less than the Fair Market Value on such date but any portion of such SAR has not been exercised or surrendered, then such SAR shall automatically be deemed to be exercised as of such date with respect to such portion. A SAR Agreement may also provide for an automatic exercise of the SAR on an earlier date.

6.6 Termination of Service (Except by Death). If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s SARs shall expire on the earliest of the following dates:

(a) The expiration date determined pursuant to Section 6.4 above;

(b) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such earlier or later date as the Board may determine (but in no event earlier than 30 days after the termination of the Optionee’s Service); or

(c) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board may determine.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s SARs at any time before the expiration of such SARs under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such SARs had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Common Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination). The balance of such SARs shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates. In the event the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s SARs, all or part of such SARs may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such SARs directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such SARs had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Common Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

6.7 Death of Optionee. If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s SARs shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(a) The expiration date determined pursuant to Section 6.4 above; or

(b) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than six months after the Optionee’s death).

All or part of the Optionee’s SARs may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such SARs under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such SARs directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such SARs had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death (or became exercisable as a result of the death) and the

 

7


underlying Common Shares had vested before the Optionee’s death (or vested as a result of the Optionee’s death). The balance of such SARs shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

6.8 Modification or Assumption of SARs. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Administrator may modify, reprice, extend or assume outstanding SARs or may accept the cancellation of outstanding SARs (whether granted by the Company or by another issuer) in return for the grant of new SARs for the same or a different number of shares and at the same or a different exercise price or in return for the grant of a different type of Award. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of a SAR shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair his or her rights or obligations under such SAR.

ARTICLE 7. RESTRICTED SHARES .

7.1 Restricted Stock Agreement. Each grant of Restricted Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement between the recipient and the Company. Such Restricted Shares shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Stock Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

7.2 Payment for Awards. Restricted Shares may be sold or awarded under the Plan for such consideration as the Administrator may determine, including (without limitation) cash, cash equivalents, property, cancellation of other equity awards, full-recourse promissory notes, past services and future services, and such other methods of payment as are permitted by applicable law.

7.3 Vesting Conditions. Each Award of Restricted Shares may or may not be subject to vesting and/or other conditions as the Administrator may determine. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Restricted Stock Agreement. Such conditions, at the Administrator’s discretion, may include one or more Performance Goals. A Restricted Stock Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting upon certain specified events.

7.4 Voting and Dividend Rights. The holders of Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan shall have the same voting, dividend and other rights as the Company’s other stockholders, unless the Administrator otherwise provides. A Restricted Stock Agreement, however, may require that any cash dividends paid on Restricted Shares (a) be accumulated and paid when such Restricted Shares vest, or (b) be invested in additional Restricted Shares. Such additional Restricted Shares shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the shares subject to the Stock Award with respect to which the dividends were paid. In addition, unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if any dividends or other distributions are paid in Common Shares, such Common Shares shall be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Shares with respect to which they were paid.

ARTICLE 8. STOCK UNITS .

8.1 Stock Unit Agreement. Each grant of Stock Units under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Unit Agreement between the recipient and the Company. Such Stock Units shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms

 

8


that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Stock Unit Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

8.2 Payment for Awards. To the extent that an Award is granted in the form of Stock Units, no cash consideration shall be required of the Award recipients.

8.3 Vesting Conditions. Each Award of Stock Units may or may not be subject to vesting, as determined by the Administrator. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Stock Unit Agreement. Such conditions, at the Administrator’s discretion, may include one or more Performance Goals. A Stock Unit Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting upon certain specified events.

8.4 Voting and Dividend Rights. The holders of Stock Units shall have no voting rights. Prior to settlement or forfeiture, Stock Units awarded under the Plan may, at the Administrator’s discretion, provide for a right to dividend equivalents. Such right entitles the holder to be credited with an amount equal to all cash dividends paid on one Common Share while the Stock Unit is outstanding. Dividend equivalents may be converted into additional Stock Units. Settlement of dividend equivalents may be made in the form of cash, in the form of Common Shares, or in a combination of both. Prior to distribution, any dividend equivalents shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Stock Units to which they attach.

8.5 Form and Time of Settlement of Stock Units. Settlement of vested Stock Units may be made in the form of (a) Common Shares, (b) cash or (c) any combination of both, as determined by the Administrator. The actual number of Stock Units eligible for settlement may be larger or smaller than the number included in the original Award, based on predetermined performance factors, including Performance Goals. Methods of converting Stock Units into cash may include (without limitation) a method based on the average Fair Market Value of Common Shares over a series of trading days. Vested Stock Units shall be settled in such manner and at such time(s) as specified in the Stock Unit Agreement. Until an Award of Stock Units is settled, the number of such Stock Units shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 9.

8.6 Death of Recipient. Any Stock Units that become payable after the recipient’s death shall be distributed to the recipient’s beneficiary or beneficiaries. Each recipient of Stock Units under the Plan may designate one or more beneficiaries for this purpose by filing the prescribed form with the Company. A beneficiary designation may be changed by filing the prescribed form with the Company at any time before the Award recipient’s death. If no beneficiary was designated or if no designated beneficiary survives the Award recipient, then any Stock Units that become payable after the recipient’s death shall be distributed to the recipient’s estate.

8.7 Modification or Assumption of Stock Units. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Administrator may modify or assume outstanding stock units or may accept the cancellation of outstanding stock units (whether granted by the Company or by another issuer) in return for the grant of new Stock Units for the same or a different number of shares or in return for the grant of a different type of Award. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of a Stock Unit shall, without the consent of the Participant, impair his or her rights or obligations under such Stock Unit.

 

9


8.8 Creditors’ Rights. A holder of Stock Units shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Stock Unit Agreement.

ARTICLE 9. ADJUSTMENTS; DISSOLUTIONS AND LIQUIDATIONS; CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS .

9.1 Adjustments . In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Common Shares, a declaration of a dividend payable in Common Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of Common Shares or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Common Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, proportionate adjustments shall automatically be made to the following:

(a) The number and kind of shares available for issuance under Article 3, including the numerical share limits in Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.5;

(b) The number and kind of shares covered by each outstanding Option, SAR and Stock Unit; or

(c) The Exercise Price applicable to each outstanding Option and SAR, and the repurchase price, if any, applicable to Restricted Shares.

In the event of a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Common Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the price of Common Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off or a similar occurrence, the Administrator may make such adjustments as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate to the foregoing; provided, however, that the Administrator shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

Any adjustment in the number of shares subject to an Award under this Article 9 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share, although the Administrator in its sole discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of a fractional share. Except as provided in this Article 9, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of any issuance by the Company of stock of any class or securities convertible into stock of any class, any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any stock dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class.

9.2 Dissolution or Liquidation. To the extent not previously exercised or settled, Options, SARs and Stock Units shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

9.3 Corporate Transactions. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger, consolidation, or a Change in Control (other than one described in Section 14.6(d)), all Common Shares acquired under the Plan and all Awards outstanding on the effective date of the transaction shall be treated in the manner described in the definitive transaction agreement (or, in the event the transaction does not entail a definitive agreement to which the Company is party, in

 

10


the manner determined by the Administrator, with such determination having final and binding effect on all parties), which agreement or determination need not treat all Awards (or portions thereof) in an identical manner. Unless an Award Agreement provides otherwise, the treatment specified in the transaction agreement or by the Administrator may include (without limitation) one or more of the following with respect to each outstanding Award:

(a) The continuation of such outstanding Award by the Company (if the Company is the surviving entity);

(b) The assumption of such outstanding Award by the surviving entity or its parent, provided that the assumption of an Option or a SAR shall comply with applicable tax requirements;

(c) The substitution by the surviving entity or its parent of an equivalent award for such outstanding Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the holders of Common Shares in the transaction), provided that the substitution of an Option or a SAR shall comply with applicable tax requirements;

(d) The cancellation of the unvested portion (after taking into account any vesting occurring at or prior to the effective time of the transaction) of any such outstanding Award without payment of any consideration;

(e) The cancellation of such Award and a payment to the Participant with respect to each share subject to the portion of the Award that is vested or becomes vested as of the effective time of the transaction equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Administrator in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a Common Share as a result of the transaction, over (if applicable) (B) the per-share Exercise Price of such Award (such excess, if any, the “ Spread ”). Such payment shall be made in the form of cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the surviving entity or its parent having a value equal to the Spread. In addition, any escrow, holdback, earn-out or similar provisions in the transaction agreement may apply to such payment to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of Common Shares, but only to the extent the application of such provisions does not adversely affect the status of the Award as exempt from Code Section 409A. If the Spread applicable to an Award (whether or not vested) is zero or a negative number, then the Award may be cancelled without making a payment to the Participant. In the event that a Stock Unit is subject to Code Section 409A, the payment described in this clause (e) shall be made on the settlement date specified in the applicable Stock Unit Agreement, provided that settlement may be accelerated in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4); or

(f) The assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of an Award of Restricted Shares to the surviving entity or its parent, with corresponding proportionate adjustments made to the price per share to be paid upon exercise of any such reacquisition or repurchase rights.

 

11


If (I) the Company is subject to a transaction described in this Section 9.3 before a Participant’s continuous Service terminates and (II) an outstanding Award is not continued, assumed or substituted in accordance with clause (a), (b) or (c) above, then a Participant who is entitled under an Award agreement, employment agreement or Company policy to vesting acceleration (a “ Vesting Arrangement ”) that could be triggered as of a date following the effective time of the transaction as a result of a qualifying termination of Service shall be deemed to be vested, to the extent provided in the relevant Vesting Arrangement, as if all triggering events had occurred as of the effective time of the transaction with respect to any such unvested Award that would otherwise terminate at or immediately prior to the effective time irrespective of whether or not a qualifying Service termination has occurred. It is intended that the previous sentence shall apply to Participants whose Vesting Arrangement provides for “double trigger” vesting acceleration and such Participants could be subjected to a Service termination triggering the acceleration after closing of the transaction at a time when the unvested portion of an Award will no longer exist.

Any action taken under this Section 9.3 shall either preserve an Award’s status as exempt from Code Section 409A or comply with Code Section 409A.

ARTICLE 10. OTHER AWARDS .

10.1 Performance Cash Awards. A Performance Cash Award is a cash award that may be granted after the IPO Date subject to the attainment of specified Performance Goals during a Performance Period. A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of continuous Service. The length of the Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be attained during the Performance Period, and the degree to which the Performance Goals have been attained shall be determined conclusively by the Administrator. Each Performance Cash Award shall be set forth in a written agreement or in a resolution duly adopted by the Administrator which shall contain provisions determined by the Administrator and not inconsistent with the Plan. The terms of various Performance Cash Awards need not be identical.

10.2 Awards Under Other Plans. The Company may grant awards under other plans or programs. Such awards may be settled in the form of Common Shares issued under this Plan. Such Common Shares shall be treated for all purposes under the Plan like Common Shares issued in settlement of Stock Units and shall, when issued, reduce the number of Common Shares available under Article 3.

ARTICLE 11. LIMITATION ON RIGHTS .

11.1 Retention Rights. Neither the Plan nor any Award granted under the Plan shall be deemed to give any individual a right to remain a Service Provider. The Company and its Parents and Subsidiaries reserve the right to terminate the Service of any Service Provider at any time, with or without cause, subject to applicable laws, the Company’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws and a written employment agreement (if any).

11.2 Stockholders’ Rights. Except as set forth in Sections 7.4 or 8.4 above, a Participant shall have no dividend rights, voting rights or other rights as a stockholder with respect to any Common Shares covered by his or her Award prior to the time when a stock

 

12


certificate for such Common Shares is issued or, if applicable, the time when he or she becomes entitled to receive such Common Shares by filing any required notice of exercise and paying any required Exercise Price. No adjustment shall be made for cash dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to such time, except as expressly provided in the Plan.

11.3 Regulatory Requirements. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, the obligation of the Company to issue Common Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approval by any regulatory body as may be required. The Company reserves the right to restrict, in whole or in part, the delivery of Common Shares pursuant to any Award prior to the satisfaction of all legal requirements relating to the issuance of such Common Shares, to their registration, qualification or listing or to an exemption from registration, qualification or listing. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed necessary by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Common Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Common Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

11.4 Transferability of Awards. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of an Award in a manner consistent with applicable law. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, Awards shall be transferable by a Participant only by (a) beneficiary designation, (b) a will or (c) the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence. If the applicable Stock Option Agreement so provides, an NSO shall also be transferable by gift or domestic relations order to a Family Member of the Optionee. An ISO may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative.

11.5 Other Conditions and Restrictions on Common Shares. Any Common Shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to such forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, other transfer restrictions and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine. Such conditions and restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Common Shares generally. In addition, Common Shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to such conditions and restrictions imposed either by applicable law or by Company policy, as adopted from time to time, designed to ensure compliance with applicable law or laws with which the Company determines in its sole discretion to comply including in order to maintain any statutory, regulatory or tax advantage.

ARTICLE 12. TAXES .

12.1 General. It is a condition to each Award under the Plan that a Participant or his or her successor shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that arise in connection with any Award granted under the Plan. The Company shall not be required to issue any Common Shares or make any cash payment under the Plan unless such obligations are satisfied.

12.2 Share Withholding. To the extent that applicable law subjects a Participant to tax withholding obligations, the Administrator may permit such Participant to satisfy all or part

 

13


of such obligations by having the Company withhold all or a portion of any Common Shares that otherwise would be issued to him or her or by surrendering all or a portion of any Common Shares that he or she previously acquired. Such Common Shares shall be valued on the date when they are withheld or surrendered. Any payment of taxes by assigning Common Shares to the Company may be subject to restrictions including any restrictions required by SEC, accounting or other rules.

12.3 Section 162(m) Matters. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine whether an Award is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m). The Administrator may grant Awards that are based on Performance Goals but that are not intended to qualify as performance-based compensation. With respect to any Award granted after the IPO Date that is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation, the Administrator shall designate the Performance Goal(s) applicable to, and the formula for calculating the amount payable under, an Award within 90 days following commencement of the applicable Performance Period (or such earlier time as may be required under Code Section 162(m)), and in any event at a time when achievement of the applicable Performance Goal(s) remains substantially uncertain. Prior to the payment of any Award that is intended to constitute performance-based compensation, the Administrator shall certify in writing whether and the extent to which the Performance Goal(s) were achieved for such Performance Period. The Administrator shall have the right to reduce or eliminate (but not to increase) the amount payable under an Award that is intended to constitute performance-based compensation.

12.4 Section 409A Matters. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in an Award Agreement, it is intended that Awards granted under the Plan either be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A. To the extent an Award is subject to Code Section 409A (a “ 409A Award ”), the terms of the Plan, the Award and any written agreement governing the Award shall be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A so that the Award is not subject to additional tax or interest under Code Section 409A, unless the Administrator expressly provides otherwise. A 409A Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Administrator from time to time in order for it to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” to an individual who is considered a “specified employee” (as each term is defined under Code Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the Participant’s separation from service or (ii) the Participant’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to Code Section 409A(a)(1).

12.5 Limitation on Liability. Neither the Company nor any person serving as Administrator shall have any liability to a Participant in the event an Award held by the Participant fails to achieve its intended characterization under applicable tax law.

ARTICLE 13. FUTURE OF THE PLAN .

13.1 Term of the Plan. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board, subject to approval of the Company’s stockholders under Section 13.3 below. The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after the later of (a) the date

 

14


when the Board adopted the Plan or (b) the date when the Board approved the most recent increase in the number of Common Shares reserved under Article 2 that was also approved by the Company’s stockholders.

13.2 Amendment or Termination. The Board may, at any time and for any reason, amend or terminate the Plan. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the termination thereof. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Award previously granted under the Plan.

13.3 Stockholder Approval. To the extent required by applicable law, the Plan will be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders within 12 months of its adoption date. An amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders only to the extent required by applicable laws, regulations or rules.

ARTICLE 14. DEFINITIONS .

14.1 “ Administrator ” means the Board or any Committee administering the Plan in accordance with Article 2.

14.2 “ Award ” means any award granted under the Plan, including as an Option, a SAR, a Restricted Share, a Stock Unit or a Performance Cash Award.

14.3 “ Award Agreement ” means a Stock Option Agreement, an SAR Agreement, a Restricted Stock Agreement, a Stock Unit Agreement or such other agreement evidencing an Award granted under the Plan.

14.4 “ Board ” means the Company’s Board of Directors, as constituted from time to time.

14.5 “ Change in Control ” means:

(a) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then-outstanding voting securities;

(b) The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;

(c) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

 

15


(d) Individuals who are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board over a period of 12 months; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction. In addition, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award which provides for a deferral of compensation and is subject to Code Section 409A, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or applicable Award Agreement the transaction with respect to such Award must also constitute a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) to the extent required by Code Section 409A.

14.6 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

14.7 “ Committee ” means a committee of one or more members of the Board, or of other individuals satisfying applicable laws, appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

14.8 “ Common Share ” means one share of the common stock of the Company.

14.9 “ Company ” means Veeva Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

14.10 “ Consultant ” means a person, excluding Employees and Outside Directors, who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as an independent contractor and who qualifies as a consultant or advisor under Rule 701(c)(1) of the Securities Act or under Instruction A.1.(a)(1) of Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

14.11 “ Disability ” means that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

14.12 “ Effective Date ” means the date of the Board’s adoption of the Plan.

14.13 “ Employee ” means a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

14.14 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

14.15 “ Exercise Price ,” in the case of an Option, means the amount for which one Common Share may be purchased upon exercise of such Option, as specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement. “Exercise Price,” in the case of a SAR, means an amount,

 

16


as specified in the applicable SAR Agreement, which is subtracted from the Fair Market Value of one Common Share in determining the amount payable upon exercise of such SAR.

14.16 “ Fair Market Value ” means the closing price of a Common Share on any established stock exchange or a national market system on the applicable date or, if the applicable date is not a trading day, on the last trading day prior to the applicable date, as reported in a source that the Administrator deems reliable. If Common Shares are not traded on an established stock exchange or a national market system, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate. The Administrator’s determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

14.17 “ Family Member ” means (a) any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, (b) any person sharing the Optionee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), (c) a trust in which persons described in Clause (a) or (b) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, (d) a foundation in which persons described in Clause (a) or (b) or the Optionee control the management of assets and (e) any other entity in which persons described in Clause (a) or (b) or the Optionee own more than 50% of the voting interests.

14.18 “ IPO Date ” means the effective date of a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission for its initial offering of Common Shares to the public.

14.19 “ ISO ” means an incentive stock option described in Code Section 422(b).

14.20 “ NSO ” means a stock option not described in Code Sections 422 or 423.

14.21 “ Option ” means an ISO or NSO granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Common Shares.

14.22 “ Optionee ” means an individual or estate holding an Option or SAR.

14.23 “ Outside Director ” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

14.24 “ Parent ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

14.25 “ Participant ” means an individual or estate holding an Award.

14.26 “ Performance Cash Award ” means an award of cash granted under Section 10.1 of the Plan.

 

17


14.27 “ Performance Goal ” means a goal established by the Administrator for the applicable Performance Period based on one or more of the performance criteria set forth in Appendix A . Depending on the performance criteria used, a Performance Goal may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a business unit, division, Subsidiary or an individual. A Performance Goal may be measured either in absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or one or more relevant indices. The Administrator may adjust the results under any performance criterion to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a Performance Period: (a) asset write-downs, (b) litigation, claims, judgments or settlements, (c) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles or other laws or provisions affecting reported results, (d) accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs, (e) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items, (f) exchange rate effects for non-U.S. dollar denominated net sales and operating earnings, or (g) statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; provided, however, that if an Award is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), such adjustment(s) shall only be made to the extent consistent with Code Section 162(m).

14.28 “ Performance Period ” means a period of time selected by the Administrator over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to a Performance Cash Award or an Award of Restricted Shares or Stock Units that vests based on the achievement of Performance Goals. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the discretion of the Administrator.

14.29 “ Plan ” means this Veeva Systems, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

14.30 “ Restricted Share ” means a Common Share awarded under the Plan.

14.31 “ Restricted Stock Agreement ” means the agreement between the Company and the recipient of a Restricted Share that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Restricted Share.

14.32 “ SAR ” means a stock appreciation right granted under the Plan.

14.33 “ SAR Agreement ” means the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to his or her SAR.

14.34 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

14.35 “ Service ” means service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

14.36 “ Service Provider ” means any individual who is an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

14.37 “ Stock Award ” means any award of an Option, a SAR, a Restricted Share or a Stock Unit under the Plan.

 

18


14.38 “ Stock Option Agreement ” means the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to his or her Option.

14.39 “ Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing the equivalent of one Common Share, as awarded under the Plan.

14.40 “ Stock Unit Agreement ” means the agreement between the Company and the recipient of a Stock Unit that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Stock Unit.

14.41 “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date

14.42 “ Substitute Awards ” means Awards or Common Shares issued by the Company in assumption of, or substitution or exchange for, Awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to make future awards, in each case by a corporation acquired by the Company with which the Company combines to the extent permitted by NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5635 or any successor thereto.

 

 

19


A PPENDIX  A

P ERFORMANCE C RITERIA

The Administrator may establish Performance Goals derived from one or more of the following criteria when it makes Awards of Restricted Shares or Stock Units that vest entirely or in part on the basis of performance or when it makes Performance Cash Awards:

 

•   Annual contract subscription fee value (net of associated third party royalties/payments or gross)

  

•   Bookings (annual or total contract value)

•   Calculated bookings (i.e., revenue plus change in short term deferred revenue)

  

•   Cash flow and free cash flow

•   Cash margin

  

•   Cash position

•   Collections

  

•   Committed annual recurring revenue (CARR)

•   Consulting utilization rates

  

•   Costs of goods sold

•   Customer renewals (measured in terms of revenue or customer count)

  

•   Customer retention rates from an acquired company, business unit or division

•   Customer satisfaction or customer referenceability

  

•   Deferred revenue

•   DSO

  

•   Earnings per share

•   Gross margin

  

•   Headcount

•   Internal rate of return

  

•   Margin contribution

•   Market share

  

•   Net income

•   Net income after tax

  

•   Net income before tax

•   Net income before interest and tax

  

•   Net income before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization

•   Operating cash flow

  

•   Operating expenses

•   Operating income

  

•   Operating margin


•   Personnel retention or personnel hiring measures

  

•   Product defect measures

•   Product release timelines

  

•   Product or research and development related measures

•   Return on assets

  

•   Return on capital

•   Return on equity

  

•   Return on investment and cash flow return on investment

•   Return on sales

  

•   Revenue

•   Revenue backlog

  

•   Revenue conversion from an acquired company, business unit or division

•   Revenue per employee

  

•   Sales results

•   Stock price

  

•   Stock performance

•   Technical system performance measures (e.g., system availability)

  

•   Technical support incident measures

•   Total stockholder return

  

•   Working capital

•   To the extent that an Award is not intended to comply with Code Section 162(m), other measures of performance selected by the Administrator

Any criteria used may be:

 

   

Measured in absolute terms or on a per share basis

 

   

Measured in terms of growth or as a percentage or percentage change

 

   

Compared to another company or companies (including relative to a peer group or index)

 

   

Measured against the market as a whole and/or according to applicable market indices

 

   

Measured against the performance of the Company as a whole or a segment of the Company or a particular product line, line of business or geography

 

   

Measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis (if applicable)

 

   

Measured on a GAAP or non-GAAP basis, as established by the administrator in advance.

 

2


The attainment of performance goals may be measured solely on a corporate, subsidiary or business unit basis, or a combination thereof. Performance criteria may reflect absolute entity performance or a relative comparison of entity performance to the performance of a peer group of entities or other external measure of the selected performance criteria. To the extent consistent with Code Section 162(m), the Administrator may adjust the results under any performance criterion to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a performance measurement period: (a) asset write-downs, (b) litigation, claims, judgments or settlements, (c) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results, (d) accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs and (e) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items.

 

3


V EEVA S YSTEMS , I NC . 2012 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION G RANT (I NSTALLMENT E XERCISE )

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the common stock of Veeva Systems, Inc.:

 

            Name of Optionee:    «Name»
            Total Number of Shares:    «TotalShares»
            Type of Option:    «ISO» Incentive Stock Option (ISO)
   «NSO» Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)
            Exercise Price per Share:    $«PricePerShare»
            Date of Grant:    «DateGrant»
            Date Exercisable:    This option may be exercised with respect to the first «Percent»% of the shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes «CliffPeriod» months of continuous Service beginning with the Vesting Commencement Date set forth below. This option may be exercised with respect to an additional «Fraction»% of the shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter.
            Vesting Commencement Date:    «VestComDate»
            Expiration Date:    «ExpDate». This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement, or if the Company engages in certain corporate transactions, as provided in Article 9 of the Plan.

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant. Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee .

 

O PTIONEE :

     

V EEVA S YSTEMS , I NC .

 

      By:  

 

      Title:  

 


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

V EEVA S YSTEMS , I NC . 2012 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN :

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT (I NSTALLMENT E XERCISE )

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) Option . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 4.1 of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) $100,000 Limitation . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c) Equity Incentive Plan and Defined Terms . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) Exercisability . Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by


operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) Notice of Exercise . The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c). The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment. The person exercising this option shall sign the notice. In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.

(b) Issuance of Shares . After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the shares for which this option has been exercised. Such shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

(c) Withholding Taxes . In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the disposition of shares purchased by exercising this option.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) Cash . All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Administrator, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

(c) Exercise/Sale . All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) the Common Shares are then publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

 

2


SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) Basic Term . This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 4.1 of the Plan applies).

(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(c) Death of the Optionee . If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.

(d) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence . If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the

 

3


Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

(e) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(iii) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer

 

4


Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the shares subject to this Section 7.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Common Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the

 

5


applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Common Shares are listed has been satisfied; and

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

(b) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written

 

6


consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(c) Investment Intent at Grant . The Optionee represents and agrees that the shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) Investment Intent at Exercise . In the event that the sale of shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) Legends . All certificates evidencing shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

7


All certificates evidencing shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

(f) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of shares but without such legend.

(g) Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 9.1 of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 9.1 of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger, consolidation or Change in Control (other than one described in Section 14(d)(iv)), this option shall be subject to the treatment provided by the Administrator in its sole discretion, as provided in Section 9.3 of the Plan.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder . Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be

 

8


addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

(d) Modifications and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(e) Entire Agreement . The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f) Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 13. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

(a) Tax Consequences . The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company, the Administrator, the Board, or the Company’s officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, the Optionee acknowledges that this option is exempt from Code Section 409A only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per share on the Date of Grant. If the shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Administrator or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that if the shares are not traded on an established securities market, there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company, the Administrator, the Board, or the Company’s officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b) Electronic Delivery of Documents . The Optionee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email of their availability. The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents. This

 

9


consent shall remain in effect until this option expires or until the Optionee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

(c) No Notice of Expiration Date . The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service. The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires. This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

SECTION 14. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Administrator ” shall mean the Board or any Committee administering the Plan in accordance with Article 2 of the Plan.

(b) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(c) “ Board ” shall mean the Company’s Board of Directors, as constituted from time to time.

(d) “ Change in Control ” shall mean:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then-outstanding voting securities;

(ii) The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;

(iii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(iv) Individuals who are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board over a period of 12 months; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then

 

10


still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction. In addition, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to the Option, and the Option provides for a deferral of compensation and is subject to Code Section 409A, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the transaction with respect to the Option must also constitute a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) to the extent required by Code Section 409A.

(e) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of one or more members of the Board, or of other individuals satisfying applicable laws, appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

(g) “ Common Share ” shall mean one share of the common stock of the Company.

(h) “ Company ” shall mean Veeva Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(i) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person, excluding Employees and Outside Directors, who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as an independent contractor and who qualifies as a consultant or advisor under Rule 701(c)(1) of the Securities Act or under Instruction A.1.(a)(1) of Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

(j) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date of grant specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(k) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(l) “ Employee ” shall mean a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(m) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(o) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the closing price of a Common Share on any established stock exchange or a national market system on the applicable date or, if the applicable date is not a trading day, on the last trading day prior to the applicable date, as reported in a source that the Administrator deems reliable. If Common Shares are not traded on

 

11


an established stock exchange or a national market system, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate. The Administrator’s determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(p) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(q) “ ISO ” shall mean an incentive stock option described in Code Section 422(b).

(r) “ Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(s) “ NSO ” shall mean a stock option not described in Code Sections 422 or 423.

(t) “ Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(u) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

(v) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(w) “ Plan ” shall mean the Veeva Systems, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(x) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(y) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(z) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(aa) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(bb) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

12


(cc) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any share acquired under this Agreement.

(dd) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of shares described in Section 7.

 

13


V EEVA S YSTEMS , I NC . 2012 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION E XERCISE

You must sign this Notice on Page 3 before submitting it to the Company.

O PTIONEE I NFORMATION :

 

Name:  

 

     Social Security Number:   

 

Address:  

 

     Employee Number:   

 

 

 

       

O PTION I NFORMATION :

 

Date of Grant:                                 , 20         Type of Stock Option:
Exercise Price per Share: $                 ¨ Nonstatutory (NSO)

Total number of shares of common stock of Veeva Systems, Inc.

(the “Company”) covered by the option:             

   ¨ Incentive (ISO)

E XERCISE I NFORMATION :

Number of shares of common stock of the Company for which the option is being exercised now:                          . (These shares are referred to below as the “Purchased Shares.”)

Total Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares: $             

Form of payment enclosed [check all that apply] :

 

¨ Check for $                      , payable to “Veeva Systems, Inc.”

 

¨ Certificate(s) for                      shares of common stock of the Company. These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company. [Requires Company consent.]

 

¨ Attestation Form covering                      shares of common stock of the Company. These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company. [Requires Company consent.]

Name(s) in which the Purchased Shares should be registered [please review the attached explanation of the available forms of ownership, and then check one box] :

 

¨ In my name only


¨   In the names of my spouse and myself as community property

      My spouse’s name (if applicable):

¨   In the names of my spouse and myself as community property with the right of survivorship

     

 

¨   In the names of my spouse and myself as joint tenants with the right of survivorship

     

¨   In the name of an eligible revocable trust [requires Stock Transfer Agreement]

      Full legal name of revocable trust:
     

 

     

 

     

 

The certificate for the Purchased Shares should be sent to the following address:      

 

     

 

     

 

R EPRESENTATIONS AND A CKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE O PTIONEE :

 

1. I represent and warrant to the Company that I am acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for my account only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” of the Purchased Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

2. I understand that the Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Purchased Shares must be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or I obtain an opinion of counsel (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel) that registration is not required.

 

3. I acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares.

 

4. I am aware of the adoption by the Securities and Exchange Commission of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. These conditions may include (without limitation) that certain current public information about the issuer be available, that the resale occur only after a holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, that the sale occur through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” and that the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period not exceed specified limitations. I understand that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company is not required to take action to satisfy any conditions applicable to it.

 

5. I will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

6. I acknowledge that I have received and had access to such information as I consider necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares and that I had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares.

 

2


7. I am aware that my investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. I am able, without impairing my financial condition, to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of my investment in the Purchased Shares.

 

8. I acknowledge that the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s right of first refusal and the market stand-off (sometimes referred to as the “lock-up”), all in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

 

9. I acknowledge that I am acquiring the Purchased Shares subject to all other terms of the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

 

10. I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Company’s explanation of the forms of ownership available for my Purchased Shares. I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the form of ownership that is appropriate for me. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust, I agree to sign a Stock Transfer Agreement. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust that does not satisfy the requirements described in the attached explanation (i.e., a trust that is not an eligible revocable trust), I also acknowledge that the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes. As a result, the favorable ISO tax treatment will be unavailable and other unfavorable tax consequences may occur.

 

11. I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Company’s explanation of the federal income tax consequences of an option exercise. I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares at this time.

 

12. I agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes my tax liabilities. I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors (including any committee thereof), officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from my options or my other compensation. In particular, I acknowledge that my options are exempt from section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code only if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock at the time the option was granted by the Company’s Board of Directors (or a committee of the Company’s Board of Directors). Since shares of the Company’s common stock are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their fair market value was made by the Company’s Board of Directors (or a committee of the Company’s Board of Directors) or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. I acknowledge that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors (including any committee thereof), officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

 

13. I agree to seek the consent of my spouse to the extent required by the Company to enforce the foregoing.

 

S IGNATURE :        D ATE :

 

    

 

 

3


E XPLANATION OF F ORMS OF S TOCK O WNERSHIP

P URPOSE OF T HIS E XPLANATION

The purpose of this explanation is to provide you with a brief summary of the forms of legal ownership available for the shares that you are purchasing (the “Purchased Shares”). For a number of reasons, this explanation is no substitute for personal legal advice:

 

   

To make the explanation short and readable, only the highlights are covered. Some legal rules are not addressed, even though they may be important in particular cases.

 

   

While the summary attempts to deal with the most common situations, your own situation may well be different from the norm.

 

   

The law may change, and the Company is not responsible for updating this summary.

 

   

The form in which you own your shares may have a substantial impact on the estate tax treatment that applies to those shares when you die or the income tax treatment that applies when your survivors sell the shares after your death.

F OR THESE REASONS , THE C OMPANY STRONGLY ENCOURAGES YOU TO CONSULT YOUR OWN ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING YOUR OPTION AND BEFORE MAKING A DECISION ABOUT THE FORM OF OWNERSHIP FOR YOUR SHARES .

O VERVIEW

The Notice of Stock Option Exercise offers five forms of taking title to the Purchased Shares:

 

   

In your name only,

 

   

In your name and the name of your spouse as community property,

 

   

In your name and the name of your spouse as community property with the right of survivorship,

 

   

In your name and the name of your spouse as joint tenants with the right of survivorship, or

 

   

In the name of an eligible revocable trust.

Title in the Purchased Shares depends upon (a) your marital status, (b) the marital property laws of your state of residence and (c) any agreement with your spouse altering the existing marital property laws of your state of residence. If you are not married, you generally will take title in your name alone. If you are married, title depends upon the marital property laws of your state of residence. In general, states are classified either as “community property” states or as “common-law property” states. (But individual state law may vary within these classifications.)

 

4


C OMMUNITY P ROPERTY AND J OINT T ENANCY

Community property states include California, Texas, Washington, Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico, Idaho, Louisiana and Wisconsin. In a community property state, property acquired during marriage by either spouse is presumed to be one-half owned by each spouse. All other property is classified as the separate property of the spouse who acquires the property. While either spouse has equal management and control over the community property and may sell, spend or encumber all community property, neither spouse may gift community property or partition his/her one-half interest without the consent of the other spouse. Upon divorce, all community property is divided equally among the spouses and each spouse is entitled to retain all of his/her separate property. Upon the death of a spouse, one-half of the community property (and all of the decedent spouse’s separate property) will pass to the decedent spouse’s heirs. The other one-half of the community property remains the property of the surviving spouse.

Other states are common-law property states. In a common-law property state, each spouse is generally deemed to own whatever he/she earns or acquires.

A married couple may elect to alter the marital property rules by mutually agreeing to take title to property in other forms. For example, a couple residing in a community property state may generally enter into an agreement and transform what otherwise would be community property into the separate property of the spouse who earns or acquires the property.

In addition, many community property and common-law property states allow married couples to take joint title in property acquired during marriage. For example, California allows a married couple to take title in a joint tenancy with the right of survivorship. In a joint tenancy, each spouse owns a one-half interest in the property as separate property. This means that each spouse may transfer or sell his/her one-half interest in the property while he/she is alive. However, unlike traditional separate property, a spouse cannot transfer his/her one-half interest to heirs at death. Instead, the surviving spouse automatically receives the decedent spouse’s one-half interest and becomes the full owner of the property. (This is called the “right of survivorship.”) Both spouses must consent to taking property in a joint tenancy in lieu of having the community property laws apply.

California also allows a married couple to take title in the shares as community property with the right of survivorship. This means that the shares are treated like community property while both spouses are alive. However, if one spouse dies, then the other spouse automatically receives the decedent spouse’s one-half interest and becomes the full owner of the shares. In other words, the decedent spouse’s will or trust does not control the disposition of the shares.

If you have the Purchased Shares issued in a form other than those described above, then the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes. This means that the effect, for tax purposes, will be the same as selling the Purchased Shares. Please refer to the attached tax summary for additional information.

 

5


T RUSTS

A transfer to a trust generally should not be treated as a “disposition” of the Purchased Shares for tax purposes if the trust satisfies each of the following conditions:

 

   

You are the sole grantor of the trust,

 

   

You are the sole trustee, or you and your spouse are the sole co-trustees,

 

   

The trustee or trustees are not required to distribute the income of the trust to any person other than you and/or your spouse while you are alive, and

 

   

The trust permits you to revoke all or part of the trust and to have the trust’s assets returned to you, without the consent of any other person (including your spouse).

If you have the Purchased Shares issued to a trust that does not meet these requirements, then the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes. This means that the effect, for tax purposes, will be the same as selling the Purchased Shares. Please refer to the attached tax summary for additional information.

If you have the Purchased Shares issued to any trust, you will be required to sign a Stock Transfer Agreement in your capacity as trustee. Under the Stock Transfer Agreement, the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s right of first refusal in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

T HE C OMPANY WILL NOT CHECK TO DETERMINE WHETHER THE FORM OF OWNERSHIP THAT YOU ELECT IN YOUR N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION E XERCISE IS APPROPRIATE . Y OU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN ADVISERS ON THIS SUBJECT . I F AN INAPPROPRIATE ELECTION IS MADE , THE FORM OF OWNERSHIP MAY NOT WITHSTAND LEGAL SCRUTINY OR MAY HAVE ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES .

 

6


E XPLANATION OF U.S. F EDERAL I NCOME T AX C ONSEQUENCES

(Current as of February 2012)

P URPOSE OF T HIS E XPLANATION

The purpose of this explanation is to provide you with a brief summary of the tax consequences of exercising your option. For a number of reasons, this explanation is no substitute for personal tax advice:

 

   

To make the explanation short and readable, only the highlights are covered. Some tax rules are not addressed, even though they may be important in particular cases.

 

   

While the summary attempts to deal with the most common situations, your own tax situation may well be different from the norm.

 

   

State and foreign income taxes are not addressed at all, even though they could have a significant impact on your tax planning. Likewise, federal gift and estate taxes and state inheritance taxes are not discussed.

 

   

Tax planning involving incentive stock options is exceedingly complex, in part because of the possible application of the alternative minimum tax.

 

   

This explanation assumes that your option is not subject to section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. However, the Company cannot be certain that section 409A is inapplicable to your option. (Please refer to the last segment of this summary for more information about section 409A.)

 

   

The tax rules change often, and the Company is not responsible for updating this summary. (Please refer to the date at the top of this page.)

F OR THESE REASONS , THE C OMPANY STRONGLY ENCOURAGES YOU TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING YOUR OPTION .

L IMIT ON ISO T REATMENT

The Notice of Stock Option Grant indicates whether your option is a nonstatutory stock option (NSO) or an incentive stock option (ISO). The favorable tax treatment for ISOs is limited, regardless of what the Notice of Stock Option Grant indicates. Of the options that become exercisable in any calendar year, only options covering the first $100,000 of stock are eligible for ISO treatment. The excess over $100,000 automatically receives NSO treatment. For this purpose, stock is valued at the time of grant. This means that the value is generally equal to the exercise price.

 

7


For example, assume that you hold an option to buy 60,000 shares for $8 per share. Assume further that the entire option becomes exercisable in four equal annual installments. Only the first 50,000 shares qualify for ISO treatment. (12,500 times $8 equals $100,000.) The remaining 10,000 shares will be treated as if they had been acquired by exercising an NSO. This is true regardless of when the option is actually exercised; what matters is when it first could have been exercised.

E XERCISE OF NSO

If you are exercising an NSO, you will be taxed now. You will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of (a) the fair market value of the Purchased Shares on the date of exercise over (b) the exercise price you are paying. If you are an employee or former employee of the Company, this amount is subject to withholding for income and payroll taxes. Your tax basis in the Purchased Shares (to calculate capital gain when you sell the shares) is equal to their fair market value on the date of exercise.

D ISPOSITION OF NSO S HARES

When you dispose of the Purchased Shares, you will recognize a capital gain equal to the excess of (a) the sale proceeds over (b) your tax basis in the Purchased Shares. As described above, your tax basis in the Purchased Shares is equal to their fair market value on the date of exercise. If the sale proceeds are less than your tax basis, you will recognize a capital loss. The capital gain or loss will be long-term if you held the Purchased Shares for more than 12 months. The holding period starts when you exercise your NSO. In general, the maximum marginal federal income tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15% under current law.

E XERCISE OF ISO AND ISO H OLDING P ERIODS

If you are exercising an ISO, you will not be taxed under the regular tax rules until you dispose of the Purchased Shares. 1 (The alternative minimum tax rules are described below.) The tax treatment at the time of disposition depends on how long you hold the shares. You will satisfy the ISO holding periods if you hold the Purchased Shares until the later of the following dates:

 

   

The date two years after the ISO was granted, and

 

   

The date one year after the ISO is exercised.

 

 

1   Generally, a “disposition” of shares purchased under an ISO encompasses any transfer of legal title, such as a transfer by sale, exchange or gift. It generally does not include a transfer to your spouse, a transfer into joint ownership with right of survivorship (if you remain one of the joint owners), a pledge, a transfer by bequest or inheritance, or certain tax-free exchanges permitted under the Internal Revenue Code. A transfer to a trust is a “disposition” unless the trust is an eligible revocable trust, as described in the attached explanation.

 

8


D ISPOSITION OF ISO S HARES

If you dispose of the Purchased Shares after satisfying both of the ISO holding periods, then you will recognize only a long-term capital gain at the time of disposition. The amount of the capital gain is equal to the excess of (a) the sale proceeds over (b) the exercise price. In general, the maximum marginal federal income tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15% under current law.

If you dispose of the Purchased Shares before either or both of the ISO holding periods are met, then you will recognize ordinary income at the time of disposition. The amount of ordinary income will be equal to the excess of (a) the fair market value of the Purchased Shares on the date of exercise over (b) the exercise price. But if the disposition is an arm’s length sale to an unrelated party, the amount of ordinary income will not exceed the total gain from the sale. Under current IRS rules, the ordinary income amount will not be subject to withholding for income or payroll taxes.

Your tax basis in the Purchased Shares will be equal to their fair market value on the date of exercise. Any gain in excess of your basis will be taxed as a capital gain—either long-term or short-term, depending on how long you held the Purchased Shares after the date of exercise.

S UMMARY OF A LTERNATIVE M INIMUM T AX

The alternative minimum tax (AMT) must be paid if it exceeds your regular income tax. The AMT is equal to 26% of your alternative minimum tax base up to $175,000 and 28% of the excess over $175,000. (In the case of married individuals filing separately, the breakpoint is $87,500 rather than $175,000.) Your alternative minimum tax base is equal to your alternative minimum taxable income (AMTI) minus your exemption amount.

 

   

Alternative Minimum Taxable Income . Your AMTI is equal to your regular taxable income, subject to certain adjustments and increased by items of tax preference. Among the many adjustments made in computing AMTI are the following:

 

   

State and local income and property taxes are not allowed as a deduction.

 

   

Miscellaneous itemized deductions are not allowed.

 

   

Medical expenses are not allowed as a deduction until they exceed 10% of adjusted gross income (as opposed to the 7.5% floor that applies to regular income taxes).

 

   

Certain interest deductions are not allowed.

 

   

The standard deduction and personal exemptions are not allowed.

 

   

When an ISO is exercised, the spread is treated as if the option were an NSO. (See discussion below.)

 

   

Exemption Amount . Before AMT is calculated, AMTI is reduced by the exemption amount. Under current law, the exemption amount is as follows:

 

9


Year:

   Joint Returns:    Single Returns:    Separate Returns:

2011

   $74,450    $48,450    $37,225

After 2011 2

   $45,000    $33,750    $22,500

The exemption amount is phased out by 25 cents for each $1 by which AMTI exceeds the following levels:

 

Joint Returns: $150,000

   Single Returns: $112,500    Separate Returns: $75,000

This means, for example, that the entire $74,450 exemption amount disappears for married individuals filing joint returns when AMTI reaches $447,800.

A PPLICATION OF AMT W HEN ISO I S E XERCISED

As noted above, when an ISO is exercised, the spread is treated for AMT purposes as if the option were an NSO. In other words, the spread is included in AMTI at the time of exercise.

A special rule applies if you dispose of the Purchased Shares in the same year in which you exercised the ISO. If the amount you realize on the sale is less than the value of the stock at the time of exercise, then the amount includible in AMTI on account of the ISO exercise is limited to the gain realized on the sale. 3

To the extent that your AMT is attributable to the spread on exercising an ISO (and certain other items), you may be able to apply the AMT that you paid as a credit against your income tax liability in future years. But the rules on calculating the available tax credits were amended frequently in recent years and have become extraordinarily complex. On this issue in particular, you must consult your own tax advisor.

When Purchased Shares are sold, your basis for purposes of computing the capital gain or loss under the AMT system is increased by the option spread that exists at the time of exercise. Again, an ISO is treated under the AMT system much like an NSO is treated under the regular tax system. But your basis in the ISO shares for purposes of computing gain or loss under the regular tax system is equal to the exercise price; it does not reflect any AMT that you pay on the spread at exercise. Therefore, if you pay AMT in the year of the ISO exercise and regular income tax in the year of selling the Purchased Shares, you could pay tax twice on the same gain (except to the extent that you can use the AMT credit described above).

 

2   This assumes that Congress does not further extend AMT relief, as it has done (typically annually) in prior years.
3   This is similar to the rule that applies under the regular tax system in the event of a disqualifying disposition of ISO stock. The amount of ordinary income that must be recognized in that case generally does not exceed the amount of the gain realized in the disposition.

 

10


S ECTION  409A OF THE I NTERNAL R EVENUE C ODE

The preceding summary assumes that section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code does not apply to your option. In general, your option is exempt from section 409A if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock at the time the option was granted by the Board of Directors. Since shares of Common Stock are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their fair market value generally is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent appraisal firm retained by the Company. In either case, there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation.

If your option were found to be subject to section 409A, then you would be required to recognize ordinary income whenever a portion of your option vests ( i.e. becomes exercisable). The amount of ordinary income would be equal to the fair market value of the shares at the time of vesting minus the exercise price of the shares. This amount would also be subject to a 20% federal tax in addition to the federal income tax at your usual marginal rate for ordinary income.

D ISCLAIMER U NDER IRS C IRCULAR  230

To comply with IRS rules, you are hereby notified that the foregoing summary was not intended or written in order to be used, and it cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purpose of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on the taxpayer. In addition, if the foregoing summary would otherwise be considered a “marketed opinion” under the IRS rules, you are hereby notified that the advice was written to support the promotion or marketing of the transactions or matters addressed by the summary. The tax consequences of options will vary depending on the specific circumstances of each taxpayer. Therefore, each taxpayer should seek advice from an independent tax adviser.

 

11

Exhibit 10.6

CHABOT CENTER

OFFICE LEASE

between

HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC

(“LANDLORD”)

and

VERTICALS ONDEMAND, INC.

(“TENANT”)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.  

USE

     3   
2.  

TERM; COMMENCEMENT DATE

     4   
3.  

POSSESSION

     5   
4.  

RENT

     5   
5.  

RULES AND REGULATIONS

     7   
6.  

PARKING

     7   
7.  

OPERATING EXPENSES OF BUILDING

     8   
8.  

REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE

     12   
9.  

ACCEPTANCE AND SURRENDER OF PREMISES

     12   
10.  

ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS

     13   
11.  

UTILITIES AND SERVICES

     14   
12.  

TAXES

     14   
13.  

INSURANCE

     16   
14.  

INDEMNIFICATION

     19   
15.  

COMPLIANCE

     19   
16.  

LIENS

     20   
17.  

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     20   
18.  

SUBORDINATION, MORTGAGES AND QUIET ENJOYMENT

     21   
19.  

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

     22   
20.  

BANKRUPTCY, DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     22   
21.  

ABANDONMENT

     25   
22.  

DESTRUCTION

     25   
23.  

EMINENT DOMAIN

     26   
24.  

SALE OR CONVEYANCE BY LANDLORD

     27   

 

i


25.  

ATTORNMENT TO LENDER OR THIRD PARTY

     27   
26.  

HOLDING OVER

     28   
27.  

CERTIFICATE OF ESTOPPEL

     28   
28.  

CONSTRUCTION CHANGES

     28   
29.  

RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM

     28   
30.  

ATTORNEYS’ FEES

     29   
31.  

WAIVER

     29   
32.  

NOTICES

     29   
33.  

EXAMINATION OF LEASE

     29   
34.  

DEFAULT BY LANDLORD

     30   
35.  

CORPORATE AUTHORITY

     30   
36.  

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     30   
37.  

BROKERS

     31   
38.  

SIGNS

     31   
39.  

ASSESSMENTS

     31   
40.  

MORTGAGEE PROTECTION CLAUSE

     32   
41.  

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

     32   
42.  

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

     33   
43.  

MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS

     33   
44.  

OPTION TO EXTEND

     34   

 

ii


TABLE OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A    Premises
Exhibit B    Property
Exhibit C    Intentionally Omitted
Exhibit D    Rules and Regulations
Exhibit E    Utilities and Services
Exhibit F    Tenant’s Janitorial Service
Exhibit G    Intentionally Omitted

 

iii


BASIC LEASE TERMS

 

1    Lease Date:    December      , 2008
2   

Landlord:

Address (for notices):

  

Hacienda Pleasanton Park MD Parent, LLC

7901 Stoneridge Drive, Suite 205

Pleasanton, CA 94588

      with copy to:
     

c/o Streamline

7901 Stoneridge Drive, Suite 205

Pleasanton, CA 94588

Attn: Property Manager

Phone: (925) 551-7040

Fax: 925-460-8201

3   

Tenant:

Address (for notices):

   Before Commencement Date:
     

 

  
     

 

  
     

 

  
      After Commencement Date:
     

4637 Chabot Drive, Suite 210

Pleasanton, California 94588

4    Premises Address:   

4637 Chabot Drive, Suite 210

Pleasanton, California 94588

5    Lease Term (§2.1):    Twenty-four and  1 / 2 (24 1/2) months, subject to Tenant’s renewal right set forth in Section 44
6    Scheduled Commencement Date (§2.2):    January 15, 2009
7    Rent Commencement Date (§4.2):    February 1, 2009
8    Term Expiration Date:    January 31, 2011
9    Base Year (§7.6.1):    Calendar Year 2009
10    Monthly Base Rent (§4.1):    Months of Rent    Monthly Base Rent
      1-12    $5,425.50 ($1.50 SF)
      13-24    $5,787.20 ($1.60 SF)
11    Premises Area:    Approximately 3,617 square feet

 

1


12    Building Area:    Approximately 73,600 square feet
13    Tenant’s Building Percentage (§7.2):    4.91%
14    Security Deposit (§4.6):    $5,787.20

15

  

Broker(s) (§39)                                               Landlord’s:

                                                                              Tenant’s:

  

Colliers International, Inc.

Colliers International, Inc.

16    Guarantor(s) (§42):    None

 

2


LEASE AGREEMENT

This Lease Agreement ( “Lease” ) is made as of December      , 2008, by and between HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC, a California limited liability company ( “Landlord” ), and VERTICALS ONDEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation ( “Tenant” ).

RECITALS

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord those certain premises (the “Premises” ) cross-hatched on Exhibit A more particularly described as follows:

Approximately 3,617 rentable square feet on the second floor of the building ( “Building” ) located at 4637 Chabot Drive, Pleasanton, California, consisting of a total area of approximately Seventy-Three Thousand Six Hundred (73,600) rentable square feet together with the non-exclusive right to use the Common Area (defined in Section 7.1) of the Building and the Outside Area of the Property. As used herein, the term “Property” shall mean the land described in Exhibit B and all of the buildings, improvements, fixtures and equipment now or hereafter situated on said land, commonly known as “Chabot Center.” The Property is part of a larger group of land, buildings and improvements referred to as “Hacienda Business Park” or the “Park.”

Said leasing is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions in the “Basic Lease Terms” attached to this Lease and as hereinafter set forth and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to perform and observe each and all of said terms, covenants and conditions.

1. USE. Tenant shall use the Premises only in conformance with applicable governmental laws, regulations, rules and ordinances for the purpose of general office use and for no other purpose. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done in or about the Premises or the Property, nor bring or keep or permit to be brought or kept in or about the Premises or the Property, anything which is prohibited by or will in any way increase the existing rate, or cause a cancellation of, fire or any other insurance covering the Property or any of its contents. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything in, on or about the Premises or the Property which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or injure or annoy them, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises or the Property. No sale by auction shall be permitted on the Premises. Tenant shall not place any loads upon the floors, walls, or ceiling, which endanger the structure, or place any harmful fluids or other materials in the drainage system of the Building, or overload existing electrical or other mechanical systems. No waste materials or refuse shall be dumped upon or permitted to remain upon any part of the Premises or outside of the Building, except in trash containers placed inside exterior enclosures designated by Landlord for that purpose or inside of the Building where designated by Landlord. No materials, supplies, equipment, finished products or semi-finished products, raw materials or articles of any nature shall be stored upon or

 

3


permitted to remain outside the Premises or on any portion of the Outside Area (defined in Section 7.1) of the Property. No loudspeaker or other device, system or apparatus which can be heard outside the Premises shall be used in or at the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the Premises. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless against any loss, expense, damage, attorneys’ fees, or liability arising out of failure of Tenant to comply with any law applicable to Tenant or Tenant’s business. The provisions of this Section are for the benefit of Landlord only and shall not be construed to be for the benefit of any tenant or occupant of the Building. Tenant acknowledges that it has received and read a copy of the Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Hacienda Business Park (as amended, the “Declaration” ) recorded in the Office of the Recorder, Alameda County, California, on August 13, 1982 under Series No. 82-131982 and re-recorded September 17, 1982 under Series No. 82 141251 and as amended and modified by the Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Hacienda Business Park (No. 2) recorded January 24, 1985 as Instrument No. 85-14396, Official Records of Alameda County, California, and as amended by that certain First Amendment to Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Hacienda Business Park (No. 2) recorded June 29, 1987 as Instrument No. 87-182797, and as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Hacienda Business Park (No. 2) recorded November 22, 1989 as Instrument No. 89-317183, and as amended by that certain Third Amendment to Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Hacienda Business Park (No. 2) recorded September 28, 1993 as Instrument No. 93-343173, and as amended by that certain Fourth Amendment to Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Hacienda Business Park (No. 2) recorded November 29, 1993 as Instrument No. 93-417506, and as amended by that certain Fifth Amendment to Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Hacienda Business Park (No. 2) recorded February 16, 1995 as Instrument No. 95-036988 and as further amended by the Sixth Amendment to Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Hacienda Business Park (No. 2) recorded April 30, 1997, as Series No. 97-109714 and re-recorded May 1, 1998 under Series No. 98-146103 (as amended, the “CC&R’s” ). Tenant shall comply with the CC&R’s.

Tenant’s initials: /s/ P.G.

2. TERM; COMMENCEMENT DATE.

2.1 Term. The term of this Lease shall be for the period set forth in Item 5 of the Basic Lease Terms (unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided) beginning on the Commencement Date, as defined below, and ending on the Expiration Date set forth in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Terms ( “Term” ).

2.2 Commencement Date. The Term of this Lease shall commence on January 15, 2009 ( “Commencement Date” ) and shall terminate on January 31, 2011. Tenant shall have the right to enter the Premises beginning January 1, 2009 for the purpose of installing telecommunications and data cabling, and for delivery and installation of its furniture, fixtures, and equipment.

 

4


3. POSSESSION.

3.1 Delivery of Possession. If Landlord, for any reason whatsoever, cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant by the Scheduled Commencement Date, this Lease shall not be void or voidable; no obligation of Tenant shall be affected thereby; nor shall Landlord or Landlord’s agents be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom; but in that event the commencement and termination dates of this Lease, and all other dates affected thereby shall be revised to conform to the date of Landlord’s delivery of possession, as specified in Section 2.2 above. The above is, however, subject to the provision that the period of delay of delivery of the Premises shall not exceed ninety (90) days from the Scheduled Commencement Date (except those delays caused by Tenant, acts of God, strikes, war, lack of utilities, weather, unavailable materials, delays caused solely by governmental bodies, and other delays beyond Landlord’s control shall be excluded in calculating such period), in which instance Tenant, at its option, may by written notice to Landlord terminate this Lease.

4. RENT.

4.1 Base Rent. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord at such place as Landlord may designate without deduction, offset, prior notice, or demand, and Landlord agrees to accept as Base Rent for the leased Premises in lawful money of the United States of America, payable as set forth in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Terms.

4.2 Time for Payment. Concurrently with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the first month of Base Rent, for the first full month of Base Rent due after the “Rent Commencement Date” as set forth in Item 7 of the Basic Lease Terms, in the amount set forth in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Terms. Base Rent shall be due on or before the first day of each calendar month of the Term from the Rent Commencement Date to the Term Expiration Date (set forth in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Terms). If the Term of this Lease commences on a date other than the first day of a calendar month, on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as rent for the period from the Rent Commencement Date to the first day of the next succeeding calendar month that proportion of the monthly rent hereunder which the number of days between the Rent Commencement Date and the first day of the next succeeding calendar month bears to thirty (30). If the Term of this Lease ends on a date other than the last day of a calendar month, on the first day of the last calendar month of the Term hereof Tenant shall pay to Landlord as rent for the period from said first day of said last calendar month to and including the last day of the Term hereof that proportion of the monthly rent hereunder which the number of days between said first day of said last calendar month and the last day of the Term hereof bears to thirty (30).

4.3 Late Charge. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, if Tenant fails to pay any Rent (defined in Section 4.4) when due, and such Rent is not received by Landlord within five (5) days after the date such Rent is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in addition to the delinquent Rent, a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of the delinquent Rent. In addition to the foregoing late charge, if any Rent remains unpaid for 30 days or more after the date due, such Rent shall accrue interest at the lesser of the maximum interest rate permitted by law or ten percent (10%) per annum until paid.

 

5


4.4 Additional Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in addition to the Base Rent and as Additional Rent the following:

4.4.1 Tenant’s Building Percentage (as defined in Section 7.2) of the Building Operating Expenses and the Outside Area Expenses as provided for in Sections 7.3 and 7.6.2; and

4.4.2 All other charges, costs and expenses which Tenant is required to pay hereunder, together with all interest and penalties, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, that may accrue thereto in the event of Tenant’s failure to pay such amounts. And all damages, reasonable costs and expenses which Landlord may incur by reason of default of Tenant or failure on Tenant’s part to comply with the terms of this Lease. In the event of nonpayment by Tenant of Additional Rent, Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies with respect thereto as Landlord has for nonpayment of Rent, as defined below.

The Additional Rent due under Section 7 shall be paid to Landlord or Landlord’s agent in accordance with Section 7. The Additional Rent for any item payable under a provision other than Section 7 shall be paid to Landlord or Landlord’s agent within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice to Tenant setting forth the Additional Rent due. If requested, Landlord shall provide reasonable supporting documentation for the Additional Rent. The respective obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Section shall survive the expiration or other termination of the Term of this Lease. As used herein, “Rent” shall mean Base Rent, Additional Rent, and all other monetary obligations owed by Tenant hereunder.

4.5 Place of Payment of Rent. All Rent hereunder shall be paid to Landlord at the following address only: Hacienda Pleasanton Park MD Parent, LLC, c/o Streamline, 7901 Stoneridge Drive, Suite 205, Pleasanton, CA 94588, Attn: Property Manager, or to such other person or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing.

4.6 Security Deposit. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the sum set forth in Item 14 of the Basic Lease Terms. Said sum shall be held by Landlord as a Security Deposit for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the Term hereof. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provision relating to the payment of rent and any of the monetary sums due herewith, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of this Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or other sum in default, the repair of any damage to the Premises caused by Tenant, or the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default to the full extent permitted by law. Tenant hereby waives any restriction on the use or application of the Security Deposit by Landlord as set forth in California Civil Code Section 1950.7. If any portion of the

 

6


Security Deposit is used or applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in the amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to keep this Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on the Security Deposit. If Tenant fully and faithfully performs every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any balance of it shall be returned to Tenant (or at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within thirty (30) days after the later to occur of (a) the expiration of the Lease Term and (b) the date Tenant has vacated the Premises. In the event of termination of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, Landlord shall transfer the Security Deposit to Landlord’s successor-in-interest whereupon Tenant agrees to release Landlord from liability for the return of the Security Deposit or the accounting therefor.

5. RULES AND REGULATIONS. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and such rules and regulations as Landlord may from time to time prescribe, Tenant and Tenant’s employees, invitees and customers shall, in common with other occupants of the Building, and their respective employees, invitees and customers, and others entitled to the use thereof, have the non-exclusive right to use the access roads, parking areas, and facilities provided and designated by Landlord for the general use and convenience of the occupants of the Property, which areas and facilities and all other landscaped areas, service areas, trash disposal facilities and similar areas and facilities within the Property are referred to herein as the “Outside Area.” This right shall terminate upon the termination of this Lease. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to make changes in the shape, size, location, amount and extent of Outside Area. Landlord further reserves the right to promulgate such reasonable rules and regulations, and amendments thereto, relating to the use of the Outside Area, and any part or parts thereof, as Landlord may deem appropriate for the best interests of the occupants of the Property. The use of the Building and the Outside Area shall initially be subject to the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit D . The Rules and Regulations shall be binding upon Tenant upon delivery of a copy of them to Tenant, and Tenant shall abide by them and cooperate in their observance. Such Rules and Regulations may be amended by Landlord from time to time, with or without advance notice, and all amendments shall be effective upon delivery of a copy to Tenant. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance by any other tenant or occupant of the Property of any of said Rules and Regulations. In the event that the Rules and Regulations are changed by Landlord subsequent to the execution of this Lease and there is a conflict between this Lease and the Rules and Regulations, this Lease shall govern.

6. PARKING. Tenant shall have the right to use with other tenants or occupants of the Building parking spaces, the number of which shall be based on a ratio of 4 spaces per 1,000 square feet of leased Premises in the common parking areas of the Property. Any parking charges assessed or imposed by the City of Pleasanton or other governmental entity shall be billed to Tenant as an Outside Area Expense pursuant to Section 7.5. Tenant agrees that Tenant, Tenant’s employees, agents, representatives and invitees shall not use parking spaces in excess of the spaces allocated to Tenant hereunder. Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s sole discretion, to specifically designate the location of Tenant’s parking spaces within the common parking areas of the Property in the event of a dispute among the tenants occupying the Building,

 

7


in which event Tenant agrees that Tenant, Tenant’s employees, agents, representatives and/or invitees shall not use any parking spaces other than those parking spaces specifically designated by Landlord for Tenant’s use. Said parking spaces, if specifically designated by Landlord to Tenant, may be relocated by Landlord at any time and from time to time. Landlord reserves the right, at Landlord’s sole discretion, to rescind any specific designation of parking spaces, thereby returning Tenant’s parking spaces to the common parking area. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of any change in Tenant’s parking spaces. Tenant shall not, at any time, park, or permit to be parked, any trucks or vehicles adjacent to the loading areas so as to interfere in any way with the use of such areas, nor shall Tenant at any time park, or permit the parking of Tenant’s trucks or vehicles or the trucks and vehicles of Tenant’s suppliers or others, in any portion of the Outside Area not designated by Landlord for such use by Tenant. Tenant shall not park nor permit to be parked, any inoperative vehicles or equipment on any portion of the Outside Area. Tenant agrees to assume responsibility for compliance by its employees with the parking provisions contained herein. If Tenant or its employees park in other than such designated parking areas, then Landlord may charge Tenant, as an additional charge, and Tenant agrees to pay, Ten and no/100ths Dollars ($10.00) per day for each day or partial day each such vehicle is parked in any area other than that designated after prior notice. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord at Tenant’s sole expense to tow away from the Property any vehicle belonging to Tenant or Tenant’s employees parked in violation of these provisions, or to attach violation stickers or notices to such vehicles. Tenant shall use the parking areas for vehicle parking only, and shall not use the parking areas for storage.

7. OPERATING EXPENSES OF BUILDING.

7.1 Outside Area/Common Area. The term “Outside Area” shall mean all areas and facilities within the Property provided and designated by Landlord for the general use and convenience of Tenant and other tenants and occupants of the Property such as access roads, parking areas, sidewalks, landscaped area, service areas, trash disposal facilities, and similar areas and facilities. The term “Common Area” shall refer to those portions of the Building designated by Landlord for the general use and convenience of all tenants of the Building, such as hallways, stairs, elevators, entrances and exits, lobbies, restrooms, the common pipes, wires and appurtenant equipment serving the Building.

7.2 Tenant’s Building Percentage. The term “Tenant’s Building Percentage” shall mean the percentage of the rentable area of the Premises to the total rentable area of the Building. Tenant’s Building Percentage is agreed to the percentage set forth in Item 13 of the Basic Lease Terms for purposes of this Lease. The total rentable area of the Building is Seventy-Three Thousand Six Hundred (73,600) square feet.

7.3 Payment by Tenant. Commencing on January 1, 2010, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Building Percentage of the Building Operating Expenses and Outside Area Expenses in excess of the Expense Base (defined in Section 7.6.1).

 

8


7.4 Building Operating Expenses. The term “Building Operating Expenses” shall mean all expenses, costs and disbursements of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, repair and operation of the Building and the Common Area, including, but not limited to, the following:

7.4.1 Wages and salaries of all employees engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Building and Common Area, including taxes, insurance and benefits relating thereto; and the rental cost and overhead of any office and storage space in the Park used to provide such services;

7.4.2 Cost of all supplies, materials and labor used in the operation, repair, replacement and maintenance of the Building and Common Area;

7.4.3 Cost of all utilities, including surcharges, for the Building and Common Area, including the cost of water, sewer, gas, power, heating, lighting, air conditioning and ventilating;

7.4.4 Cost of all maintenance and service agreements for the Building and Common Area and the equipment thereon, including but not limited to, security and energy management services, window cleaning, floor waxing, elevator maintenance, janitorial service, services by engineers and gardeners, and trash removal services;

7.4.5 Cost of all insurance which Landlord, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable for the Building, Common Area and Landlord’s personal property used in connection therewith. Such insurance shall be for the sole benefit of Landlord and under its sole control;

7.4.6 Cost of repairs and general maintenance of the Building and Common Area (excluding repairs and general maintenance paid for by proceeds of insurance or by Tenant or other third parties);

7.4.7 A reasonable management fee for the manager of the Property;

7.4.8 The cost of any additional services not provided to the Building and Common Area at the Commencement Date but thereafter provided by Landlord in its management of the same; and

7.4.9 The cost of any capital improvements made to the Building and the Common Area after the Commencement Date, such cost thereof to be amortized over the useful life of the improvement, using a market rate of interest, as Landlord shall determine consistent with applicable governmental requirements.

The cost of additional or extraordinary services provided to Tenant at Tenant’s request and not paid or payable by Tenant pursuant to other provisions of this Lease shall be payable by Tenant and may be included by Landlord with Tenant’s Building Percentage of Building Operating Expenses payable by Tenant on a monthly basis or may be billed to Tenant separately, in a lump sum, as Landlord shall elect.

 

9


Building Operating Expenses shall not include: (i) the cost of any additional or extraordinary services provided to other tenants of the Building; (ii) costs paid for directly by Tenant; (iii) principal and interest payments on loans secured by deeds of trust recorded against the Building; (iv) real estate sales or leasing brokerage commissions; and (v) Landlord’s general corporate overhead (not including the management fee referenced in Section 7.4.7 above). The Premises and the Park are subject to: (a) that certain Consolidated Reassessment District 1993-1, as evidenced by a notice of assessment recorded on August 16, 1993 as Series No. 93-291324; (b) that certain Consolidated Reassessment District 1993-2, as evidenced by a notice of assessment recorded on August 16, 1993 as Series No. 93-291334; and (c) that certain Consolidated Reassessment District 1993-3, as evidenced by a notice of assessment recorded on August 16, 1993 as Series No. 93-290193; (collectively the “Consolidated Levy” ). Landlord and Tenant agree that the cost for the Consolidated Levy shall be excluded from the Building Operating Expense, Outside Area Expenses and Real Property Tax calculations, and Landlord shall be solely responsible for all payments due under the Consolidated Levy, without reimbursement from Tenant.

7.5 Outside Area Expenses. The term “Outside Area Expenses” shall mean all expenses, costs and disbursements (except as provided below) of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, repair and operation of the Property and the Outside Area including, but not limited to, the cost of any policies of insurance covering the Outside Area, the Real Property Taxes (defined in Section 12.1) for the Property, CC&R assessments and dues and the cost of labor, materials, supplies and services used or consumed in owning, managing, maintaining, repairing and operating the Outside Area, including, without limitation, the following:

7.5.1 Maintaining and repairing landscaping and sprinkler systems;

7.5.2 Maintaining and repairing concrete walkways, driveways and paved parking areas;

7.5.3 Maintaining and repairing electrical systems and signs and site lighting of the Outside Area; and

7.5.4 Providing all utilities to the Outside Areas, and all license, permit and inspection fees in connection therewith.

7.6 Adjustment.

7.6.1 Expense Base . The Base Rent referred to in Section 4.1 shall include Tenant’s Building Percentage of the actual Building Operating Expenses and the actual Outside Area Expenses for the Base Year. “Base Year” means the calendar year set forth in Item 9 of the Basic Lease Terms.

 

10


7.6.2 Monthly Payments . Commencing on January 1, 2010, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each calendar month for the remainder of the Term an amount estimated by Landlord to be Tenant’s Building Percentage of both the monthly Building Operating Expenses and the actual Outside Area Expenses (collectively, the “Expenses” ) in excess of the Expenses for the Base Year. The Expenses shall be estimated in good faith by Landlord and Tenant shall be notified of Landlord’s estimate at least thirty (30) days prior to the first day such payment is due, and thereafter at least thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of each calendar year. Such estimate may be adjusted by Landlord at the end of any calendar quarter on the basis of Landlord’s experience and reasonably anticipated costs. Any such adjustment shall be effective as of the calendar month next succeeding receipt by Tenant of notice of such adjustment to the estimated Expenses; provided that, if such calendar month is earlier than 30 days from the date of such notice, the adjustment shall be effective the second calendar month.

7.6.3 Accounting . Expenses for any period, including the Base Year, during which actual occupancy of the Building is less than 95% of the rentable area of the Building shall be appropriately adjusted, in accordance with sound accounting principles, to reflect 100% occupancy of the existing rentable area of the Building during such period. If Tenant’s Building Percentage of Building Operating Expenses or the actual Outside Area Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord for any calendar year exceeds the Expense Base, Tenant shall pay such excess as Additional Rent. Within one hundred twenty (120) days following the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a statement of Tenant’s Building Percentage of the actual Building Operating Expenses and the actual Outside Area Expenses (the “Actual Expenses” ) for the calendar year and the payments made by Tenant with respect to such period. If the statement furnished by Landlord shows that the amount paid by Tenant as Expenses was less than the Actual Expenses for each category, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the deficiency within twenty (20) days after delivery of such statement. If the statement shows that the amount paid by Tenant as Expenses exceeded the Actual Expenses, then Landlord shall either offset the excess against the amount next thereafter to become due to Landlord, or shall refund the amount of the overpayment to Tenant, in cash, as Landlord shall elect. All statements provided by Landlord and all determinations of costs and charges that Tenant is required to pay pursuant to this Lease shall be computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

7.6.4 Proration . Tenant’s obligation to pay the Expenses shall be prorated on the basis of a three hundred sixty-five (365) day year to account for any fractional portion of a calendar year included at the commencement or expiration of the Term of this Lease or for any fractional portion of a calendar year in which Tenant is not liable for payment of Expenses in excess of the Expense Base.

7.6.5 Audit . Tenant at its expense shall have the right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to Landlord to audit Landlord’s books and records relating to Tenant’s obligations to pay Additional Rent for any year of the Term of this Lease, provided that Landlord shall not be obligated to retain its books and records for any year for more than three (3) years.

 

11


7.6.6 Survival . Tenant’s obligations to pay for any increase above the Expenses paid pursuant to this Section 7 shall survive any termination of this Lease. Landlord’s obligations to refund any excess amounts paid above the Actual Expenses pursuant to this Section 7 shall survive any termination of this Lease.

8. REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE.

8.1 Landlord’s Obligations.

8.1.1 Building and Common Area . Landlord shall maintain the Building and Common Area in good condition and repair, and shall make all repairs and replacements, including those to the structure and the basic plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and electrical systems installed or furnished by Landlord. There shall be no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to or maintenance of any portion of the Building or the Common Area or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein. The cost of such repair and maintenance shall be included in the Building Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 7.

8.1.2 Outside Area . Landlord shall maintain the Outside Area in good condition and repair. Landlord shall at all times have exclusive control of the Outside Area subject to Tenant’s rights under this Lease to use the Outside Area. In exercising any such rights, Landlord shall make a reasonable effort to minimize any disruption of Tenant’s business. The cost of all such maintenance and repair shall be included in the Outside Area Expenses pursuant to Section 7.

8.2 Tenant’s Obligations. Tenant shall keep and maintain the Premises, including carpeting, in good and sanitary condition. Tenant agrees to provide carpet shields under all rolling chairs or to otherwise be responsible for wear and tear of the carpet caused by such rolling chairs if such wear and tear exceeds that caused by normal foot traffic in surrounding areas. Areas of excessive wear shall be replaced at Tenant’s sole expense upon Lease termination. Tenant hereby waives all rights under and benefits of Subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code and under any similar law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

9. ACCEPTANCE AND SURRENDER OF PREMISES. Tenant is accepting the Premises in their “AS-IS” condition as of the Commencement Date and acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to improve, modify or alter the Premises in connection with Tenant’s occupancy thereof. By entry hereunder, Tenant accepts the Premises as being in good and sanitary order, condition and repair, and accepts the Building and improvements included in the Premises in their present condition and without representation or warranty by Landlord as to the condition of such Building or as to the use or occupancy which may be made thereof. Any exceptions to the foregoing must be by written agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant. Except as agreed to by Landlord in writing, Tenant agrees on the last day of the Lease term, or on the sooner termination of this Lease, to surrender the Premises promptly and peaceably to

 

12


Landlord in good condition and repair (damage by acts of God, fire, normal wear and tear excepted), with all interior walls cleaned, and repaired and replaced if damaged, all floors cleaned; and all carpets cleaned and shampooed. Tenant shall surrender the Premises with all alterations, additions, and improvements which may have been made in, to or on the Premises (except movable trade fixtures installed at the expense of Tenant) except that Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord within thirty (30) days before the end of the term of this Lease whether Landlord desires to have the Premises or any part thereof restored to their condition and configuration as when the Premises were delivered to Tenant and if Landlord shall so desire, then Tenant shall restore the Premises or such portion thereof before the end of the term at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Any alterations or improvements made by Tenant must be removed prior to surrender unless Tenant secures Landlord’s prior written consent to non-removal prior to making the alteration or improvement or unless Landlord subsequently informs Tenant in writing that all or any of such alterations or improvements are to remain in the Premises. Tenant, on or before the end of the term or sooner termination of this Lease shall remove all of Tenant’s personal property and trade fixtures from the Premises, and all property not so removed on or before the end of the term or sooner termination of this Lease, shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant and title to same shall thereupon pass to Landlord without compensation to Tenant. Landlord may, upon termination of this Lease, remove all moveable furniture and equipment so abandoned by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, and repair any damage caused by such removal at Tenant’s sole cost. Tenant hereby waives any claim or right it may have against Landlord with respect to such removal, storage or sale whether such claim is at law or equity. If the Premises are not surrendered at the end of the term or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against loss or liability resulting from the delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises including, without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded on such delay. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as an extension of the term hereof or as a consent of Landlord to any holding over by Tenant. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease or the Premises by Tenant or a mutual cancellation of this Lease shall not work as a merger and, at the option of Landlord, shall either terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies or operate as an assignment to Landlord of all or any such subleases or subtenancies.

10. ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS. Tenant shall not make, or suffer to be made, any alteration or addition to the Premises, or any part thereof, the cost of which exceeds Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500) (either individually or as a series of alterations) or which affects the structural portions of the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord first had and obtained by Tenant, but at the cost of Tenant, and any addition to, or alteration of, the Premises, except moveable furniture and trade fixtures, shall at once become part of the Premises and belong to Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to approve all contractors and mechanics proposed by Tenant to make such alterations and additions. Tenant shall retain title to all moveable furniture and trade fixtures placed in the Premises. All heating, lighting, electrical, air conditioning, partitioning, drapery, carpeting, and floor installations made by Tenant, together with all property that has become an integral part of the Premises (except for phone and data cabling and alterations or additions made without Landlord’s prior written consent which Tenant shall remove upon the expiration of the Term unless Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that such cabling is to remain in the Premises), shall not be deemed trade fixtures. Except as provided above, Tenant agrees that it will not proceed to make any alterations

 

13


or additions without having obtained consent from Landlord to do so, and until ten (10) days from receipt of such consent or, if consent is not required as provided above, until ten (10) days after Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of its intent to perform such alterations or additions, in order that Landlord may post appropriate notices to avoid any liability to contractors or material suppliers for payment for Tenant’s improvements. Tenant will at all times permit such notices to be posted and to remain posted until the completion of work. Tenant shall, if required by Landlord, secure at Tenant’s own cost and expense, a completion and lien indemnity bond, satisfactory to Landlord, for such work. Tenant further covenants and agrees that any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or against the Property for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant, will be discharged by Tenant, by bond or otherwise, within ten (10) days after the filing thereof, at the cost and expense of Tenant. Any exceptions to the foregoing must be made in writing and executed by both Landlord and Tenant.

11. UTILITIES AND SERVICES. Landlord shall furnish or caused to be furnished to the Premises the utilities and services described in Exhibit E . Janitorial service shall be provided in accordance with the specifications attached as Exhibit F . Tenant agrees to pay the cost of any utilities that are separately metered to Tenant directly to the provider of such utility. Landlord’s charge for after-hours usage of electricity for lighting and HVAC, as described in Exhibit E , shall be Thirty and no/100ths Dollars ($30.00) per hour. This charge shall be subject to adjustment to reflect any increase in cost to Landlord to provide these services. Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of, Rent by reason of any interruption or failure of utility services to the Building when such interruption or failure is caused by fire, casualty, acts of God, strike, lockout, other labor troubles or inability to secure materials, governmental law or regulation or other cause of whatever kind beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any damages, nor shall any such failure relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay Rent provided for herein, or constitute or be construed as a constructive or other eviction of Tenant.

12. TAXES.

12.1 Real Property Taxes. Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s proportionate share of all Real Property Taxes, as provided for in Section 7.6.1 hereof. Tenant’s proportionate share of Real Property Taxes shall be Tenant’s Building Percentage of the Real Property Taxes levied or assessed against the Building plus Tenant’s Building Percentage of the Real Property Taxes levied or assessed against the Outside Area of the Property. The term “Real Property Taxes,” as used herein, shall mean (i) all taxes, assessments, levies and other charges of any kind or nature whatsoever, general and special, foreseen and unforeseen (including all installments of principal and interest required to pay any general or special assessment for public improvements and any increases resulting from reassessments caused by any change in ownership of the Property) now or hereafter imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or special district having the direct or indirect power to tax or levy assessments, which are levied or assessed against, or with respect to the value, occupancy or use of, all or any portion of the Property (as now constructed or as may at any time hereafter be constructed, altered, or otherwise changed) or Landlord’s interest therein; any improvements located within the Property (regardless of ownership); the fixtures, equipment and other property of Landlord, real or personal, that are an

 

14


integral part of and located in the Property; or parking areas or public utilities, within the Property; and (ii) all costs and fees including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Landlord in contesting any Real Property Tax and in negotiating with public authorities as to any Real Property Tax. If at any time during the Term of this Lease the taxation or assessment of the Property prevailing as of the Commencement Date of this Lease shall be altered so that in lieu of or in addition to any Real Property Tax described above there shall be levied, assessed or imposed (whether by reason of a change in the method of taxation or assessment, creation of a new tax or charge, or any other cause) an alternate or additional tax or charge (i) on the value, use or occupancy of the Property or Landlord’s interest therein or (ii) on or measured by the gross receipts, income or rentals from the Property, on Landlord’s business of leasing the Property, or computed in any manner with respect to the operation of the Property, then any such tax or charge, however designated, shall be included within the meaning of the term “Real Property Taxes” for purposes of this Lease. If any Real Property Tax is based upon property or rents unrelated to the Property, then only that part of such Real Property Tax that is fairly allocated to the Property shall be included within the meaning of the term “Real Property Taxes.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall not include estate, inheritance, gift or franchise taxes of Landlord or the federal or state net income tax imposed on Landlord’s income from all sources.

12.2 Taxes on Tenant’s Property.

12.2.1 Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay before delinquency, taxes levied against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of the Premises is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such personal property or trade fixtures of Tenant and if Landlord, after notice to Tenant, pays the taxes based on such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof, but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall within ten (10) days of Landlord’s written notice to Tenant, as the case may be, repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord, or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment; provided that in any such event Tenant shall have the right, in the name of Landlord and with Landlord’s full cooperation, to bring suit in any court of competent jurisdiction to recover the amount of any such taxes so paid under protest, and any amount so recovered shall belong to Tenant.

12.2.2 If any tenant improvements performed in the Premises after the Lease Date, whether installed and/or paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which standard office improvements in other space in the Building are assessed, then the Real Property Taxes levied against Landlord or the Property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of 12.2.1 above. If the records of the County Assessor are available and sufficiently detailed to serve as a basis for determining whether said tenant improvements are assessed at a higher valuation than standard office improvements in other space in the Building, such records shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant. If the records of the County Assessor are not available or sufficiently detailed to serve as a basis for making such determination, the actual cost of construction shall be used.

 

15


13. INSURANCE.

13.1 Tenant Insurance Requirements. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, agrees to keep in force during the Term of this Lease:

13.1.1 All risk property insurance including theft, sprinkler leakage and boiler and machinery coverage on all of Tenant’s trade fixtures, furniture, inventory and other personal property in the Premises, and on any alterations, additions, or improvements made by Tenant upon the Premises all for the full replacement cost thereof. Tenant shall use the proceeds from such insurance for the replacement of trade fixtures, furniture, inventory and other personal property and for the restoration of Tenant’s improvements, alterations, and additions to the Premises. Landlord shall be named as loss payee with respect to alterations, additions, or improvements of the Premises. Landlord reserves the right to request Tenant to have an appraisal of its trade fixtures, furniture, inventory and other personal property in the Premises done not less than once every three (3) years during the Term at Tenant’s sole cost.

13.1.2 Business income and extra expense insurance with limits not less than one hundred percent (100%) of all charges payable by Tenant under this lease for a period of twelve (12) months.

13.1.3 Workers compensation and employers liability insurance. The employers liability insurance shall afford limits not less than $500,000 per accident, $500,000 per employee for bodily injury by disease, and $500,000 policy limit for bodily injury by disease. Such insurance shall comply with Tenant’s obligations to its employees under the laws of the state in which the Premises are located.

13.1.4 Commercial general liability insurance which insures against claims for bodily injury, personal injury, advertising injury, and property damage based upon, involving, or arising out of the use, occupancy, or maintenance of the Premises and the Property. Such insurance shall afford, at a minimum, the following limits:

 

Each Occurrence

   $ 1,000,000   

General Aggregate

     2,000,000   

Products/Completed Operations Aggregate

     1,000,000   

Personal and Advertising Injury Liability

     1,000,000   

Fire Damage Legal Liability

     50,000   

Medical Payments

     5,000   

Any general aggregate limit shall apply on a per location basis. Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance shall name Landlord, its trustees, officers, directors, agents, and employees, Landlord’s mortgagees, and Landlord’s representatives, as additional insureds. This coverage shall include blanket contractual liability, broad form property damage liability, premises/operations and

 

16


products/completed operations hazards, and shall contain an exception to any pollution exclusion which insures damage or injury arising out of heat, smoke, or fumes from a hostile fire. Such insurance shall be written on an occurrence basis and contain a standard separation of insureds provision.

13.1.5 Business automobile liability insurance covering owned, hired and non-owned vehicles with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence.

13.1.6 Umbrella/excess liability insurance, on an occurrence basis, that applies excess of required commercial general liability, business automobile liability, and employers liability policies with the following minimum limits:

 

Each Occurrence

   $ 5,000,000   

Annual Aggregate

     5,000,000   

These limits shall be in addition to and not including those stated for the underlying commercial general liability, business automobile liability, and employers liability insurance required herein. Such excess liability policies shall name Landlord, its trustees, officers, directors, agents, and employees, Landlord’s mortgagees, and Landlord’s representatives as additional insureds.

13.2 Tenant’s Insurer Rating; Certification of Insurance. All policies required to be carried by Tenant hereunder shall be issued by and binding upon an insurance company licensed to do business in the state in which the Property is located with a rating of at least “A-” “X” or better as set forth in the most current issue of Best’s Insurance reports, unless otherwise approved by Landlord. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done that would invalidate the insurance policies required herein. Liability insurance maintained by Tenant shall be primary coverage without right of contribution by any similar insurance that may be maintained by Landlord. Certificates of insurance, acceptable to Landlord, evidencing the existence and amount of each insurance policy required hereunder shall be delivered to Landlord prior to delivery or possession of the Premises and ten (10) days following each renewal date. Certificates of insurance shall include an endorsement for each policy showing that Landlord, its trustees, officers, directors, agents, and employees, Landlord’s mortgagees, and Landlord’s representatives are included as additional insureds on liability policies and that Landlord is loss payee for property insurance. Further, the certificates must include an endorsement for each policy whereby the insurer agrees not to cancel, non-renew, or materially alter the policy without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord.

13.2.1 In the event that Tenant fails to provide evidence of insurance required to be provided by Tenant in this Lease, prior to the Commencement Date and thereafter during the Term, within ten (10) days following Landlord’s request thereof, and thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any such coverage, Landlord shall be authorized (but not required) to procure such coverage in the amount stated with all costs thereof to be chargeable to Tenant and payable upon written invoice thereof.

 

17


13.2.2 The limits of insurance required by this Lease, or as carried by Tenant, shall not limit the liability of Tenant or relieve Tenant of any obligation thereunder, except to the extent provided for under Section 13.4 below. Any deductibles selected by Tenant shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant.

13.2.3 Tenant insurance requirements stipulated in Section 13 are based upon current industry standards. Landlord reserves the right to require additional coverage or to increase limits as industry standards change.

13.2.4 Should Tenant engage the services of any contractor to perform work in the Premises, Tenant shall ensure that such contractor carries commercial general liability (including completed operations coverage for a period of three (3) years following completion of the work), business automobile liability, umbrella/excess liability, worker’s compensation and employers liability coverages in substantially the same amounts as are required of Tenant under this Lease. Contractor shall name Landlord, its trustees, officers, directors, agents and employees, Landlord’s mortgagees and Landlord’s representatives as additional insureds on the liability policies required hereunder.

All policies required to be carried by any contractor shall be issued by and binding upon an insurance company licensed to do business in the state in which the Property is located with a rating of at least “A—X” or better as set forth in the most current issue of Best’s Insurance Reports, unless otherwise approved by Landlord. Certificates of insurance, acceptable to Landlord, evidencing the existence and amount of each insurance policy required hereunder shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the commencement of any work in the Premises. Further, the certificates must include an endorsement for each policy whereby the insurer agrees not to cancel, non-renew, or materially alter the policy without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord.

13.3 Landlord Insurance. Landlord shall procure and maintain the following:

13.3.1 All risk property insurance on the Property. Landlord shall not be obligated to insure any furniture, equipment, trade fixtures, machinery, goods, or supplies which Tenant may keep or maintain in the Premises or any alteration, addition, or improvement which Tenant may make upon the Premises. In addition, Landlord may elect to secure and maintain rental income insurance. Landlord may elect to self-insure for the coverage required under this section. If the annual cost to Landlord for such property or rental income insurance exceeds the standard rates because of the nature of Tenant’s operations, Tenant shall, upon receipt of appropriate invoices, reimburse Landlord for such increased cost.

13.3.2 Commercial general liability insurance, which shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, insurance required to be maintained by Tenant. Landlord may elect to self-insure for this coverage. Tenant shall not be named as an additional insured on any policy of liability insurance maintained by Landlord.

 

18


13.4 Waiver of Subrogation. Landlord waives any and all rights of recovery against Tenant for or arising out of damage to, or destruction of the Premises to the extent that Landlord’s property insurance policies then in force insure against such damage or destruction and permit such waiver and only to the extent of insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord for such damage or destruction. Tenant waives any and all rights of recovery against Landlord for or arising out of damage to or destruction of any property of Tenant to the extent that Tenant’s property insurance policies then in force or the policies required by this Lease, whichever is broader, insure against such damage or destruction.

14. INDEMNIFICATION. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord for any injury to or death of any person or damage to or destruction of property in or about the Premises or the Property by or from any cause whatsoever, including, without limitation, gas, fire, oil, electricity or leakage of any character from the roof, walls, basement or other portion of the Premises or the Property, but excluding, however, the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, servants, employees, invitees, or contractors of which gross negligence Landlord has knowledge and reasonable time to correct. Except as to injury to persons or damage to property the principal cause of which is the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in connection therewith, arising out of any injury to or death of any person or damage to or destruction of property occurring in, on or about the Premises, or any part thereof, from any cause whatsoever.

15. COMPLIANCE.

15.1 Compliance with Laws. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental rules, regulations or requirements now or hereafter in effect; with the requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted; and with any direction or occupancy certificate issued pursuant to law by any public officer; provided, however, that no such failure shall be deemed a breach of this provision if Tenant, immediately upon notification, commences to remedy or rectify said failure. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any action against Tenant, whether Landlord be a party thereto or not, that Tenant has violated any such law, statute, ordinance or governmental rule, regulation, requirement, direction or provision, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. This Section shall not be interpreted as requiring Tenant to make structural changes or improvements except to the extent such structural changes or improvements are required as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with any and all requirements pertaining to Tenant’s use of the Premises, of any insurance organization or company, necessary for the maintenance of reasonable fire and public liability insurance covering the Premises.

 

19


15.2 Americans With Disabilities Act.

15.2.1 Except as provided below, and notwithstanding anything elsewhere in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall be responsible and pay for any alterations, modifications, additions or improvements to the Premises (as designed and configured as of the date of this Lease) and all Common Areas which may be required by (a) Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. 12101, et seq. (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Act” ), (b) the Department of Justice regulations promulgated thereunder, as they may be amended from time to time, (c) any similar federal, state or local laws or regulations imposing accessibility standards, and (d) governmental orders pursuant to the foregoing laws (all of such laws, regulations and orders collectively, “Accessibility Laws” ).

15.2.2 From and after the execution date of this Lease, Tenant covenants and agrees to conduct its operations, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in compliance with the Act.

15.2.3 In the event Tenant undertakes any alterations or improvements to, for or within the Premises, or if such alteration or improvements are necessitated by Tenant’s particular employee(s) or change of use of the Premises to a public accommodation, then Tenant agrees to cause such alterations to be performed, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in compliance with the Act. Additionally, if Landlord reasonably determines, after consultation and discussion with Tenant, that the Common Areas of the Building must be altered under the Act because of Tenant’s change of use of the Premises, all such alterations shall be made in compliance with the Act at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

15.2.4 Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s officers, directors, shareholders and employees (and, if requested by Landlord, to defend Landlord or such other indemnified parties by employment of legal counsel acceptable to Landlord) from and against any and all claims, demands, causes of action, costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and litigation costs), damages, fines, penalties and liabilities of whatsoever kind and nature which are asserted against or incurred by Landlord or other indemnified parties hereunder, which are based upon or arise out of or relate to a breach of Tenant covenants in this Section 15.

16. LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Property free from any liens, arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligation incurred by Tenant. In the event that Tenant shall not, within ten (10) business days following the imposition of such lien, cause the same to be released of record, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right, but no obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All sums paid by Landlord for such purpose, and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith, shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant within seven (7) days of Landlord’s written notice to Tenant, with interest at the prime rate of interest as quoted by the Bank of America.

17. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. Tenant shall not assign, transfer, or hypothecate the leasehold estate under this Lease, or any interest therein, and shall not sublet the Premises, or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or suffer any other person or entity to occupy or use the Premises, or any portion thereof, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any assignment or sublease to a subsidiary or

 

20


affiliate of Tenant or to any entity resulting from the merger or consolidation of Tenant with another entity so long as Tenant gives Landlord prior written notice of any such assignment or sublease and, in the event of an assignment (i) the assignee has a net worth, at the time of such assignment, that is equal to or greater than the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such assignment, and (ii) the assignee assumes, in writing, for the benefit of Landlord all of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease. As a condition for granting its consent to any assignment, transfer, or subletting, Landlord may require Tenant to pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, all rents or additional consideration received by Tenant from its assignees, transferees or subtenants in excess of the rent payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder. Additionally, in the event of any default hereunder by Tenant, Landlord may require any subtenant or assignee to pay directly to Landlord on a monthly basis the rent and any other sums due to Tenant by such assignee or subtenant. Tenant shall, by forty-five (45) days’ prior notice, advise Landlord of its intent to assign this Lease or to sublet the Premises or any portion thereof for any part of the Term hereof. Within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of Tenant’s notice, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, elect to terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises described in Tenant’s notice on the date specified in Tenant’s notice by giving written notice of such election to terminate. If no such notice to terminate is given to Tenant within such fifteen (15) business day period, Tenant may proceed to locate an acceptable subtenant, assignee or other transferee for presentment to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, all in accordance with the terms, covenants and conditions of this Section 17. If Tenant intends to sublet the entire Premises and Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, this Lease shall be terminated on the date specified in Tenant’s notice. If, however, this Lease shall terminate pursuant to the foregoing with respect to less than all the Premises, the Base Rent shall be adjusted on a pro rata basis to the area of the Premises retained by Tenant, and this Lease as so amended shall continue in full force and effect. In the event Tenant is allowed to assign, transfer or sublet the whole or any part of the Premises, with the prior written consent of Landlord, no assignee, transferee or subtenant shall assign or transfer this Lease, or either in whole or in part sublet the Premises, without also having obtained the prior written consent of Landlord. A consent of Landlord to one assignment, transfer, hypothecation, subletting, occupation or use by any other person shall not release Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder or be deemed to be a consent to subsequent similar or dissimilar assignment, transfer, hypothecation, subletting, occupation or use by any other person. Any such assignment, transfer, hypothecation, subletting, occupation or use without such consent shall be void and shall constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant and shall, at the option of Landlord exercised by written notice to Tenant, terminate this Lease. The leasehold estate under this Lease shall not, nor shall any interest therein, be assignable for any purpose by operation of law without the written consent of Landlord. As a condition to its consent, Landlord will require Tenant to pay all reasonable expenses (including without limitation, reasonable attorney and administrative fees) in connection with the assignment, and Landlord may require Tenant’s assignee or transferee (or other assignees or transferees) to assume in writing all of the obligations under this Lease.

18. SUBORDINATION, MORTGAGES AND QUIET ENJOYMENT. If Landlord’s title or leasehold interest is now or hereafter encumbered by a deed of trust, upon the interest of Landlord in the Property, to secure a loan from a lender (hereinafter referred to as “Lender” ) to Landlord, Tenant shall, at the request of Landlord or Lender, execute in writing and deliver an

 

21


agreement subordinating its rights under this Lease to the lien of such deed of trust, or, if so requested, agree that the lien of Lender’s deed of trust shall be or remain subject and subordinate to the rights of Tenant under this Lease, provided that such agreement provides that Tenant’s tenancy shall not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease. Notwithstanding any such subordination, Tenant’s possession under this Lease shall not be disturbed if Tenant is not in default and so long as Tenant shall pay all Rent and observe and perform all of the provisions set forth in this Lease.

19. ENTRY BY LANDLORD. Landlord reserves, and shall at all reasonable times have the right to enter the Premises to inspect them; to perform any services provided by Landlord hereunder; to submit the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or tenants; to post notices of nonresponsibility; and to alter, improve or repair the Premises and any portion of the Building, all without abatement of Rent. Landlord may erect scaffolding and other necessary structures in or through the Premises when reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed; provided, however, that the business of Tenant shall be interfered with to the least extent that is reasonably practical. For each of the foregoing purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises. and any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of said means, or otherwise, shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be forcible or unlawful entry into or a detainer of the Premises or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof.

20. BANKRUPTCY, DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

20.1 Bankruptcy. The commencement of a bankruptcy action or liquidation action or reorganization action or insolvency action or an assignment of or by Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or any similar action undertaken by Tenant, or the insolvency of Tenant, shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant. If the trustee or receiver appointed to serve during a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, insolvency or similar action elects to reject Tenant’s unexpired Lease, the trustee or receiver shall notify Landlord in writing of its election within thirty (30) days after an order for relief in a liquidation action or within thirty (30) days after the commencement of any action.

Within thirty (30) days after court approval of the assumption of this Lease, the trustee or receiver shall cure (or provide adequate assurance to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord that the trustee or receiver shall cure) any and all previous defaults under the unexpired Lease and shall compensate Landlord for all actual pecuniary loss and shall provide adequate assurance of future performance under the Lease to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord. Adequate assurance of future performance, as used herein, includes, but shall not be limited to: (i) assurance of source and payment of Rent, and other consideration due under this Lease; (ii) assurance that the assumption or assignment of this Lease will not breach substantially any provision, such as radius, location, use, or exclusivity provision, in any agreement relating to the Premises.

 

22


Nothing contained in this section shall affect the existing right of Landlord to refuse to accept an assignment upon commencement of or in connection with a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or insolvency action or an assignment of Tenant for the benefit of creditors or other similar act. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed as giving or granting or creating an equity in the demised Premises to Tenant. In no event shall the leasehold estate under this Lease, or any interest therein, be assigned by voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding without the prior written consent of Landlord. In no event shall this Lease or any rights or privileges hereunder be an asset of Tenant under any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization proceedings.

20.2 Default. The following shall constitute an “Event of Default:”

20.2.1 Tenant fails to pay, when due, Base Rent, Additional Rent, or any other payment or share that Tenant is required to pay under the terms of this Lease;

20.2.2 Tenant vacates or abandons the Premises;

20.2.3 This Lease or the Premises or any part of the Premises are taken upon execution or by other process of law directed against Tenant, or are taken upon or subject to any attachment at the instance of any creditor or claimant against Tenant, and the attachment is not discharged or disposed of within fifteen (15) days after its levy;

20.2.4 Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease files a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or arrangement under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or under any insolvency act of any state, or admits the material allegations of any such petition by answer or otherwise, or is dissolved or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

20.2.5 Involuntary proceedings under any such bankruptcy law or insolvency act or for the dissolution of Tenant are instituted against Tenant, or a receiver or trustee is appointed for all or substantially all of the property of Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and such proceeding is not dismissed or such receivership or trusteeship vacated within sixty (60) days after such institution or appointment;

20.2.6 Tenant fails to take possession of the Premises on the Commencement Date of the Term;

20.2.7 Tenant attempts to assign, pledge, mortgage, transfer, or sublet Tenant’s interest under this Lease without Landlord’s prior written consent; or

20.2.8 Tenant breaches any agreements, terms, covenants, or conditions which this Lease requires Tenant to perform other than those set forth in subsections 20.2.1 through 20.2.7 above and such breach continues for a period of ten (10) days after notice from Landlord to Tenant; or if such breach cannot be cured reasonably within such ten (10) day period and

 

23


Tenant fails to commence and proceed diligently to cure such breach within a reasonable time period such reasonable time period not to exceed sixty (60) days:

If Landlord shall give two or more notices of default under this Section 20.2.8 for the same or any similar breach by Tenant within any twelve (12) month period under this Lease, then Landlord shall not be required to give any further notice under this Section 20.2.8 prior to exercising any right or remedy based upon the same or any similar breach occurring within one year after the date Landlord last gave notice to Tenant of any such breach. Any notice given pursuant to this Section 20.2 shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure regarding unlawful detainer actions.

20.2.9 If Tenant threatens or unreasonably annoys, disturbs or interferes with Landlord or another tenant of the Building.

20.3 Remedies. Upon an Event of Default of this Lease by Tenant, Landlord shall have the following rights and remedies in addition to any other rights or remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity:

20.3.1 The rights and remedies provided for by California Civil Code Section 1951.2, including but not limited to, recovery of the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of rental loss for the same period that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided, as computed pursuant to subsection (b) of said Section 1951.2. Any proof by Tenant under subsection (2) and (3) of Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code of the amount of rental loss that could be reasonably avoided shall be made in the following manner: Landlord and Tenant shall each select a licensed real estate broker in the business of renting property of the same type and use as the Premises and in the same geographic vicinity. Such two real estate brokers shall select a third licensed real estate broker, and the three licensed real estate brokers so selected shall determine the amount of the rental loss that could be reasonably avoided from the balance of the Term of this Lease after the time of award. The decision of the majority of said licensed real estate brokers shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto.

20.3.2 The rights and remedies provided by California Civil Code Section 1951.4 which allows Landlord to continue the Lease in effect and to enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover rent as it becomes due, for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession; acts of maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver upon Landlord’s initiative to protect its interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession.

20.3.3 The right to notify Tenant, in writing, that this Lease shall terminate as of the earliest day which the law permits or on any later date specified in such notice. Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall cease as of the date set forth in Landlord’s notice of termination. Neither the passage of time after the occurrence of an Event of Default nor Landlord’s exercise of any other remedy with regard to such Event of Default shall limit Landlord’s rights under this Section 20.3.3 and no notice from Landlord under this Article 20 or

 

24


under a forcible or unlawful entry and detainer statute or similar law will constitute an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease unless such notice specifically so states. Landlord reserves the right following any re-entry to or reletting of the Premises to exercise its right to terminate this Lease by giving Tenant such written notice, in which event this Lease will terminate as specified in such notice.

20.3.4 The right and power, as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, to enter the Premises and remove therefrom all persons and property, to store such property in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant, and to sell such property and apply such proceeds therefrom pursuant to applicable California law. Landlord, as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, may from time to time sublet the Premises or any part thereof for such Term or terms (which may extend beyond the Term of this Lease) and at such rent and such other terms as Landlord in its sole discretion may deem advisable, with the right to make alterations and repairs to the Premises. Upon each subletting, (a) Tenant shall be immediately liable to pay Landlord, in addition to indebtedness other than rent due hereunder, the cost of such subletting, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and any real estate commissions actually paid, and the cost of such alterations and repairs incurred by Landlord and the amount, if any, by which the rent hereunder for the period of such subletting (to the extent such period does not exceed the Term hereof) exceeds the amount to be paid as rent for the Premises for such period, or (b) at the option of Landlord, rents received from such subletting shall be applied first to payment of indebtedness other than rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of any costs of such subletting and of such alterations and repairs; third, to payment of rent due and unpaid hereunder; and the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future rent as the same becomes due hereunder. If Tenant has been credited with any rent to be received by such subletting under option (a) and such rent shall not be promptly paid to Landlord by the subtenant(s), or if such rentals received from such subletting under option (b) during any month be less than that to be paid during that month by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay any such deficiency to Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. For all purposes set forth in this Section 20.3.4, Landlord is hereby irrevocably appointed attorney-in-fact for Tenant, with power of substitution. No taking possession of the Premises by Landlord, as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, shall be construed as an election on its part to terminate this Lease unless a notice of such intention be given to Tenant. Notwithstanding any such subletting without termination, Landlord may at any time hereafter elect to terminate this Lease for such previous breach.

21. ABANDONMENT. Tenant shall not vacate or abandon the Premises at any time during the Term of this Lease; and if Tenant shall abandon, vacate or surrender the Premises, or be dispossessed by the process of law, or otherwise, any personal property belonging to Tenant and left on the Premises shall be deemed to be abandoned, at the option of Landlord, except such property as may be mortgaged to Landlord.

22. DESTRUCTION. In the event the Premises are destroyed in whole or in part from any cause, except for routine maintenance and repairs and incidental damage and destruction caused from vandalism and accidents for which Tenant is responsible under Section 10, Landlord may, at its option: (a) rebuild or restore the Premises to their condition prior to the damage or destruction; or (b) terminate this Lease.

 

25


22.1 If Landlord does not give Tenant notice in writing within thirty (30) days from the destruction of the Premises of its election to either rebuild and restore the Premises, or to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall be deemed to have elected to rebuild or restore the Premises, in which event Landlord agrees, at its expense, promptly to rebuild or restore the Premises to their condition prior to the damage or destruction. Tenant shall be entitled to a reduction in Rent while such repair is being made in the proportion that the area of the Premises rendered untenantable by such damage bears to the total area of the Premises. If Landlord does not complete the rebuilding or restoration within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of destruction (such period to be extended for delays caused by the fault or neglect of Tenant or because of acts of God, acts of public agencies, labor disputes, strikes, fires, freight embargoes, rainy or stormy weather, inability to obtain materials, supplies or fuels, acts of contractors or subcontractors, or delay of the contractors or subcontractors due to such causes or other contingencies beyond the control of Landlord), then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after the expiration of such one hundred eighty (180) day period. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord’s obligation to rebuild or restore shall be limited to the Building and interior improvements constructed by Landlord as they existed as of the Commencement Date and shall not include restoration of Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment, merchandise, or any improvements, alterations or additions made by Tenant to the Premises, which Tenant shall replace or fully repair at Tenant’s sole cost and expense provided this Lease is not terminated according to the provisions above.

22.2 Unless this Lease is terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Tenant hereby expressly waives the provisions of Section 1932, Subdivision 2 and of Section 1933, Subdivision 4 of the California Civil Code.

22.3 If the Building is damaged or destroyed to the extent of not less than thirty-three percent (33%) of the replacement cost thereof, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease, whether the Premises be injured or not. If the destruction of the Premises is caused by Tenant, Tenant shall pay the deductible portion of Landlord’s insurance proceeds.

23. EMINENT DOMAIN. If all or any part of the Premises is taken by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain or conveyance in lieu thereof, this Lease shall terminate as to any portion of the Premises so taken or conveyed on the date title vests in the condemnor. Landlord shall be entitled to any and all payment, income, rent, award, or any interest therein whatsoever which may be paid or made in connection with such taking or conveyance, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or otherwise for the value of any unexpired Term of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any compensation specifically awarded to Tenant for loss of business, Tenant’s personal property, moving cost or loss of goodwill, shall be and remain the property of Tenant.

 

26


23.1 If (i) any action or proceeding is commenced for such taking of the Premises or any part thereof, or (ii) any of the foregoing events occur with respect to the taking of any space in the Building not leased hereby, or if any such spaces so taken or conveyed in lieu of such taking and Landlord shall decide to discontinue the use and operation of the Building, or decide to demolish, alter or rebuild the Building, then, in any of such events Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice thereof within sixty (60) days of the date of receipt of such written advice, or commencement of such action or proceeding, or taking conveyance, which termination shall take place as of the first to occur of the last day of the calendar month next following the month in which such notice is given or the date on which title to the Premises shall vest in the condemnor.

23.2 In the event of such a partial taking or conveyance of the Premises, if the portion of the Premises so taken or conveyed is so substantial that Tenant can no longer reasonably conduct its business, Tenant shall have the privilege of terminating this Lease within sixty (60) days from the date of such taking or conveyance, upon written notice to Landlord of its intention to do so, and upon giving of such notice this Lease shall terminate on the last day of the calendar month next following the month in which such notice is given, upon payment by Tenant of the Rent from the date of such taking or conveyance to the date of termination.

23.3 If a portion of the Premises is taken by condemnation or conveyance in lieu thereof and neither Landlord nor Tenant shall terminate this Lease as provided herein, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as to the part of the Premises not taken or conveyed, and the Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such taking or conveyance so that thereafter the Rent to be paid by Tenant shall be in the ratio that the area of the Premises not taken or conveyed bears to the total area of the Premises prior to such taking or conveyance.

24. SALE OR CONVEYANCE BY LANDLORD. In the event of a sale or conveyance of the Property or any interest therein, by any owner of the reversion then constituting Landlord, the transferor shall thereby be released from any further liability upon any of the terms, covenants or conditions (express or implied) herein contained in favor of Tenant, and in such event, insofar as such transfer is concerned. Tenant agrees to look solely to the successor in interest of such transferor in and to the Property and this Lease. This Lease shall not be affected by any such sale or conveyance, and Tenant agrees to attorn to the successor in interest of such transferor.

25. ATTORNMENT TO LENDER OR THIRD PARTY. In the event the interest of Landlord in the Property (whether such interest of Landlord is a fee title interest or a leasehold interest) is encumbered by deed of trust, and such interest is acquired by the lender or any third party through judicial foreclosure or by exercise of a power of sale at private trustee’s foreclosure sale, Tenant hereby agrees to attorn to the purchaser at any such foreclosure sale and to recognize such purchaser as the Landlord under this Lease. In the event the lien of the deed of trust securing the loan from a lender to Landlord is prior and paramount to the Lease, this Lease shall nonetheless continue in full force and effect for the remainder of the unexpired Term hereof, at the same rental herein reserved and upon all the other terms, conditions and covenants herein contained.

 

27


26. HOLDING OVER. Any holding over by Tenant after expiration or other termination of the Term of this Lease with the written consent of Landlord delivered to Tenant shall not constitute a renewal or extension of this Lease or give Tenant any rights in or to the leased Premises except as expressly provided in this Lease. Any holding over after the expiration or other termination of the Term of this Lease, with or without the consent of Landlord, shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to month, on the same terms and conditions herein specified insofar as applicable except that the monthly Base Rent shall be increased to an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the monthly Base Rent required during the last month of the Term.

27. CERTIFICATE OF ESTOPPEL. Tenant shall at any time upon not less than ten (10) days prior notice from Landlord execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing in such form as requested by Landlord, or Landlord’s lender (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect) and the date to which the Rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, and (ii) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults, if any are claimed. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Premises. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord; that there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance, and that not more than one month’s Rent has been paid in advance.

28. CONSTRUCTION CHANGES. It is understood that the description of the Premises and the location of the ductwork, plumbing and other facilities therein are subject to such minor changes as Landlord or Landlord’s architect determines to be desirable in the course of construction of the Premises, and no such changes, or any changes in plans for any other portions of the Property shall affect this Lease or entitle Tenant to any reduction of rent hereunder or result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant. Landlord does not guaranty the accuracy of any drawings supplied to Tenant and verification of the accuracy of such drawings rests with Tenant.

29. RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM. All terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed or observed by Tenant shall be performed or observed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction or abatement of Rent. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, or other rent, required to be paid by Tenant hereunder or shall fail to perform any other term or covenant hereunder on its part to be performed, Landlord, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligation of Tenant hereunder, may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such other term or covenant on Tenant’s part to be performed. All sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary costs of such performance by Landlord together with interest thereon at the rate of the prime rate of interest per annum as quoted by the Bank of America from the date of such payment or performance by Landlord, shall be paid (and Tenant covenants to make such payment) to Landlord on demand by Landlord, and Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord) all the rights and remedies in the event of nonpayment by Tenant as in the case of failure by Tenant in the payment of rent hereunder.

 

28


30. ATTORNEYS’ FEES. In the event of any legal action or proceeding to enforce or interpret any provision of this Lease or to protect or establish any right or remedy of any party, the unsuccessful party to such action or proceeding, whether settled or prosecuted to final judgment, shall pay to the prevailing party as finally determined, all costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and costs (including attorneys’ fees on appeal, and costs and expenses incurred in out-of-court negotiations, workouts and/or settlements or in seeking relief from stay or otherwise seeking to protect its rights in any bankruptcy proceeding) incurred by such prevailing party in such action or proceeding, in enforcing such judgment, and in connection with any appeal from such judgment. Attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in enforcing any judgment or in connection with any appeal shall be recoverable separately from and in addition to any other amount included in such judgment. This Section 30 is intended to be severable from the other provisions of this Lease, and the prevailing party’s rights under this Section 30 shall not merge into any judgment and any judgment shall survive until all such fees and costs have been paid.

31. WAIVER. The waiver by either party of the other party’s failure to perform or observe any term, covenant or condition herein contained to be performed or observed by such waiving party shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition or of any subsequent failure of the party failing to perform or observe the same or any other such term, covenant or condition therein contained, and no custom or practice which may develop between the parties hereto during the Term hereof shall be deemed a waiver of, or in any way affect, the right of either party to insist upon performance and observance by the other party in strict accordance with the terms hereof.

32. NOTICES. All notices, demands, requests, advices or designations which may be or are required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing. All notices demands, requests, advices or designations by Landlord to Tenant shall be sufficiently given, made or delivered if personally served on Tenant by leaving the same at the Premises, or if sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed to Tenant at the address set forth in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Terms. All notices, demands, requests, advices or designations by Tenant to Landlord shall be sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or any other nationally recognized reputable delivery service, or by fax with electronic or telephonic confirmation addressed to Landlord c/o Streamline, 7901 Stoneridge Drive, Suite 205, Pleasanton, CA 94588, Attn: Property Manager. Each notice, request, demand, advice or designation referred to in this Section shall be deemed received on the date of receipt, or date of the personal service or two days after date of mailing thereof if mailed in the manner herein provided, as the case may be.

33. EXAMINATION OF LEASE. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and this instrument is not effective as a lease or otherwise until its execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

29


34. DEFAULT BY LANDLORD. Landlord shall not be in default unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no event earlier than thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord and the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises whose name and address shall have heretofore been furnished to Tenant in writing, specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform such obligations; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligations is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performing within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.

35. CORPORATE AUTHORITY. If Tenant is a corporation (or a partnership), Tenant represents that each individual executing this Lease on behalf of said corporation (or partnership) is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said corporation (or partnership) in accordance with the by-laws of such corporation (or partnership in accordance with the partnership agreement) and that this Lease is binding upon said corporation (or partnership) in accordance with its terms. Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord either a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of said corporation authorizing or ratifying the execution of this Lease or a certificate of its corporate secretary regarding the incumbency and authority of the individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant.

36. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. In consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder, Tenant and all successors and assigns covenant and agree that, in the event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder by Landlord:

36.1 the sole and exclusive remedy shall be against the Building;

36.2 no partner, shareholder, director, or officer of Landlord shall be sued or named as party in any suit or action (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of Landlord);

36.3 no service of process shall be made against any partner, shareholder, director, or officer of Landlord (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of Landlord);

36.4 no partner, shareholder, director, or officer of Landlord shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process;

36.5 no judgment will be taken against any partner, director, or officer of Landlord;

36.6 any judgment taken against any partner, shareholder, director, or officer of Landlord may be vacated and set aside at any time without hearing;

36.7 no writ of execution will ever be levied against the assets of any partner, director, or officer of Landlord;

36.8 these covenants and agreements are enforceable both by Landlord and also by any partner, shareholder, director, or officer of Landlord.

 

30


Tenant agrees that each of the foregoing covenants and agreements shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or imposed by statute or at common law.

37. BROKERS. Tenant warrants that the Brokers set forth in Item 15 of the Basic Lease Terms are the only real estate brokers or agents with whom it dealt in connection with the negotiation of this Lease and that Tenant knows of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord warrants that the Brokers set forth in Item 15 of the Basic Lease Terms are the only real estate brokers or agents with whom it dealt in connection with the negotiation of this Lease and that Landlord knows of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease, and to the extent Tenant and Landlord has breached this representation/warranty, the breaching party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the non-breaching party from the claim or claims of any other broker or brokers claiming to have interested Tenant in the Building or Premises or claiming to have Tenant to enter this Lease.

38. SIGNS. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be inscribed, displayed or printed or affixed on or to any part of the outside of the Premises or to any exterior windows of the Premises without the written consent of Landlord first had and obtained and Landlord shall have the right to remove any such sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice without notice to and at the expense of Tenant. If Tenant is allowed to print or affix or in any way place a sign in, on, or about the Premises, upon expiration or other sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall both remove such sign and repair all damage in such manner as to restore all aspects of the appearance of the Premises to the condition prior to the placement of said sign. Landlord shall provide, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, Building-standard signage on or about the exterior door of the Premises and a listing in the Building directory. Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near the glass of any window, door, partition or wall which may appear unsightly from outside the Premises.

39. ASSESSMENTS.

39.1 Assessment Districts. Tenant acknowledges that the Property is subject to assessment districts, including, but not limited to, improvement districts, maintenance districts, public utility districts, special utility districts, special service zones or districts or any combination thereof (collectively “Assessment Districts” ), for the construction, alteration, expansion, improvements, completion, repair, operation or maintenance, as the case may be, of on-site or off-site improvements, or services, or any combination thereof, as required by the City of Pleasanton as a condition of approving the development of Hacienda Business Park, of which the Property is a part. These Assessment Districts may provide, among other things, the following improvements or services: streets, curbs, interchanges, highways, traffic noise studies and mitigation measures, traffic control systems and expansion of city facilities to operate same, landscaping and lighting maintenance services, maintenance of flood control facilities, water storage and distribution facilities, and fire apparatus, manpower and other fire safety facilities.

 

31


39.2 Consent to Formation. Tenant hereby consents to the formation of any and all of the Assessment Districts and waives any and all rights of notice and any and all rights of protest in connection with formation of the Assessment Districts and agrees to execute all documents, including, but not limited to, formal waivers of notice and protest evidencing such consent and waiver upon request of Landlord or the City of Pleasanton.

40. MORTGAGEE PROTECTION CLAUSE. Tenant agrees to give any mortgagees and/or trust deed holders ( “Holders” ), by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon the Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified, in writing (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Holders. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, then the Holders shall have an additional sixty (60) days within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary if within such sixty (60) days, any Holder has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default (including but not limited to commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary to effect such cure) in which event this Lease shall not be terminated while such remedies are being so diligently pursued.

41. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.

41.1. “Hazardous Materials” shall mean any substance or material which has been determined by any state, federal or local governmental authority to be capable of posing a risk of injury to health, safety or property, including all of those materials and substances designated as hazardous or toxic by any municipal, county, state or federal rule, law, or regulation. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Hazardous Materials” shall include asbestos or asbestos containing material, polychlorinated biphenyls in concentrations greater than 50 parts per million, hazardous waste identified in accordance with Section 3001 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, substances defined as “hazardous substances” or “toxic substances” in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Sec. 9061; et seq .; Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Sec. 1802; and Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Sec. 6901 et seq ., and all of those materials and substances defined as “hazardous waste” in California Health and Safety Code Section 25117 and Section 66160 of Title 26 of the California Code of Regulations, Division 22, as the same shall be amended from time to time, or any other materials requiring remediation under federal, state or local statutes, ordinances, regulations or policies.

41.2 Tenant shall not introduce any Hazardous Materials in, on or adjacent to the Premises or the Property without complying with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, and policies relating to the storage, use, release, disposal, and clean-up of Hazardous Materials, including, but not limited to, the obtaining of proper permits. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of any inquiry, test, investigation, or enforcement proceeding by or against Tenant or the Premises concerning any Hazardous Materials. If Tenant’s storage, use, release or disposal of any Hazardous Materials in, on or adjacent to the Premises or the Property results in any contamination of the Premises, the Property, or the soil or surface or groundwater

 

32


in or about the Property, Tenant shall remove the contamination at its expense. Tenant further agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, suits, causes of action, costs, fees, judgments and liabilities, including attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with any clean-up work, inquiry or enforcement proceeding in connection therewith, and any Hazardous Materials used, stored or disposed of by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 41 shall survive termination of this Lease. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord upon demand, the cost of any inspections ordered by Landlord should the results of those inspections indicate that Tenant caused or permitted any of the contamination found in the Premises or the Property.

42. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

43. MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS.

43.1 Tenant shall not, without the written consent of Landlord, use the name of the Building, Property, or Park for any purpose other than as the address of the business conducted by Tenant in the Premises.

43.2 This Lease shall in all respects be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any provision of this Lease shall be invalid or unenforceable or ineffective for any reason whatsoever, all other provisions hereof shall be and remain in full force and effect.

43.3 The term “Premises” includes the space leased hereby and any improvements now or hereafter installed therein or attached thereto. The term “Landlord” or any pronoun used in place thereof includes the plural as well as the singular and the successors and assigns of Landlord. The term “Tenant” or any pronoun used in place thereof includes the plural as well as the singular and individuals, firms, associations, partnerships, and corporations, and their and each of their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns, according to the context hereof, and the provisions of this Lease, shall inure to the benefit of and bind such heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns. The term “person” includes the plural as well as the singular and individuals, firms, associations, partnerships and corporations. Words used in any gender include other genders. If there be more than one Tenant the obligations of Tenant hereunder are joint and several. The Section headings of this Lease are for convenience or reference only and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any provision hereof.

43.4 Time is of the essence of this Lease and of each and all of its provisions.

43.5 At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) days after written demand by Landlord to Tenant, any quitclaim deed or other document required by any reputable title company, licensed to operate in the State of California, to remove the cloud or encumbrance created by this Lease from the real property of which Tenant’s Premises are a part.

 

33


43.6 This instrument along with any exhibits and attachments hereto constitute the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant relative to the Premises and this agreement and the exhibits and attachments may be altered, amended or revoked only by an instrument in writing signed by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant agree hereby that all prior or contemporaneous oral agreements between and among themselves and their agents or representatives relative to the leasing of the Premises are merged in or revoked by this agreement.

43.7 Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof without the consent of the other.

43.8 Tenant further agrees to execute any amendments required by a lender to enable Landlord to obtain financing, so long as Tenant’s rights hereunder are not substantially affected.

43.9 Except as provided herein, Landlord and Tenant agree that each has had an opportunity to determine to its satisfaction the actual area of the Premises and the Building. All measurements of area contained in this Lease are conclusively agreed to be correct and binding on the parties, even if a subsequent measurement of one of these areas determines that it is more or less than the area reflected in this Lease. Any such subsequent determination that the rentable area is more or less than the rentable area shown in this Lease shall not result in a change in any of the computations of rent, Tenant’s Building Percentage, improvement allowances, if any, or any other matters described in this Lease where area is a factor.

43.10 Clauses, plats and riders, if any, signed by Landlord and Tenant and endorsed on or affixed to this Lease are a part hereof.

43.11 Tenant covenants and agrees that no diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which may be hereafter erected (whether or not by Landlord) shall in any way affect this Lease, entitle Tenant to any reduction of rent hereunder or result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant.

44. OPTION TO EXTEND. Provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder, either at the time of exercise or at the time the extended term commences, Tenant shall have the option to extend the initial Term of this Lease for an additional period of twelve (12) months (i.e., from February 1, 2011 through January 31, 2012) ( “Lease Option Period” ) on the same terms, covenants and conditions provided herein, except that upon such renewal the Base Rent due hereunder shall be $6,148.90 per month. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall remain obligated to pay Building Operating Expenses and the Outside Area Expenses and any other Additional Rent in the manner provided for in this Lease during the Lease Option Period. Tenant shall exercise its option by giving Landlord written notice ( “Lease Option Notice” ) no later than October 31, 2011. If Tenant fails to deliver the Lease Option Notice by October 31, 2011, the right granted hereunder shall automatically terminate and the Lease shall expire on January 31, 2011 pursuant to its terms. Time is of the essence in the delivery of the Lease Option Notice.

 

34


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD     TENANT
HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC, a California limited liability company     VERTICALS ONDEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Manny Del Arroz

    By:  

/s/ Peter Gassner

Name:  

Manny Del Arroz

    Its:  

Peter Gassner

Title:  

Manager

    Title:  

CEO

 

35


EXHIBIT A

PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

1


EXHIBIT B

PROPERTY

The Property referred to herein is situated in the City of Pleasanton, County of Alameda, State of California, and is described as follows:

All of lot 3, as shown on parcel map 3858, Hacienda Business Park, recorded August 13,1982, in book 135 of maps, at pages 49-56, Alameda County records, and as shown on the amended map thereof, filed November 3, 1986, in book 165 of maps, pages 1 through 20.

 

1


EXHIBIT C

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

1


EXHIBIT D

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside or inside of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove, at Tenant’s expense and without notice, any sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule. All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by a person chosen by Landlord.

 

2. If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades, screens or hanging plants or other similar objects attached to or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises, Tenant shall immediately discontinue such use. No awning shall be permitted on any part of the Premises. Tenant shall not place anything against or near glass partitions or doors or windows which may appear unsightly from outside the Premises.

 

3. Tenant shall not obstruct any sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, escalators, or stairways of the Building. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, shopping malls, elevators, escalators and stairways are not open to the general public. Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto of all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interest of the Building and its tenants; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom any tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business, unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. No tenant and no employee or invitee of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building.

 

4. The directory of the Building will be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of Tenant only, and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names therefrom.

 

5. All cleaning and janitorial services for the Premises shall be provided exclusively through Landlord, and except with the written consent of Landlord, no person or persons other than those approved by Landlord shall be employed by Tenant or permitted to enter the Building for the purpose of cleaning the same. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by carelessness or indifference to the good order and cleanliness of the Premises. Landlord shall not in any way be responsible to any tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage to any Tenant’s property by the janitor or any other employee or any other person.

 

6. Landlord will furnish Tenant, free of charge, with two keys to each door lock in the Premises. Landlord may make a reasonable charge for any additional keys. Tenant shall not make or have made additional keys, and Tenant shall not alter any lock or install a new additional lock or bolt on any door of its Premises. Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord the keys of all doors which have been furnished to Tenant, and in the event of loss of any keys so furnished, shall pay Landlord therefor.

 

1


7. If Tenant requires telegraphic, telephonic, burglar alarm or similar services, Tenant shall first obtain, and comply with, Landlord’s instructions in their installation.

 

8. Any freight elevator shall be available for use by all tenants in the Building, subject to such reasonable scheduling as Landlord in its discretion shall deem appropriate. No equipment, materials, furniture, packages, supplies, merchandise or other property will be received in the Building or carried in the elevators except between such hours and in such elevators as may be designated by Landlord.

 

9. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises which exceeds the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all equipment, materials, furniture or other property brought into the Building. Heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on such platforms as determined by Landlord to be necessary to properly distribute the weight. Business machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant, which cause noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any space therein to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or to any tenants in the Building, shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration. The persons employed to move such equipment in or out of the Building must be acceptable to Landlord. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of, or damage to, any such equipment or other property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by maintaining or moving such equipment or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

 

10. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises any kerosene, gasoline or other inflammable or combustible fluid or material other than those limited quantities necessary for the operation or maintenance of office equipment. Tenant shall not use or permit to be used in the Premises any foul or noxious gas or substance, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, nor shall Tenant bring into or keep in or about the Premises any birds or animals.

 

11. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

 

12. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air-conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air-conditioning and to comply with any governmental energy-saving rules, laws or regulations of which Tenant has actual notice, and shall refrain from adjusting controls. Tenant shall keep corridor doors closed, and shall close window coverings at the end of each business day.

 

2


13. Landlord reserves the right, exercisable without notice and without liability to Tenant, to change the name and street address of the Building.

 

14. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours of 6 p.m. and 7 a.m. the following day, or such other hours as may be established from time to time by Landlord, and on Sundays and legal holidays, any person unless that person is known to the person or employee in charge of the Building and has a pass or is properly identified. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord shall not be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building in case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion by closing the doors or by other appropriate action.

 

15. Tenant shall close and lock the doors of its Premises and entirely shut off all water faucets or other water apparatus, and electricity, gas or air outlets before tenant and its employees leave the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage or injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or by Landlord for noncompliance with this rule.

 

16. Tenant shall not accept barbering or bootblacking service upon the Premises, except at such hours and under such regulations as may be fixed by Landlord.

 

17. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

 

18. Tenant shall not sell, or permit the sale at retail, of newspapers, magazines, periodicals, theater tickets or any other goods or merchandise to the general public in or on the Premises. Tenant shall not make any room-to-room solicitation of business from other tenants in the Building. Tenant shall not use the Premises for any business or activity other than that specifically provided for in Tenant’s Lease.

 

19. Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker or other devise on the roof or exterior walls of the Building. Tenant shall not interfere with radio or television broadcasting or reception from or in the Building or elsewhere.

 

20. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof. Landlord reserves the right to direct electricians as to where and how telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced to the Premises. Tenant shall not cut or bore holes for wires. Tenant shall not affix any floor covering to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord. Tenant shall repair any damage resulting from noncompliance with this rule.

 

3


21. Tenant shall not install, maintain or operate upon the Premises any vending machine without the written consent of Landlord.

 

22. Canvassing, soliciting and distribution of handbills or any other written material, and peddling in the Building are prohibited, and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent same.

 

23. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in Landlord’s judgment, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who is in violation of any of the Rules and Regulations of this Building.

 

24. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within its Premises. Tenant shall not place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage disposal. All garbage and refuse disposal shall be made in accordance with directions issued from time to time by Landlord.

 

25. The Premises shall not be used for the storage of merchandise held for sale to the general public, or for lodging or for manufacturing of any kind, nor shall the Premises be used for any improper, immoral or objectionable purpose. No cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant on the Premises, except that use by Tenant of Underwriters’ Laboratory-approved equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages shall be permitted, provided that such equipment and use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

 

26. Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards or such other material-handling equipment as Landlord may approve. Tenant shall not bring any other vehicles of any kind into the Building.

 

27. Without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising the business of Tenant except as Tenant’s address.

 

28. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

 

29. Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting its Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

 

4


30. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon appropriate application to the office of the Building by an authorized individual. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord, and no employee of Landlord will admit any person (Tenant or otherwise) to any office without specific instructions from Landlord.

 

31. Tenant shall not park its vehicles in any parking areas designated by Landlord as areas for parking by visitors to the Building. Tenant shall not leave vehicles in the Building parking areas overnight nor park any vehicles in the Building parking areas other than automobiles, motorcycles, motor driven or non-motor driven bicycles or four-wheeled trucks.

 

32. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of Tenant or any other tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a continuous waiver of such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Building.

 

33. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of any lease of premises in the Building.

 

34. Landlord reserves the right to make such other reasonable Rules and Regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety and security, for care and cleanliness of the Building and for the preservation of good order therein. Tenant agrees to abide by all such Rules and Regulations hereinabove stated and any additional rules and regulations which are adopted.

 

35. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing rules by Tenant’s employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests.

 

5


EXHIBIT E

UTILITIES AND SERVICES

The following standards for utilities and services are in effect. Landlord reserves the right to adopt nondiscriminatory modifications and additions hereto.

As long as Tenant is not in default under any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of this Lease, Landlord shall:

(a) Provide unattended automatic elevator facilities Monday through Friday, except holidays, from 6 a.m. to 8 p.m.

(b) On Monday through Friday, except holidays, from 7 a.m. to 6 p.m. (and other times for a reasonable additional charge to be fixed by Landlord), ventilate the Premises and furnish air conditioning or heating on such days and hours when in the judgment of Landlord and Tenant it may be required for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises. The air conditioning system achieves maximum cooling when the window coverings are closed. Tenant agrees to cooperate fully at all times with Landlord and to abide by all regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the air conditioning system. Tenant agrees not to connect any apparatus, device, conduit or pipe to the Building’s chilled and hot water air conditioning supply lines. Tenant further agrees that neither Tenant nor its servants, employees, agents, visitors, licensees or contractors shall at any time enter mechanical installations or facilities of the Building or adjusts, tamper with, touch or otherwise in any manner affect such installations or facilities.

(c) Furnish to the Premises, during usual business hours on business days, electric current as required by the Building standard office lighting and fractional horsepower office business machines in the amount of approximately five (5) watts per square foot. Tenant agrees, should its electrical installation or electrical consumption be in excess of the aforesaid quantity or extend beyond normal business hours, to reimburse Landlord monthly for the measured consumption at the terms, classifications and rate charges to similar consumers by the public utility serving the neighborhood in which the Building is located. If a separate meter is not installed at Tenant’s cost, such excess cost will be established by an estimate agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, and if the parties fail to agree, as established by an independent licensed engineer. Tenant agrees not to use an apparatus or device in, or upon, or about the Premises which may in any way increase the amount of such services usually furnished or supplied to the Premises, and Tenant further agrees not to connect any apparatus or device with wires, conduits or pipes, or other means by which such services are supplied, for the purpose of using additional or unusual amounts of such services without written consent of Landlord. If Tenant uses such services to excess, the refusal on the part of Tenant to pay upon demand of Landlord the amount established by Landlord for such excess charge shall constitute a breach of the obligation to pay rent under this Lease and shall entitle Landlord to the rights therein granted for such breach. At all times Tenant’s use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installation and Tenant shall not install or use or permit the installation or use of any non-personal computer or electronic data processing equipment in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

1


(d) Make water available in public areas for drinking and lavatory purposes only, but if Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any purposes in addition to ordinary drinking and lavatory purposes of which fact Tenant constitutes Landlord to be the sole judge, Landlord may install a water meter and thereby measure Tenant’s water consumption for all purposes.

(e) Provide janitorial service to the Premises, as described in Exhibit F attached, provided that the Premises are used exclusively as offices, and are kept reasonably in order by Tenant, and if to be kept clean by Tenant, no one other than persons approved by Landlord shall be permitted to enter the Premises for such purposes. If the Premises are not used exclusively as offices, the Premises shall be kept clean and in order by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, and to the satisfaction of Landlord, and by persons approved by Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of removal of any of Tenant’s refuse and rubbish to the extent any of the same exceeds the refuse and rubbish usually attendant upon the use of the Premises as offices.

(f) Landlord reserves the right to stop service of the elevator, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and electric systems when necessary by reason of accident or emergency. Provided that forty-eight (48) hours prior notice is given to Tenant by Landlord, Landlord reserves the right to stop service of the elevator, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and electrical systems for repairs, alterations or improvements which, in the judgment of Landlord, are desirable or necessary to be made. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply elevator facilities, plumbing, ventilating, air conditioning or electric service until such repairs, alterations or improvements have been completed or when prevented from doing so by strike or accident or by any cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, or by laws, rules, orders, ordinances, directions, regulations or requirements of any federal, state, county or municipal authority or failure of gas, oil or other suitable fuel supply or inability by exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain gas, oil or other suitable fuel. It is expressly understood and agreed that any covenants on Landlord’s part to furnish any service pursuant to any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of this Lease, or to perform any act or thing for the benefit of Tenant, shall not be deemed breached if Landlord is unable to furnish or perform the same by virtue of strike or labor trouble or any other cause whatsoever beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

(g) Landlord shall pay all charges for water, gas, electricity, sewer service, and outside waste pickup incurred in connection with general office use of the Premises during normal business hours. If Tenant uses an abnormal of such utilities or uses such utilities outside of normal business hours, Tenant shall pay all utility charges incurred in connection with such use upon demand by Landlord.

 

2


EXHIBIT F

TENANT’S JANITORIAL SERVICE

 

Daily:    (Saturdays, Sundays and holidays excepted) Sweep floor tile and vacuum floors in the Premises and all Building areas used by Tenant; dust furniture, equipment, woodwork and other dusty surfaces in the Premises; clean ash trays and empty wastebaskets; and wash all fixtures and floors in toilet rooms.
Weekly:    Vacuum carpet with beater type vacuum cleaner.
Monthly:    Wash tile floors, if any.
Quarterly:    Wash partition glass.
6 Months:    Wax tile floors. Wash interior and exterior of windows. Wash lighting fixtures and lamps.
Annually:    Shampoo carpet.

Replace fluorescent lamps and ballasts as needed. Wash walls, ceilings, partitions, and spot clean carpet as needed.

 

1


EXHIBIT G

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

1


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (“Amendment”) is entered into as of June 11, 2010, (the “Effective Date”) by and between Hacienda Pleasanton Park MD, Parent LLC (“Landlord”), and Veeva Systems, Inc., a California corporation formerly known as Verticals onDemand, lnc. (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord entered into that certain Lease Agreement (the “Lease”) dated “December    , 2008” with Tenant under Tenant’s former name of Verticals onDemand, Inc., pursuant to which Tenant leased from Landlord certain premises located at 4637 Chabot Drive, Suite 210, Pleasanton, California (the “Original Premises”).

B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease to, among other things, provide for Tenant’s occupancy of additional space in the Building, to extend the Term, and to provide Tenant with an additional option to extend the Term, as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms . All initially capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Lease.

2. Premises . Effective June 15, 2010 (the “Expansion Space Commencement Date”), in addition to its occupancy of the Original Premises, Tenant shall occupy Suite 350 on the third floor of the Building consisting of 8,659 rentable square feet of space as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Expansion Space”). Effective as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date, the term “Premises” shall be deemed to refer to the Original Premises and the Expansion Space, for a total of 12,276 rentable square feet of space. Tenant shall have the right to access the Expansion Space immediately upon the execution of this Amendment for purposes of installing Tenant’s network/IT cabling, provided that Tenant does not interfere with Landlord’s performance of the Expansion Space Tenant Improvements (as defined below).

3. Tenant’s Building Percentage . Effective as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date, Section 13 of the Basic Lease Terms is hereby amended to provide that Tenant’s Building Percentage shall be 16.68%.

4. Expansion Space Tenant Improvements . On or before July 1, 2010, Landlord shall perform the work described on Exhibit B attached hereto within the Expansion Space and/or the Building at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that Landlord has no obligation to alter or improve the Premises for Tenant’s use or benefit except as provided on Exhibit B . On or before July 1, 2010, Tenant shall perform the work described on Exhibit C attached hereto within the Expansion Space and/or the Building at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

     

 

48


5. Term . The Term of the Lease is scheduled to expire on January 31, 2011. The Term of the Lease with respect to both the Original Premises and the Expansion Space is extended for a period of three (3) years (the “Extended Term”). Accordingly, the Term Expiration Date set forth in Section 8 of the Basic Lease Terms is hereby amended to be January 31, 2014.

6. Tenant’s Termination Right . Notwithstanding the extension of the Term as provided in Section 5 of this Amendment, Tenant shall have a one-time right to terminate the Lease with respect to the Original Premises (but not the Expansion Space) by providing written notice of such termination (the “Termination Notice”) to Landlord on or before July 31, 2011. If Tenant timely delivers the Termination Notice, the Lease shall terminate with respect to the Original Premises as of January 31, 2012, at which time Tenant shall vacate the Original Premises in the Condition required under the Lease. In the event that Tenant terminates its occupancy of the Original Premises as described above, then, effective February 1, 2012, (i) the table labeled “ Monthly Base Rent for the Original Premises ” in Section 8 of this Amendment shall be deleted and (ii) Section 13 of the Basic Lease Terms shall be amended to provide that Tenant’s Building Percentage shall be 11.77%. If, following Tenant’s delivery of the Termination Notice, Tenant fails to vacate the Original Premises in a timely manner, Tenant shall be deemed to be holding over in which event the terms of Section 26 of the Lease.

7. Tenant’s Renewal Option . Section 44 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

7.1 Option Period . Provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder, either at the time of exercise or at the time the extended term commences, Tenant shall have the option to extend the Term of this Lease for an additional period of one (1) year (“Lease Option Period”) on the same terms, covenants and conditions provided herein, except that upon such renewal the Monthly Base Rent due hereunder shall be determined pursuant to Section 7.2. Tenant shall exercise its option by giving Landlord written notice (“Lease Option Notice”) no later than July 31, 2013. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant has terminated the Lease with respect to the Original Premises as provided in Section 6 of this Amendment then the rights set forth herein shall apply solely with respect to the Expansion Space, and all references to the “Premises” set forth below shall be deemed to refer, in such event, solely to the Expansion Space.

7.2 Lease Option Period Base Rent . The Monthly Base Rent for the Lease Option Period shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the Prevailing Market Rental Rate for comparable space in the Hacienda Business Park determined as of the commencement of the option term. “Prevailing Market Rental Rate” shall mean an amount per rentable square foot that shall be determined with reference to the base annual rentals then being charged for space then being offered for rent in the Hacienda Business Park taking into account and adjusting for (i) the Terms of this Lease with respect to which Prevailing Market Rental Rate is being determined, (ii) the rental structure under this Lease and the leases for such other space, (iii) the size and location of the Premises and the age and quality of construction of the Premises and the leasehold improvements therein compared with such other space, (iv) the load factor consisting of the ratio of the usable area to the rentable area on each floor of the space; and (v) any other relevant terms

 

     

 

49


and conditions relative to the leases of such other space; provided that in no event shall the Prevailing Market Rental Rate be less than the Monthly Base Rent due in the last month of the initial Term of this Lease.

7.3 Determination of Prevailing Market Rental Rate . Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Lease Option Notices, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of Landlord’s determination of the Prevailing Market Rental Rate for the space in question. If Tenant disputes Landlord’s determination of the Prevailing Market Rental Rate, Tenant shall so notify Landlord within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of the Prevailing Market Rental Rate and such dispute shall be resolved as follows:

7.3.1 Within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of the Prevailing Market Rental Rate, Landlord and Tenant shall meet no less than two (2) times, at a mutually agreeable time and place, to attempt to resolve any such disagreement.

7.3.2 If within this thirty (30) day period Landlord and Tenant cannot reach agreement as to the Prevailing Market Rental Rate, they shall each select one appraiser to determine the Prevailing Market Rental Rate. Each such appraiser shall arrive at a determination of the Prevailing Market Rental Rate and submit his conclusions to Landlord and Tenant within thirty (30) days of the expiration of the thirty (30) day consultation period described in (i) above.

7.3.3 if only one appraisal is submitted within the requisite time period, it shall be deemed to be the Prevailing Market Rental Rate. If both appraisals are submitted within such time period, and if the two appraisa1s so submitted differ by less than ten percent (10%) of the higher of the two the average of the two shall be the Prevailing Market Rental Rate. If the two appraisals differ by more than ten percent (10%) of the higher of the two, then the two appraisers shall immediately select a third appraiser, acceptable to both Landlord and Tenant, who will within thirty (30) days of his selection make a determination of the Prevailing Market Rental Rate and submit such determination to Landlord and Tenant. This third appraisal will then be averaged with the closer of the two previous appraisals and the result shall be the Prevailing Market Rental Rate.

7.3.4 All appraisers specified pursuant hereto shall be members of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with not less than five (5) years experience appraising commercial properties in the vicinity of and in the City of Pleasanton and County of Alameda. Each party shall pay the cost of the appraiser selected by such party and one-half of the cost of the third appraiser plus one-half of any other cost incurred in the arbitration.

8. Monthly Base Rent . Section 10 of the Basic Lease Terms shall be deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted therefor:

Monthly Base Rent for the Original Premises

 

Period

   Monthly Base Rent  

7/1/10 – 1/31/11

   $ 5,787.20 per month   

2/1/11 – 1/31/12

   $ 5,425.50 per month   

 

     

 

50


Suite 210

  

2/1/12 – 1/31/13

   $ 5,606.35 per month   

2/1/13 – 1/31/14

   $ 5,968.05 per month   

Monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Space Suite 350

 

Period

   Monthly Base Rent  

7/1/10 – 1/31/11

   $ 9,524.90 per month   

2/1/11 – 1/31/12

   $ 12,988.50 per month   

2/1/12 – 1/31/13

   $ 13,854.40 per month   

2/1/13 – 1/31/14

   $ 14,287.35 per month   

Tenant shall continue to pay all Additional Rent as provided in the Lease, provided, however, that such Additional Rent shall be based on applicable Tenant’s Building Percentage set forth in Section 3 of this Amendment.

9. Base Year and Additional Rent . As of the Extension Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall continue to pay Additional Rent at the same time and in the same manner as set forth in the Lease (including, without limitation, Section 2.2 thereof); provided, however, that as of the Extension Term Commencement Date, Section 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions is hereby amended by deleting the reference to 2009 and substituting in place thereof 2010. For purposes of clarity, as of the Extension Term Commencement Date, the “Base Year” for all of the Extension Term shall be the 2010 calendar year.

10. Security Deposit . Upon the execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the sum of $9,524.90 to be added to Tenant’s Security Deposit. Accordingly, upon the delivery of such sum, Section 14 of the Basic Lease Terms is hereby amended to provide that Landlord is in possession of a Security Deposit in the amount of $15,312.10.

11. Signage . Landlord shall install Building standard signage at the entrance to the Expansion Space and in the Building directory indicating Tenant’s occupancy of the Expansion Space at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, and subject to Tenant’s receipt of all permits and approvals required from the City of Pleasanton and subject to any restrictions in the CC&Rs and after obtaining all approvals required under the CC&Rs, to install building parapet signage along Chabot Drive. The size, design and location of such signage shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove such signage and repair all damages in such manner as to restore all aspects of appearance of the affected portion of the Building to the condition prior to the placement of said sign, including, if necessary, repainting any discolored areas such that a uniform appearance exists on the visible areas of the Building.

 

     

 

51


12. No Other Changes . Except as modified by this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, and as amended by this Amendment, the Lease is ratified by Landlord and Tenant.

13. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

THIS AMENDMENT, executed as of the date first set forth above, in one or more counterparts, is effective as of the Effective Date.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:

HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD,

Parent LLC

   

VEEVA SYSTEMS, INC.,

a California corporation

By:   /s/ Manny Del Arroz     By:   /s/ Tim Cabral
 

 

     

 

Title:  

Manager

    Title:  

CFO

      By:   /s/ Mitch Wallace
       

 

      Title:  

VP, OPERATIONS

 

     

 

52


Exhibit A

Diagram of the Expansion Space

 

LOGO

 

     

 

53


Exhibit B

Expansion Space Tenant Improvements

 

a. Add two more urinals and replace urinal with toilet in existing stall in the men’s bathroom (use best efforts to preserve existing network cabling on the backside of wall when moving the bathroom wall per plan);

 

b. Finish the bathrooms with Building Standard finishes as needed - tile floors & countertops (color mutually agreeable);

 

c. Add partition wall in front of restroom (per attached plan, mutually agreeable on layout);

 

d. Expand the kitchen into the adjacent room (per attached plan) and build out kitchen to include a minimum of 10ft of upper and lower Building Standard cabinets, sink, disposal, and a water line for Tenant’s refrigerator;

 

e. Install Building Standard carpet throughout (color mutually agreeable);

 

f. Paint interior accent walls of suite (up to 3 walls a mutually agreeable color);

 

g. Blinds and windows - check and replace as necessary;

 

h. Repair window sliders, sliding door handles, and seal on one exterior window (per attached plan);

 

i. Landlord will replace twenty-two (22) interior doors including back stairwell enterance doors (excluding the restroom doors) with new Building Standard solid core clear oak veneer doors and new brushed nickel lockset hardware. Front entrance doors will be refinished to match new doors.

 

j. Replace all stained and damaged ceiling tiles;

 

k. Thoroughly clean office including windows and blinds;

 

l. Adjust and rebalance HVAC and repair broken thermostats in the Premises;

 

m.

Shampoo carpets in back stairwell on 3 rd and 2 nd floors;

 

n. Fix broken/loose deck boards outside of sliding door on SW office (per attached plan);

 

o. Fix window trim/header (per attched plan)

 

     

 

54


LOGO

Exhibit B-l Plan Showing Expansion Space Tenant Improvements FIX TRIM ABOVE WINDOW 4637 Chabot Drive, Suite 350 NEW VCT UPPER & LOWER CABINETS WITH SINK. REPAIR SLIDER & fix handle REPLACE BLINDS REPAIR SLIDER & REPLACE HANDLE REPLACE ALL BLINDS IN CONF. ROOM Replace slider (blown seal) with fixed (non-opening) panel MISSING BLINDS REPAIR SLIDER REPAIR LOOSE & BROKEN BOARD INITIAL -8-


Exhibit C

Expansion Space Tenant Improvements

 

a. Replace all existing electrical outlets, wall switches and cover plates throughout the Premises with white fixtures;

 

     

 

56


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT ( Amendment ) is made and entered into as of January 31, 2011, by and between HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC, a California limited liability company ( Landlord ) and VEEVA SYSTEMS, INC., a California corporation ( Tenant ).

R E C I T A L S:

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated as of December 2008 ( Original Lease ”), pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord approximately 3,617 rentable square feet on the second floor ( Suite 210 Premises” ) located at 4637 Chabot Drive, Pleasanton, California ( Building ); and

B. WHEREAS the Original Lease was amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of June 11, 2010 ( First Amendment , and the Original Lease as amended by the First Amendment, is referred to herein as the Lease ), pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord approximately 8,659 rentable square feet on the second floor ( Suite 350 Premises and together with the Suite 210 Premises, the Original Premises located at the Building; and

C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease in accordance with the terms hereof whereby, among other things: (i) the Extended Term shall be extended; and (ii) Landlord shall additionally lease to Tenant and Tenant shall additionally lease from Landlord approximately 8,659 rentable square feet of space on the third floor of the Building ( Expansion Premises ) known as Suite 300, as of the Second Extended Term Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined), all upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, as amended hereby.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Recitals . The foregoing recitals are incorporated herein by this reference.

2. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given such terms in the Lease.

3. Effective Date . The effective date of this Amendment shall be upon the mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant ( Effective Date ).

4. Expansion Premises . In consideration of the rents, terms, provisions and covenants of this Amendment and the Lease, Landlord hereby leases unto Tenant and Tenant hereby rents and accepts from Landlord the Expansion Premises. The Expansion Premises is more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto. Tenant covenants, as a material part of the consideration for the Lease, as amended hereby, to keep and perform each and all of said terms, covenants and conditions for which Tenant is liable and that this Amendment is made upon the condition of such performance. On and after the Expansion Premises Commencement

 

  57  


Date (as hereinafter defined), all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as amended hereby, shall apply to both the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises. From and after the Expansion Premises Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined), each and every reference in the Lease and in this Amendment to Premises shall be and mean the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises, collectively. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute a Commencement Date Memorandum in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant acknowledging, among other things, the (i) Expansion Premises Commencement Date, (ii) scheduled termination date of the Lease and (iii) Tenant’s acceptance of the Expansion Premises. Tenant’s failure to execute the Commencement Date Memorandum shall not affect Tenant’s liability hereunder. In consideration for Landlord agreeing to lease the Expansion Premises to Tenant, Tenant hereby agrees that Section 6 of the First Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety.

5. Improvements to Expansion Premises; Early Access .

(a) Landlord shall, at its sole cost, cause the Expansion Premises to be improved as set forth on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit B ( Expansion Premises Improvements ). The Expansion Premises Commencement Date shall be the date of Substantial Completion (as hereinafter defined) of the Expansion Premises Improvements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Substantial Completion occurs before May 1, 2011, then the Expansion Premises Commencement Date shall not occur until May 1, 2011, unless Tenant commences business operations in the Expansion Premises prior to such date. As used herein, the term Substantial Completion ,” Substantially Completed ,” and any derivations thereof mean the Expansion Premises Improvements are substantially completed in accordance with Exhibit B (as reasonably determined by Landlord’s contractor). Substantial Completion shall have occurred even though minor details of construction and mechanical adjustments remain to be completed by Landlord. Tenant hereby acknowledges and approves that Landlord will be conducting the Expansion Premises Improvements in or adjacent to the Premises during Tenant’s occupancy thereof. Tenant agrees that the performance of the Expansion Premises Improvements shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or damages of any kind. Furthermore, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Expansion Premises Improvements or Landlord’s actions in connection with the Expansion Premises Improvements, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by the Expansion Premises Improvements or Landlord’s actions in connection with the Expansion Premises Improvements. Tenant shall ready the Original Premises in a sufficiently clean condition to ensure that Landlord will be able to construct the Expansion Premises Improvements, if necessary.

(b) Landlord shall provide Tenant with limited access to the Expansion Premises prior to the date when Landlord estimates that the Expansion Premises Improvements will be Substantially Completed for the sole purpose of permitting Tenant to ready the Expansion Premises for Tenant’s occupancy, at such times as are reasonably specified by Landlord so that Tenant’s access does not interfere with the performance of Landlord’s work in the Expansion Premises. Tenant’s access to the Premises during the period of time prior to the Expansion Premises Commencement Date shall be subject to all the provisions of the Lease, as amended hereby, other than the payment of Rent and the expiration date of the Lease shall not be advanced by such access by Tenant of the Expansion Premises prior to the Commencement Date.

 

  58  


6. Extension of Extended Term. Pursuant to the First Amendment, the Extended Term expires on January 31, 2014. As of the Effective Date, the Extended Term shall be extended for an additional twelve (12) months, so that it expires on January 31, 2015. During the Extended Term (as hereby extended), all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, shall be in full force and effect and shall be applied in the same manner as such terms and provisions were applied during the original term of the Lease. In consideration for Landlord agreeing to lease the Expansion Premises to Tenant, Tenant hereby agrees that Section 7 of the First Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety.

7. Monthly Base Rent for Original Premises and Expansion Premises.

(a) The monthly Base Rent for the Suite 210 Premises for the extended period of the Extended Term is as follows:

 

Period

   Monthly Base Rent  

2/1/14 – 1/31/15

   $ 6,148.90   

(b) The monthly Base Rent for the Suite 350 Premises for the extended period of the Extended Term is as follows:

 

Period

   Monthly Base Rent  

2/1/14 – 1/31/15

   $ 14,720.30   

(c) As of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Premises (i.e Suite 300) shall be as follows:

 

Period

   Monthly Base Rent  

Expansion Premises

  

Commencement Date –1/31/2012

   $ 12,988.50   

2/1/12 – 1/31/13

   $ 13,854.40   

2/1/13 – 1/31/14

   $ 14,287.35   

2/1/14 – 1/31/15

   $ 14,720.30   

8. Tenant’s Building Percentage . As of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant’s Building Percentage shall be adjusted upwards to 28.44%, to take into account the leasing of the Expansion Premises to Tenant. Subject to the foregoing sentence, as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall continue to pay Additional Rent at the same time and in the same manner as set forth in the Lease (including, without limitation, Section 2.2 thereof).

9. Security Deposit . Upon the Effective Date, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, $20,277.40, which is an amount, that when taken together with the existing Security Deposit, equals the monthly Base Rent due for the last month of the Extended Term ( Additional Deposit ) for the Original Premises and Expansion Premises. Upon the Effective Date, the term “Security Deposit” shall automatically include the Additional Deposit and the Additional Deposit shall be held pursuant to the terms of Section 4.6 of the Lease.

 

  59  


10. Signage . Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, and subject to Tenant’s receipt of all permits and approvals required from the City of Pleasanton and subject to any restrictions in the CC&Rs and after obtaining all approvals required under the CC&Rs, to install building parapet signage along Stoneridge Drive. The size, design and location of such signage shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, as amended hereby, Tenant shall remove such signage and repair all damages in such manner as to restore all aspects of appearance of the affected portion of the Building to the condition prior to the placement of said sign, including, if necessary, repainting and discolored areas such that a uniform appearance exists on the visible areas of the Building.

11. As-Is. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that the Original Premises remain acceptable for Tenant’s use, and Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any broker or agent has made any representations or warranties in connection with the physical condition of the Original Premises or the Expansion Premises or their fitness for Tenant’s use upon which Tenant has relied directly or indirectly for any purpose. Subject to the Expansion Premises Improvements, Tenant accepts the Expansion Premises in an “AS IS” condition.

12. Tenant’s Representations and Warranties . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that the Lease as amended hereby constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Tenant, enforceable against Tenant in accordance with their terms, and Tenant has no defenses, offsets or counterclaims with respect to its obligations thereunder. Tenant also represents and warrants that there is no existing default on the part of the Landlord or the Tenant in any of the terms and conditions of the Lease and no event has occurred which, with the passing of time or giving of notice or both, would constitute an event of default under the Lease by Landlord or Tenant.

13. Express Changes Only . Except as set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect and shall be incorporated herein.

14. Brokers . Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent other than Colliers International. If Tenant has dealt with any other person or real estate broker with respect to leasing or renting space in the Building, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any fee due said person or firm and Tenant shall hold Landlord free and harmless against any liability in respect thereto, including attorneys’ fees and costs.

15. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all such counterparts together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. The execution of facsimiles of this Amendment shall be binding on the parties hereto.

16. Entire Agreement . There are and were no oral or written representations, warranties, understandings, stipulations, agreements, or promises made by either party, or by any

 

  60  


agent, employee, or other representative of either party, pertaining to the subject matter of this Amendment which have not been incorporated into this Amendment. This Amendment shall not be modified, changed, terminated, amended, superseded, waived, or extended except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.

[SIGNATURE PAGE ATTACHED]

 

  61  


LANDLORD:

 

HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC,
a California limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Manny Del Arroz

Name:  

Manny Del Arroz

Its:  

Manager

TENANT:

VEEVA SYSTEMS, INC.,

a California corporation

By:  

/s/ Tim Cabral

Name:  

Tim Cabral

Its:  

CFO

 

  62  


EXHIBIT A

EXPANSION PREMISES FLOOR PLAN

 

LOGO

 

  63  


LOGO

LANDLORD AT LANDORD’S SOLE COST AND EXPENSE SHALL CONSTRUCT SUITE 300 FOR THE FOLLOWING PLAN TO INCLUDE:

PAINT ACCENT COLOR;

REPLACE EXISTING INTERIOR DOORS WITH NEW BUILDING STANDARD WOOD VENEER DOORS;

REPLACE DAMAGED OR MISSING CEILING TILES;

AND OTHER NOTES AS SHOWN.

TENANT AT TENANT’S SOLE COST AND EXPENSE SHALL INSTALL FURNITURE, PHONES, DATA & NETWORK CABLING AND REPLACE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL AND SWITCH PLATES WITH WHITE TO MATCH SUITE 350.

ADJUST CEILING LIGHTING

TERMINATE FLOOR ELECTRICAL OUTLET

POWER WASH & STAIN EXTERIOR DECK

NOTES:

1. REPAIR WINDOW SEALS

2. REPAIR SOLAR FILM AS REQ’D

3. REPAIR SLIDING GLASS DOORS AS REQ’D

4. CARPET REPLACED TO MATCH SUITE 350

INITIAL

VEEVA SYSTEMS

PRELIMINARY SPACE PLAN -8,659 RSF – 7 OFFICES AND 54 WORKSTATIONS

4637 CHABOT DRIVE, SUITE 300

PLEASANTON, CA

JOB NO: 11-006

JANUARY 27, 2011

Hopkins & Wall

ARCHITECTURE | INTERIOR DESIGN

7901 STONERIDGE DRIVE, STE 550

PLEASANTON, CA 94588

925-225-0445

FAX 925-225-0482


THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

This THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (“ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of April 2, 2012 by and between HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and VEEVA SYSTEMS INC., a California corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS:

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant’s predecessor-in-interest entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of December, 2008 (“ Original Lease ”), pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord approximately 3,617 rentable square feet known as Suite 210 located on the second floor of 4637 Chabot Drive in Pleasanton, California (“ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, the Original Lease was amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Landlord and Tenant dated as of June 11, 2010 (“ First Amendment ”) and by that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Landlord and Tenant dated as of January 31, 2011 (“ Second Amendment ”, and the Original Lease, as amended by the First Amendment and the Second Amendment, being referred to herein as the “ Lease ”), whereby Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord approximately 8,659 additional rentable square feet known as Suite 300 and approximately 8,659 additional rentable square feet known as Suite 350 on the third floor of the Building (Suites 300 and 350 collectively being referred to herein as the “ Third Floor Premises ”, and Suites 210, 300 and 350 collectively being referred to herein as the “ Original Premises ”); and

C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease in accordance with the terms hereof whereby, among other things: (i) the Lease Term for occupancy of the Third Floor Premises shall be extended by the Third Extension Term (as hereinafter defined); and (ii) Landlord shall additionally lease to Tenant and Tenant shall additionally lease from Landlord approximately 7,916 rentable square feet of space known as Suite 200 and 2,994 rentable square feet of space known as Suite 206 on the second floor of the Building (“ Expansion Premises ”), as of the respective dates set forth in Section 4 below, all upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, as amended hereby.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Recitals . The foregoing recitals are incorporated herein by this reference.

2. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given such terms in the Lease.

3. Effective Date . The effective date of this Amendment shall be upon the mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant (“ Effective Date ”).

 

65


4. Extension of Lease Term . Pursuant to the Lease, the Lease Term expires on January 31, 2015. As of the Effective Date, and notwithstanding the current expiration date of the Lease Term, (i) the Lease Term for the Third Floor Premises shall be extended for forty-eight (48) months (“ Third Extension Term ”) so that the same expires on January 31, 2019; (ii) the Lease Term for Suite 200 shall commence on April 1, 2013, or as stipulated in section 9 hereto, and be extended to expire on January 31, 2017; and (ii) the Lease Term for Suite 206 shall commence on July 1, 2012 and be extended to expire on January 31, 2016. The Lease Term for Suite 210 shall remain as set forth in the Lease. During the Lease Term, as extended hereby, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, shall be in full force and effect and shall be applied in the same manner as such terms and provisions were applied during the original term of the Lease.

5. Expansion Premises .

(a) In consideration of the rents, terms, provisions and covenants of this Amendment and the Lease, Landlord hereby leases unto Tenant and Tenant hereby rents and accepts from Landlord the Expansion Premises, as of the respective dates set forth in Section 4 above. The Expansion Premises is more particularly described and/or depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto.

(b) Tenant covenants, as a material part of the consideration for the Lease, as amended hereby, to keep and perform each and all of said terms, covenants and conditions for which Tenant is liable and that this Amendment is made upon the condition of such performance. On and after July 1, 2012, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as amended hereby, shall apply to both the Original Premises and Suite 206, and every reference in the Lease and this Amendment to “ Premises ” shall be and mean the Original Premises and Suite 206, collectively; and on and after April 1, 2013, or as stipulated in section 9 hereto, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as amended hereby, shall apply to the Original Premises, Suite 206 and Suite 200, and every reference in the Lease and in this Amendment to “ Premises ” shall be and mean the Original Premises, Suite 206 and Suite 200, collectively.

(c) At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute a Commencement Date Memorandum in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B acknowledging, among other things, the (i) date of commencement of the Lease Term with respect to the Original Premises, Suite 200 and Suite 206, (ii) scheduled termination date of the Lease with respect to each such space and (iii) Tenant’s acceptance of the Expansion Premises. Tenant’s failure to execute the Commencement Date Memorandum shall not affect Tenant’s liability hereunder.

6. Improvements to Suite 206 . Landlord shall, at its sole cost, cause Suite 206 to be improved as set forth on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit C (“ Suite 206 Improvements ”). Tenant hereby acknowledges and approves that Landlord will be conducting the Suite 206 Improvements in or adjacent to the Premises during Tenant’s occupancy thereof. Tenant agrees that the performance of the Suite 206 Improvements shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or damages of any kind. Furthermore, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Suite 206 Improvements or Landlord’s actions in connection with the Suite 206 Improvements, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned

 

66


by the Suite 206 Improvements or Landlord’s actions in connection with the Suite 206 Improvements. Tenant shall ready the Original Premises in a sufficiently clean condition to ensure that Landlord will be able to construct the Suite 206 Improvements, if necessary. Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement of rent or damages of any kind in connection therewith. As of the date of Substantial Completion of the Suite 206 Improvements, Base Rent for Suite 206 and Tenant’s Building Percentage shall be increased to reflect the additional number of square feet in Suite 206 due to the Suite 206 Improvements. As used herein, “Substantial Completion” and any derivations thereof mean the Suite 206 Improvements are substantially completed in accordance with Exhibit C (as reasonably determined by Landlord’s contractor). Substantial Completion shall have occurred even though minor details of construction and mechanical adjustments remain to be completed by Landlord. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to Substantially Complete the Suite 206 Improvements on or before July 1, 2012. However, if, despite such commercially reasonable efforts, Landlord cannot Substantially Complete the Suite 206 Improvements on or before July 1, 2012, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefore, and such failure shall not affect the validity of the Lease as amended hereby or the obligations of Tenant thereunder, but in such case, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay the additional Base Rent for the additional number of rentable square feet in Suite 206, and Tenant’s Building Percentage shall not be adjusted accordingly, until the Suite 206 Improvements are Substantially Complete.

7. Third Floor Premises and Expansion Premises Base Rent . The monthly Base Rent for Suite 210 shall remain as set forth in the Lease. As of the Effective Date, the monthly Base Rent for the Third Floor Premises shall be as follows:

 

Period

   Monthly Rental
Rate Per
Rentable Square
Foot
     Monthly Base Rent
for the Third Floor
Premises
 

Effective Date-1/31/13

   $ 1.60       $ 27,708.80   

2/1/13-1/31/14

   $ 1.75       $ 30,306.50   

2/1/14-1/31/15

   $ 1.80       $ 31,172.40   

2/1/15-1/31/16

   $ 1.85       $ 32,038.30   

2/1/16-1/31/17

   $ 1.90       $ 32,904.20   

2/1/17-1/31/18

   $ 1.95       $ 33,770.10   

2/1/18-1/31/19

   $ 2.00       $ 34,636.00   

 

67


During the time periods set forth below, the monthly Base Rent for Suite 200 shall be as follows:

 

Period

   Monthly Rental
Rate Per
Rentable Square
Foot
     Monthly Base Rent
for Suite 200
 

4/1/13-1/31/14

   $ 1.85       $ 14,644.60   

2/1/14-1/31/15

   $ 1.90       $ 15,040.40   

2/1/15-1/31/16

   $ 1.95       $ 15,436.20   

2/1/16-1/31/17

   $ 2.00       $ 15,832.00   

During the time periods set forth below, the monthly Base Rent for Suite 206 shall be as follows:

 

Period

   Monthly Rental
Rate Per
Rentable Square
Foot
     Monthly Base Rent
for Suite 206
 

7/1/12-1/31/14

   $ 1.85       $ 5,538.90   

2/1/14-1/31/15

   $ 1.90       $ 5,688.60   

2/1/15-1/31/16

   $ 1.95       $ 5,838.30   

8. Tenant’s Building Percentage . As of July 1, 2012, Tenant’s Building Percentage shall be adjusted upwards to 32.51%, to take into account the leasing of Suite 206 to Tenant. As of April 1, 2013, Tenant’s Building Percentage shall be adjusted upwards to 43.27%, to take into account the leasing of Suite 200 to Tenant.

9. Suite 200 . Tenant agrees and acknowledges that suite 200 will be delivered in as-is condition, and tenant improvements will be the sole responsibility of Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that Suite 200 is, as of the Effective Date, occupied by another tenant pursuant to a lease agreement for such space. If such other tenant vacates and surrenders Suite 200 prior to March 31, 2013, then the Lease Term for occupancy of Suite 200 and Base Rent for Suite 200 shall commence upon such earlier date as Landlord is reasonably able to deliver Suite 200 to Tenant, and Tenant’s Building Percentage shall be adjusted as of such earlier date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if such tenant fails to vacate and surrender Suite 200 on or before March 31, 2013, or if such tenant initiates or threatens any legal action against Landlord in connection with such space on or before March 31, 2013, then Landlord shall not be obligated to deliver Suite 200 to Tenant, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for such failure to deliver such space, and such failure shall not affect the validity of the Lease or this Amendment or the obligations of Tenant thereunder; provided, however, that in such case, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent for Suite 200 until the date Landlord delivers Suite 200 to Tenant, if at all. Earliest Landlord can deliver Suite 200 to Tenant is January 1, 2013.

10. As-Is . Tenant agrees and acknowledges that the Original Premises remain acceptable for Tenant’s use, and Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any broker or agent has made any representations or warranties in connection with the physical condition of the

 

68


Original Premises or the Expansion Premises or their fitness for Tenant’s use upon which Tenant has relied directly or indirectly for any purpose. Tenant accepts the Original Premises in an “AS IS” condition.

11. Tenant’s Representations and Warranties . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that the Lease as amended hereby constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Tenant, enforceable against Tenant in accordance with their terms, and Tenant has no defenses, offsets or counterclaims with respect to its obligations thereunder. Tenant also represents and warrants that there is no existing default on the part of the Landlord or the Tenant in any of the terms and conditions of the Lease and no event has occurred which, with the passing of time or giving of notice or both, would constitute an event of default under the Lease by Landlord or Tenant.

12. Express Changes Only . Except as Set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect and shall be incorporated herein.

13. Brokers . Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent. If Tenant has dealt with any other person or real estate broker with respect to leasing or renting space in the Building, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any fee due said person or firm and Tenant shall hold Landlord free and harmless against any liability in respect thereto, including attorneys’ fees and costs.

14. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all such counterparts together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. The execution of facsimiles of this Amendment shall be binding on the parties hereto.

15. Entire Agreement . There are and were no oral or written representations, warranties, understandings, stipulations, agreements, or promises made by either party, or by any agent, employee, or other representative of either party, pertaining to the subject matter of this Amendment which have not been incorporated into this Amendment. This Amendment shall not be modified, changed, terminated, amended, superseded, waived, or extended except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.

[SIGNATURE PAGE ATTACHED]

 

69


LANDLORD:

HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC,

a California & limited liability company

 

By:  

/s/ Manny Del Arroz

Name:  

Manny Del Arroz

Its:

 

Manager

TENANT:

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.,

a California corporation

 

By:

 

/s/ Tim Cabral

Name:  

Tim Cabral

Its:  

CFO


EXHIBIT A

EXPANSION PREMISES FLOOR PLAN

[see attached]


EXHIBIT B

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

With respect to that certain lease (“Lease”) dated                     , 2012 between                      a                      (“Tenant”) ,                     and                     , company                      (“Landlord”), whereby Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord approximately                      rentable square feet of the building located at                      (“Premises”), Tenant hereby acknowledges and certifies to Landlord as follows:

(1) Landlord delivered possession of the Premises to Tenant in a Substantially Complete on                     .

(2) The New Premises Term commenced on                      (“New Premises Commencement Date”);

(3) The Premises contain                      rentable square feet of space; and

(4) Tenant has accepted and is currently in possession of the Premises and the Premises are acceptable for Tenant’s use.

(5) Rent Per Month is                     .

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Commencement Date Memorandum is executed this day of                     .

 

“Tenant”

 

 

By:    
  Its:  

 

By:    
  Its:     


EXHIBIT C

SUITE 206 IMPROVEMENTS

[see attached]

 

73


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

This FOURTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (“ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June      2013, by and between HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and VEEVA SYSTEMS INC., a California corporation (“ Tenant ”).

R E C I T A L S:

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of December, 2008, as amended by the First Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Landlord and Tenant dated as of June 11, 2010 ( “First Amendment” ), as amended by the Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of January 31, 2011 ( “Second Amendment” ), and as amended by that Third Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of April 2, 2012 by and between Landlord and Tenant ( “Third Amendment” , collectively as amended the “Lease” ), pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord approximately 31,845 rentable square feet on the second and third floors (“ Original Premises ”) located at 4637 Chabot Drive, Pleasanton, California, known as Suites 200, 206, 210, 300 and 350 (“ Building ”); and

B. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease in accordance with the terms hereof whereby, among other things: (i) Landlord shall additionally lease to Tenant and Tenant shall additionally lease from Landlord approximately 1,392 rentable square feet of space on the second floor of the Building commonly known as Suite 260 (“ Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises ”) as of the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined), all upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, as amended hereby.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Recitals . The foregoing recitals are incorporated herein by this reference.

2. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given such terms in the Lease.

3. Effective Date . The effective date of this Amendment shall be upon the mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant (“ Effective Date ”).

4. Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises .

(a) In consideration of the rents, terms, provisions and covenants of this Amendment and the Lease, Landlord hereby leases unto Tenant and Tenant hereby rents and accepts from Landlord the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises. The Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises is more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto. The Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises is commonly known as Suite 260.

 

74


(b) Tenant covenants, as a material part of the consideration for the Lease, as amended hereby, to keep and perform each and all of said terms, covenants and conditions for which Tenant is liable and that this Amendment is made upon the condition of such performance. From and after the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as amended hereby, shall apply to the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises.

5. Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises Term. As of the Effective Date, the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises Term shall be for two months (“ Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises Term ”) terminable by either party with thirty (30) days written notice and estimated to commence on July 1, 2013 (“ Four Amendment Expansion Premises Commencement Date ).

6. Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises Base Rent. As of the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date, the Base Rent for the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises shall be as follows:

 

Period of the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises Term

   Monthly Base Rent
for the Fourth
Amendment
Expansion Premises
 

July 1, 2013 – August 31, 2013

   $ 2,923.20   

7. As-Is. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that the Original Premises remain acceptable for Tenant’s use, and Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any broker or agent has made any representations or warranties in connection with the physical condition of the Original Premises or the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises or their fitness for Tenant’s use upon which Tenant has relied directly or indirectly for any purpose. Subject to Section 8 above, Tenant accepts the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises in an “AS IS” condition.

8. Tenant’s Representations and Warranties . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that the Lease as amended hereby constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Tenant, enforceable against Tenant in accordance with their terms, and Tenant has no defenses, offsets or counterclaims with respect to its obligations thereunder. Tenant also represents and warrants that there is no existing default on the part of the Landlord or the Tenant in any of the terms and conditions of the Lease and no event has occurred which, with the passing of time or giving of notice or both, would constitute an event of default under the Lease by Landlord or Tenant.

9. Express Changes Only . Except as set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect and shall be incorporated herein.

 

75


10. Brokers . Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent. If Tenant has dealt with any other person or real estate broker with respect to leasing or renting space in the Building, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any fee due said person or firm and Tenant shall hold Landlord free and harmless against any liability in respect thereto, including attorneys’ fees and costs.

11. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all such counterparts together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. The execution of facsimiles of this Amendment shall be binding on the parties hereto.

12. Entire Agreement . There are and were no oral or written representations, warranties, understandings, stipulations, agreements, or promises made by either party, or by any agent, employee, or other representative of either party, pertaining to the subject matter of this Amendment which have not been incorporated into this Amendment. This Amendment shall not be modified, changed, terminated, amended, superseded, waived, or extended except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.

[SIGNATURE PAGE ATTACHED]

 

76


LANDLORD:

HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC,

a California limited liability company

By:   /s/ Manny Del Arroz
Name:   Manny Del Arroz
Its:   Manager
TENANT:

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.,

a California corporation

 
By:  

/s/ Tim Cabral

Name:  

Tim Cabral

Its:  

CFO

 

77


EXHIBIT A

FOURTH AMENDMENT EXPANSION PREMISES FLOOR PLAN

[see attached]

 

78

Exhibit 10.7

AMENDED AND RESTATED

VALUE-ADDED RESELLER AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Value-Added Reseller Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made effective as of September 2, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between salesforce.com, inc. , a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at The Landmark @ One Market, Suite 300, San Francisco, California 94105 ( “ SFDC ”) and Veeva, Inc. (formerly known as Verticals on Demand), a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 4637 Chabot Drive, Pleasanton, California 94588 (“ Reseller ”) amends and restates in its entirety that certain Value-Added Reseller Agreement dated September 20, 2007 by and between Reseller and SFDC, as previously amended by Amendment 1 to Value-Added Reseller Agreement dated May 23, 2008, Amendment 2 to Value-Added Reseller Agreement dated April 17, 2009 and Amendment 3 to Value-Added Reseller Agreement dated November 3, 2009 (the “ Prior Agreement ”).

Background

 

A. Reseller offers a version of its software application currently known as VBioPharma which addresses the Target Market and is designed to be accessed and used in combination with one or more OEM Services (such application, including all new versions, enhancements, extensions and successors thereof, is the “ Reseller Application ”); and

 

B. SFDC and Reseller (collectively the “ Parties ” and each a “ Party ”) wish to enter into an arrangement that will allow Reseller to market, demonstrate, sell and support the Reseller Application combined with one or more OEM Services, as specifically described in Exhibit A (collectively, the “ Combined Solution ”) to Reseller Customers, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

C. Reseller will focus its selling activities hereunder on Sales Automation in the Pharma/Biotech Segment.

 

D. The Parties wish to enable Reseller as a “Premier” or “Preferred” ISV partner for the Target Market as set forth below.

 

E. This Amended and Restated Value-Added Reseller Agreement is for the purpose of providing for the sale of subscriptions to OEM Services to Reseller limited to the specific Reseller Application for inclusion into the Combined Solution. Any other subscriptions, or other use or sale of the OEM Services, require separate subscriptions only available directly from SFDC.

Agreement

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged by each of the Parties, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Reseller Relationship

1.1 Resale Rights . SFDC hereby grants to Reseller a nonexclusive, nontransferable (except as set forth in Section 16.10), non-sublicenseable (except to Affiliates of Reseller) right to market, demonstrate, resell and support OEM Services in connection with the Reseller Application and as part of the Combined Solution, subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the following:

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


  1.1.1 Reseller may resell only OEM Services and only as part of the Combined Solution. Reseller may not resell the SFDC Service and may not resell any OEM Service(s) independent of the Combined Solution. Reseller shall not provide any Customer with a product quotation listing any SFDC service or product as a line item separate from the Combined Solution.

 

  1.1.2 The Reseller Application will provide substantial functionality that is not available through the OEM Services alone.

 

  1.1.3 There are no upfront participation fees payable by the Reseller.

1.2 Internal Use . SFDC will grant to Reseller, at no charge, a reasonably sufficient amount of OEM Services subscriptions to use during the Term for development, testing and support purposes only and not for production use. Reseller agrees to share with SFDC on an ongoing basis reasonable feedback regarding the OEM Services. Other than as provided in this section, no internal use subscription is granted to Reseller under this Agreement.

1.3 Service Orders for Reseller Customers .

 

  1.3.1 Delivery of Initial Service Orders . Subject to paragraph 1.3.6, for each Reseller Customer that orders the Combined Solution from the Reseller, Reseller will deliver to SFDC an order (each a “ Service Order ”) in one of the forms set forth in Exhibit A (or in another format provided by SFDC) reflecting the Reseller’s order for the OEM Services from SFDC associated with the Combined Solution. Each Service Order will be accompanied by a copy of the Reseller Customer’s order for the Combined Solution (provided that Reseller may redact information from such order, including the identity of the applicable Customer and pricing information). Reseller shall ensure each Customer’s acceptance of subscription terms substantially similar in substance to, and not materially less protective of SFDC than, the terms outlined in Exhibit C (such similar terms being referred to as “ Minimum Subscription Terms ”). Reseller will deliver Service Orders and accompanying documentation to SFDC by email or other means as agreed to by the Parties.

 

  1.3.2

SFDC Acceptance of Initial Service Orders . Each Service Order shall be delivered by Reseller to SFDC, and SFDC shall accept all Service Orders in the Target Market which are not contrary to the terms of this Agreement and which SFDC, in good faith, does not have reasonable cause to reject. SFDC will deliver to Reseller a notice of SFDC’s acceptance of each Service Order, or of SFDC’s provisioning of the OEM Services ordered in the Service Order (the “ Service Order Notice ”) within one business day after Reseller’s delivery of the Service Order to SFDC. If SFDC fails to deliver a Service Order Notice to Reseller within three business days after Reseller’s delivery of the Service Order to SFDC, the Service Order will be deemed to be rejected by SFDC. For each Service Order rejected hereunder (including Service Orders which are deemed rejected under the preceding sentence): (a) Reseller may request an explanation of such rejection from SFDC; and (b) SFDC shall respond to each such request within 24 hours by either (1) accepting such Service Order, or (2) setting forth in writing why such Service Order is contrary to the terms of this Agreement or why SFDC has otherwise rejected such Service Order in good faith. Service Order Notices will be delivered by email or other means as agreed to by the Parties. To the extent that SFDC rejects a Service Order (other than cases in which the Service Order is incomplete, inaccurate, or contrary to the terms of this Agreement) Reseller shall be

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

2


  relieved of its obligation to fulfill the Billing Commitment described in Section 1.5.1 to the extent of the value of such rejected Service Order.

 

  1.3.3 Service Order Renewals . All Service Orders shall automatically renew for successive [*] unless terminated by Reseller by providing written notice of Service Order termination or User subscription reduction. Such termination or reduction notice must be delivered in writing to the other party [*] prior to such automatic renewal of the applicable Service Order.

 

  1.3.4 No Cancellation . Subject to paragraphs 1.3.3 and 1.11, Service Orders are non-cancelable after acceptance by SFDC and the number of User subscriptions specified in an accepted Service Order cannot be decreased prior to the end of the term of the Service Order, regardless of any termination, nonpayment, nonuse or other conduct or inaction on the part of the corresponding Reseller Customer.

 

  1.3.5 Subscription Terms . Subject to the following sentence, the minimum term for each Service Order and renewal thereof shall be [*] and the maximum term for each Service Order and renewal thereof shall be [*]. Add-on Service Orders for a particular Reseller Customer during the term of a pre-existing Service Order must be [*].

 

  1.3.6 Trial Accounts . Service Orders are not required for Trial Accounts.

 

  1.3.7 Reseller Subscriptions for SFDC Customers . For greater certainty, Service Orders are not required for Reseller to grant access to the Reseller Application to existing SFDC Customers having existing subscriptions with SFDC for OEM Services

 

  1.3.8 Subscription Transfers . SFDC will accommodate requests from Reseller to transfer OEM Services subscriptions to separate Orgs operated by the same Customer, provided that: (i) the request is submitted in the portal and utilizes a Service Order at least thirty (30) days in advance of the requested transfer date, and (ii) the transfer occurs on the same day of the month on which the Service Order commenced.

 

  1.3.9 Prior Service Orders . Service Orders (as defined in the Prior Agreement) in effect prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement shall be considered Service Orders hereunder, provided that the pricing and quantity terms of such prior Service Orders shall remain in effect for the current term of such Service Orders and any renewals thereof.

1.4 Subscription fees and Payment Terms . Subscription fees to be paid by Reseller to SFDC for the OEM Services resold by Reseller to Reseller Customers, and related payment and provisioning terms, are set forth in Exhibit B. Unless the Parties expressly agree in writing otherwise, and except for the payment of Subscription fees and other amounts expressly set forth in this Agreement, no remuneration, Subscription or other fees, or other compensation whatsoever will be paid by either Party to the other Party or any other person in connection with this Agreement, and the Parties are each solely responsible and liable for all costs and expenses they incur in performing their obligations under this Agreement. Reseller’s obligation and commitment to pay SFDC arises upon SFDC’s provisioning of the applicable OEM Services set forth in an accepted Service Order submitted by Reseller to SFDC; invoicing and payment procedures are set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

3


1.5 Billing Commitment and Interim Billing Targets .

 

  1.5.1 Billing Commitment . During the Initial Term, Reseller must meet the following Billing Commitment to SFDC (“ Billing Commitment ”):

[*]

In order to determine whether the Billing Commitment has been met, the parties will calculate the aggregate amounts owed SFDC for (i) [*] (“ Actual Billing Amount ”). If, at the end of the Initial Term, Reseller has failed to meet the Billing Commitment, [*], Reseller shall pay to SFDC an amount equal to the difference between the Billing Commitment and the Actual Billing Amount (the “ Shortfall Payment ”); provided, however, that if the Parties are in a dispute referred to in Section 5.1, 5.2, or 5.3 hereof that affects the amount of such Shortfall Payment, any portion of such Shortfall Payment affected by such dispute (and only such affected portion) shall not be due until such dispute is resolved, and then only as provided in the applicable Section.

 

  1.5.2 Interim Billing Targets . Reseller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that it meets the following Interim Billing Targets during each year of the Initial Term:

 

  a. [*]

 

  b. [*]

 

  c. [*]

 

  d. [*]

 

  e. [*]

Interim Billing Target ” means the aggregate amounts billed by SFDC and allocable to the applicable year of the Initial Term. If the Interim Billing Target set forth in this section is not met for any year of the Initial Term, the Escalation Plan will be implemented.

1.6 Provisioning of OEM Services . SFDC will use commercially reasonable efforts to make the OEM Services available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, except for: (a) planned downtime affecting SFDC customers generally ([*]), or (b) any unavailability caused by circumstances beyond SFDC’s reasonable control, including without limitation, acts of God, acts of government, flood, fire, earthquakes, civil unrest, acts of terror, strikes or other labor problems (other than those involving SFDC employees), or Internet service provider failures or delays. In addition, SFDC will (a) provide the OEM Services only in accordance with applicable laws and government regulations and (b) maintain appropriate administrative, physical, and technical safeguards for protection of the security, confidentiality and integrity of Customer Data resident on the SFDC systems. SFDC shall not (a) modify Customer Data, (b) disclose Customer Data except as compelled by law or as expressly permitted in writing by Customer, or (c) access Customer Data except to provide the OEM Services and prevent or address service or technical problems, or at Customer’s request in connection with customer support matters.

1.7 Shared Orgs . As of the Effective Date, Reseller does not anticipate using Shared Orgs (as defined below). If a Customer desires for the Combined Solution to be provisioned for use in combination with an existing SFDC Service Org (such combined Org, a “ Shared Org ”), and if Reseller provisions the Reseller Application into a Shared Org, Reseller shall be solely responsible for provisioning the Reseller Application to such Org. With respect to any Shared org, Reseller acknowledges and understands that (i) Customer’s access to the Org, including the Combined Solution, may be suspended due to non-payment by the Customer to SFDC or breach of the Customer’s agreement with SFDC, and (ii) in the event such Customer’s relationship with SFDC is terminated as a result of non-payment

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

4


or other material breach of such Customer’s agreement with SFDC, such Customer’s subscriptions to the OEM Services used in connection with the Combined Solution would also be terminated and Reseller would remain liable to SFDC for the fees for the applicable OEM Services until the Service Order end date. In no case will any such termination or suspension give rise to any liability of SFDC to Reseller or to the Customer for a refund or damages.

1.8 Customer Billing and Collection .

 

  1.8.1 For Combined Solution to Reseller Customers . Reseller will be solely responsible for billing and collecting fees for the Combined Solution, including OEM Services, from all Reseller Customers. Payments due to SFDC for the OEM Services provisioned to Reseller Customers under this Agreement will not depend on Reseller’s receipt of payments from Reseller Customers.

 

  1.8.2 For SFDC Service to SFDC Customers . SFDC will be solely responsible for billing and collecting fees for the SFDC Service from SFDC Customers or for the OEM Services sold by SFDC to SFDC Customers.

1.9 Relationship Managers and Escalation . Each Party will designate a representative (each a “ Relationship Manager ”) who will oversee that Party’s activities under this Agreement. Each Party’s Relationship Manager will serve as its principal point of contact for the other Party for the resolution of any issues that may arise under this Agreement. Each Party may change its Relationship Manager by notifying the other Party. In the event of an issue under this Agreement, each Party’s Relationship Manager shall document and attempt to resolve such issue. If the Relationship Managers are unable to resolve the issue, the Parties shall escalate the issue to [*] and will use good faith efforts to resolve any escalated issues within [*] (the “ Escalation Plan ”).

1.10 Other Services . Reseller and Reseller Customers may contract directly with SFDC for SFDC professional services, which are not part of the arrangement contemplated under this Agreement. Customers may contract directly with Reseller for additional software and services not provided by SFDC, which are not part of the arrangement contemplated under this Agreement.

1.11 Suspension of OEM Services . Service Orders are noncancellable by Reseller. SFDC reserves the right to suspend access to the OEM Services and/or terminate the applicable Service Order for any Customer who is in material breach of the Minimum Subscription Terms and does not materially cure such breach within a reasonable time after written notice, and to suspend service if Reseller is more than [*] past due in payment of fees hereunder (excluding fees under good faith and reasonable dispute). SFDC will notify Reseller prior to suspending any particular Customer’s access to the OEM Services under this section. In no case will any such termination give rise to any liability of SFDC to Reseller or to the Customer for a refund or damages.

1.12 Reseller Subscription . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Reseller hereby grants to SFDC a limited, nonexclusive, nontransferable, nonsublicenseable (except to Affiliates) license during the Term to access and/or use the Reseller Application through its standard web interface solely for the purposes of (i) troubleshooting, testing and debugging in connection with fulfilling any obligations or asserting any rights under this Agreement, (ii), executing those portions of the Reseller Application that reside on SFDC’s servers at Reseller’s direction, (iii) providing support to Reseller Customers as requested by Reseller, and (iv) defending a legal claim brought against it by a third party related to the Combined Solution, to the extent SFDC is required to do so. Except as expressly set forth in this Section 1.12, SFDC shall not (i) modify, copy or create derivative works based on the Reseller Application; or (ii) reverse engineer the Reseller Application.

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

5


1.13 Reseller Obligation to Customer . In the event that Reseller ceases business and/or provision of the Combined Solution, SFDC is under no obligation to provide the Combined Solution, to refund to Reseller Customer any fees paid by Reseller Customer to Reseller, or to assume the relationship with Reseller Customer.

2. Customers .

2.1 Customer Agreements .

 

  2.1.1 Reseller Application . Reseller Customers will contract directly with Reseller for use of the Reseller Application. Pricing and all other terms and conditions relating to Customers’ use of the Reseller Application will be solely between Reseller Customers and Reseller. Reseller shall notify SFDC promptly of any unauthorized use of the OEM Services by Reseller Customers of which it becomes aware.

 

  2.1.2 SFDC Service for SFDC Customers . SFDC Customers will contract directly with SFDC for use of the SFDC Service. Pricing and all other terms and conditions relating to SFDC Customers’ use of the SFDC Service will be solely between SFDC Customers and SFDC.

 

  2.1.3 OEM Services for Reseller Customers . Reseller Customers will contract directly with Reseller for use of the OEM Services as part of the Combined Solution, provided that Reseller will require that each Reseller Customer agree, either by way of an online click-through process or as a signed, paper agreement, to the Minimum Subscription Terms in accordance with Section 1.3.1. Except for reasonable review by SFDC of those terms in Reseller Customer agreements as necessary to verify compliance with the Minimum Subscription Terms, pricing and all other terms and conditions relating to Reseller Customers’ use of the OEM Services will be solely between Reseller Customers and Reseller.

2.2 Customer Support .

 

  2.2.1 For the Reseller Application . Reseller will itself provide all technical support for the Reseller Application to all Customers. Reseller will clearly and conspicuously within the online help information for the Reseller Application direct Users to contact only Reseller for technical support for the Reseller Application and will update the support documents for such support link. SFDC will not provide any technical support for the Reseller Application to any Customers.

 

  2.2.2 For OEM Services to Reseller Customers . Reseller will itself provide first-line technical support for the OEM Services to all Reseller Customers as set forth in Exhibit D. At Reseller’s request, SFDC will provide technical support regarding the OEM Services for Reseller Customers that Reseller cannot itself resolve. Reseller will, clearly and conspicuously within the online help information for the Reseller Application (or via the creation of a separate support link or tab), direct Reseller Customers’ Users to contact only Reseller for support for the Combined Solution.

 

  2.2.3

For the SFDC Service to SFDC Customers . SFDC will provide all technical support for the SFDC Service to all SFDC Customers. Reseller shall not provide any technical support for the SFDC Service to any SFDC Customers but rather, shall promptly direct

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

6


  any SFDC Customers seeking support for the SFDC Service to SFDC’s helpline at 1-800-NO-SOFTWARE.

2.3 Customer Data .

 

  2.3.1 Reseller Restrictions and Privacy Obligations . Reseller will maintain appropriate administrative, physical, and technical safeguards for protection of the security, confidentiality and integrity of Customer Data as processed by the Reseller Application. To the extent the Reseller Application transmits Customer Data outside SFDC’s system, Reseller will notify all Reseller Customers who have access to Customer Data through the Reseller Application prior to their use of the Reseller Application, that their Customer Data will be transmitted outside SFDC’s system and to that extent SFDC is not responsible for the privacy, security or integrity of that Customer Data. Reseller further represents and warrants that to the extent the Reseller Application stores, processes or transmits Customer Data, neither Reseller nor the Reseller Application will, without appropriate prior Customer consent or except to the extent required by applicable law, (1) modify the content of Customer Data in a manner that adversely affects the integrity of that Customer Data, (2) disclose Customer Data to any third party, or (3) use Customer Data for any purpose other than providing application functionality to users of the Reseller Application. Reseller shall also maintain and handle all Customer Data in accordance with privacy and security measures reasonably adequate to preserve its confidentiality and security and all applicable privacy laws and regulations.

 

  2.3.2 SFDC Restrictions and Privacy Obligations . SFDC will maintain appropriate administrative, physical, and technical safeguards for protection of the security, confidentiality and integrity of Customer Data as processed by the OEM Services. SFDC shall not (a) modify Customer Data, (b) disclose Customer Data except as compelled by law in accordance with the “Compelled Disclosure” section below or as expressly permitted in writing by Customer, or (c) access Customer Data except as necessary to provide the functionality of the OEM Services to Customer and prevent or address service or technical problems, or at Customer’s request in connection with customer support matters. SFDC shall also maintain and handle all Customer Data in accordance with privacy and security measures reasonably adequate to preserve its confidentiality and security and all applicable privacy laws and regulations.

 

  2.3.3 Retention of Customer Data . SFDC has no obligation to retain Customer Data following [*] after termination of a Reseller Customer’s final Service Order with Reseller. Reseller shall advise Reseller Customers that such customers have [*] from the date of termination of their final Service Order subscription term in which to request a copy of their Customer Data, which will be made available by SFDC to such Customer in a .csv format. Any modifications to such Customer Data made by the Reseller Application outside of the SFDC Service (if any) will not be captured in such Customer Data and the return of any such modified data shall be the responsibility of Reseller.

3. Marketing and Publicity

3.1 SFDC Marketing and Promotion Obligations . During the Term, but excluding the Wind-Down Period, SFDC shall (i) publicly position Reseller as a “Preferred” or “Premier” ISV, as applicable, and the recommended Force.com application provider for the Target Market and (ii) promote the Reseller

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

7


Application to its customers and potential customers in the Target Market in SFDC’s reasonable discretion. SFDC may accomplish the objectives of subpart (ii) of the preceding sentence though presentations, analyst briefings, press releases or by other means in SFDC’s reasonable discretion.

3.2 Branding . During the Term, the Combined Solution and the Reseller Application, including Reseller-developed customizations to the OEM Services, may be co-branded by Reseller in a manner subject to SFDC’s reasonable prior written approval (e.g., “Local Government Manager powered by force.com”). Reseller may not alter any pre-existing SFDC branding within the SFDC Service. SFDC may not alter any pre-existing Reseller branding within the Reseller Application.

3.3 Press Release, etc . Within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date, the Parties will issue a mutually agreeable joint press release announcing a strategic alliance for the Target Market. Quotes will be included from senior executives of both companies. The press release will mention the long term nature of this Agreement using mutually agreeable language. In addition, the Parties may collaborate on such items as marketing collateral, public relations, newsflashes, webinars, events, and other promotional activities.

3.4 Marketing Statements . Neither Party will make any false, misleading or disparaging statements regarding the other Party or its Services or services, or their capabilities, features, functions or performance, including without limitation in or in the course of any sales, marketing, publicity, and other activities under this Agreement.

3.5 SFDC Marketing Collateral . Reseller may, at its own expense, copy and distribute SFDC’s standard product literature to prospective Customers. Any Reseller collateral that refers to the SFDC Service or contains SFDC’s Marks shall be submitted to SFDC for SFDC’s prior written approval (not to be unreasonably withheld).

4. Gross Competition . Neither SFDC nor its Affiliates shall position or promote any third-party Force.com application that would be competitive to the Reseller Application as provided in Section 3.1 or in a substantially similar manner; provided, however, the foregoing shall not prohibit third parties (excluding SFDC Affiliates) from creating and posting any content on SFDC’s AppExchange or on their marketing materials without SFDC’s consent. Neither SFDC nor its Affiliates will designate any other company with an ISV alliance status that is equal to or greater than “Preferred” or “Premiere” for the Target Market. With the exception of equity investments in [*] (provided that such exception shall not limit any of SFDC’s or its Affiliates’ obligations under the other sentences of this Section 4), SFDC will not make an equity investment in or buy another company for the purpose of developing or promoting a Force.com application offering that would be directly competitive to the Reseller Application in the Target Market. In addition, neither SFDC nor its Affiliates will develop or promote Target Market-specific software applications to compete with the Reseller Application in the Target Market; provided, however, the foregoing portion of this sentence shall not restrict an SFDC Customer’s ability (or SFDC’s or its Affiliates’ ability, if on behalf of a specific SFDC Customer) to customize or configure the SFDC Service in any way. Reseller’s sole and exclusive remedies for breach of this Section by SFDC are set forth in Section 5.1 and Section 10.2 below.

5. Release from Certain Commitments .

5.1 Release For Breach by SFDC of Gross Competition or for Convenience by SFDC . If (i) SFDC or its Affiliates materially fails to meet any of their respective gross competition obligations in the preceding Section 4, and the issue is not resolved following implementation of the Escalation Plan and, if necessary, dispute resolution proceedings involving a mutually agreeable neutral third-party, or (ii) SFDC elects in its sole discretion to be released from its gross competition obligations, after providing written

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

8


notice to other Party of either of the foregoing, the consequences will be as follows: (a) Reseller’s Billing Commitment will be prorated based on (1) the period before the earliest date of such material failure by SFDC or its Affiliates, as applicable, in the case this provision is invoked pursuant to subpart (i) above, or the period before the date SFDC notifies Reseller of its, election to be released from its gross competition obligations in the case this provision is invoked pursuant to subpart (ii) above, and (2) Interim Billing Targets set forth in Section 1.5.2, (b) the Billing Commitment will otherwise be eliminated, and (c) Reseller will pay to SFDC within [*] the prorated portion of the Billing Commitment as set forth in subpart (a) above less all prior payments made from Reseller to SFDC during the Initial Term, and (d) SFDC and its Affiliates will be immediately released from their respective gross competition obligations in Section 4. Reseller shall provide written notice of a material breach by SFDC pursuant to subpart (i) of this subsection within [*] of first learning of such material breach (the “ Grace Period ”); provided that if Reseller provides such notice after the Grace Period, the effective date for purposes of proration under subpart (a)(1) hereof shall be adjusted forward by the number of days beyond the Grace Period that such written notice is provided.

5.2 Release For Convenience by Reseller . If at any time, upon [*] written notice to SFDC, Reseller elects in its sole discretion to be relieved of its Billing Commitment on a prospective basis, the consequences will be as follows: (a) Reseller’s Billing Commitment will be prorated based on (1) the period before the date Reseller notifies SFDC of its election to be released, and (2) the Interim Billing Targets set forth in Section 1.5.2, (b) the Billing Commitment will otherwise be eliminated, (c) Reseller will pay to SFDC within [*] the prorated portion of the Billing Commitment as set forth in subpart (a) above less all prior payments made from Reseller to SFDC during the Initial Term, (d) Reseller’s price per User will change to [*] for Force.com Platform Unlimited Edition subscriptions and [*] for Force.com Platform Unlimited Edition – Emerging Markets subscriptions for all new orders after the effective date of such notice, and (e) SFDC and its Affiliates will be released from their respective gross competition obligations under section 4.

5.3 Release For Breach by Reseller of Rules of Engagement . If Reseller materially fails to abide by the rules of engagement as defined in Section 6 this Agreement, and the issue is not resolved following implementation of the Escalation Plan and, if necessary, dispute resolution proceedings involving a mutually agreeable neutral third-party, the consequences will be as follows: (i) Reseller’s Billing Commitment will be prorated based on (a) the period before the date Reseller is notified of such material failure, and (b) the Interim Billing Targets set forth in Section 1.5.2, and will otherwise be eliminated, (ii) Reseller will pay to SFDC within [*] the prorated portion of the Billing Commitment as set forth in subpart (i) above less all prior payments made from Reseller to SFDC during the Initial Term, and (iii) Reseller’s price [*] for Force.com Platform Unlimited Edition subscriptions and [*] for Force.com Platform Unlimited Edition – Emerging Markets subscriptions for all new orders after the effective date of such notice, and (iv) SFDC and its Affiliates will be released from their respective gross competition obligations under section 4. SFDC’s sole and exclusive remedies for breach of Section 6 by Reseller are set forth in this Section and in Section 10.2 below.

6. Rules of Sales Engagement .

6.1 Sales Engagement . SFDC will instruct its sales personnel generally to not compete with Reseller in the Target Market. Reseller will include SFDC on account planning and client interactions as appropriate, before, during, and after SFA sales cycles.

6.2 Sales Competition .

 

  6.2.1

Competition for Specific Opportunities Within the Target Market . If SFDC intends to compete with Reseller (without violating Section 4) with respect to a specific

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

9


  opportunity in: (i) the Target Market in the United States, or (ii) the Target Market in a market where Reseller has adequate sales coverage and market acceptance as determined by SFDC in good faith at quarterly business reviews pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof, the SFDC sales personnel involved with such opportunity must document and submit for approval the proposal to compete with Reseller to [*] and shall obtain such approvals before initiating competition with Reseller with respect to such opportunity. SFDC’s Alliances team will communicate to Reseller SFDC’s intent to compete with respect to an opportunity prior to engaging in such competition.

 

  6.2.2 Competition Outside the Target Market . If Reseller intends to compete with SFDC outside the Target Market using OEM Services, either in the United States or in another country, Reseller must obtain written approval from [*] prior to engaging in such competition. SFDC will accept or decline such request to compete within [*], excluding weekends. In addition, in all territories, including the United States, Reseller may only sell Force.com Platform Unlimited Edition OEM Services subscriptions as an embedded part of the Reseller Application and cannot compete with SFDC for standalone custom application development using OEM Services.

 

  6.2.3 Other Competition . If Reseller is pursuing an opportunity in the Target Market in a geography [*] hereof, Reseller may, at its sole option, notify SFDC of such intent. Within [*] of receipt of such notice, SFDC will review and inform Reseller whether SFDC will compete with Reseller with respect to such opportunity in such geographic market.

7. Joint Planning .

7.1 Account Planning . Within sixty (60) days of the Effective Date, SFDC and Reseller agree to participate in joint account planning on the following global accounts: [*], and SFDC shall propose account plan documentation within such time period.

7.2 Business Planning . SFDC and Reseller agree to hold quarterly business reviews to monitor account plans, deals, engagement, processes, escalations, sales coverage, market acceptance and evaluation of mutually agreed success metrics. [*]

8. Trademarks .

8.1 Trademark Cross-License .

 

  8.1.1

License . Each Party (the “ Granting Party ”) hereby grants to the other Party (the “ Licensed Party ”) a worldwide, nonexclusive, nontransferable, non-sublicenseable, royalty-free license during the Term to use the Granting Party’s trademarks, service marks and trade names (collectively, “ Marks ”) for the sole purpose of identifying and promoting the Granting Party’s business, products and services and the Combined Solution, and strictly in accordance with this Agreement. If the Granting Party is SFDC, its Marks are SALESFORCE.COM, SALESFORCE, FORCE.COM, APEX and APPEXCHANGE, and such marks identified publicly by SFDC as available for use by OEM Partners, and such associated designs and logos as specified or approved in writing by SFDC in its discretion from time to time. If the Granting Party is Reseller, its Marks are its name, the name of the Reseller Application and Combined Solution, and such associated designs and logos as specified or approved in writing by Reseller in its discretion from time to time. Each party represents and warrants that it owns or

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

10


  otherwise has sufficient rights to its Marks to grant the rights granted in this Agreement and its Marks do not infringe any intellectual property rights of any third party.

 

  8.1.2 Usage Guidelines and Required Approvals . The Licensed Party’s use of the Granting Party’s Marks will strictly comply with the Granting Party’s reasonable written trademark usage policies communicated to the Licensed Party from time to time, including the use of proper notices and legends. The Licensed Party will obtain the Granting Party’s prior written approval of all uses of the Granting Party’s Marks, which approval may be granted or withheld in the Granting Party’s discretion, not to be unreasonably withheld. The Granting Party may withdraw any approval of any use of its Marks at any time in its reasonable discretion, although no such withdrawal will require the recall of any previously published or distributed written materials.

 

  8.1.3 Standards . During the Term, the Licensed Party will reasonably cooperate with the Granting Party in facilitating the Granting Party’s monitoring and control of the nature and quality of the materials, products and services bearing the Granting Party’s Marks, and will supply the Granting Party with specimens of the Licensed Party’s use of the Granting Party’s Marks upon request. If the Granting Party notifies the Licensed Party that the Licensed Party’s use of the Granting Party’s Marks is not in compliance with the Granting Party’s trademark policies or is otherwise in breach of this Agreement, then the Licensed Party will promptly take such reasonable corrective action as directed by the Granting Party. The Licensed Party will not make any express or implied statement or suggestion, or use the Granting Party’s Marks in any manner, that dilutes, tarnishes, degrades, disparages or otherwise reflects adversely on the Granting Party or its business, products, services or Marks.

 

  8.1.4 Ownership/Good Faith Covenants . The Licensed Party acknowledges and agrees that the Granting Party’s Marks are and will remain the sole and exclusive property of the Granting Party. The Licensed Party will not acquire any right, title, or interest in, to or associated with the Granting Party’s Marks other than the limited license to use those Marks pursuant to this Agreement. All of the benefit and goodwill associated with the Licensed Party’s use of the Granting Party’s Marks will inure entirely to the Granting Party. Both during and after the Term, the Licensed Party will not itself, and will not assist, permit, or encourage any other person to, do anything or omit to do anything that might prejudice, impair, jeopardize, violate, dilute, depreciate, or infringe the Granting Party’s Marks or its interest in its Marks, including without limitation: claiming, adopting, using or applying to register, any trademark, trade name, service mark, logo, design, sign, symbol, or internet domain name that is identical with or confusingly similar to the Granting Party’s Marks in respect of any wares or services whatsoever, or that incorporates or is derived from or based on the Granting Party’s Marks without the Granting Party’s express written approval.

9. Product Commitments . The Parties agree to have a joint product roadmap session at minimum every [*] during the Initial Term and any Renewal Terms unless less frequent joint roadmap meetings are mutually agreed to. Reseller will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that [*].

10. Term and Termination

10.1 Term . This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and will remain in effect for five (5) years thereafter (the “ Initial Term ”), unless terminated earlier by either Party pursuant to this Agreement. Thereafter, this Agreement may be renewed for additional five (5) year periods as agreed upon in writing

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

11


by the Parties (each a “ Renewal Term ”). Each Party will use commercially reasonable efforts to give the other Party [*] prior written notice of its intent not to renew the Agreement on the same terms (excluding additional billing commitments). The Initial Term together with any and all Renewal Terms and the Wind-Down Period (if any, defined below) are collectively referred to as the “ Term .”

10.2 Termination for Cause – Material Breach . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, either Party may terminate this Agreement for cause by delivering a written termination notice to the other Party if the other Party materially breaches this Agreement and has not remedied the breach [*] after receipt of a written notice (the “ Default Notice ”) from the non-breaching Party describing the breach and stating the non-breaching Party’s intention to terminate this Agreement.

10.3 Termination for Cause – Other .

 

  10.3.1 Insolvency . Either Party may terminate this Agreement for cause (without opportunity for cure) by delivering a written termination notice to the other Party if the other party becomes the subject of a petition in bankruptcy or any other proceeding relating to insolvency, receivership, liquidation or assignment for the benefit of creditors which is not dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days.

 

  10.3.2 Acquisition by Competitor . In the event that a Party is subject to a Change in Control in favor of a Direct Competitor of the other Party, such other Party may terminate this Agreement on twelve (12) months prior written notice, provided that such termination notice is given within ninety (90) days of the public announcement of the Change of Control. “ Direct Competitor ” shall mean, with respect to a Party, those companies identified as direct competitors of such Party on Exhibit E to this Agreement, as such list may be updated by each Party no more than once every twelve (12) month and may include a maximum of ten (10) named competitors of each Party. In the event that a Party has not provided the other Party an updated list of Direct Competitors in the prior twelve (12) months, an updated list of Direct Competitors will be provided by such Party within thirty (30) days of a request made in writing by the other Party. In the event that a Party’s list of Direct Competitors has not been (i) updated by such Party during the prior twelve (12) months, or (ii) subject to a request for update by the other Party in accordance with the previous sentence, then such Party’s list of Direct Competitors shall be deemed to include all direct competitors of such Party (if a public company, then as set forth in such Party’s most recent 10-K filing) until the occurrence of the next list update with respect to such Party.

 

  10.3.3 Intellectual Property Infringement . Either Party may terminate this Agreement for cause (without opportunity to cure) in the event that all of the following conditions are met: (i) an indemnifiable Claim (as set forth in Section 14) is brought against such Party by a third-party alleging intellectual property infringement by the other Party; (ii) such Party obtains, at its own expense, an opinion of mutually agreed counsel that the indemnifying Party actually infringes such third party’s intellectual property as set forth in the Claim; and (iii) the indemnifying Party fails to remedy such infringement as set forth in Section 14 within [*] following receipt of such opinion of counsel.

10.4 Effect of Termination . If a Party delivers a written termination notice pursuant to paragraphs 10.2, or 10.3, the consequences will be as follows:

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

12


  10.4.1 No New Subscription Agreements for Net New Customers . Reseller will not enter into any Service Orders or Reseller Orders for new Customers or renew any Service Orders for existing Customers.

 

  10.4.2 Continuing Customers . In the case of termination or expiration of this Agreement, the Parties will continue to perform their respective obligations, including payment obligations, under this Agreement so that all then-current Customers will continue to have full and complete access to the Combined Solution until the expiration or termination of their then-current Service Order, (the “ Transition Period ”); provided that if SFDC terminates the Agreement pursuant to (i) an uncured material breach under Section 10.2, (ii) Section 10.3.2, or (iii) Section 10.3.3, SFDC shall be under no obligation to continue providing the OEM Services to Reseller Customers, however the parties will meet to discuss in good faith whether and how to transition and/or accommodate existing Reseller Customers. In no case will any such termination give rise to any liability of SFDC to Reseller or to the Customer for a refund or damages.

10.5 Effect of Non-Renewal/Wind-Down Period . If the Parties do not renew this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.1 or if this Agreement is terminated by either Party (other than a termination by SFDC for an uncured material breach by Reseller pursuant to Section 10.2, or a termination pursuant to Sections 10.3.2 or 10.3.3) , except as set forth below in section 10.5.4 the Parties will continue to perform their respective obligations and enjoy their respective rights under this Agreement, including without limitation payment and customer support obligations, so that all then-current Customers will continue to have full and complete access to the Combined Solution until the date five (5) years following the effective date of expiration of the Initial Term or last Renewal Term, as applicable (the “ Wind-Down Period ”). During the Wind-Down Period, the following shall apply:

 

  10.5.1 No New Subscription Agreements for Net New Customers . Reseller will not enter into any Service Orders or Reseller orders for new Customers.

 

  10.5.2 Certain Existing Customer Subscriptions Agreement Permitted . With respect to Reseller Customers existing prior to the Wind-Down Period, Reseller may enter into new Service Orders, Reseller orders and renewals thereof, provided that: (i) such Service Orders, Reseller orders and renewals have a service end-date within the Wind-Down Period; and (ii) such Service Orders and Reseller orders may not bring the existing Customer’s User count beyond [*] of the User count for such Customer upon the commencement of the Wind-Down Period. Reseller may request exceptions to subpart (ii) of the preceding sentence for particular Customers; provided that acceptance of such exception requests shall be at SFDC’s sole discretion SFDC will respond to such requests within [*] (excluding weekends).

 

  10.5.3 Termination for Cause During Wind-Down Period . Section 10.2 (Termination for Cause – Material Breach), Section 10.3 (Termination for Cause – Other) and Section 10.4 (Effect of Termination) shall apply to a termination for cause that takes place during the Wind-Down Period and shall supersede any conflicting provisions in this section in such event.

 

  10.5.4 Certain Commitments relieved During Wind-Down Period . The commitments in Sections 1.5, 3.1, 4, 6, 7 8 (but excluding Section 8.1) and 9 will not apply during the Wind-Down Period.

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

13


  10.5.5 Support During Wind-Down Period . For the avoidance of doubt, SFDC will continue to provide support to Reseller and Reseller Customers during the Wind-Down Period as set forth in Section 2.2 and in the same manner as during the Initial Term and any Renewal Terms.

10.6 Survival . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement: (a) the termination or expiration of this Agreement will not relieve either Party of its outstanding payment obligations at the time of such termination or expiration (provided, however, that in the event of a termination by either Party for uncured material breach in accordance with Section 10.2, the Billing Commitment will be prorated and payable as set forth in Section 5.1, using the effective date of such termination as the effective date for purposes of such proration); and (b) the following provisions of this Agreement, and all other provisions necessary to their interpretation or enforcement, will survive indefinitely after the expiration or termination of this Agreement and will remain in full force and effect and be binding upon the Parties as applicable: Sections 2.3, 8.1.4, 11, 12, 13.3, 14, 15, 16.6 through 16.13, and 17.

11. Confidentiality and Personal Information Protection .

11.1 Definition . In this Agreement, “ Confidential Information ” means all non-public information of a Party (the “ Disclosing Party ”) (including, without limitation, information disclosed under the Prior Agreement), in any form and on any medium, disclosed to the other Party (the “ Receiving Party ”), regardless of the form of disclosure, that is designated as confidential or that reasonably should be understood to be confidential given the nature of the information and the circumstances of disclosure, including without limitation and without the need to designate as confidential: (a) the terms and conditions of this Agreement (which are the Confidential Information of both Parties); (b) the Force.com Platform, OEM Services and the SFDC Service, including their underlying technology and architecture (which are SFDC’s Confidential Information); (c) the Disclosing Party’s business and marketing plans, technologies and technical information, product designs, financial information, and business processes; (d) the Reseller Application (which is Reseller’s Confidential Information); and (e) Customer Data, (which is the Confidential Information of the applicable Reseller Customer or SFDC Customer).

11.2 Exceptions . Information will not be considered to be Confidential Information to the extent, but only to the extent, that such information is: (a) or becomes generally known to the public without breach of any obligation owed to or benefitting the Disclosing Party; (b) known to the Receiving Party free of any confidentiality or other restriction prior to its disclosure by the Disclosing Party without breach of any obligation owed to or benefitting the Disclosing Party; (c) independently developed by the Receiving Party without breach of any obligation owed to or benefitting the Disclosing Party and without reference to any Confidential Information; or (d) subsequently received by the Receiving Party from a third party free of any confidentiality or other restriction and without breach of any obligation owed to or benefitting the Disclosing Party.

11.3 Confidentiality Obligations . Subject to paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5, and unless the Disclosing Party expressly agrees in writing otherwise, the Receiving Party will: (a) use the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information only during the Term and only as necessary to perform the Receiving Party’s obligations under this Agreement; (b) disclose the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information only to the Receiving Party’s directors, officers, agents, employees and authorized subcontractors and their employees only to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to perform the Receiving Party’s obligations or exercise the Receiving Party’s rights under this Agreement; (c) both during and for two years (or, in the case of Customer Data, indefinitely) after the Term maintain the strict confidentiality of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information using the same degree of care as the Receiving Party affords to its own confidential information of a similar nature which it desires not to be published or disseminated, and in no event less than reasonable care, to prevent the unauthorized use or disclosure of

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

14


the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information; and (d) ensure that the persons to whom the Receiving Party discloses the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information comply with the requirements and restrictions set forth in items (a), (b) and (c) above (subject to paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5) and are under confidentiality obligations at least as stringent as those included herein either as a condition of their employment or receiving the Confidential Information.

11.4 Compelled Disclosure . Notwithstanding the restrictions set forth in paragraph 11.3, the Receiving Party may disclose the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to the extent such disclosure is required by a valid order of a court or governmental body of competent jurisdiction and authority or by applicable law, provided that the Receiving Party will provide the Disclosing Party with reasonable prior notice of such disclosure (to the extent legally permitted) and upon request by the Disclosing Party will reasonably assist the Disclosing Party, at the Disclosing Party’s cost, to obtain an order or other relief preventing or limiting the potential disclosure or use of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

11.5 Permitted Disclosures . Notwithstanding the restrictions set forth in paragraph 11.3, the Receiving Party may disclose (a) the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to its legal, accounting and tax advisors to the extent that such disclosure is required for a bona fide legal, accounting or tax purpose, provided that the Receiving Party will ensure that such persons comply with the requirements and restrictions set forth in items (a), (b) and (c) of paragraph 11.3, and (b) the terms and conditions of this Agreement to potential investors on a confidential basis in connection with bona fide investment proposals or as required in connection with a securities offering.

11.6 Personal Information Protection . Each Party will comply, and will ensure that its personnel and subcontractors comply, with all applicable laws regarding the protection of personal information and privacy.

11.7 Remedies . Each Party acknowledges and agrees that, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Receiving Party of any of the provisions of this Section 11, damages will not be an adequate remedy for the Disclosing Party and, accordingly, the Disclosing Party may be entitled, in addition to any other remedies available to it, to seek injunctive relief against such breach or threatened breach.

11.8 Return of Confidential Information . Upon Disclosing Party’s written request upon expiration or termination of this Agreement (or at any earlier time upon written request by the Disclosing Party), the Receiving Party will: (a) promptly deliver to the Disclosing Party all originals and copies, in whatever form or medium, of all the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information and all documents, records, data and materials, in whatever form or medium, containing such Confidential Information in the Receiving Party’s possession, power or control and the Receiving Party will delete all of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information from any and all of the Receiving Party’s computer systems, retrieval systems and databases; and (b) request that all persons to whom it has provided any of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information comply with this paragraph 11.8; and if requested by the Disclosing Party the Receiving Party will deliver to the Disclosing Party a declaration signed by the Disclosing Party certifying that the Disclosing Party and its personnel have complied with this paragraph 11.8. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, but without limiting any of SFDC’s other obligations hereunder, SFDC’s obligations regarding return and disposition of Customer Data after termination or expiration of any Customer Service Order shall be governed solely by the Section herein entitled “Retention of Customer Data”.

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

15


12. Ownership of Intellectual Property

12.1 SFDC Property . Reseller acknowledges that the Force.com Platform, the SFDC Service, the OEM Services and the AppExchange, and all intellectual property rights therein, are and will remain the sole property of SFDC, and no rights are granted to Reseller under this Agreement with respect to the Force.com Platform, the SFDC Service, the OEM Services, or the AppExchange, or the intellectual property rights therein, other than the limited licenses specified in this Agreement. Reseller will not use the Force.com Platform, SFDC Service, the OEM Services, or the AppExchange, or the intellectual property rights therein, except as expressly permitted by this Agreement.

12.2 Reseller Property . SFDC acknowledges that the Reseller Application and all intellectual property rights therein are and will remain the sole property of Reseller, and no rights are granted to SFDC under this Agreement with respect to the Reseller Application or the intellectual property rights therein, other than the limited licenses specified in this Agreement. SFDC will not use the Reseller Application or the intellectual property rights therein, except as permitted by this Agreement.

13. Representations and Warranties

13.1 SFDC . SFDC represents and warrants that: (a) the OEM Services will perform materially in accordance with the relevant portions of the User Guide, as amended from time to time by SFDC; (b) the functionality of the OEM Services will not materially decrease in the aggregate during the term of a Customer’s Service Order or the Term; (c) it has the legal power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and has obtained and will maintain any and all consents, approvals, licenses, or other authorizations necessary for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement; and (d) it will not make any representations or warranties on Reseller’s behalf without Reseller’s prior written consent.

13.2 Reseller . Reseller represents and warrants that: (a) it has the legal power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and has obtained and will maintain any and all consents, approvals, licenses, or other authorizations necessary for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement; and (b) it will not make any representations or warranties on SFDC’s behalf without SFDC’s prior written consent.

13.3 WARRANTY DISCLAIMER . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES DO NOT MAKE OR GIVE ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS OR GUARANTEES WHATSOEVER REGARDING THIS AGREEMENT, THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED MATTER, AND EACH PARTY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS, AND GUARANTEES OF EVERY NATURE AND KIND WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED BY LAW, INCLUDING ANY STATUTE OR REGULATION, OR ARISING FROM CUSTOM OR TRADE USAGE OR BY ANY COURSE OF DEALING OR COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OR MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR, PURPOSE.

14. Mutual Indemnification

14.1 Reseller Indemnification of SFDC . Subject to this Agreement, Reseller shall defend, indemnify and hold SFDC harmless against any loss, damage or costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) paid to third parties in connection with claims, demands, suits, or proceedings (“ Claims ”) made or brought against SFDC by a third party (i) alleging that the Reseller Application or the Reseller Marks infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party; or (ii) based upon an unauthorized representation made by

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

16


Reseller to a Customer (in the case of a Claim by such Customer); or (iii) based upon a breach of Section 2.3.1 (Reseller Restrictions and Privacy Obligations) or Section 16.2 (Compliance with U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act); provided , that SFDC (a) promptly gives written notice of the Claim to Reseller; (b) gives Reseller sole control of the defense and settlement of the Claim (provided that Reseller may not settle or defend any Claim unless it unconditionally releases SFDC of all liability); and (c) provides to Reseller, at Reseller’s cost, all reasonable assistance. In the event of a Claim brought against SFDC by a third party alleging that the use of the Reseller Application infringes the intellectual property rights of a third party, or if Reseller reasonably believes the Reseller Application may infringe or misappropriate, Reseller may in its discretion and at no cost to SFDC (i) modify the Reseller Application so that it no longer infringes or misappropriates, or (ii) obtain a license for Reseller Customer’s and SFDC’s continued use of the Reseller Application in accordance with this Agreement and such other agreements between Reseller and Reseller Customer, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing Reseller will have no obligation to indemnify SFDC for any Claim of infringement of any third party’s intellectual property rights to the extent such Claim is based on the OEM Services.

14.2 SFDC Indemnification of Reseller . Subject to this Agreement, SFDC shall defend, indemnify and hold Reseller harmless against any loss, damage or costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) paid to third parties in connection with Claims made or brought against Reseller by a third party: (i) alleging that the OEM Services or the SFDC Marks infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party; or (ii) based upon a breach of Section 2.3.2 (SFDC Restrictions and Privacy Obligations) ; provided , that Reseller (a) promptly gives written notice of the Claim to SFDC; (b) gives SFDC sole control of the defense and settlement of the Claim (provided that SFDC may not settle or defend any Claim unless it unconditionally releases Reseller of all liability); and (c) provides to SFDC, at SFDC’s cost, all reasonable assistance. In the event of a Claim brought against Reseller by a third party alleging that the use of the OEM Services infringes the intellectual property rights of a third party, or if SFDC reasonably believes the OEM Services may infringe or misappropriate, SFDC may in its discretion and at no cost to Reseller (i) modify the OEM Services so that they no longer infringe or misappropriate, or (ii) obtain a license for Reseller Customers” continued use and Reseller’s continued resale of the OEM Services in accordance with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SFDC will have no obligation to indemnify Reseller for any Claim of infringement of any third party’s intellectual property rights to the extent such Claim is based on the Reseller Application.

15. Exclusions and Limitations of Liability .

15.1 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY . SUBJECT TO PARAGRAPH 15.3, IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY’S AGGREGATE LIABILITY TO THE OTHER PARTY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR UNDER ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY, EXCEED THE GREATER OF [*] OR THE AMOUNTS PAID OR PAYABLE TO SFDC UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

15.2 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND RELATED DAMAGES . IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR UNDER ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY.

15.3 EXCEPTIONS : PARAGRAPHS 15.1 DO NOT APPLY TO: (i) THE OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION [*] OF THIS AGREEMENT; OR (ii) LIABILITY FOR BREACH OF ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION [*] OF THIS AGREEMENT, BREACH BY RESELLER OF SECTION [*] OR BREACH BY SFDC OF SECTION [*].

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

17


16. General

16.1 Compliance with Trade Law and Ethical Brand Representation Standards . Each party and its Affiliates will comply with all applicable laws and regulations relating to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Each party shall comply will all applicable laws and regulations in its marketing activities hereunder and shall not engage in any deceptive, misleading, illegal or unethical marketing activities, and shall perform its obligations hereunder in a manner that reflects well upon such other party and its brands. Each party and its Affiliates shall comply in all respects with all applicable laws in its activities under this Agreement, including without limitation all laws, governmental regulations, ordinances, and judicial administrative orders (collectively, “ Laws ”), including where applicable, the United States, including, but not limited to, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. § 78dd-1, et seq . (the “ FCPA ”) and those Laws restricting or prohibiting trade with certain individuals and/or countries. Each party shall promptly inform the other party in writing upon becoming aware of any violations of the Laws in connection with this Agreement.

16.2 Compliance with U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Without limiting the generality of Reseller’s obligations under this Agreement, each party hereby represents and warrants that, to the extent illegal:

 

  (i) No portion of any fees paid or payable by the other party to such party hereunder will be paid to, or accrued directly or indirectly for the benefit of, any person, firm, corporation or other entity, other than such party.

 

  (ii) Such party has not, and will not at any time, directly or indirectly, pay, offer, give or promise to pay or give, or authorize the payment of, any monies or any other thing of value to: (i) any officer or employee of any government, or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof; (ii) any other person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any government, or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof; (iii) any political party or any official or employee thereof; (iv) any candidate for political office; (v) any other person, firm, corporation or other entity at the suggestion, request or direction of, or for the benefit of, any government officer or employee, political party or official or employee thereof, or candidate for political office; or (vi) any other person, firm, corporation or other entity with knowledge that some or all of those monies or other thing of value will be paid over to any officer or employee of any government department, agency or instrumentality, political party or officer or employee thereof, or candidate for political office.

16.3 Each party hereby acknowledges and agrees that any material violation by such party or its Affiliates of the “Compliance with Trade Law and Ethical Brand Representation Standards” or “Compliance with U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act” sections of this Agreement will constitute a material breach of this Agreement. In the event of such a material violation, the non-breaching party will have the right to terminate this Agreement on [*] written notice provided that such material violation is not cured within such [*], without any liability whatsoever to the other party, immediately upon providing written notice of termination to the breaching party. Termination of this Agreement by the non-breaching under this Paragraph shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the non-breaching party’s other legal rights and remedies.

16.4 Reseller Application Security Review . SFDC will conduct periodic security evaluations of the Reseller Application, which may include a qualitative assessment involving review of a completed questionnaire, an interview with appropriate Reseller personnel, and/or security testing. SFDC shall not provision additional OEM Services hereunder unless Reseller has successfully passed the Reseller

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

18


Application security review; provided that (i) SFDC acknowledges that the Reseller Application has passed such security review as of the Effective Date; (ii) all future security reviews shall apply the same standards to the Reseller Application as are applied to SFDC’s Platform resellers generally; and (iii) all such standards shall be applied to the Reseller Application in the same manner as they are applied to SFDC’s Platform resellers generally. There may be fees associated with such review, which fees shall be standard for all partners of SFDC. If the Reseller Application, in whole or in part, runs outside SFDC’s Force.com Platform, security testing may include [*]. [*] SFDC will provide reasonable notice to Reseller before starting such testing. SFDC will also cooperate reasonably with Reseller to minimize the effects of such testing on Reseller’s business and operations. Reseller agrees to cooperate reasonably with such testing. Any information to which SFDC obtains access in the course of such security testing will be considered Confidential Information of Reseller.

16.5 Relationship of the Parties . The Parties are non-exclusive, independent contractors, and nothing in this Agreement or done pursuant to this Agreement will create or be construed to create a partnership, franchise, joint venture, agency, fiduciary or employment relationship between the Parties. The Parties acknowledge and agree that: (a) subject to SFDC’s obligations hereunder (including, without limitation, Section 4) and Reseller’s intellectual property rights, SFDC may make available applications that are similar to the Reseller Application; and (b) the Reseller may itself and through other distributors market, sell, and distribute versions of the Reseller Application that operate independently of the OEM Services.

16.6 Inurement / No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and will be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. There are no third party beneficiaries to this Agreement.

16.7 Notices . Except for the email or electronic delivery of operational communications regarding Service Orders and trial subscriptions in accordance with procedures established by the Parties, all notices under this Agreement will be in writing and will be delivered by personal delivery, express courier, facsimile, or facsimile transmission or email. Notice will be delivered upon receipt. Notices to SFDC will be addressed to its [*]. Notices to Reseller will be addressed to [*], with a copy to [*].

16.8 No Waiver / Cumulative Remedies . No consent or waiver by a Party to or of any breach or default by the other Party in its performance of its obligations under this Agreement will be: (a) effective unless in writing and signed by both Parties; or (b) deemed or construed to be a consent to or waiver of a continuing breach or default or any other breach or default of those or any other obligations of that other Party. The Parties’ respective rights and remedies under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies to which the Parties may be lawfully entitled under this Agreement or at law or equity, and the Parties will be entitled to pursue any and all of their respective rights and remedies concurrently, consecutively and alternatively.

16.9 Severability . Although the parties understand and believe that the limitations as to time, geographical area and scope of activity contained herein are reasonable and do not impose a greater restraint than necessary to protect the goodwill or other business interests of the parties, if any restriction set forth in this Agreement is held to be unreasonable or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then parties agree that (a) such provision or part thereof shall, with respect to such circumstances and in such jurisdiction, be deemed amended to conform to applicable laws so as to be valid and enforceable to the fullest possible extent, and (b) the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision or part thereof under such circumstances and in such jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of (i) such provision or part thereof under any other circumstances or in any other jurisdiction or (ii) the remainder of such provision or the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, then that provision will be deemed to be severed from this Agreement and the remaining

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

19


provisions will continue in full force and effect without being impaired or invalidated in any way, unless as a result of any such severance this Agreement would fail in its essential purpose.

16.10 Assignment . Neither Party may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other Party (not to be unreasonably withheld). Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may assign this Agreement together with all rights and obligations under this Agreement, without consent of the other Party, in connection with a merger, acquisition, corporate reorganization, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets. Any attempt by a Party to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement in breach of this paragraph 16.10 will be void and of no effect.

16.11 Governing Law; Venue . This Agreement will be governed exclusively by, and construed exclusively in accordance with, the laws of the United States and the State of California, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions. The state and federal courts located in San Francisco County, California will have exclusive jurisdiction to adjudicate any dispute relating to this Agreement. Each Party hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts.

16.12 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including all attachments and exhibits hereto and all Service Orders under this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties as to its subject matter and supersedes all previous and contemporaneous agreements, proposals, or representations, written or oral, concerning its subject matter, including without limitation the Prior Agreement. No modification, amendment, or waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing signed by both Parties. Except as otherwise expressly stated, the pricing terms of any Service Order under this Agreement will prevail in the event of any inconsistency with the terms in the body of this Agreement or any attachment or exhibit hereto. Notwithstanding any language to the contrary therein, no terms or conditions stated in any other documentation provided by either Party, will be incorporated into or form any part of this Agreement, and all such terms or conditions will be null and void.

16.13 Counterparts and Delivery by Fax . This Agreement may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts, which may be executed and delivered by facsimile transmission, and each counterpart when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all such counterparts will together constitute one and the same document.

17. Certain Definitions . In this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings, and all other capitalized terms have the meaning ascribed elsewhere in this Agreement (including the Exhibits).

17.1 Affiliate ” means any entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the subject entity. “Control,” for purposes of this definition, means direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 50% of the voting interests of the subject entity.

17.2 Admin User ” means a subscription that may be used by the applicable Customer or Reseller only to configure and administer the OEM Service in support of such Customer’s use of the Combined Solution. An Admin User may not be used to access, distribute, or use any CRM functionality. CRM functionality is defined as access to CRM standard objects through standard tabs, related lists in custom tabs, through the Salesforce web services API or through reports and dashboards. CRM standard objects include campaigns, leads, opportunities, cases, solutions, Services and forecasts.

17.3 Change in Control ” means a merger, acquisition or other corporate transaction in which the owners of all of the subject entity’s voting interests immediately prior to the transaction own less than 50% of the voting interests of the successor entity resulting from the transaction.

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

20


17.4 Customers ” means Reseller Customers and SFDC Customers.

17.5 Customer Data ” means all electronic data or information submitted by a Customer to SFDC’s systems which is accessible to the Customer through the Combined Solution while resident on SFDC’s systems.

17.6 Direct Competitor ” has the meaning in Section 10.3.2.

17.7 Drugs ” means small molecule (e.g., pills) and large molecule (e.g., proteins, injectables and infusions) drugs and biologics to the extent used as medications, both branded and generic.

17.8 OEM Services ” means the SFDC online services provided by SFDC for incorporation into the Combined Solution by Reseller as outlined on the relevant Service Order. OEM Services shall not be materially decreased below the level of services set forth on Exhibit B.

17.9 Organization or Org ” means a separate set of Customer Data and SFDC product customizations held by SFDC in a logically separated database (i.e., a database segregated through password-controlled access).

17.10 Interim Revenue Target ” has the meaning in Section 1.5

17.11 ISV ” means independent software vendor.

17.12 Pharma/Biotech Segment ” means the pharmaceutical and biotech segment and includes manufacturers and marketers of Drugs. The Pharma/Biotech Segment does not include companies or divisions of companies which are not producers or marketers of Drugs. For clarity, the following are examples of companies or divisions of companies that are not in the Pharma/Biotech Segment:

 

  (i) Medical device or diagnostics companies (e.g.: [*]), except to the extent they manufacture or market Drugs;

 

  (ii) Health services companies (e.g.: [*]);

 

  (iii) Non-Drug medical products companies and non-Drug medical products departments or divisions within Pharma/Biotech Segment companies (e.g.: [*]);

 

  (iv) Hospitals and health plans (e.g.: [*]);

 

  (v) Unrelated non-Drug departments or divisions within Pharma/Biotech Segment companies (e.g.: The IT department of [*], the purchasing department of [*], the research department of [*]); and

 

  (vi) Non-Drug consumer health product companies or non-Drug departments of consumer health product departments or divisions within Pharma/Biotech Segment companies (e.g: over-the-counter, non-regulated, non-pharma, non-biotech divisions inside a large biopharma (Contact lenses for [*] or [*]).

17.13 Platform ” means SFDC’s web-based on-demand platform for developing and operating on-demand applications.

17.14 Reseller Customer ” means a customer of Reseller that is purchasing access to the Combined Solution from Reseller.

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

21


17.15 Billing Commitment ” has the meaning in Section 1.5.

17.16 Sales Automation ” means, solely with respect to the Pharma/Biotech Segment, a system for sales representatives, key account managers, and medical scientific liaisons and other similar roles to manage relationships and interactions with their customers. “Customers” includes, without limitation, both healthcare professionals (i.e., physicians, nurses, hospital administrators) and healthcare accounts (i.e., group practices, clinics, hospitals, pharmacies, and payers). “Interactions” include, without limitation, the following activities: office visits, medical events and order taking.

17.17 SFDC Service ” means the online, web-based customer relationship management and platform service, including associated offline components and the AppExchange, provided by SFDC via http://www.salesforce.com and/or other designated websites, but excluding third party applications and services, including but not limited to applications made available on the AppExchange and the Reseller Application. For purposes of this Agreement, SFDC Service excludes the OEM Services.

17.18 SFDC Customer ” means a customer of SFDC that is a subscriber to the SFDC Service.

17.19 Shared Org ” has the meaning in Section 1.7.

17.20 Target Market ” means Sales Automation for the Pharma/Biotech Segment.

17.21 Term ” has the meaning specified in paragraph 10.1.

17.22 Trial Account ” means a 30-day free trial account of the appropriate OEM Service for use as part of the Combined Solution.

17.23 User ” means a Customer employee, consultant, contractor, partner, representative, agent or other individual (including an authorized Reseller employee or agent) for whom a subscription has been properly purchased and who has been supplied a user identification and password for the purpose of accessing the Combined Solution.

17.24 User Guide ” means the online user guide for the SFDC Service and OEM Services, accessible via http://www.salesforce.com, as updated from time to time.

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties, by their respective authorized signatories, have duly executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date:

 

SALESFORCE.COM, INC.     VEEVA, INC.
By:  

/s/ David Schellhase

    By:  

/s/ Peter Gassner

Name:  

David Schellhase

    Name:   Peter Gassner
Title:  

EVP Legal

    Title:   C.E.O.
Date:  

September 2, 2010

    Date:   September 2, 2010

Attachments

 

Exhibit A:    Forms of Service Order
Exhibit B:    Products, Subscription fees, Payment, and Provisioning
Exhibit C:    Minimum Subscription Terms
Exhibit D:    Customer and Reseller Support
Exhibit E:    Named Direct Competitors

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

23


EXHIBIT A:

Forms of Service Order

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


EXHIBIT B – Products and Subscription fees, Payments, Provisioning and

Scope of OEM Service Subscription

Products and Subscription fees

(a) Except as set forth in Section 5 (Release from Certain Commitments), the following OEM Services products and subscription fees shall apply:

(i) Force.com Platform Unlimited Edition . The OEM Services edition Reseller will utilize in combination with the Reseller Application is SFDC’s Force.com Unlimited Edition (UE). This enables Reseller’s Customers to customize and extend the Reseller Application and build custom applications which can be used by Reseller Customers’ internal Users in connection with the Reseller Application.

For each new Service Order for a Force.com Unlimited Edition (UE) User subscription resold by Reseller hereunder [*], Reseller shall pay to SFDC [*]. [*]

(ii) Force.com Platform Light User . Reseller may also resell Platform Light Users, subject to the following:

 

  1. The quantity of Force.com Platform Light User subscriptions shall not exceed [*] of the aggregate full-use Platform Unlimited Edition and Platform Light User subscriptions in the Reseller Customer Org without prior approval.

 

  2. A Platform Light User subscription entitles each individual User to log in to the Platform up to [*], which shall be aggregated across all of Customer’s active Platform Light User subscriptions in the same SFDC Org. The [*] fee to Reseller for each Platform Light User is [*].

 

  3. Reseller acknowledges that the log in limitations for Platform Light User subscriptions are contractual in nature (i.e., the functionality itself has not been disabled as a technical matter in the Platform). Should any audit reveal any unauthorized use of Platform Light User subscriptions, SFDC will notify Reseller and Reseller agrees to pay the difference between the contract price for Platform Light User subscriptions and the contract price for standard Platform subscriptions, for all of the Platform Light User subscriptions showing unauthorized use (taken as a group), beginning with the date of the first violation through the end of the subscription term in effect at the time of such audit. Upon such payment, such subscriptions will be converted to standard Platform subscriptions for the remainder of the then current subscription term.

(iii) Force.com Unlimited Edition – Emerging Markets . Reseller may also resell Force.com Unlimited Edition (UE) User subscription for use by Reseller Customer in [*] if identified in an amendment to this Agreement, and shall pay SFDC a fee of [*] in connection therewith. All Users of such subscriptions must be primarily located (other than when traveling) inside [*] (the “ Discount Territory ”). If a review of Customer’s accounts by SFDC reveals that any such Users are primarily located (other than when traveling) outside the Discount Territory, SFDC shall promptly notify Reseller in writing and include on its next Account Statement (as defined below) to Reseller an amount equal to [*]. After such payment, the applicable Users may be located anywhere in the world, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph and

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

25


SFDC shall invoice Reseller with respect to such Users using its [*]. For Force.com Unlimited Edition – Emerging Markets subscriptions, Reseller shall notify the Customer of the geographic limitation of the subscription license.

(iv) Sandbox : Reseller Customers that require an additional full Sandbox will be able to acquire such capacity through Reseller. For each additional full Sandbox license sold by Reseller hereunder, Reseller shall pay to SFDC [*] of the aggregate subscription fees which would otherwise be due for the Reseller Customer Org being duplicated for such full Sandbox. Reseller represents that it will clearly notify Customer in writing that its purchase of Sandbox subscriptions is conditioned on the following:

“Sandbox subscriptions are for testing and development use only, and not for production use.”

 

  (b) Reseller Customers

The pricing for each subscription to an OEM Service shall be as set forth in the applicable Service Order as accepted by SFDC in accordance with Section 1.3.2 of the Agreement.

 

  (c) SFDC Customers

Reseller will not pay any Subscription fees to SFDC in respect of subscriptions by SFDC Customers for the SFDC Service. Reseller may not use Admin Subscriptions for any such SFDC Customers.

 

  (d) Reseller Admin Users

SFDC will provision [*] to Reseller per Customer Org for Reseller to administer and support the Customer. SFDC will provision additional Admin Users to Reseller for a Customer Org to administer and support the Customer [*].

 

  (e) Customer Admin User

SFDC will provision [*] per Customer Org to Reseller’s Customers to configure and administer the Customer Org. SFDC will provision additional Admin Users to Customer [*].

 

  (f) Other

[*]

Taxes

Unless otherwise stated, SFDC’s fees do not include any direct or indirect local, state, federal or foreign taxes, levies, duties or similar governmental assessments of any nature, including value-added, use or withholding taxes (collectively, “ Taxes ”). Reseller is responsible for paying all Taxes associated with its purchases of OEM Services, excluding taxes based on SFDC’s net income or property. If SFDC has the legal obligation to pay or collect Taxes for which Reseller is responsible under this section, the appropriate amount shall be invoiced to and paid by Reseller, unless Reseller provides SFDC with a valid tax exemption certificate authorized by the appropriate taxing authority.

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

26


Invoicing and Payment

(a) SFDC will invoice Reseller on a [*] basis for the [*] fees set forth in the Service Orders for each individual Customer account. [*], SFDC will provide Reseller with an account statement (“ Account Statement ”) specifying the aggregate amounts due SFDC across all Reseller Customer Accounts. Undisputed amounts invoiced in an Account Statement shall be due [*] ([*] sent if sent via email), and paid by wire transfer once each [*]. For clarity, (i) Reseller’s payment obligations shall only apply with respect to amounts identified in Account Statements, and (ii) an invoice need not be paid during the [*] in which it is received by Reseller if the due date falls in another [*].

(b) Overdue payments which are undisputed will accrue interest at SFDC’s discretion at [*]. SFDC reserves the right to suspend service entirely should Reseller be more than [*] past due on any undisputed payment.

(c) SFDC will have the right to have a third party who is (i) reasonably acceptable to Reseller, and (ii) subject to written confidentiality obligations at least as protective of Reseller’s Confidential Information as those obligations hereunder, audit Reseller’s records relating to subscription payments under this Agreement upon reasonable notice (not less than [*]) and under reasonable time, place and manner conditions. If such audit shows underpayment by Reseller of [*] or more (“ Irregularity ”), Reseller shall be responsible for the full cost of the audit. If no such Irregularity is discovered, then SFDC shall bear the cost of the audit. SFDC may not conduct such an audit more often than once a year.

Provisioning

The Parties will mutually agree on billing and provisioning processes, including file formats for data exchange, as appropriate. SFDC will provision all Service Orders received by [*].

SFDC will assist Reseller to facilitate the provisioning of OEM Services to or for Reseller Customers.

Trial Accounts

Reseller may provide Trial Accounts to prospective Reseller Customers [*]. [*] The Parties will work together to determine the details of an appropriate provisioning process for Trial Accounts. Reseller will prominently inform all prospective Reseller Customers signing up for a Trial Account that their registration information will be disclosed to SFDC and will be used by SFDC pursuant to its privacy policy available at http://www.salesforce.com.

Trial Accounts may be converted into regular paying accounts following the Service Order process set forth in the Agreement (e.g. Reseller submission of the Reseller Customer’s Service Order to SFDC).

All data provided by a prospective Reseller Customer through a Trial Account will be treated by the Parties as Customer Data belonging to that prospective Reseller Customer, and the Parties will provide the Customer with the ability to access and download all of its Customer Data throughout the term of the Trial Account.

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

27


EXHIBIT C – Minimum Subscription Terms

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

 

1. [*]

 

  (a) [*]

 

  (b) [*]

 

  (c) [*]

 

  (d) [*]

 

2. [*]

 

3. [*]

 

4. [*]

 

5. [*]

 

6. [*]

 

7. [*]

 

8. [*]

 

9. [*]

 

10. [*]

 

  (a) [*]

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

28


  i. [*]

 

  ii. [*]

 

  (b) [*]

 

  i. [*]

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

29


EXHIBIT D – Customer and Reseller Support

Reseller’s Support Responsibilities

Reseller will provide technical support to Reseller Customers and their Users for the Combined Solution (including first-line support for the OEM Services, but not for any SFDC Service issue), including the following:

 

   

responding promptly ([*]) to all telephone, website and email inquiries from Users regarding use of the Combined Solution (including the OEM Services);

 

   

providing technical assistance to Reseller Customers with:

 

   

creation and maintenance of User accounts, security administration, etc.;

 

   

troubleshooting setup, configuration, reports, dashboards, error messages, etc.; and

 

   

use of standard application functionality; and

 

   

using commercially reasonable efforts to resolve all inquiries and perform all support activities in a prompt and professional manner.

If Reseller cannot promptly and adequately resolve a technical support issue for a Reseller Customer relating to the OEM Services, Reseller may escalate the case to SFDC or may seek assistance from SFDC’s support organization.

In the event SFDC develops a standard AppExchange OEM reseller support program for similarly-situated resellers of combined solutions, the Parties will discuss in good faith whether Reseller should participate in such program on a going forward basis.

Reseller’s Support Resources

Reseller will maintain on staff the following minimum number of designated support representatives (“ DSRs ”), who may be members of Reseller’s technical organization but who will in any event be suitably trained and reasonably capable of addressing inquiries from Users of Reseller Customers relating to the SFDC Service and OEM Service component of the Combined Solution and who will serve as the primary points of contact for such inquiries:

 

# of Users   # of DSRs
[*]   [*]
[*]   [*]

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

30


EXHIBIT E

Named Direct Competitors

As of the Effective Date, the following are the Parties’ respective Direct Competitors:

 

A. Direct Competitors of SFDC:

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

 

B. Direct Competitors of Reseller:

[*]

[*]

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

31


FIRST AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

VALUE-ADDED RESELLER AGREEMENT

This First Amendment (this “First Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 3rd day of December, 2010 (the “First Amendment Effective Date”) by and between salesforce.com, inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at The Landmark @ One Market, Suite 300, San Francisco, California 94105( “SFDC”) and Veeva Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 4637 Chabot Drive, Pleasanton, California 94588 (“Reseller”), and amends that certain Amended and Restated Value-Added Reseller Agreement dated as of September 2, 2010 (the “Agreement”). Each capitalized term used and not defined in this First Amendment shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, SFDC and Reseller desire to amend the Agreement as set forth in this First Amendment.

WHEREAS, other than as expressly modified in this First Amendment, the Parties desire for the terms of the Agreement to remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and in the Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

TERMS

1. Certain Definitions . For the purposes of the this First Amendment, the following definitions apply:

 

  a. [*]

 

  b. [*]

 

  c. [*]

2. [*] [*]

3. [*]

 

  a. [*]

 

  i. [*]

 

  ii. [*]

 

  iii. [*]

 

  b. [*]

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


  c. [*]

4. Term Confidential . Reseller agrees that all of the terms and conditions of this First Amendment are Confidential Information between Reseller and SFDC, and may not be disclosed by Reseller to any third party, [*].

5. No Other Modifications . Except as provided in this First Amendment, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

6. Entire Agreement . The terms and conditions herein contained constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this First Amendment and supersede any previous and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof

7. Counterparts . This First Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, including facsimiles, each of which will be deemed to be a duplicate original, but all of which, taken together, will be deemed to constitute a single instrument.

( Signature page follows )

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the First Amendment Effective Date.

 

SALESFORCE.COM, INC   VEEVA SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Chris Harris

    By:  

/s/ Tim Cabral

Name:  

Chris Harris

    Name:  

Tim Cabral

Title:  

Senior Manager, Sales Operations

    Title:  

CFO

Date:  

12/3/2010

    Date:  

12/3/2010

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

3


SECOND AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

VALUE-ADDED RESELLER AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment (this “Second Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 30th day of November, 2010 (the “Second Amendment Effective Date”) by and between salesforce.com, inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at The Landmark @ One Market, Suite 300, San Francisco, California 94105( “SFDC”) and Veeva Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 4637 Chabot Drive, Pleasanton, California 94588 (“Reseller”), and amends that certain Amended and Restated Value-Added Reseller Agreement dated as of September 2, 2010, as previously amended (the “Agreement”). Each capitalized term used and not defined in this Second Amendment shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, SFDC and Reseller desire to amend the Agreement as set forth in this Second Amendment.

WHEREAS, other than as expressly modified in this Second Amendment, the Parties desire for the terms of the Agreement to remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect,

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and in the Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

TERMS

1. Certain Definitions . For the purposes of the this Second Amendment, the following definitions apply:

 

  a. [*]

 

  b. [*]

 

  c. [*]

2. [*] [*]

3. Term Confidential . Reseller agrees that all of the terms and conditions of this Second Amendment are Confidential Information between Reseller and SFDC, and may not be disclosed by Reseller to any third party, [*].

4. No Other Modifications . Except as provided in this Second Amendment, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

5. Entire Agreement . The terms and conditions herein contained constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Second Amendment and

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


supersede any previous and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

6. Counterparts . This Second Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, including facsimiles, each of which will be deemed to be a duplicate original, but all of which, taken together, will be deemed to constitute a single instrument.

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Amendment to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the Second Amendment Effective Date.

 

SALESFORCE.COM, INC.   VEEVA SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Chris Harris

    By:  

/s/ Tim Cabral

Name:  

Chris Harris

    Name:  

Tim Cabral

Title:  

Senior Manager, Sales Operations

    Title:  

CFO

Date:  

12/13/2010

    Date:  

11/30/2010

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

3


THIRD AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

VALUE-ADDED RESELLER AGREEMENT

This Third Amendment (this “Third Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 13th day of April, 2011 (the “Third Amendment Effective Date”) by and between salesforce.com, inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at The Landmark @ One Market, Suite 300, San Francisco, California 94105 (“SFDC”) and Veeva Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 4637 Chabot Drive, Suite 210, Pleasanton, California 94588 (“Reseller”), and amends that certain Amended and Restated Value-Added Reseller Agreement dated as of September 2, 2010, as previously amended (the “Agreement”). Each capitalized term used and not defined in this Third Amendment shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, SFDC and Reseller desire to amend the Agreement as set forth in this Third Amendment.

WHEREAS, other than as expressly modified in this Third Amendment, the Parties desire for the terms of the Agreement to remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and in the Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

TERMS

1. Section 17 . The following is added as an additional definition to Section 17 of the Agreement:

17.25 “ Tier Two Countries ” means the following countries: [*].

2. Exhibit B . Subpart (a)(iii) of the section to Exhibit B titled “Products and Subscription Fees” is replaced in its entirety by the following:

Force.com Unlimited Edition – Emerging Markets . Reseller may also resell Force.com Unlimited Edition (UE) User subscriptions for use by Reseller Customers in [*], and shall pay SFDC a fee of [*] in connection therewith. All Users of such subscriptions must be primarily located (other than when traveling) inside [*]. If a review of Customer’s accounts by SFDC reveals that any such Users are primarily located (other than when traveling) outside [*], SFDC shall promptly notify Reseller in writing and include on its next Account Statement (as defined below) to Reseller an amount equal to [*]. After such payment, the applicable Users may be located anywhere in the world, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph and SFDC shall invoice Reseller with respect to such Users using its [*]. For Force.com Unlimited Edition –

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Emerging Markets subscriptions, Reseller shall notify the Customer of the geographic limitation of the subscription license.”

3. Terms Confidential . Reseller agrees that all of the terms and conditions of this Third Amendment are Confidential Information between Reseller and SFDC, and may not be disclosed by Reseller or SFDC to any third party.

4. No Other Modifications . Except as provided in this Third Amendment, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

5. Entire Agreement . The terms and conditions herein contained constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Third Amendment and supersede any previous and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

6. Counterparts . This Third Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, including facsimiles, each of which will be deemed to be a duplicate original, but all of which, taken together, will be deemed to constitute a single instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Amendment to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the Third Amendment Effective Date.

 

SALESFORCE.COM, INC.   VEEVA SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jenna Hillard

    By:  

/s/ Tim Cabral

Name:   Jenna Hillard     Name:   Tim Cabral
Title:   Manager, Order Management     Title:   CFO
Date:   04/15/2011     Date:   04/15/2011

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

2


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

VALUE-ADDED RESELLER AGREEMENT

This Fourth Amendment (this “ Fourth Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of the 22nd day of August, 2011 (the “ Fourth Amendment Effective Date ”) by and between salesforce.com, inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at The Landmark @ One Market, Suite 300, San Francisco, California 94105 (“ SFDC ”) and Veeva Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 4637 Chabot Drive, Suite 210, Pleasanton, California 94588 (“ Reseller ”), and amends that certain Amended and Restated Value-Added Reseller Agreement dated as of September 2, 2010, as previously amended (the “ Agreement ”). Each capitalized term used and not defined in this Fourth Amendment shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, SFDC and Reseller desire to amend the Agreement as set forth in this Fourth Amendment.

WHEREAS, other than as expressly modified in this Fourth Amendment, the Parties desire for the terms of the Agreement to remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and in the Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

TERMS

1. Additional Reseller Application .

 

  a. Reseller’s Veeva CLM application as described in Attachment A hereto (the “ Veeva CLM Application ”), is added as an additional Reseller Application under the Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Veeva CLM Application shall not be considered a Reseller Application for the purposes of the following sections of the Agreement: Sections 3.1 (SFDC Marketing and Promotion Obligations), 4 (Gross Competition), 5 (Release from Certain Commitments) and 9 (Product Commitments). Without limiting the foregoing, the parties hereby acknowledge and agree that for the purposes of this Agreement, (i) the Veeva CLM Application is not Sales Automation, and (ii) sales of the Veeva CLM Application do not constitute activities within the Target Market. For the avoidance of doubt, Reseller’s sale of the Veeva CLM Application does not constitute an activity within the Target Market that restricts SFDC’s or its sales personnel’s ability to compete with Reseller, including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 6.

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


  b. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, Reseller may resell only Platform Embedded Edition OEM Services subscriptions in connection with the Veeva CLM Application. For the avoidance of doubt, Reseller Customers who have purchased the VBioPharma Application as part of a Combined Solution with the Veeva CLM Application may utilize the Platform Unlimited Edition OEM Services subscriptions, and will not have to subscribe to the Platform Embedded Edition.

2. New Section 2.1.4 . The following is added as a new Section 2.1.4:

2.1.4. Restrictions on Reseller Customers . With respect to Platform Embedded Edition OEM Services subscriptions, Reseller Customers shall not develop applications for internal use with the OEM Services purchased from Reseller. Reseller Customers may develop applications for internal use only with OEM Services purchased directly from SFDC or Platform Enterprise Edition or Unlimited Edition OEM Services subscriptions purchased from Reseller. With respect to Platform Embedded Edition OEM Services subscriptions, Customers cannot extend the OEM Services using additional custom objects, and their use of the OEM Services in connection with Combined Solution is limited to the objects and functionalities included in the Combined Solution, and those functionalities of the Platform strictly necessary for the operation of the Combined Solution. The foregoing restrictions shall be outlined in Reseller’s agreement with Reseller Customer.”

3. Section 16.4 (Reseller Application Security Review) . The second sentence of Section 16.4 is replaced in its entirety by the following:

“SFDC shall not provision additional OEM Services hereunder unless Reseller has successfully passed the Reseller Application security review; provided that (i) SFDC acknowledges that the VBioPharma Application has passed such security review as of the Effective Date; (ii) all future security reviews shall apply the same standards to the Reseller Application as are applied to SFDC’s Platform resellers generally; and (iii) all such standards shall be applied to the Reseller Application in the same manner as they are applied to SFDC’s Platform resellers generally.”

4. Section 16.5 (Relationship of the Parties) . The second sentence of Section 16.5 is replaced in its entirety by the following:

“The Parties acknowledge and agree that:

(a) subject to SFDC’s obligations hereunder (including, with respect to the VBioPharma Application, Section 4) and Reseller’s intellectual property rights, SFDC may make available applications that are similar to the Reseller Application; and (b) the Reseller may itself and through other distributors market, sell, and distribute versions of the Reseller Application that operate independently of the OEM Services.”

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

2


5. Section 17 (Definitions) . The following definition is added as a new Section 17.25:

“17.25 “ VBioPharma Application ” means Reseller’s software application currently known as VBioPharma which addresses the Target Market and is designed to be used in combination with one or more OEM Services.”

6. Additional Service Order . The Service Order attached as Attachment B hereto is added to the Agreement as a new Service Order and is attached to the Agreement as a new Exhibit A-1.

7. Exhibit B . The section of Exhibit B titled “Products and Subscription fees” is amended as follows:

 

  a. Section (a)(i) of the section of Exhibit B titled “Products and Subscription fees” is replaced with the following:

(i) Force.com Platform Unlimited Edition . The OEM Services edition Reseller will utilize in combination with the VBioPharma Application is SFDC’s Force.com Unlimited Edition (UE). This enables Reseller’s Customers to customize and extend the VBioPharma Application and build custom applications which can be used by Reseller Customers’ internal Users in connection with the VBioPharma Application.

For each new Service Order for a Force.com Unlimited Edition (UE) User subscription resold by Reseller hereunder (other than resales pursuant to (a)(iii), below), Reseller shall pay to SFDC [*]. Existing subscriptions as of the Effective Date and renewals thereof are not subject to the foregoing pricing.”

 

  b. The first sentence of Section (a)(ii) of the section of Exhibit B titled “Products and Subscription fees” is replaced with the following:

Force.com Platform Light User . Reseller may also resell Platform Light Users solely in connection with the VBioPharma Application, subject to the following:”

 

  c. The following is added to the section of Exhibit B titled “Products and Subscription fees” as a new Section (a)(v):

“(v) Force.com Embedded Edition . The OEM Services edition Reseller will utilize in combination with the Veeva CLM Application is SFDC’s Force.com Embedded Edition; provided, however, that Reseller Customers who have purchased the VBioPharma Application as part of a Combined Solution with the Veeva CLM Application may utilize the Platform Unlimited Edition OEM Services subscriptions, and will not have to subscribe to the Platform Embedded Edition. The pricing for each subscription to Force.com Embedded Edition shall be [*].

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

3


[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

8. [*] [*]

[*]

9. No Other Modifications . Except as provided in this Fourth Amendment, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

10. Entire Agreement . The terms and conditions herein contained constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Fourth Amendment and supersede any previous and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

11. Counterparts . This Fourth Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, including facsimiles, each of which will be deemed to be a duplicate original, but all of which, taken together, will be deemed to constitute a single instrument.

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fourth Amendment to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date.

 

SALESFORCE.COM, INC.     VEEVA SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Joslyn Lacy

    By:  

/s/ Tim Cabral

Name:   Joslyn Lacy     Name:   Tim Cabral
Title:   Supv. Americas Sales Operations     Title:   CFO
Date:   August 23, 2011     Date:   08/22/2011

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

5


Attachment A

Product Description: Veeva CLM

Description:

The Veeva CLM Application is an application targeted for use by employees of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in the primary sales, specialty sales, managed care sales, and medical and scientific liaison roles. The Veeva CLM application includes the following functionality:

Media Player

The Media Player provides the ability to select and display various media types within the application.

Media Storage and Loading

Customers are able to load media assets into the Veeva CLM application. The media assets are then able to be stored and categorized for alignment to users of the Veeva CLM application.

Media Alignment

Media assets can be aligned to users of the Veeva CLM application, providing a mechanism to distribute specific content to targeted customers.

The Veeva CLM application is supported on various platforms including but not limited to the Apple iPad platform.

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

6


Attachment B

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

7


EXHIBIT A:

Form of Service Order (Custom PNR) – Veeva CLM – iRep

 

Partner Name    Contact
Partner Contact Phone    Email
Customer Company Name    Address   
Customer City    State    Zip Code
SFDC ORG ID      
Please Check:    ¨  New Customer    ¨  Existing Customer    ¨  Existing Customer – Upgrade    ¨  Cancellation    ¨  Reduction
[*]                           
Please Select Products(s) and Indicate the Number of Subscriptions Ordered:         
LICENSES                           
¨   Force.com Embedded Edition Bundle    Qty.   
  Includes 1 Mobile Feature      
¨   Additional Admin (Customer)    Qty.    [*]
¨   Additional Admin (Partner)    Qty.    [*]
Total Number of Subscriptions Ordered               
Footnote : [*] If more than (1) Admin is required, additional admin are available. Partner Admin are restricted and many not be assigned to a customer.
Pricing for the following Add-On Services follow the below standard Per User/Per Month pricing, without regard for your sales price of the Combined Solution to your Customer.
ADD-ON         
¨   ISV Portal    Qty.    [*]
¨   ISV Portal w/ Sharing    Qty.    [*]
¨   File Storage – 1GB    Qty.    [*]
¨   File Storage – 10GB    Qty.    [*]
¨   Data Storage – 500MB    Qty.    [*]
¨   Additional API Calls – 10K    Qty.    [*]
¨   Sandbox, Full-Copy    Qty.    [*]
¨   Sandbox, Configuration    Qty.    [*]
¨   Sites Pageviews    Qty.    [*]

Footnote : [*]

Sandbox per user/per month price is calculated as a percentage of the license cost based on the total number of users across the Org.

 

 

The following indicates that there has been an upgrade related to an existing customer. [*]

 

Please Indicate the Number of Users That Have Been Upgraded

¨

 

  

COMBINED SOLUTION UPGRADE

 

       

Qty.

 

         
Subscription Start Effective Date    Day       Month    Year
This Service Order is executed pursuant to the Value-Added Reseller Agreement between salesforce.com, inc. and Reseller. Simultaneously with submission of this Service Order, Reseller must provide the following:

(a) A copy of the Reseller Customer’s order for the Combined Solution; and

 

(b) Documentation evidencing the Reseller Customer’s acceptance of the SFDC Service Agreement.
Executed By Reseller                     
Authorized Signature                        
Name         
Title         
Date    Day    Month    Year
Email         


FOOTNOTES

 

1.     [*]
2.     [*]

[*]

 

[*]

   [*]
[*]   

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

  

[*]

   [*]

 

3.     [*]
4.     [*]

[*]

 

[*]

   [*]
[*]   

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

  

[*]

   [*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

 

5.     [*]


FIFTH AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

VALUE-ADDED RESELLER AGREEMENT

This Fifth Amendment (this “ Fifth Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of the 29 th day of September, 2011 (the “ Fifth Amendment Effective Date ”) by and between salesforce.com, inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at The Landmark @ One Market, Suite 300, San Francisco, California 94105 (“ SFDC ”) and Veeva Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 4637 Chabot Drive, Suite 210, Pleasanton, California 94588 (“ Reseller ”), and amends that certain Amended and Restated Value-Added Reseller Agreement dated as of September 2, 2010, as previously amended (the “ Agreement ”). Each capitalized term used and not defined in this Fifth Amendment shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, SFDC and Reseller desire to amend the Agreement as set forth in this Fifth Amendment.

WHEREAS, other than as expressly modified in this Fifth Amendment, the Parties desire for the terms of the Agreement to remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and in the Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

TERMS

1. Section 1.3.1 (Delivery of Initial Service Orders) . Section 1.3.1 is replaced in its entirety by the following:

Delivery of Initial Service Orders . Subject to Section 1.3.6, for each Reseller Customer that orders the Combined Solution from Reseller, Reseller will deliver to SFDC an order (each a “ Service Order ”) in the form set forth in Exhibit A or in an online form provided by SFDC reflecting the Reseller’s order for the OEM Services from SFDC associated with the Combined Solution. Each Service Order will be accompanied by the information set forth in the section of Exhibit B titled Provisioning Information (the “ Provisioning Information ”) either as part of an online Service Order or in another format agreed by the Parties if online Service Orders are not utilized. Reseller represents and warrants that all such Provisioning Information submitted to SFDC will be true and correct and agrees to certify the same in writing and to provide to SFDC copies of the documentation underlying the Provisioning Information (provided that Reseller may redact information from Reseller Customer orders, including the identity of the applicable Customer), periodically upon written request by SFDC. Reseller shall ensure each Customer’s acceptance of the Minimum Subscription Terms.”

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

1


2. Section 2.1.3 (OEM Services for Reseller Customers) . The last sentence of Section 2.1.3 is replaced in its entirety by the following:

“Except for reasonable review by SFDC of those terms in Reseller Customer agreements as necessary to verify compliance with the Minimum Subscription Terms, or as set forth in Exhibit B hereto, pricing and all other terms and conditions relating to Reseller Customer’s use of the OEM Services will be solely between Reseller Customers and Reseller.”

3. Section 17 (Definitions) . The following definition is added as a new Sections 17.11A:

“17.11A “ Minimum Subscription Terms ” means subscription terms substantially similar in substance to, and not materially less protective of SFDC than, the terms outlined in Exhibit C.”

4. Exhibit B (Subscription Fees, Payments, Provisioning and Scope of OEM Service Subscription) . Exhibit B is amended as follows:

A. Invoicing and Payment . The first sentence of Subpart (c) of the section of Exhibit B entitled ‘Invoicing and Payment’ is amended to include the clause “and the documentation underlying the Provisioning Information provided to SFDC,” such that the entire sentence states:

“SFDC will have the right to have a third party who is (i) reasonably acceptable to Reseller, and (ii) subject to written confidentiality obligations at least as protective of Reseller’s Confidential Information as those obligations hereunder, audit Reseller’s records relating to subscription payments under this Agreement, and the documentation underlying the Provisioning Information provided to SFDC, upon reasonable notice and under reasonable time, place and manner conditions.”

B. [*] [*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

5. No Other Modifications. Except as provided in this Fifth Amendment, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

2


6. Entire Agreement. The terms and conditions herein contained constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Fifth Amendment and supersede any previous and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

7. Counterparts. This Fifth Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, including facsimiles, each of which will be deemed to be a duplicate original, but all of which, taken together, will be deemed to constitute a single instrument.

( signature page follows )

 

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fifth Amendment to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date.

 

SALESFORCE.COM, INC     VEEVA SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jenna Hillard

    By:  

/s/ Tim Cabral

Name:  

Jenna Hillard

    Name:   Tim Cabral
Title:  

Manager, Order Management

    Title:   CFO
Date:  

09/29/2011

    Date:  

September 28, 2011

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

4


SIXTH AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

VALUE-ADDED RESELLER AGREEMENT

This Sixth Amendment (this “Sixth Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 30th day of March, 2012 (the “Sixth Amendment Effective Date”) by and between salesforce.com, inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at The Landmark @ One Market, Suite 300, San Francisco, California 94105 (“SFDC”) and Veeva Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 4637 Chabot Drive, Pleasanton, California 94588 (“Reseller”), and amends that certain Amended and Restated Value-Added Reseller Agreement dated as of September 2, 2010, as previously amended (the “Agreement”). Each capitalized term used and not defined in this First Amendment shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

RECITALS

[*]

WHEREAS, other than as expressly modified in this Sixth Amendment, the Parties desire for the terms of the Agreement to remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and in the Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

TERMS

 

  a. [*]

 

  i. [*]

 

  ii. [*]

 

  iii. [*]

 

  b. [*]

 

  c. [*]

 

  d. [*]

 

  e. [*]

2. Term Confidential . Reseller agrees that all of the terms and conditions of this Sixth Amendment are Confidential Information between Reseller and SFDC, and may not be disclosed by Reseller to any third party, [*].

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 


3. No Other Modifications . Except as provided in this Sixth Amendment, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

4. Entire Agreement . The terms and conditions herein contained constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Sixth Amendment and supersede any previous and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

5. Counterparts . This Sixth Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, including facsimiles, each of which will be deemed to be a duplicate original, but all of which, taken together, will be deemed to constitute a single instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Sixth Amendment to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the First Amendment Effective Date.

 

SALESFORCE.COM, INC     VEEVA SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jenna Hillard

    By:  

/s/ Tim Cabral

Name:  

Jenna Hillard

    Name:   Tim Cabral
Title:  

Manager, Order Management

    Title:   CFO
Date:  

4/3/2012

    Date:  

4/3/2012

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

2


SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

VALUE-ADDED RESELLER AGREEMENT

This Seventh Amendment (this “Seventh Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 18th day of May, 2012 (the “Seventh Amendment Effective Date”) by and between salesforce.com, inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at The Landmark @ One Market, Suite 300, San Francisco, California 94105 (“SFDC”) and Veeva Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 4637 Chabot Drive, Pleasanton, California 94588 (“Reseller”), and amends that certain Amended and Restated Value-Added Reseller Agreement dated as of September 2, 2010, as previously amended (the “Agreement”). Each capitalized term used and not defined in this Seventh Amendment shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, SFDC and Reseller desire to amend the Agreement to prescribe certain rules of sales engagement for the European Economic Area and Switzerland and to establish a Joint Solution Group, as set forth in this Seventh Amendment.

WHEREAS, other than as expressly modified in this Seventh Amendment, the Parties desire for the terms of the Agreement to remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and in the Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

TERMS

1. Section 1.1.1 . Section 1.1.1 of the Agreement is replaced in its entirety by the following:

“1.1.1 Reseller may resell only OEM Services and only as part of the Combined Solution. Reseller may not resell the SFDC Service and may not resell any OEM Service(s) independent of the Combined Solution or outside of the Value Added Field. Reseller shall not provide any Customer with a product quotation in a manner inconsistent with the Value Added Field by means of listing any SFDC service or product as a line item separate from the Combined Solution.”

2. Section 1.3.2 (SFDC Acceptance of Initial Service Orders) . The words “or otherwise as permitted by Section 6” are added to the first sentence of Section 1.3.2 after the words “Target Market.”

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 


3. Section 6 (Rules of Sales Engagement) . Section 6 of the Agreement is replaced in its entirety by the following:

 

  “6. Rules of Sales Engagement .

 

  6.1 Sales Engagement . SFDC will instruct its sales personnel generally not to sell to the Target Market. Reseller will include SFDC on account planning and client interactions as appropriate, before, during, and after SFA sales cycles.

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

2


4. Section 17 (Certain Definitions) . The following is added as an additional defined term under Section 17:

Active Sales ” means actively approaching or soliciting customers, including, but not limited to, the following actions: (a) visits; (b) direct mail, including the sending of unsolicited emails; (c) advertising in media or other promotions, where such advertising or promotion is specifically targeted at reserved customers; (d) online advertisements addressed to reserved customers and other efforts to be found specifically by reserved customers, including paying a search engine or online advertisement provider to have advertisements or higher search rankings displayed specifically to such reserved customers.”

Value Added Field ” means the sale of OEM Services by Reseller in conjunction with the Reseller Application as part of the Combined Solution, which the Parties acknowledge adds substantial functionality and value over the uncustomized OEM Services.

5. Terms Confidential . Reseller agrees that all of the terms and conditions of this Seventh Amendment are Confidential Information between Reseller and SFDC, and may not be disclosed to any third party.

6. No Other Modifications . Except as provided in this Seventh Amendment, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

7. Entire Agreement . The terms and conditions herein contained constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Seventh Amendment and supersede any previous and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

8. Counterparts . This Seventh Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, including facsimiles, each of which will be deemed to be a duplicate original, but all of which, taken together, will be deemed to constitute a single instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Seventh Amendment to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the Seventh Amendment Effective Date.

 

SALESFORCE.COM, INC     VEEVA SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jenna Hillard

    By:  

/s/ Tim Cabral

Name:  

Jenna Hillard

    Name:   Tim Cabral
Title:  

Manager, Order Management

    Title:   CFO
Date:  

05/24/2012

    Date:  

05/18/2012

[*]

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

3


Attachment 1

[*]

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

  

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

  

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]    [*]
[*]   
  

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

  
[*]   
   [*]
[*]   

[*]

[*]

[*]

[*]

  

 

Confidential

[*] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

4

Exhibit 10.8

V EEVA S YSTEMS , I NC .

June 20, 2013

Peter P. Gassner

Dear Peter,

You and Veeva Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) previously entered into an offer letter on or about January 29, 2007. As a condition of your employment, you also signed the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. This letter agreement confirms the terms of your current employment with the Company:

1. Position. You will continue to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer, and you will continue to report to the Company’s Board of Directors. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. By signing this letter agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

2. Cash Compensation . The Company will pay you a salary at the rate of $275,000 per year, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule. This salary will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time and in consideration of your positions on-target earnings.

3. Employee Benefits . As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of Company-sponsored benefits. In addition, you will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.

4. Employment Relationship . Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this letter agreement. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

5. Taxes . All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.


Peter P. Gassner

June 20, 2013

Page 2

 

6. Interpretation, Amendment and Enforcement . This letter agreement and your Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company, contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and the Company. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this letter agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the “Disputes”) will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in Alameda County, California in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

You may indicate your agreement with these terms by signing and dating the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and returning it to me. If you have any questions, please contact me.

 

Very truly yours,
V EEVA S YSTEMS , I NC .

/s/ Mark Armenante

Mark Armenante (Jun 21, 2013)
By:   Mark Armenante
Title:   Chairman of the Board of Directors

I have read and accept the terms set forth in this letter agreement:

 

 

/s/ Peter Gassner

  Peter Gassner (Jun 21, 2013)

 

Signature of Peter P. Gassner
Dated:  

Jun 21, 2013

Exhibit 10.9

V EEVA S YSTEMS , I NC .

June 19, 2013

Matthew J. Wallach

Dear Matt,

You and Veeva Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) previously entered into an offer letter on or about February 15, 2007. As a condition of your employment, you also signed the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. This letter agreement confirms the terms of your current employment with the Company:

1. Position . You will continue to serve as Chief Strategy Officer, and you will continue to report to the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. By signing this letter agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

2. Cash Compensation . The Company will pay you a salary at the rate of $275,000 per year, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule. This salary will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time and in consideration of your positions on-target earnings.

3. Employee Benefits . As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of Company-sponsored benefits. In addition, you will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.

4. Employment Relationship . Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this letter agreement. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

5. Taxes . All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.


Matthew J. Wallach

June 19, 2013

Page 2

 

6. Interpretation, Amendment and Enforcement . This letter agreement and your Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company, contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and the Company. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this letter agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the “Disputes”) will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in Alameda County, California in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

You may indicate your agreement with these terms by signing and dating the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and returning it to me (either PDF/e-mail or fax – 925-397-6537).

If you have any questions, please call me at 925-271-4556.

 

Very truly yours,
V EEVA S YSTEMS , I NC .
/s/ Tim Cabral
By:   Tim Cabral
Title:   CFO

I have read and accept the terms set forth in this letter agreement:

 

 

/s/ Matt Wallach

  Matt Wallach (Jun 20, 2013)

 

Signature of Matthew J. Wallach
Dated:  

Jun 20, 2013

Exhibit 10.10

V EEVA S YSTEMS , I NC .

January 25, 2010

Tim Cabral

Veeva Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you employment on the following

1. Position. Your initial title will be Chief Financial Officer, and you will initially report to the C.E.O. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. By signing this letter agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

2. Cash Compensation. The Company will pay you a starting salary at the rate of $200,000.00 per year, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule. This salary will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time. You will be eligible to receive cash bonus and/or sales commissions in accordance with the Company’s bonus and commission policies in effect from time to time.

3. Employee Benefits. As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of Company-sponsored benefits. In addition, you will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.

4. Stock Options. Subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors or its Compensation Committee, you will be granted an option to purchase 700,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The exercise price per share will be determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee when the option is granted. The option will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to options granted under the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), as described in the Plan and the applicable Stock Option Agreement. You will vest in 25% of the options after 12 months of continuous service, and the balance will vest in equal monthly installments over the next 36 months of continuous service, as described in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

5. Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. Like all Company employees, you will be required, as a condition of your employment with the Company, to sign the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.


6. Employment Relationship. Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this letter agreement. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

7. Taxes. All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.

8. I nterpretation, Amendment and Enforcement. This letter agreement and Exhibit A constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company, contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and the Company. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this letter agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the “Disputes”) will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in Alameda County, California in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

* * * * *


We hope that you will accept our offer to join the Company. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating both the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and the enclosed Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement and returning them to me. This offer, if not accepted, will expire at the close of business on January 29, 2010. As required by law, your employment with the Company is contingent upon your providing legal proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States. Your employment is also contingent upon your starting work with the Company on or before February 22, 2010.

If you have any questions, please call me at 925-218-2321.

 

Very truly yours,
V EEVA S YSTEMS I NC .
 

/s/ Peter Gassner

By:  

Peter Gassner

Title:  

CEO

I have read and accept this employment offer:

 

/s/ Tim Cabral

Signature of Tim Cabral
Dated:   1/26/2010

Attachment

Exhibit A: Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement


Exhibit A

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

The following confirms and memorializes an agreement that Veeva Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and I, Tim Cabral, have had since the commencement of my employment (which term, for purposes of this agreement, shall be deemed to include any relationship of service to the Company that I may have had prior to actually becoming an employee) with the Company in any capacity and that is and has been a material part of the consideration for my employment by Company:

 

  1. I have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict with this Agreement or my employment with Company. I will not violate any agreement with or rights of any third party or, except as expressly authorized by Company in writing hereafter, use or disclose my own or any third party’s confidential information or intellectual property when acting within the scope of my employment or otherwise on behalf of Company. Further, I have not retained anything containing any confidential information of a prior employer or other third party, whether or not created by me.

 

  2.

Company shall own all right, title and interest (including patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights, mask work rights, sui generis database rights and all other intellectual property rights of any sort throughout the world) relating to any and all inventions (whether or not patentable), works of authorship, mask works, designs, know-how, ideas and information made or conceived or reduced to practice, in whole or in part, by me during the term of my employment with Company to and only to the fullest extent allowed by California Labor Code Section 2870 (which is attached as Appendix A) (collectively “Inventions”) and I will promptly disclose all Inventions to Company. Without disclosing any third party confidential information, I will also disclose anything I believe is excluded by Section 2870 so that the Company can make an independent assessment. I hereby make all assignments necessary to accomplish the foregoing. I shall further assist Company, at Company’s expense, to further evidence, record and perfect such assignments, and to perfect, obtain, maintain, enforce, and defend any rights specified to be so owned or assigned. I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact, coupled with an interest and with full power of substitution, to act for and in my behalf to execute and file any document and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the foregoing with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. If I wish to clarify that something created by me prior to my employment that relates to Company’s actual or proposed business is not within the scope of the foregoing assignment, I have listed it on Appendix B in a manner that does not violate any third party rights or disclose any confidential information. Without limiting Section 1 or Company’s other rights and remedies, if, when acting within the scope of my employment or otherwise on behalf of Company, I use or disclose my own or any third party’s confidential information or intellectual property (or if any


  Invention cannot be fully made, used, reproduced, distributed and otherwise exploited without using or violating the foregoing), Company will have and I hereby grant Company a perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide royalty-free, non-exclusive, sublicensable right and license to exploit and exercise all such confidential information and intellectual property rights.

 

  3. To the extent allowed by law, paragraph 2 includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as “moral rights,” “artist’s rights,” “droit moral,” or the like (collectively “Moral Rights”). To the extent I retain any such Moral Rights under applicable law, I hereby ratify and consent to any action that may be taken with respect to such Moral Rights by or authorized by Company and agree not to assert any Moral Rights with respect thereto. I will confirm any such ratifications, consents and agreements from time to time as requested by Company.

 

  4. I agree that all Inventions and all other business, technical and financial information (including, without limitation, the identity of and information relating to customers or employees) I develop, learn or obtain during the term of my employment that relate to Company or the business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company or that are received by or for Company in confidence, constitute “Proprietary Information.” I will hold in confidence and not disclose or, except within the scope of my employment, use any Proprietary Information. However, I shall not be obligated under this paragraph with respect to information I can document is or becomes readily publicly available without restriction through no fault of mine. Upon termination of my employment, I will promptly return to Company all items containing or embodying Proprietary Information (including all copies), except that I may keep my personal copies of (i) my compensation records, (ii) materials distributed to shareholders generally and (iii) this Agreement. I also recognize and agree that I have no expectation of privacy with respect to Company’s telecommunications, networking or information processing systems (including, without limitation, stored computer files, email messages and voice messages) and that my activity and any files or messages on or using any of those systems may be monitored at any time without notice.

 

  5. Until one year after the term of my employment, I will not encourage or solicit any employee or consultant of Company to leave Company for any reason (except for the bona fide firing of Company personnel within the scope of my employment).

 

  6. Because working in a sales capacity for the Company and then working for a direct competitor of the Company would encourage the use of Proprietary Information, until one year after the term of my employment, I will not engage in employment with the following direct competitors of Company: StayInFront, Cegedim Dendrite, 360 Vantage, or the Life Sciences Division of Oracle.

 

  7. I agree that during the term of my employment with Company (whether or not during business hours), I will not engage in any activity that is in any way competitive with the business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company, and I will not assist any other person or organization in competing or in preparing to compete with any business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company.


  8. I agree that this Agreement is not an employment contract for any particular term and that I have the right to resign and Company has the right to terminate my employment at will, at any time, for any or no reason, with or without cause. In addition, this Agreement does not purport to set forth all of the terms and conditions of my employment, and, as an employee of Company, I have obligations to Company which are not set forth in this Agreement. However, the terms of this Agreement govern over any inconsistent terms and can only be changed by a subsequent written agreement signed by the President of Company.

 

  9. I agree that my obligations under paragraphs 2, 3, 4 and 5 of this Agreement shall continue in effect after termination of my employment, regardless of the reason or reasons for termination, and whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary on my part, and that Company is entitled to communicate my obligations under this Agreement to any future employer or potential employer of mine. My obligations under paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 also shall be binding upon my heirs, executors, assigns, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of Company, it subsidiaries, successors and assigns.

 

  10. Any dispute in the meaning, effect or validity of this Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to the conflict of laws provisions thereof. I further agree that if one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be illegal or unenforceable under applicable California law, such illegal or unenforceable portion(s) shall be limited or excluded from this Agreement to the minimum extent required so that this Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms. This Agreement is fully assignable and transferable by Company, but any purported assignment or transfer by me is void. I also understand that any breach of this Agreement will cause irreparable harm to Company for which damages would not be a adequate remedy, and, therefore, Company will be entitled to injunctive relief with respect thereto in addition to any other remedies and without any requirement to post bond.


I HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY AND I UNDERSTAND AND ACCEPT THE OBLIGATIONS WHICH IT IMPOSES UPON ME WITHOUT RESERVATION. NO PROMISES OR REPRESENTATIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO ME TO INDUCE ME TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT. I SIGN THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND FREELY, IN DUPLICATE, WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT THE COMPANY WILL RETAIN ONE COUNTERPART AND THE OTHER COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY ME.

 

1/26, 2010   Employee
 

/s/ Tim Cabral

  Signature of Tim Cabral

/s/ Peter Gassner

 
Signature of Peter Gassner,  
CEO Veeva Systems, Inc.  


APPENDIX A

California Labor Code Section 2870. Application of provision providing that employee shall assign or offer to assign rights in invention to employer.

 

  1. Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

 

  a) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

 

  b) Result from any work performed by the employee for his employer.

 

  2. To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.


APPENDIX B

PRIOR MATTER

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO

March 16, 2012

Ronald E. F. Codd

Dear Ron:

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Veeva Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to have you serve as a member of the Board, effective February 15, 2012 (the “Effective Date”). We anticipate that you would also serve as a member of our Audit Committee. We appreciate your willingness to accept this position, and look forward to your valuable contributions.

We will pay you a total annual cash retainer of $45,000, payable in quarterly installments, consisting of: (a) $35,000 for service as a member of the Board and (b) $10,000 for service as a member of our Audit Committee and such other committees of the Board as the Board may recommend. In addition, we will reimburse you for reasonable expenses that you incur in connection with attending meetings of the Board, or committees of the Board, in accordance with the Company’s generally applicable reimbursement policies. As a Board member, you are responsible for regularly attending scheduled Board and committee meetings in person.

At the next meeting (or action by written consent) of the Board or its Compensation Committee following the date hereof, the Board will grant you an option to purchase 312,500 of shares of the Company’s common stock. The exercise price per share will be determined by the Board or its Compensation Committee, as applicable, when the option is granted. The option will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to options granted under the Company’s 2007 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), as described in the Plan and the applicable Stock Option Agreement. You will vest in 20% of the option shares upon the one year anniversary of the Effective Date and the remainder of the option shares shall vest in equal monthly installments over your next 48 months of continuous service with the Company, as described in the applicable Stock Option Agreement. If the Company is subject to a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) before your service with the Company terminates, then the vested portion of the option shares shall be determined by adding an additional 24 months to your actual service.

In connection with your services to the Company, we expect that technical, business or financial information of the Company (“Confidential Information”) will be disclosed to you. To the extent that Confidential Information is not publicly known or not otherwise previously known by you without an obligation of confidentiality, you agree not to use (except in connection with your services to the Company) or disclose Confidential Information to any third party and to take reasonable steps to maintain the confidential nature of all Confidential Information.

As a precautionary matter and to avoid any conflicts of interest, we ask you to refrain, while you are a member of the Board, from providing advice or otherwise providing services to any competitor of the Company. In addition, we ask that you inform the Board of any potential or

 

LOGO


Ron Codd

March 16, 2012

Page 2

  

 

LOGO

 

actual, direct or indirect, conflict of interest that you think exists or may arise because of your relationship with the Company, so that we may come to a quick and mutually agreeable resolution. By signing this letter agreement, you are confirming to us that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations to a third party that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

As part of our overall responsibilities, the Company and the Company’s stockholders reserve the right to remove any individual from the Board at any time in accordance with the provisions of applicable law. You, of course, may also terminate your relationship with Company at any time. When you cease to be a member of the Board (whether at our request or your election), you must return all Confidential Information to the Company.

I am excited about you joining our Board and look forward to working with you to help make our Company successful.

If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call me at 925-218-2321.

 

Very truly yours,
V EEVA S YSTEMS , I NC .
/s/ Peter Gassner
Peter Gassner
President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

 

I have read and accept this offer:

/s/ Ron Codd

Signature of Ron Codd
Dated: 3/16/2012

 

LOGO

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF

VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.*

 

 

    

Jurisdiction

of Incorporation

Advantage Management Solutions, Inc.

   U.S.

 

* Pursuant to Item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K, the names of other subsidiaries of Veeva Systems Inc. are omitted because, considered in the aggregate, they would not constitute a significant subsidiary as of the end of the year covered by this report.

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors

Veeva Systems Inc.:

 

We consent to the use of our report dated June 26, 2013 included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Santa Clara, California

September 10, 2013